Esia Cyprus vassilikos_energy_centre

M.W. KELLOGG LIMITED

March 2006

Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited Parnell House 25 Wilton Road London SW1V 1LW UK Aeoliki Limited 41 Themistokli Dervi Str., Hawaii Nicosia Tower – Office 705 Nicosia CY-1066 Cyprus

Prepared for M.W. Kellogg Limited Kellogg Tower Greenford Road Greenford Middlesex UB6 0JA UK

VASILIKOS ENERGY CENTRE BASIS OF DESIGN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

Report Title : Vasilikos Energy Centre Basis of Design

Environmental Assessment Report Status : Issue 2 Job No : FSE96539A Date : March 2006

Prepared by : Wayne Bergin / Emily Spearman

Checked by : Robert Evans Check Cat : C

Approved by : Dr Dave Rogers

CONTENTS Page

1 INTRODUCTION 1

2 LEGISLATIVE AND POLICY FRAMEWORK 9

3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 18

4 LAND USE 48

5 GEOLOGY, SOILS, CONTAMINATED LAND AND HYDROGEOLOGY 54

6 WATER RESOURCES 67

7 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY 82

8 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL 88

9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 95

10 NOISE AND VIBRATION 133

11 TRAFFIC AND INFRASTRUCTURE 147

12 WASTE 155

13 ARCHAEOLOGY 166

14 THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT 169

15 SOCIO ECONOMICS 195

16 HSE RISK ASSESSMENT 213

17 SPILL CONTINGENCY AND OIL SPILL RESPONSE 232

18 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SUMMARY TABLE 245

APPENDICES

A – FIGURES AND PLATES B – REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND PROTOCOLS C – REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS GOVERNMENT MINISTERIAL AND DEPARTMENTS

RESPONSIBILITIES D –PERMIT APPLICATION FORMS E – AIR EMISSIONS MODELLING ASSUMPTIONS F – GLOSSARY OF ACOUSTICS TERMINOLOGY G – FLORA IN THE SURROUNDING AREA TO THE ENERGY CENTRE H – INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL SAFETY CARDS I – QRA MAJOR HAZARDS CONSIDERED J – SCOPING REPORT

TABLES Page Table 2.1 Permits and Typical Timelines from Submission to Approval..............................................16 Table 3.1 Oil Product Demand Projections...........................................................................................27 Table 3.2 Peak monthly demand expressed as a percentage of the annual demand ........................27 Table 3.3 Berthing and Ship Sizes .......................................................................................................29 Table 3.4 Ship Total Port Times ...........................................................................................................29 Table 3.6 Product Unloading, and Vapour Return Systems.................................................................35 Table 3.7 Tank Size and Number by Product .......................................................................................36 Table 3.8 Tank Descriptions .................................................................................................................36 Table 3.9 Predicted Road Traffic Movements.......................................................................................40 Table 5.1 Main Aquifers in the Region of the Site ................................................................................60 Table 5.2 Summary of Potential Impacts and Mitigation ......................................................................62 Table 6.1a Thresholds for dangerous substances in marine waters ...................................................68 Table 6.1b Obligatory quality parameters for bathing waters ..............................................................69 Table 6.1c Substances totally forbidden to be discharge in aquifers ...................................................70 Table 6.2 Discharge Quality Standards ...............................................................................................71 Table 6.3 Precipitation and number of rainy days (mm) (1961 - 1990) - Limassol...............................72 Table 7.1 Assessment Criteria for the Magnitude of Ecological Impacts ............................................83 Table 8.1 Definition of Sensitivity..........................................................................................................89 Table 8.2 Magnitude Definitions ..........................................................................................................89 Table 8.3 Landscape and Visual Amenity Impact Significance Criteria Guide.....................................90 Table 8.4 Viewpoints used for the Assessment....................................................................................90 Table 9.1 Summary of Current Air Quality Limit Values for Cyprus.....................................................96 Table 9.2 Cyprus Annual Emissions Ceilings ......................................................................................97 Table 9.3 Pollutants: Sources and Effects ..........................................................................................98 Table 9.4 Significance Criteria ...........................................................................................................103 Table 9.5 VOC Emissions from Internal Floating Roof Tanks Storing Gasoline Products ................104 Table 9.6 VOC Emissions from Fixed Roof Tanks Storing Petroleum Distillate Products ................105 Table 9.7 VOC Emissions From Mobile Container Loading (tonnes per year)..................................106 Table 9.8 Model Input Parameters for Diesel Firewater Pumps........................................................106 Table 9.9 Model Input Parameters for a Single SCV.........................................................................107 Table 9.10 Model Input Parameters for the LNG Flare......................................................................108 Table 9.11 Traffic Flows.....................................................................................................................109 Table 9.12 Estimated Annual Average Ship Activity Emissions ........................................................110 Table 9.13 Ship Activity......................................................................................................................110 Table 9.14 Results of Continous Ambient Air Monitoring 1989-90....................................................111 Table 9.15 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring 1996-97 .....................................................................112 Table 9.16 Results of Continuous Ambient Air Monitoring 2000-04..................................................113 Table 9.17 Results of Dispersion Modelling of Vasilikos Power Station Units 1 – 4, taken from

Parsons Brinckerhoff, May 2005..................................................................................................114 Table 9.18 Cyprus Annual Emissions (Figures in brackets are from the storage and distribution of

petroleum products) .....................................................................................................................114 Table 9.19 Results of Dispersion Modelling of Vasilikos Power Station Units 1 –4 and Phase IV

(operating on distillate fuel oil (DFO) and on LNG), taken from Parsons Brinckerhoff, May 2005.....................................................................................................................................................116

Table 9.20 Model Predicted Maximum Annual Average Concentration of VOCs Resulting from Emissions from Storage Tanks and Loading Operations. ...........................................................119

Table 9.21 Odour Assessment Results for Diesel Vapours and Gasoline Vapours at the Point of Maximum Impact Over Residential Receptors ............................................................................120

Table 9.22 Model Predicted Maximum Hourly Ground Level Concentrations of NO2, SO2 and CO Resulting from Emissions During the Routine Testing of the Fire Water Pumps........................122

Table 9.23 Model Predicted Maximum Hourly Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 and CO Resulting from Emissions During use of the SCV .......................................................................................123

Table 9.24 Maximum Predicted Increase in Annual Average Emissions of NO2 , PM10 , CO and Benzene from Traffic due to the Operation of the Energy Centre ...............................................124

Table 9.25 Model Predicted Maximum Annual Mean Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 and PM10 Resulting from Ship Emissions ....................................................................................................125

Table 9.26 Model Predicted Maximum Hourly Mean Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 (99.8th Percentile) and SO2 (99.7th Percentile) Resulting from Worst Case Ship Emissions.................126

Table 9.27 Total Annual Emissions of VOCs from CEC in 2010 and 2035.......................................127 Table 9.28 Maximum Predicted Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 for the Operation of the Flare at

Maximum Load, as a Function of Stack Height ...........................................................................127 Table 10.1 World Bank Limits .............................................................................................................134 Table 10.2 World Health Organisation Limits .....................................................................................134 Table 10.3 Summary of Measured Background Noise Levels (LA90) at Nearby Receptor Locations.136 Table 10.4 Summary of Lowest Measured Background Noise Levels (LA90) at Nearby Receptor

Location, from both Previous Baseline Noise Assessments .......................................................137 Table 10.6 Sound Power Data Used in Computer Model...................................................................141 Table 10.7 Calculated Noise Levels at Receptor Locations ...............................................................142 Table 10.8 Assessment of the Cumulative Noise Impact ...................................................................142 Table 11.1 Traffic Impact Significance Criteria ...................................................................................147 Table 11.2 Vehicle Movements in the Vasilikos Area – Annual Daily Average for Selected Road

Sectors (2004) .............................................................................................................................148 Table 11.3 Road Traffic Arising from the Operation of the Vasilikos Energy Centre..........................151 Table 11.4 Predicted Traffic Impacts from the Energy Centre............................................................152 Table 12.1 Solid Waste Types Likely to Result From Construction Activities ....................................157 Table 12.2 Liquid Waste Streams Likely to Result From Construction ..............................................158 Table 12.3 Solid Waste Types Likely to Result From Operational Activities ......................................162 Table 12.4 Liquid Waste Streams Likely to Result From Operational Activities.................................163 Table 14.1 Indicative Coastal Water Classification Scheme ..............................................................171 Table 14.2 Environmental Quality Objectives for Water Quality.........................................................173 Table 14.3 Sediment Quality Objectives.............................................................................................174 Table 14.4 Marine Resources Assessment Criteria ..........................................................................176 Table 14.5 Summary of Vasilikos Power Station EIA Water Quality Baseline Monitoring Results ....177 Table 14.5 Summary of Vasilikos Power Station EIA Water Quality Baseline Monitoring Results ....178 Table 14.6 Summary of Vasilikos Power Station EIA Sediment Quality Baseline Monitoring Results

.....................................................................................................................................................178 Table 14.7 Inshore Fishery Data, 2002-2004 (source: Department of Fisheries) ............................181 Table 15.1 Gross Domestic Product By Economic Activity ................................................................199 Table 15.2 Average monthly rates of pay, 1996 – 2003 Source: Census. ....................................202 Table 15.3 Population Figures – Larnaca District (2001) Source: Census of Population 2001 –

General Demographic Characteristics – Volume II .....................................................................204 Table 15.4 Cypriots/Non-Cypriots in Larnaca District Source: Census of Population 2001 – Data by

District, Municipality/Community Volume II..................................................................................205 Table 15.5 Ecnomically Active Population by Sector and Settlement. Source: Census of Population

2001 – Data by District, Municipality/Community – Volume II .....................................................206 Table 15.6 Percentage of labour force by age band working inland of Larnaca Source: Labour Force

Survey – 2003..............................................................................................................................207 Table 15.7 Percentage of residents of local settlements who travel outside their municipality to work

.....................................................................................................................................................207 Table 16.1 Health Hazards Associated with the Main Substances to be Stored at the Energy Centre

Site ...............................................................................................................................................220 Table 16.2 Examples of the hazards and potential effects of these agents at the Energy Centre.....224 Table 16.3 Equipment and Engineering Systems Included in the Design..........................................227 Table 18.1 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase ....................................................................245 Table 18.2 Mitigation Measures for Operation Phase ........................................................................252

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 3.1 Topographic Map of Cyprus Figure 3.2 Site Boundary Figure 3.3 Aerial Photograph Figure 3.4 Vasilikos Energy Centre Overview Figure 3.5 Vasilikos Marine Facilities Conceptual Design, Option 7, Base Case Figure 3.6 Vasilikos Energy Centre Plot Plan Figure 3.7 Jetty Overall Plan Figure 3.8 Project Schedule Figure 3.9 Typical Double Skinned Cryogenic Tank Figure 3.10 Typical Fixed Roof Tank Figure 3.11 Typical Fixed Roof Tank Figure 3.12 Typical Bullet Figure 4.1 Land Use Figure 5.1 Geological Map Figure 5.2 Site Map Showing Greenfield and Brownfield sites Figure 5.3 Local Aquifers Figure 8.1 Landscape, Viewpoints Location Figure 8.2 Zone of Visual Impact Figure 9.1 Wind Roses for Larnaca Figure 9.2 Discrete Receptor Locations Figure 9.3 Annual Mean Volatile Organic Compounds, 2010 Figure 9.4 Annual Mean Volatile Organic Compounds, 2035 Figure 9.5 98th Percentile of Hourly Mean Diesel Odours, 2035 Figure 9.6 98th Percentile of Hourly Mean Gasoline Odours, 2035 Figure 9.7 Maximum Hourly Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from Firewater Pump Testing Figure 9.8 Maximum Hourly Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from Operation of SCV Figure 9.9 Annual Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from Shipping Emissions Figure 9.10 99.8th Percentile Hourly Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from Flaring Figure 10.1 Noise Contours, Existing and Proposed Noise Sources Figure 10.2 Noise Contours, Proposed Noise Sources Figure 10.3 Noise Contours, Cumulative Noise Figure 10.4 Noise Contours, 3D Figure 13.1 Archaeology Figure 14.1 Vasilikos Bay Aerial Photograph Figure 14.2 Fish Farms Location Figure 14.3 Vasilikos Bay, Marine Biotopes Figure 15.1 Socio Economic Assessment, Area of Interest Figure 15.2 Administrative Districts Map Figure 15.2 Cypriot population by Age and Gender, 2000 Figure 15.3 Age Profile Larnaca District (2001)

LIST OF PLATES Plate 3.1 Residential Encroachment upon the Current Larnaca Petroleum Plate 8.1 View from road to north of site. Plate 8.2 View from south west corner of the site. Plate 8.3 View from Governors Beach headland. Plate 8.4 View from old Limassol/Nicosia Road. Plate 8.5 View from western edge of Zygi on road to Vasilikos. Plate 8.6 View of the area to the north of the site. Plate 8.7 View from eastern edge of the site. Plate 8.8 View of the Archirodon Port and the access road to the proposed Bitumen Products loading area. Plate 8.9 Panoramic view of the surrounding area from the headland that forms the eastern boundary of the site.

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

3R's Reduce, Reuse & Recycle AERMAP American Terrain Pre-Processor (Air Quality Modelling Processor) AERMET American Meteorological Processor (Air Quality Modelling Processor) AERMOD American Meteorological Modelling (Air Quality Modelling Program) ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practicable As Arsenic Ba Barium BAT Best Available Technique BATNEEC Best Available Technique Not Entailing Excessive Cost Be Beryllium BLEVE Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion BoD Basis of Design BOD Biological Oxygen Demand BOT Build Operate Transfer BOO Build Own Operate BPM Best Practicable Means BSFC Break Specific Fuel Consumption BSI British Standard Institution CBD Convention on Biological Diversity CCGT Combined Cycle Gas Turbine CCPD Competition and Consumer Protection Division CEA Cyprus Electricity Authority CED Customs and Exercise Department CGF Cyprus Game Fund CITES Convention on the International Trade in Endangered Species CNG Compressed Natural Gas Co Cobalt CO Carbon Monoxide COD Chemical Oxygen Demand COSCQ The Cyprus Organisation for Standards and the Control of Quality CPA Cyprus Ports Authority CPI Corrugated Plate Interceptor CPRL Cyprus Petroleum Limited Cr Chromium CTO Cyprus Tourism Organisation Cu Copper dB Decibel DEFRA Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs DFMR Department of Fishery and Marine Resources DFO Distillate Fuel Oil DLI Department of Labour Inspection DO Dissolve Oxygen DoA Department of Agriculture DoF Department of Forests

DTPH Department of Town Planning and Housing DVS Department of Veterinary Services EA Environmental Assessment EAC Electricity Authority of Cyprus EGS Electronic and Geophysical Services EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EPC Engineering Procurement and Construction EQO Environmental Quality Objectives EQS Environmental Quality Standards ERC Emergency Response Centre ERM Environmental Resources Management ERM2 European Exchange Rate Mechanism ES Environmental Services ESD Emergency Shutdown EU European Union FEED Front End Engineering Design FGD Flue Gas Desulphurisation FSRU Floating Storage and Re-gasification Unit GAN Gaseous Nitrogen GDP Gross Domestic Product GoC Government of Cyprus GSD Geological Survey Department HCI Hellenic Chemical Industries HFO Heavy Fuel Oil HGV Heavy Goods Vehicles HNS Hazardous and Noxious Substances HSE Health, Safety and Environment IFC International Finance Corporation IFRT Internal Floating Roof Tank IPPC Integrated Pollution Prevention Control LBA Late Bronze Age LFO Light Fuel Oil LGV Light Goods Vehicles LNG Liquid Natural Gas LOR Law Office of the Republic LP Liquid Petroleum LPG Liquid Petroleum Gas LR Later Roman MANRE Ministry Agriculture Natural Resources and Environment MAP Mediterranean Action Plan MCIT Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Tourism MCW Ministry of Commutation and Works MLSS Minister of Labour and Social Security Mo Molybdenum MoF Ministry of Finance MoH Ministry of Health MoI Ministry of Interior MQS Mines and Quarries Service

MSIL Minister of Social Insurance and Labour NCP National Contingency Plan Ni Nickel NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide NOSC National On-Scene Commander NOx Nitrogen Oxide NSR Noise Sensitive Receptors O3 Ozone OPRC Oil Pollution Preparedness Response and Co-operation ORV Open Rack Vaporiser OSRP Oil Spill Response Plan PAH Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons PB Parsons Brinckerhoff Pb Lead PC Process Contribution PEC Predicted Environment Contribution PEL Probable Effect Levels PHS Public Health Services PM10 Particulates PSRV Pressure Release Valve ROC Republic of Cyprus SAC Special Area of Conservation Sb Antimonium SCV Submerged Combustion Vaporiser Se Selenium SEPA Scottish Environment Protection Agency SGL State General Laboratory Sn Tin SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPA Special Protection Area SPL Sound Pressure Level SQG Sediment Quality Guidelines SVP Saturated Vapour Pressure SWL Sound Power Level Te Tellurium Ti Titanium TI Thallium TSS Total Suspended Solids U Uranium UPS Un-Interruptible Power Supply USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency V Vanadium VCE Vapour Cloud Explosion VOC Volatile Organic Compounds VRU Vapour Recovery Unit WDD Water Development Department Zn Zinc

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION

Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited Page 1 for M.W. Kellogg Limited

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Project Background

1.1.1 The Government of the Republic of Cyprus (referred to from herein in as the GoC) is proposing an integrated Energy Centre at Vasilikos (referred to henceforth as the Energy Centre), that will include facilities for the:

• Importation, storage, pressurisation and vaporisation of liquefied natural gas (LNG) and distribution within Cyprus of natural gas to power plant users; and

• Importation, storage, handling and distribution within Cyprus of various petroleum fuels ranging from Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) through to Fuel Oils and Marine Bunker oils.

1.1.2 This project will help the GoC achieve its combined aims of:

• Building strategic storage reserves for petroleum fuels in order to meet the requirements of European Union (EU) Directives, related to Cyprus’s accession to the EU in 2004; and

• Improving the competitiveness and efficiency of the Cypriot Oil Industry through modernisation and obtaining certain economies of scale.

1.1.3 The project is seen to be particularly important for the GoC as the EU Directives 98/93/EC and 68/414/EEC require that each Member State maintains fuel reserves equal to at least 90 days consumption at all times, based on the average consumption of the preceding year. Under the accession agreements, Cyprus has committed to maintaining 60 days fuel reserves until 1st January 2008, and 90 days reserves thereafter. This project is intended to ensure that the GoC can meet that commitment.

1.1.4 The facility has been designed to meet both the current needs of the country and the readily foreseeable requirements for import and storage expectations of key feedstocks such as LNG, but also for a range of other hydrocarbon-based products such as LPG, gasoline, kerosene, jet fuel, diesel, fuel oil and bitumen. The terminal has been designed with a minimum design lifetime of 25 years, and commissioning is currently proposed for Quarter 4 of 2009.

1.1.5 In addition to its role as the strategic national reserve location, the Energy Centre will also be used to import LNG to meet the needs of the proposed gas-fired power units in Cyprus, and will be of particular importance to the Electricity Authority of Cyprus (EAC) power plant at Vasilikos, located adjacent to the proposed facility.

1.1.6 The Energy Centre will also allow the relocation of many of the fuel oils currently stored in the Larnaca depot, to the north of Larnaca city. This depot includes a series of resources belonging to the Cyprus Petroleum Refinery Ltd. (CPRL), as well as the terminals for the oil marketing companies in Cyprus; namely, Exxonmobil, EKO Hellenic Petroleum (ex BP Cyprus), Petrolina (Holdings) Ltd, Synergas and Intergas. The CPRL and marketing oil companies utilise their own offshore and onshore facilities, i.e. moorings, storage tanks, truck loading facilities, LPG filling plants, and offices. The fast growing Larnaca city has over time encroached upon the existing terminal facilities and as such these facilities would face significant challenges in expanding their storage capacity to provide the strategic reserves required by the EU Directives, given their proximity to a major city centre. An agreement has therefore been made between the GoC and the Municipality of Larnaca, which means that the Larnaca depot (including CPRL) is proposed to be abandoned by 2010. This will also allow the land to be released for urban development.



1.1.7 Further information surrounding the Energy Centre is provided in Section 3 Project Description.

1.2 Objectives, Approach, Scope and Structure of the EA

Objectives

1.2.2 Parsons Brinckerhoff Ltd. (PB), has as a subcontractor to MW Kellogg Limited (who are undertaking the engineering preliminary design for the Energy Centre), prepared this Environmental Assessment (EA) on behalf of the GoC. In producing this EA, PB has been assisted by Aeoliki and used input from GoC, MW Kellogg, HR Wallingford and Royal Haskoning.

1.2.3 This EA presents the findings of the study, which has been undertaken to identify the potential environmental impacts associated with the construction, operation and eventual decommissioning of the for the primary phase (Basis of Design (BoD) and conceptual design) of the proposed Energy Centre. The EA has focused on key issues associated with the proposed facility, and has taken into account the requirements of Cypriot and EU Legislation

1.2.4 The overall objective of the EA has been to provide a means whereby the negative environmental impacts of the project are identified at the design stage and minimised through the early recognition and (where possible) avoidance of sensitive issues. This has included the development of appropriate mitigation measures for unavoidable impacts. Specific objectives of the EA have been as follows:

• Collection of existing baseline information/data for assessment of impacts, including collation of information collected during previous investigations and EAs in the area into a single, comprehensive environmental document;

• Assessment and evaluation of the actual and potential environmental impacts of the proposed development; and

• Development of environmental management and monitoring strategies, and identification of mitigation strategies in order to reduce residual impacts.

1.3 Approach

1.3.1 EAs are planning instruments that aim to contribute to the design phases of a development, as well as to function as a management tool to minimise potential negative impacts and maximise benefits during construction and operational phases of a project. To be effective in this role, the EA needs to form an integral part of the project design process, allowing the environmental implications of various design alternatives can be evaluated and the cost/benefits of the different trade-offs assessed. The result is that potentially negative impacts can often be avoided and almost always reduced, without compromising the real cost of the project, whilst positive environmental outcomes associated with the project can be enhanced.

1.3.2 This EA has used desk-based research in the production of the majority of this documents sections. In such circumstances the assessment team has been required to interpolate from existing data, but has taken a precautionary (worst case) approach to impact identification.

1.3.3 As the work has been conducted early in the Energy Centre design process not all the design information has been available. It is planned that this document will be updated with the information as and when it becomes available and resubmitted at the end of the second Front End Engineering Design (FEED) phase of this project.



1.3.4 This EA process has involved several key elements as follow:

i Scoping: to identify the issues and impacts that are likely to be important and refine the terms-of-reference for the EA.

ii Examination of Alternatives: to establish an environmentally sound preferred option for achieving the objectives of the Energy Centre.

iii Establishment of the Environmental Baseline: for the bio-physical and socio-economic aspects of the environment, in order to establish prevailing conditions prior to development of the Energy Centre.

iv Impact Analysis: to identify and predict the likely environmental and socio-economic effects of the Energy Centre.

v Mitigation and Impact Management: to establish the measures that are necessary to avoid, minimise or offset predicted negative impacts and, where appropriate, to incorporate these into environmental management and monitoring strategies.

vi Residual Impacts: outlining those impacts that cannot fully be mitigated, and determining their relative significance.

vii Preparation of the Environmental Assessment Report to clearly document the impacts of the proposal, significance of effects and the plans of the Energy Centre to deal with these issues.

1.4 Scope

1.4.1 A scoping report was produced and is included in Appendix J. Key elements of the scoping report include the following:

• Description of the proposed Energy Centre, including estimates of emissions, effluent and waste, and consideration of the project alternatives;

• Evaluation of the baseline environmental conditions in the impact zone to provide a basis for assessing the incremental impacts of the Energy Centre, including existing pollution levels and nuisance conditions;

• Identification and assessment of the potential impacts on the environment during each of the project phases;

• Identification of the mitigation measures required to minimise the potential impacts; and

• Identification of the monitoring measures required to assess the effectiveness of the mitigation measures and determine the actual significance of residual impacts.

1.4.2 Work on this EA study has taken place between December 2005 and March 2006.

1.5 EA Methodology

Project Planning

1.5.2 Effective project planning is essential to clearly define and communicate the environmental goals of this project and determine how these goals are to be reached. The key questions that must be answered are:

• What are the likely issues requiring assessment?



• What existing information is available concerning these issues?

• What information is subsequently absent and must be obtained?

1.5.3 These questions have been answered primarily through the scoping study as outlined above, with further details analysed during the BoD phase of the work. In addition to the initial site visit and document reviews, meetings were held with key project stakeholders, including the EAC (Electricity Authority of Cyprus), and the following GoC Departments and Ministries:

• Environmental Services;

• Ministry of Fisheries;

• Ministry of Agriculture;

• Water and Resources;

• Department of Labour Inspection;

• Department of Roads and Public Works;

• Department of Town Planning;

• Department of Geological Survey,

• Ministry of Defence; and

• Department of Land Use and Surveys.

1.5.4 These meetings have provided further information on the nature of the proposed facilities and issues of potential concern.

1.5.5 The Vasilikos site is classified as brownfield (see Section 5) and has been extensively studied in the past. The document and literature reviews were undertaken to clarify and collate existing data, and identify any information gaps. Gaps that were found will be addressed in the FEED phase of this project. The BoD study will form the basis upon which the FEED EA shall be based.

1.6 Baseline Characterisation

1.6.1 In order to identify environmental impacts associated with the each of the phases over the entire project lifespan, it is essential to have as much understanding and appreciation for the existing environment as possible. Through this understand the potential for interaction between the proposed development and the environment can be assessed. For this reason, prevailing conditions have been established for a range of environmental media, namely:

• Terrestrial environments: archaeology, ecology, geology, soils, contaminated land, hydrogeology, water resources, land use, landscape, air quality, noise & vibration, socio-economic, traffic & infrastructure and waste;

• Marine environments: archaeology, flora & fauna, fisheries, geology, geomorphology and physical characteristics.

1.6.2 This has been achieved through a detailed review of all available existing documentation and literature, which has been collated and presented as the baseline of this EA. Further confirmatory surveys will be undertaken, where necessary, as part of the FEED process for this project.



1.7 Impact Assessment

1.7.1 Virtually all human activity imposes some disturbance to aspects of the environment, due to physical impacts on natural systems or due to interactions with other human activities and human systems. Often such impacts are slight or transitory and have an effect that may be regarded as insignificant. In order to ascertain the impact associated with a particular process, modelling has been used identify potential changes from the current baseline conditions.

1.7.2 Impacts are defined as changes in the environment that result from an event that interacts with it. They can be either positive or negative and actual or potential, and are described in terms of the following:

• Frequency of impact occurrence;

• Likelihood of the impact occurring;

• Extent or the spatial extent of the impact;

• Duration of the impact;

• Magnitude of size of the impact in relation to set standards;

• Type of impact, whether the impact is beneficial (positive) or detrimental (negative); and

• Significance – overall importance of the impact.

1.7.3 This EA has sought to predict the occurrence and potential significance of environmental impacts associated with the proposed project and to describe the measures, by which they could be avoided, reduced, remedied or compensated for. The terminology used to describe the scope and type of impacts to each resource are described individually for each study, however the generic impact definitions used within this EA are as follows:

• No impact;

• Low/negligible negative impact;

• Moderate negative impact (significant, however mitigation should help minimise the impact);

• Major negative impact (significant, and mitigation is definitely required); and

• Positive.

1.7.4 Unless otherwise indicated, these definitions have been applied consistently throughout the study to determine impact significance.

1.8 Impact Mitigation

1.8.1 The approach adopted to assess the impacts of the proposed Energy Centre and to define the relevant mitigation measures, is based on the premise that certain potential impacts can be avoided through the careful choice of locality, technology and materials. Extensive mitigation has been incorporated into the project design (as described in the project description – Section 3 as well as the mitigation tables –Section 18), in order to minimise the likelihood and extent of impacts to the environment, and where necessary, further mitigation can be adopted to address specific issues; but ultimately, some environmental impact may be unavoidable.



1.8.2 Where impacts of moderate or major significance have been identified, mitigation has been proposed to reduce the frequency, likelihood or extent (and hence the overall potential significance) of the impact. Residual impacts are those that remain following impact mitigation. The identification, assessment, and presentation of mitigation options occur throughout this document, and are summarised in the Mitigation Measures Summary Table (Section 18).

1.9 Cumulative Impacts

1.9.1 Cumulative impacts are discussed where relevant in the impact assessment sections.

1.10 Project Constraints

1.10.1 This EA has been undertaken using available desktop information at an early stage of the engineering design process. Whilst this approach is sufficient to determine if there are any potential ‘show-stopper’ issues with the project, it will be necessary to revise this report once the project Basis of Design is confirmed and once any gaps in the baseline environmental quality data have been filled with information gathered from surveys.

1.11 Structure of the EA

1.11.1 The remainder of this report is set out as follows, the reader should note that figures referenced within the text are attached at the end of the document in Appendix A:

• Section 2 summarises the legislative and policy framework, and guidelines of relevance to the project.

• Section 3 provides further information about the project; it outlines the justification for the project and its location, and describes the project needs and alternatives.

• Section 4 describes the current land use baseline of the area surrounding the Energy Centre, and provides assessment of any change in land classification resulting from the proposed developments. This is followed by mitigation and impact assessment.

• Section 5 provides a baseline for the terrestrial geology, soils, contaminated land and hydrologeology. This is followed by mitigation and impact assessment.

• Section 6 provides a baseline of potential site runoff, groundwater protection, deep well disposal and wastewater discharge. This is followed by mitigation and an impact assessment for both construction and operational phases.

• Section 7 provides a baseline for the ecological environment surrounding the proposed development, which identifies any protected habitats or species. This is followed by mitigation and impact assessments.

• Section 8 provides the landscape and visual assessment of the proposed developments. Using a visual envelope that encompasses the extent of the area from which the proposed Energy Centre would be visible, mitigation and an impact assessment has been provided for construction and operation.

• Section 9 provides an ambient air quality baseline, mitigation and impact assessment for construction and operation of the Energy Centre.

• Section 10 provides a baseline of vibration and noise levels, and offers mitigation and provides an impact assessment that estimates the effects that the



construction and operation of the Energy Centre will have on the noise climate to the surrounding area.

• Section 11 establishes a baseline of the traffic and infrastructure environment, and offers mitigation and assesses impacts of construction and operation of the proposed Energy Centre.

• Section 12 reviews and assesses the management of the likely waste streams resulting from the proposed development for both construction and operational phases.

• Section 13 provides a terrestrial archaeological baseline, and mitigation and impact assessment for construction and operation of the Energy Centre within a 1 km radius of the edge of the development area.

• Section 14 provides a detailed description of the existing marine environment of the site, which includes marine geology, geomorphology and physical characteristics, marine ecology and marine archaeology. The baseline is followed by mitigation and impact assessment for construction and operation.

• Section 15 provides a baseline of the socio-economic environment, and assesses the implications of the development, particularly in terms of the economic impact, and associated indirect impacts. Mitigation is also offered.

• Section 16 provides a Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) Risk Assessment for the proposed Energy Centre, in line with relevant EU and Cypriot health and safety legislative requirements, and assesses the needs for and contents of the HSE management plans for both the construction and operational phases of the proposed development.

• Section 17 provides a Spill Contingency and Oil Spill Response Plan to ensure that appropriate procedures are in place to respond to oil spill incidents at the proposed Energy Centre.

• Section 18 provides a table summarising the mitigation and monitoring measures outlined in previous Sections of the EA, for both construction and operational phases of the proposed Energy Centre.

• Technical Appendices are provided at the end of the EA.

SECTION 2

LEGISLATIVE AND POLICY FRAMEWORK

SECTION 2 LEGISLATIVE AND POLICY FRAMEWORK


2 LEGISLATIVE AND POLICY FRAMEWORK

2.1 Introduction

2.1.1 This section provides an overview of the statutory framework for the project and a summary of the Cypriot Government administrative network, as outlined in relation to specific departmental roles, responsibilities and environmental policy and legislative enforcement. Details of specific limit levels for discharges and specific emission parameters are discussed where relevant within the impact assessment sections.

2.1.2 It should be noted that since Cyprus's accession to the European Union in May 2004, all European Union and EU policies are followed and Cyprus has transposed the European aquis into Cyprus law.

2.1.3 The project will be designed, built and operated to a number of International, European and National legislative and regulatory requirements, namely:

• International Conventions in Force in Cyprus;

• European Union Legislative Requirements;

• Cypriot National Legislation;

• Industry Guidelines and Standards.

2.2 International Conventions in Force in Cyprus

2.2.1 Cyprus is a signatory to a number of international agreements and conventions on the environment and related issues which are of relevance to the project. A full list is provided as Appendix B. However, a summary of the significant conventions is provided below:

• London Dumping Convention: Convention on Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping Wastes and Other Matter, (London 1972) which regulates disposal of potentially hazardous materials at sea.

• MARPOL Protocol: 1978 Protocol to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (1973) and relates to the prevention of marine pollution from ships from operational and accidental causes.

• Basel Convention: Convention for the Transboundary Movement of Hazardous Waste (1992);

• Aarhus Convention: Convention on access to information, public participation in decision-making and access to justice in environmental matters (1998).

• Espoo Convention: The Convention on Environmental Impact Assessment in a Transboundary Context (2000).

• Rio de Janeiro Convention: Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) 1992 enunciating the principles of sustainable development and related instruments.

2.3 European Union Legislative Requirements

2.3.1 EU Environmental legislation includes three major inter-locking instruments namely the EIA Directive 85/337/EEC as amended by 97/11/EC and 2003/35/EC, the IPPC Directive 96/61/EC (Integrated Pollution, Prevention and Control), and the Seveso II Directive 96/82/EC (Control of Major Accident Hazards). The EIA, IPPC and Seveso



directives require reports, which are focused on aspects of the design, construction and operational phases.

2.3.2 The categories of projects listed in the EIA and IPPC annexes overlap to a large degree. The EIA Directive generally covers, in Annexes I and II, all the Annex I IPPC categories of a project, except for categories 3.1 (cement manufacture), 6.7 (solvent surface treatment) and 6.8 (carbon graphite manufacture).

The EIA Directive 85/337/EEC as amended by 97/11/EC and 2003/35/EC:

2.3.3 The EIA Directive sets the criteria for projects that require an Environmental Statement outlining the potential impacts on the environment to be assessed within the EIA process. This project falls within the parameters of Annex I of the directive where an Environmental Impact Assessment is mandatory, as it includes the storage of petroleum, petrochemical, or chemical products with a capacity of 200,000 tonnes or more.

The IPPC Directive 96/61/EC (Integrated Pollution, Prevention and Control ).

2.3.4 The Directive’s purpose is to achieve integrated prevention and control of pollution arising from certain potentially polluting processes. Measures are laid down to prevent, or, where it is not practicable, to reduce emissions in the air, water and land in order to achieve a high level of environmental protection of the environment as whole with regard to the use of Best Available Techniques (BAT). It focuses on the environmental impacts of the operation of new and existing installations and the thresholds used may differ from those used in the EIA Directive. The control of emissions to air, water and soil is complemented by provisions concerning energy use, waste flows and accident prevention.

2.3.5 None of the activities to be conducted at the Energy Centre are listed within Annex I of the Directive and therefore the EU IPPC Directive does not require the permitting of the Energy Centre under the IPPC system. The directive has been incorporated without modification into Cypriot Legislation and therefore there is no requirement to seek an IPPC permit under the Cypriot legislative framework as it stands at this stage.

2.3.6 It is relevant to note that in the UK the ‘reformation of natural gas’ is listed as an activity which does require an IPPC permit under UK law. The Energy Centre is the first regasification facility to be constructed in Cyprus and the Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance has indicated during PB’s scoping consultations that in instances where Cypriot legislation does not cover a particular activity the department generally consults similar cases from Ireland, UK or other European Countries to determine the correct approach. Therefore whilst no statutory requirement exists in Cyprus at this stage for the permitting of the facility under the IPPC process PB has applied the precautionary principle in the conduct of the BoD EA and suggested mitigation measures which conform with the relevant EU IPPC reference documents such as the Best Available Techniques (BAT) on Emissions from Storage, 2005.

'Seveso II Directive 96/82/EC (Control of Major Accident Hazards)

2.3.7 This Directive seeks to reduce the risk of and control major accident hazards, and limit their consequences. It was prompted by a succession of industrial accidents, especially the dioxin release at Seveso in 1976. Any operator holding prescribed quantities of prescribed substances is required to work closely with the Health and Safety legislator in the country, in the preparation of detailed risk assessments, and safety and emergency response reports.



2.3.8 The Directive’s scope is solely focussed on the presence of dangerous substances in establishments. It covers both industrial "activities" as well as the storage of dangerous chemicals. It can be viewed as inherently providing for three levels of proportionate controls in practice, where larger quantities mean more controls.

2.3.9 The Directive is discussed in greater detail in Chapter 16, HSE Risk Assessment.

2.4 National Policy - Administrative and Legislative Framework

2.4.1 Environmental policy in Cyprus is primarily co-ordinated through the Ministry of Agriculture Natural Resources and Environment (MANRE) although the Ministry of Interior (MoI) and the Minister of Labour and Social Security (MLSS) also have responsibilities.

2.4.2 Within MANRE, the key unit responsible for environmental issues is the Environmental Services (ES), which has specific responsibilities for Environmental Impact Assessment, the laws relating water pollution and waste management, environmental awareness and training as well as the international conventions.

2.4.3 The Department of Town Planning and Housing (DTPH) of the MoI is the planning authority responsible for the Project due to its nature and size.

2.4.4 The Department of Labour Inspection (DLI) of the Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance (MLSI) as the environmental inspectorate for industry specifically with regard to atmospheric and water pollution control laws.

2.4.5 A full list of individual Ministerial roles and responsibilities outlining their relationship to the administration and regulation of environmental policy and legislation are outlined in Appendix B.

2.5 Requirements for Environmental Impact Assessment

2.5.1 Cyprus established its first procedures for Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) under Decision 35700 of the Council of Ministers in June 1991. The legislation required preparation of a preliminary EIA for submission to the ES.

2.5.2 Under EU legislation and the full transposition of the EU EIA Directives (85/337/EEC), the Law for the Environmental Impact Assessment for Certain Projects 57(1) 2001 was effected through an Order issued by MANRE in February 2002, prior to Cyprus becoming a member of the EU on 1 May 2004. Its amendment 102(I)/2005 has been approved by the House of Representatives recently.

2.5.3 The Law goes beyond the minimum requirements of the relevant EU Directive and has incorporated the principles of access to information and public participation in decision-making. The Law provides for the preparation of a comprehensive EIA and includes a requirement for a detailed assessment of the project alternatives considered, a comprehensive project description covering the construction and operational phases of the development, a description of the baseline conditions and an assessment of potential impacts likely to arise as a result of execution of the project.

2.6 Application of the EIA Process

2.6.1 Outlined below is the sequence of events involved in the Cyprus EIA process:

• Fifteen copies of the EIA are submitted to the ES;



• The Environment Committee is then invited to discuss the EIA for 2-4 weeks after submission. At this time the committee may require questions to be answered. In some cases where it is decided that additional information is required, this is to be provided and once submitted the process recommences for another 2-4 weeks;

• When there are no more questions the Environment Committee discuss their position and the Environment Authority i.e. the ES will listen to and note their position;

• The Environmental Authority submits its view to the Permitting Authority and will produce a document containing any constraints and / or terms and conditions on the project;

• If the submitting party disagrees with the view put forward to the Permitting Authority, which can differ from that of the Environment Committee, the party can submit the EIA to the Council of Ministers for decision.

• When the final EIA is provided to the ES the law says it will take approximately 1 to 2 months for the Environmental Committee to review it. The law further states that the EIA must be in the public domain for a minimum of 30 days.

2.7 National Legislation

Overview

2.7.2 The national environmental legislation applicable to the project is given below:

• Law for the Environmental Impact Assessment for Certain Projects 57(I)/2001, 102(I) 2005 which covers particularly polluting industries and large scale installations and projects. The criteria for assessment includes size or project, proximity to other installations, use of natural resources, waste creation, pollution and risk of accidents;

• Law for the Free Access to the Information Regarding the Environment, 119(I)/2004;

• Water Protection and Management Law, 13(I)/2004;

• Water and Soil Pollution Control Law, 106(I)/2002;

• Waste and Hazardous Waste Law, 196(I)/2004;

• The Law on the Protection and Management of Nature and Wildlife, 153(I)/2003;

• The Law on the Protection and Management of Wild Birds and Game, 152(I)/2003, 81(I)/2005;

• The Law on the Conservation of European Wildlife and Natural Habitats, 24(I)/1988 ;

• Atmospheric Pollution Control Law, 187(I)/2002;

• Ambient Air Quality Law, 188(I)/2002, 53(I)/2003, 54(I)/2004;

• Health and Safety (Asbestos) Law, 23(I)/1993;

• Health and Safety Law, 89(I)/1996;

• The Law on the Assessment and Management of Environmental Noise, 224(I)/2004;



• The Law on the Basic Noise Requirements - specific product categories should comply with, 30(I)/2002, 29(I)/2003, 258(I)/2004; and

• Antiquities Law Chapter 31 and subsequent amendments: 48 of 1964, 32 of 1973, 92(1) of 1995, 4(1) of 1996.

2.8 HSE and Risk Assessment

2.8.1 In Cyprus, the Department of Labour Inspection (part of the Ministry of Labour & Social Insurance) is the key regulator for Cypriot health and safety legislation.

2.8.2 The most important requirements implemented into the law defined in EU directives concerning occupational safety and health are in the Framework Directive (89/391/EEC). More detailed provisions concerning particular aspects of occupational safety and health are laid down in the “daughter” directives and include the following Directives: 89/654 (workplaces), 89/655 as amended by 95/63 and 2001/45 (work equipment), 89/656 (personal protective equipment), 90/269 (manual handling of loads), 90/270 (display screen equipment), 90/394 (carcinogenic agents), 96/82/EC (control of major-accident hazards, Seveso II), 98/24 (chemical agents), 2000/54 (biological agents), 2003/10 (noise), 98/37 (machinery), 87/404 (simple pressure vessels), and 99/92 (explosive atmospheres).

2.8.3 The applicable legislation and implementation is fully discussed in Section 16 HSE Risk Assessment.

2.9 Environmental Permits

2.9.1 Environmental permits issued by the Permitting Authority are required before commencement of activities which will incur waste, discharges and emissions and are granted on a media basis by the relevant Department namely Department of Labour Inspection (Air and Water) within the Ministry of Labour and Social Security, Environment Service (Hazardous Solid Waste, Effluent and Noise) within MANRE and Waste Department for Non-hazardous Solid Waste within the Ministry of the Interior. The key permits are outlined below and their timeframes are shown in Table 2.1:

• N.57(I)/2001: Environmental Permit

• N.90/72: Planning Permit obtained by the Planning Authority often subject to environmental conditions.

• N.187(I)/2002 AND n.56(I)/2003 – Air Emission Permit

• N.106(I)/2002 – Disposal Permit (Waste Water)

• N.215(I)/2002 Art II: Non-Hazardous Waste Management Licence

• N.215(I)/2002 Art 19: Hazardous Waste Management Licence

2.9.2 The detailed requirement of each of these permits is discussed in more detail below and the timelines for applying for each of the permits is summaries in Table 2.1 below. It should be noted that there are no statutory time limits for the consideration of a permit application under Cypriot law and as such all timelines are based upon typical time taken for the approval of permit applications.

2.9.3 The application forms for each of the permits is provided in Appendix D.



N.57(I)/2001: Environmental Permit

2.9.4 The permit will be based on the submitted Environmental Statement, presented to the Environmental Committee which will consult the competent authority (Environmental Service) to define the environmental terms for the construction activities and the operation of the project. These environmental terms will be applied together with the town planning terms posed by the Town Planning Dept.

Town Planning Permit. – N.90/72 2.9.5 As discussed above, the Town Planning Permit is granted, where relevant as a part of

the application for an environmental permit.

Air emission permit – N.187(I)/2002 and N.56(I)/2003

2.9.6 Facility operators must apply to the Department of Labour Inspection (Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance) for an air emission permit prior the operation of any facility. The applications form for the permit requires details of all predicted air discharges from the facility. The Department of Labour Inspection will issue a permit with conditions based upon the information provided on the application form. The Department indicated that they generally accept an Environmental Statements as a acceptable supporting document for an application for an Air Emissions Permit provided that it provides the necessary details of air emissions.

Disposal permit (waste water) – N.106(I)/2002.

2.9.7 Facility operators must apply to the Environmental Service (MANRE) for a wastewater permit prior the operation facility. Based on the data included in the Application Form the Environmental Service will issue a permit with conditions, which relate to the wastewater discharges, which will apply during the operation of the project.

A non-hazardous solid waste management licence - N.215(I)/2002 Art. 11.

2.9.8 Facility operators must apply to the Waste Department (Ministry of Interior) for a non-hazardous solid waste permit prior the construction and operation of the project. Based on the data included in the Application Form. The competent authority will issue the terms (related to the non-hazardous solid waste management and disposal), which will apply during the operation of the project.

A hazardous solid waste management licence - N.215(I)/2002 Art. 19

2.9.9 Facility operators must apply to the Environmental Service (MANRE) for non-hazardous solid waste permit prior the construction and operation of the project who will issue the terms (related to the non-hazardous solid waste management and disposal) which will apply during the project based on information supplied in the application form.

Seveso II – Regulation 507/2001

2.9.10 In Cyprus the Department of Labour Inspection is responsible for the implementation of the Directive. As the Energy Centre falls into the upper tier category the facility operator will be required to comply with all the requirements contained within the Directive.



2.9.11 The facility operator must produce a Major Accident Prevention Policy, a Safety Report, a Safety Management System and an Emergency Plan, which covers both the construction and operational phases of the project.

2.9.12 The implementation of the Seveso II Regulation is discussed in detail in Section 16 HSE.

Work Site Licence

2.9.13 A Work Site Licence is required as part of the mobile construction site safety directive. This will be required prior to construction work at the Energy Centre site and will need to be issued by the Department of Labour Inspection.



Table 2.1 Permits and Typical Timelines from Submission to Approval

Permit Number Relevant Authority Required Typical Time from

Submission-Approval* Remarks

30 days The Environmental Service must advertise the

project by posting notices in local newspapers for 30 days after receiving the ES.

Environmental Permit: • Public Consultation

• Environmental Committee

N.57(I)/2001 Environmental Service

Prior to construction

4-8 Months The application should be submitted by the project sponsor on the behalf of the BOT contractor on the completion of FEED.

Town Planning Permit N.90/72: Department of Town Planning


0-12 Months+ The application should be submitted by the project sponsor on the behalf of the BOT contractor on the completion of FEED.

Air Emission Permit N.187(I)/2002 N.56(I)/2003

Department of Labour Inspection

Prior to Commissioning

2 Months+

The application should be submitted by the BOT contractor prior to commissioning.

Waste Water N.106(I)/2002 Department of Labour Inspection

Prior to Commissioning

2 Months+ The application should be submitted by the BOT contractor prior to commissioning.

Hazardous Solid Waste N.215(I)/2002 Art. 11

Environmental Service Prior to Construction &

Operation

2 Months The application should be submitted by the BOT contractor upon mobilisation.

Non-Hazardous Solid Waste N.215(I)/2002 Art. 19

Ministry of Interior Waste Department

Prior to Construction &

Operation

2 Months The application should be submitted by the BOT contractor upon mobilisation.

Seveso II Department of Labour Inspection

Prior to Construction &

Operation

3-4 Months+

The safety report should be submitted by the project sponsor on the behalf of the BOT contractor on the completion of FEED. It has been agreed to submit the report in 2 phases one at the end of BoD and one at the end of FEED.

Work Site Licence Department of Labour Inspection


28 days The application should be submitted by the BOT contractor upon mobilisation.

* As the project is new to Cyprus and Cypriot legislation it is anticipated that these timeframes are conservative

SECTION 3

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

SECTION 3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION


3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3.1 Introduction

3.1.1 This section provides further engineering details on the construction and operation of the proposed facility. It has been written to give the reader a good understanding of the overall project and engineering design, which are important when undertaking an EA.

3.1.2 In this section the following aspects have been addressed:

• Project Need;

• Analysis of Alternatives;

• Proposed Construction methodology;

• Proposed Facilities Operation;

• Facilities Commissioning;

• Non-normal operations of the facility; and

• Facility decommissioning.

3.1.3 The details of the engineering design of the facility outlined in this chapter have been derived from Basis of Design engineering studies conducted by:

• MW Kellogg;

• HR Wallingford;

• Royal Haskoning;

• Gas Strategies; and

• Aeoliki.

3.2 Project Need

3.2.1 The proposed Energy Centre has been designed to provide a national energy import node for Cyprus, with the specific purposes of:

• Building strategic storage reserves for petroleum fuels to meet the requirements of the EU directives related to Cyprus’ accession to the EU in 2004;

• Providing a single centre for the import of petroleum products for the Republic of Cyprus;

• Improving the competitiveness and efficiency of the Cypriot Oil Industry through modernisation, whilst ensuring economies of scale; and

• Allowing the relocation of the existing facility away from the built up areas of Larnaca.

3.2.2 Each of the above objectives are discussed in more detail below.

3.2.3 Under current EU legislation (EU Directives 98/93/EC and 68/414/EEC) each Member State is required to maintain fuel reserves equal to at least 90 days consumption at all times, based on the average consumption of the preceding year. Under the accession agreements, Cyprus has committed to maintaining 60 days fuel reserves until 1st January 2008, and 90 days reserves thereafter. This project is intended to ensure that GoC can meet this commitment.



3.2.4 The existing energy import infrastructure in the Republic of Cyprus is located in the densely populated northern suburbs of Larnaca City around the site of the former Cyprus Petroleum Refinery Larnaca (CPRL) and on the coast of Larnaca Bay.

3.2.5 The Larnaca site includes import and distribution facilities owned and operated by a range of bodies including:

• ExxonMobil Cyprus;

• Hellenic Petroleum;

• BP E Mediterranean;

• Petrolina;

• CPSCL;

• Synergas; and

• Intergas.

3.2.6 The fast-growing Larnaca city is increasingly encroaching upon the existing terminal facilities (see Plate 3.1) and this has imposed significant limitations on the ability of these operators to expand their storage capacity whilst retaining health and safety buffer areas, with knock-on implications for the provision of the strategic reserves required by the EU Directives.

Plate 3.1 Residential Encroachment upon the Current Larnaca Petroleum Products Import Facilities.

3.2.7 The Cypriot Government Decision No. 43.893 of 28 February 1996, and the subsequent agreement between the Government of Cyprus and the Larnaca Municipality, limit expansion at the existing site, as agreed by all parties, to relocate the existing fuel terminal facilities from the Larnaca area. Such a relocation will provide an opportunity for redevelopment of the brownfield site in Larnaca, allowing future opportunities for tourist development and urban regeneration projects. At present the Larnaca depots are proposed for decommissioning by 2010.



3.2.8 One of the key benefits of the project is that it will bring a new energy source to the island – natural gas. Natural gas is intended to be imported by the facility to be used as a fuel in modern Closed Circuit Gas Turbine (CCGT) fired power generation plant planned to be constructed in Cyprus – the first of which will be at the EAC Vasilikos Power Plant adjacent to the site. CCGT power generation plant is widely recognised as the most efficient available technology for the generation of power from fossil fuels and the technology is also more ‘clean’ from an environmental emissions point of view. The provision of gas to the island will be a key factor in dramatically increasing the efficiently of the power generation infrastructure on the island over the conventional oil fired open cycle generation plant with substantial greenhouse gas emissions reductions and improvement in ambient air quality across the island.

3.3 Project Alternatives

Alternative Locations

3.3.2 A number of site alternatives have been considered as part of the project development, including the following:

Expansion of the existing facilities in Larnaca

3.3.3 As outlined above the expansion of the existing facilities in Larnaca is not considered practical given the environmental and safety issues arising from the encroaching urban areas near the site, as well as the long-term urban and tourist re-development plans.

Establishment of an Offshore Floating Storage and Re-gasification Unit (FSRU);

3.3.4 The development of an FSRU would allow one of the objectives of the Energy Centre project to be fulfilled, namely the import of Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) to the island for the power generation industry. The major limitation of such a facility is that it would only be able to process one fuel type, and a requirement would remain for the construction of an on shore terminal to receive the balance of the energy products currently handled by the Larnaca facilities. As such the floating option does not actually remove the need for an onshore facility and solve problem of location. Therefore given the marginal additional land take and clear synergies from establishing a single integrated facility this option is not considered further in this EA.

Development of an integrated Energy Centre elsewhere

3.3.5 When choosing a site its location is paramount. The proposed Vasilikos site offers clear benefits due to its central location in an existing heavy industrial zone. In its proposed location it is directly adjacent to the Vasilikos Power Station, the biggest user of LNG in Cyprus.

Development of a series of smaller regional depots

3.3.6 An important objective of the Energy Centre project is to bring economies of scale to the Cypriot energy market given the small size of the island and its, comparatively, small energy market. This objective cannot be serviced by establishing a fractured and dispersed industrial base and as such this option is not considered feasible.

Development of an integrated Energy Centre at Vasilikos.

3.3.7 Considering the above, the Cypriot Government has determined that the best alternative to meet the project needs is the single consolidated site at Vasilikos in Southern Cyprus as shown in Figure 3.1.



The Proposed Site

3.3.8 The proposed site is on the southern coast of the island, some 25 km to the east of Limassol, 30 km to the south-west of Larnaca and 40 km south of the nation’s capital Nicosia. The location lends itself to easy access to the island’s existing highway system which links these population centres for the distribution of the products imported through the terminal.

3.3.9 The site is located within an enclosed valley and this topography provides a natural barrier between the site and surrounding inhabited areas (see Figures 3.2 and 3.3). The whole area is sparsely populated and already used for industrial purposes, as described further below.

3.3.10 The southern half of the proposed site is currently occupied by a former fertiliser manufacturing operation previously owned by Hellenic Chemical Industries plant (HCI) who operated intermittently at the site from 1982 to 1995. Contracts for the demolition and remediation of the former fertiliser plant are currently being let by the GoC to prepare the site for this project, as discussed further in Section 4.

3.3.11 The southern half of the site is located within an area zoned for industrial uses and the largest power generation asset in the Republic of Cyprus, the Vasilikos Power Plant, abuts the proposed western boundary of the Energy Centre site. It is expected that the Vasilikos Power Plant will be the largest consumer of imported LNG in the terminals first years of operation. To the east of the site is located the Vasilikos Cement Plant. A further power generation and cement plant are located within 10 km of the proposed Energy Centre site.

3.3.12 Vasilikos Bay is used extensively for industrial purposes, with products from the Vasilikos Cement Plant imported through Vasilikos port, which also has additional roll on and roll of facilities. The construction contractor Archirodon currently uses a second port. A Cypriot Navel Base is located to the west of the power station. These facilities are shown in more detail in Figure 3.2 and 3.3.

3.3.13 Zygi located approximately 3 km to the east is the most populated area in the immediate vicinity, with a number of small beaches with restaurants located further to the west. The nearest residential developments are found in Mari Village, 200 m northeast of the closest site boundary.

3.3.14 It is expected that at the peek of the construction phase there will be approximately 1000 workers on site at anyone time.

Alternate Layouts – Terrestrial

3.3.15 A number of alternate layouts have been developed by MWKL as part of the BoD engineering design. These have primarily been driven by safety requirements relating to distances between the various proposed facility structures to minimise risks associated with potential incidents. This process has iterated towards the proposed layout for the facility, presented in Figures 3.4 to 3.6.

Alternate Layouts – Marine

3.3.16 A wide range of alternate options have been considered for the layout of the Marine facilities1, key variants in the concepts of the marine layout were:

• Breakwater requirements;

• Trestle length / berth orientation and location;



• Reuse of existing infrastructure;

• Dredging requirements; and

• Location of the trestle.

3.3.17 Each of which has been evaluated and compared on the basis of:

• Capital Expenditure

• Operational Expenditure;

• Marine operability;

• Environmental Issues;

• Expandability / Flexibility;

• Safety/Security issues; and

• Constructability issues.

3.3.18 Of these, two preferred options have been carried forward for further consideration as shown in Figure 3.5, namely:

• Option 7 – This involves the construction of trestle of approximately 1,900 m length, with no dredging required and is considered the base case for the BoD phase;

• Option 7a – This option involves the construction of trestle of approximately 1,500 m in length, but will involve the dredging of specific areas as shown in Figure 3.5. As part of the FEED phase it is intended that further investigations will be undertaken to assess the sensitivities of the area and investigate the acceptability of the proposed dredging activities associated with this option.

3.3.19 It is currently expected that neither option will require a breakwater to protect the jetty structure. This will be confirmed during FEED. The additional environmental impacts of a potential breakwater will be addressed in the FEED EIA.

3.3.20 The layout of the jetty head is common to both options and can be found in Figure 3.7.

Alternate Technologies

3.3.21 The engineering design for the Vasilikos Energy Centre represents the use of Best Available Techniques (BAT). The following key reference documents have been used in its engineering development:

• The EU IPPC Reference Document on Best Available Techniques on Emissions from Storage;

• For LNG: NFPA59A and EN1473;

• For LPG: NFPA58.and LPG Code IP9 where relevant;

• For White products: NFPA30; and

• For Bitumen: IP11 and API 2023.

3.3.22 Key elements of the engineering design as they relate to environmental emissions include:

• The use of internal floating roof tanks with double seals to minimise the emissions of volatile products;



• The use of open rack vaporises for the re-gasification of LNG. As these do not require any combustion emissions to supply the necessary heat needed to re-vaporise the liquid gas;

• Integrating of the LNG re-gasification facility with the adjacent power plant, to enable artificially heated sea water, from the power station, to be cooled by the open rack vaporisers in the Energy Centre, before it is discharged back to the sea. This is discussed in more detail later in this section;

• The sizing of the boil off gas compressors to allow for a maximum load during ship unloading; and

• The inclusion in the design of a Vapour Recovery Unit (VRU) for the capture and treatment of vapour emissions associated with tanker loading of volatile products. The VRU will dramatically reduce emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds to the atmosphere and as such has greenhouse gas benefits.

3.4 Project Development

3.4.1 The MWKL lead project team has been appointed by the project sponsor the Ministry of Commerce Industry and Tourism, to undertake Basis of Design (BoD) and Front End Engineering Design (FEED) studies.

3.4.2 This Basis of Design work has been undertaken on the expectation that further detailed design, construction, commission and operation of the proposed Energy Centre will be undertaken by a contractor under a Build Operate Transfer (BOT) / Build Own Operate (BOO) or similar type of contract. The schedule for the project is outlined in the project schedule, Figure 3.8.

3.4.3 The construction methodology and operational practices describe below are based upon the experience of the project team and industry best practice. The project execution methodologies implemented by the BOT / BOO contractor throughout the construction, operational and decommissioning phases of this project must be in accordance with project the requirements outlined within this document and subsequent revisions.

3.5 Facility Construction and Construction Methodology

Overview

3.5.2 It is envisaged that the Energy Centre facilities construction will involve the following main activities:

• Site demolition and remediation activities; as discussed in Section 4;

• Site preparation activities, involving; cut and fill works, construction of an access road and installation of security fencing and lighting;

• Construction of temporary facilities, including site office buildings, laydown areas, drinking water stations, water supply pipeline and filtration systems, guard-houses, security office, training and safety orientation buildings and related utilities.

• General services, to include generators to provide power for temporary site construction facilities, septic tank facilities for sewage system.

• Transportation of pre-made structures and construction consumables from places including; concrete batching sites and vessel fabrication sites.

• Construction of the principal elements of the Energy Centre including but not limited to holding tanks, pipe infrastructure unloading jetty and berths.



• Development of Ancillary Facilities including; development of a bunded fuel and separate water storage tank.

Schedule

3.5.3 Detailed project scheduling is ongoing, but the principal project phases are expected to be undertaken as follows:

• Site preparation – July 2007 to March 2008

• Construction of LNG tanks – January 2008 to November 2009

• Construction of oil products tanks – March 2008 to November 2009

• Construction of site infrastructure (pipe racks, piping, foundations etc) – March 2008 to March 2010

• Construction of jetty and unloading berths – March 2008 to June 2009

• Asset commissioning and hand-over – December 2009 to December 2010

3.5.4 Further detail can be seen in the indicative project schedule chart, Figure 3.8.

Site Preparation

Cut and fill of the existing site

3.5.5 Whilst the HCI site decommissioning activities will leave a site that is suitable for commercial activities, further works including removal of structures foundations and site levelling activities, where necessary, will be required prior to construction commencing. A series of terraces will be created in the northern part of the site through carefully engineered techniques. The cut material produced will then be used to backfill the southern area of location. At this stage it is not considered that significant quantities of fill material will be required from any external sources. Following the fill works, the material will be compacted to meet the engineering requirements for the development.

Installation of security fencing and lighting

3.5.6 Temporary perimeter fencing, close circuit television cameras and required lighting will be installed during the initial site activities to provide a secure and safe operating zone for construction works. This fencing and lighting will eventually be replaced as part of the operational phase.

Construction of site buildings

3.5.7 A number of buildings will be constructed on site, as outlined on the previous page. The site is already serviced by mains water and as such the project will seek to use this existing infrastructure for the supply of water. The water supply will provide for onsite personal, equipment, and onsite dust suppression operations. Power will be supplied through temporary generators.

Concrete Batching Plant

3.5.8 The construction of the Energy Centre will require an ongoing source of concrete as typical activities will include; piling for tanks, creation of hard-standing areas and foundations for temporary and permanent buildings. The abutting Vasilikos Cement Plant has a batching facility, as such any cement required will be obtained from here.



Plant Construction

3.5.9 Temporary general facilities already mentioned in this section will be provided for site staff whilst the main facilities are being constructed. It is envisage that the sewerage system will be a basic septic tank arrangement, which will be pumped on an as required basis. Waste will be transported to the local treatment plant, which is detailed in Section 12.

3.5.10 Plant equipment will be tested, throughout installation and upon system completion, by hydraulic and pneumatic to ensure integrity of the system. Typically, hydrotest water for these tests can be obtained from the storm water infrastructure. The operation of this system is described further below in the operational section of this project description.

Ancillary Facilities

3.5.11 A number of ancillary facilities will be required to allow safe plant operation. These are described in more detail later in this section and will include the following:

• Flare;

• Fuel system;

• Back-up power generation;

• Hot oil system;

• Compressed air supply; and

• Nitrogen generation.

Transportation Requirements

3.5.12 It is anticipated that labour will be sourced from the local area and transported to site via crew buses during the construction period. This movement of staff is likely to be accomplished using 50 seater buses, or equivalent, provided by the construction contractors. There will also be a significant number of deliveries to the site throughout the construction phase of the facility, although this is discussed further in the traffic impact assessment section (see Section 11), it is expected that the contractor will make maximum use of the existing Archirodon and Vasilikos docks for importing large quantities of material or oversized pre-made structures to the site by barge.

3.6 Facility Operation

Overview

3.6.2 The proposed Energy Centre will consist of a number of operational facilities including the following:

• A jetty for the loading and unloading of a range of fuels from ships;

• Facilities for receiving, storage, re-gasification and export by pipeline of LNG;

• Facilities for receiving, storage, and bottling and filling tanker truck for the export of LPG;

• Facilities for receiving, storage, and export by truck a range of liquid hydrocarbon products from gasoline to bitumen; and



• Facilities for batching marine bunker fuels from fuels stored at the facility for export to bunkering barges berthed at the marine loading unloading jetty.

3.6.3 A summary of the ‘Product Slate’ for the Terminal is:

• Liquid Natural Gas (LNG);

• Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG);

• Gasoline;

• Jet fuel, kerosene & diesel;

• Light Fuel Oil (LFO) and Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO); and

• Bitumen.

3.6.4 The facility will be staffed by approximately 100 personnel and will be permitted for 24-hour operation, seven days per week, 365 days per year, exclusive of planned shutdowns.

3.6.5 The facility will receive bulk shipments of finished and generally refined products (feedstocks) that will be transferred to bulk storage prior to re-distribution into Cyprus via road, ship or pipeline. No significant processing of the products will occur on site, although certain performance enhancing additives and colouring agents may be added and a number of finished products will be made through blending of the appropriate feedstocks.

3.6.6 Not all oil products consumed in Cyprus are proposed to be handled by the Energy Centre. Certain small volume products e.g. AVGAS or specialties e.g. Lubes and Base Oils, will continue to be imported by dry freight in iso-containers or drums.

Expansion Plans

3.6.7 The Energy Centre will be designed for a minimum lifespan of 25 years, with the commissioning expected to commence in early 2009. Design of the Energy Centre has been based on meeting both the initial product demands for the first year of operation (2010) as well as the future demands projected for the year 2035.

3.6.8 For the purposes of this EA, it is necessary to consider both the 2010 and 2035 facilities.

Product Throughput

3.6.9 Table 3.1 shown the projected annual throughput of the Energy Centre broken down for each product category in the years 2010 and 2035. The table is based upon current usage rates within Cyprus and expected growth within the energy market.



Table 3.1 Oil Product Demand Projections2

Year 2010 (tonnes)

2035 (tonnes)

Inland Use LNG3 595,680 2,382,730 LPG 58,078 70,739 Gasoline RON 98 45,708 80,896 Gasoline RON 95 319,959 566,273 Diesel Low Sulphur 370,768 547,078 Diesel High Sulphur 158,797 203,647 Jetfuel A1 347,566 640,417

Heating Kerosene 14,681 11,316 Light Fuel Oil (Inland) 62,442 94,004 Heavy Fuel Oil (Inland) 12,500 12,500 Bitumen 77,015 98,522 TOTAL Inland Excl. EAC 1,495,996 2,361,917 HFO Direct to EAC 345,886 17140 TOTAL INLAND 1,841,882 2,379,057 Marine Fuels Marine Gas oil 110,000 110,000 LFO (Bunkering to Ships) 10,000 10,000 HFO Marine 200,000 200,000 Total to Ships 320,000 320,000

3.6.10 The annual throughput is not expected to be constant through the year and is affected by different seasonal factors such as greater heating loads in winter and increased tourist activity in the summer. In addition, the majority of the islands road works (the main consumer of bitumen), is scheduled between September and December out of the tourist season. Table 3.2 reflects the seasonality of the product demand on the island.

Table 3.2 Peak monthly demand expressed as a percentage of the annual demand 3

Product Monthly Peak Demand When Peak Occurs

LNG Unknown Summer

LPG 12.7% Winter

Gasoline 9.7% Summer

Kerosene & Jet Fuel 10.8 % Summer

Diesel 11.2 % Summer

LFO / HFO 11.0 % Winter

BITUMEN 62.5 % of annual demand occurs in 4 months Sept. to Dec.

The Marine Facilities

Overview

3.6.11 As discussed in above two preferred marine facility options have been carried forward for detailed consideration in the FEED Stage, namely:



• Construction of trestle of approximately 1,900 m length, with no dredging; and

• Construction of trestle of approximately 1,500 m in length, but dredging of specific areas as shown in Figure 3.5.

3.6.12 Regardless of which option is carried forward, the detailed design of the berth will remain unchanged, as detailed below.

Unloading Berths

3.6.13 The Energy Centre is expected to receive bulk shipments of products via three dedicated berths situated along a 1,000m jetty:

• Berth No. 1 for LNG Ships;

• Berth No. 2 for white products such as Gasoline, Jet fuel, Kerosene & diesel which are expected to be delivered in larger ships; and

• Berth No. 3 for LPG and black products such as Fuel oils and Bitumen, which are generally handled in smaller ships.

3.6.14 The layout of the berths is shown in Figure 3.7.

3.6.15 The jetty heads themselves will consist of a series of dolphins for mooring ships at the jetty and fenders to protect the jetty head structure and the jetty head itself which will house all the pipework and process vessels required for the unloading of products.

3.6.16 The jetty head will be fitted with unloading arms to connect the ships pipework to the jetty pipework. The loading arms typically consist of articulated pipe structures that can be manoeuvred to allow the connection of the ships loading / unloading pipework to the shore jetty’s pipelines structure. Loading arms are standard industry practice for the loading and unloading of high volume liquid products and have a failure rate which is significantly lower compared with using flexible hoses. However loading arms cannot be used when delivering bitumen due to the high temperatures required to transport the material. It is proposed that in these cases flexible hosing is used.

3.6.17 The liquid product vapour return lines will be fitted for LNG and LPG products. The operation of these facilities is described further below.

3.6.18 The unloading facility has been designed to accommodate ships of various sizes as listed in Table 3.3.



Table 3.3 Berthing and Ship Sizes 3, 4

BERTH SHIPPING SIZES MAX PARCEL SIZES UNLOADING RATE

NUMBER OF UNLOADING

ARMS

PRODUCT

No. Min Max Units 2010 2035 Units m3/h ARMS LNG 1 65,000 155,000 m3 135,000 155,000 m3 8,000 3 Liquid + 1

Vapour

LPG 3 1,000 5,000 MT 4,000 8,000 m3 800 2 Liquid + 1 Vapour

Gasoline: 95RON

2 MT 14,000 20,000 MT

98RON 2

5,000 55,000

4,000 7,000 MT

2,000 1

Jet Fuel 2 MT 12,000 20,000 MT

Heating Kerosene

2 5,000 55,000

1,500 1,500 MT 2,000 1

Low Sulphur Diesel

2 MT 11,000 20,000 MT

High Sulphur Diesel

2

5,000 55,000

8,000 10,000 MT

2,000 1

LFO 3 MT 3,000 5,000 MT

HFO 3 2,000 8,000

3,000 5,000 MT 400 2 x 100%

Bitumen 3 2,000 5,000 MT 4,000 5,000 MT 400 2 (Hoses)

3.6.19 Regardless of the product or berth being used, ship unloading rates are based around 24 hour berthing windows with the actual unloading time (pumping material ashore) being set to be less than 14 hours to unload the full cargo parcel. Typical ship total port times are as follows in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4 Ship Total Port Times4

Pilot on board & Tug Boats attached 1 to 2 hours

Turning Basin 0.5 hours

Berthing 1 hour

Preparation for Unloading & QA Checks 3 to 4 hours

Unloading Time ≤ 12 to 14 hours Preparation for Departure 1.5 hours

Unmooring 0.5 hours

Turning Basin 0.5 hours

Pilot disembarks & Tug Boats depart 1 hour

Total port time ≤ 24 hours

3.6.20 Unloading operations will be undertaken using the individual ship pumping systems to supply the required discharge pressure to pump the liquid products to the onshore tanks. Therefore, no pumping is necessary from the Energy Centre during unloading. It is standard industry practice that the unloading operations will be supervised by energy centre staff connected by radio with key staff located within the facility control



room of the discharging ship. This is supplemented with regular patrols along the pipeline route.

3.6.21 The berth structures will be provided with spill containment around the process areas for example the valves, instrumentation and unloading arms. These kerbed areas will drain to a remote impoundment sump located in one of the dolphins. The sump will provide a level of protection from spills within the process areas, allowing the remove of large spills under catastrophic events from the berth area. The sump will require periodic pumping using a mobile educator truck to remove rainwater and minor spills.

3.6.22 In general, shipping is scheduled between a weekly and fortnightly frequency for the large volume throughput products. However this frequency will be closer to once per month for the lower throughput special grades, such as 98 RON and Heating Kerosene.

3.6.23 Initially, Oil Companies will need to continue using smaller vessels and gradually increase the size of cargo parcels as demand grows. The design of the jetty will take into account the smallest ship intended in the initial years of operation and the largest potential size ship.

3.6.24 It is also expected that the Energy Centre will provide facilities for the export of marine bunkering fuel from berth 3, discussed in more detail below.

LNG Storage and Re-gasification Facilities

Overview

3.6.25 LNG has established itself as an international energy commodity since the 1970s and is generally used to transport gas produced in remote locations to areas where there is a high-energy demand. LNG is formed by cooling natural gas to temperatures lower than -162 ˚C. Once liquefied, the LNG takes up about one six hundredth of the space it occupied in its gaseous form, making it easier to store and transport over long distances. It is more efficient to liquefy gas and transport it in liquid stage using ships compared with constructing long distance pipelines for the transport of the material in gaseous form.

3.6.26 The LNG facilities within the Energy Centre are therefore designed to:

• Receive LNG shipments from ships berthed at Berth 1;

• Store the LNG in tanks at slightly above atmospheric pressure under cryogenic conditions; and

• Heat the LNG so that it evaporates and pressurise it for supply to the adjacent power plant for the generation of electricity.

3.6.27 The short to medium term supply of natural gas from the Energy Centre will be to exclusively supply fuel for electrical power generation via nearby combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) type facilities. In the longer term a transmission system conveying natural gas to locations elsewhere in Cyprus is a future possibility, but is beyond the scope of this EA. As discussed above the provision of natural gas as a fuel source to the island will allow a dramatic improvement in the environmental emission, and efficiency of the Cypriot power generation industry with the associated reduction in greenhouse gas emissions.

3.6.28 The terminal has been designed for an initial nominal gas send out rate of 104 tonnes per hour via a medium pressure (35 bara) supply line feeding up to four combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) power generating units located on the adjacent power station site.



3.6.29 As natural gas demands grow over time, in line with growth in electricity demand, the terminal design facilitates expansion in three ways as follows:

i By expansion of the medium pressure supply for additional CCGT power stations being built in the Vasilikos area, but not at the adjacent power station;

ii By addition of a parallel high pressure (circa 70 bara) send out system, including a Recondenser; and

iii By addition of a second LNG Storage Tank.

3.6.30 These expansion plans are beyond the scope of this study and will be subject to further planning authorisation as the facility expands and grows.

LNG Unloading Operations

3.6.31 The LNG berth (and the LPG berth discussed below) operates slightly differently to that of the other oil products described in this section, in that a separate loading arm is provided in addition to the arms used for pumping LNG from the ships tanks this additional loading arm is used as a ‘vapour return line’ which returns the vapour produced at the shore tank to the ship.

3.6.32 The vapour return system operates by connecting the tanks vapours space via a common header pipe – the boil off gas header which is discussed further below. When unloading from ships the boil off gas header is connected to the vapour space of the ships tank via the vapour return-loading arm. This system allows vapour expelled from the shore tank as liquid to be pumped into the tank and flow under the pressure of the ships pump down. The vapour return line takes up the volume of the liquid, which is being pumped from the ships tanks.

3.6.33 When unloading operations are completed the LNG unloading lines are kept charged with liquid product. This material is slowly circulated through the unloading lines back to the LNG tank to keep the lines constantly cold.

LNG Storage

3.6.34 Project proposes to store the LNG under cryogenic conditions on site at slightly above atmospheric pressure by a system of pressure relief valves set at 250 mbarg bar in double skinned 172,000 m3 LNG Tanks. The inner tank is constructed of a nickel steel alloy and is designed to hold the LNG. The outer tank constructed of reinforced pre-stressed concrete is designed to hold the liquid contents of the tank in the event of a leak. The 1 m space between the tanks is filled with an insulating material designed to minimise heat ingress into the tank.

3.6.35 The tanks will be the largest structures on the site at 80 m in diameter and 45 metres tall with a domed roofs and a number of valves and fittings on the tank roof. LNG export pumps will be located within wells inside the LNG tank. The tank’s concrete floor is likely to be provided with a heating element in order to prevent water in the ground beneath the tank from freezing and disturbing the tank foundations. Figure 3.9 below shows how a typical tank layout.



Figure 3.9 Typical Double Skinned Cryogenic Tank5

3.6.36 The tanks themselves will not need any external refrigeration sources as they are cooled automatically using latent heat (the absorption of heat energy by the evaporating gas) derived from the LNG boil off gas.

3.6.37 The heat flux into the tanks will be kept to a minimum by insulting both the tanks themselves and the unloading lines through which the LNG is constantly circulated. Depending upon tanks design and ambient temperature, boil off rate equates to roughly 0.05% wt of tank volume per day.

3.6.38 In normal operations the gas is added to the send out gas stream discussed below. Under emergency conditions when the facility is not sending out gas boil off gas it can be contained within the tank for a number of days by gradually letting the pressure within the tank build up to the maximum operating pressure for the tank of 250 mBarg. When this pressure is exceeded the boil off gas can be safely disposed of in the flare discussed below. The storage tanks will have top connections only. Internal piping will permit both top and bottom loading.

3.6.39 It is anticipated that by 2035 the LNG tanks will have grown from 1 (2010) to 2 to meet the energy demand of the country.

Re-gasification

3.6.40 The warm climate and proximity to the sea means that LNG vaporisation will be undertaken using two open rack vaporisers (ORVs) operating in parallel.

3.6.41 The ORVs are essentially heat exchangers which provide a large surface area across which the LNG can be warmed, in this case, by cooling water from the adjacent power plant (which will provide the heating medium). Given the heat input from the water the LNG flashes off into the vapour phase where it is discharged through the send out gas.

3.6.42 The ORVs have been designed to for a throughput of approximately 2,381 m³/hr of water. It is planned that this water will be extracted from the existing of the Vasilikos Power Stations cooling water intake. The water will be returned to the power plant cooling water inlet cooled by 6°C. Given that the Energy Centre will only be using 1.8 % of the total expected Vasilikos Power Station cooling water throughput this would result in a total decrease in the temperature of the discharged cooling water of 0.1 °C, with all six planned Vasilikos power plant units in service.



3.6.43 The basis of design proposes additional Submerged Combustion Vaporisers (SCVs) will be used to provide peak shaving and cover ORV maintenance periods, which will generally be scheduled for periods of the year when gas demands are at their lowest. The SCVs operate by the combustion of a slipstream of natural gas in a burner and bubbling the hot exhaust products of the flame through a water bath. This allows the full capture of all the heat energy from the combustion and the water bath is used to supply the heat necessary for the evaporation of LNG as it passes through a heat exchanger within the bath.

3.6.44 The dissolution of CO2 from the combustion gases into the water bath will saturate the water and make it slightly acidic. A continuously operating water monitoring and management system is provided to measure and control the water bath pH by the addition of caustic soda solution to retain the pH within a range, typically of pH 5 to 9. Additionally water is produced in the combustion of natural gas in the SCV, this water vapour condenses within the bath as it operates and hence the SCVs are net producers of water. Dosing with caustic soda or similar alkali solution is required to achieve the necessary neutralisation of the SCV water bath and effluent water. This neutral water will be disposed of to the facility drainage system when the SCVs are operating.

3.6.45 Once revapourised, the natural gas from the SCVs or ORVs is discharged through the send out gas mixing drum to the metering station for supply the natural gas to gas-fired power units of the Electricity Authority of Cyprus (EAC) at a pressure of 35 bar. Send out gas from the terminal to the pipeline does not require odourisation with mercaptans or similar odorants as it will be used solely for the purposes of power generation and as such mercaptan odour emissions are not expected to be an issue at the facility.

Boil Off Gas Compressor

3.6.46 Two reciprocating compressors are envisaged to allow for the compression of boil off gas produced as a result of heat influx to the tanks during normal operations and as a result of the additional boil off gases produced during ship unloading. The compressors will be electrically driven and as such have no combustion emissions.

3.6.47 Space and tie-in provisions will be made for a third compressor for the future when the second LNG storage tank is built, or when the frequency of LNG shipping is such that compressor maintenance requirements can no longer be adequately met by working between shipments.

Flare

3.6.48 An elevated flare system is envisaged to be connected to the boil off gas header, for the LNG re-gasification facility in the southern corner of the site. The flare will be designed for safe and efficient combustion of cryogenic gases, and boil off gas will be handled in accordance with the following hierarchy:

i Vapour return to the ship (when ship unloading is underway);

ii Vapour discharge to the BOG compressor for addition to the send out gas;

iii Allowing gas pressure to build up within the LNG tank to the tanks design pressure of 250 mbarg;

iv Vapour discharged to the flare via the boil of gas header pressure relief system; and

v Release to the atmosphere via relief valves on the top of the tanks.



3.6.49 It should be noted that the facility has been designed so that natural gas losses are minimised, and will operate with a target policy of zero flaring. This is achieved by sizing the facility in such a way that the boil off gas emissions under the worst case scenario when ship unloading is underway are less than the required send out gas rate. As such the flare would only be required to be used for the safe combustion of boil off gas when gas is not being exported from the facility. This is a highly unlikely situation due to the main gas user being the EAC Vasilikos Power station. Therefore, the flare is considered not to be used as a part of the normal operations of the energy centre and is only intended to be used to safely combat boil off gas in the event of an emergency at the facility.

3.6.50 Based upon experience with similar facilities it is estimated that the flare would be utilised on an averaged frequency of once every 2 to 3 years in the first few years of operation when the site is supplying gas to the adjacent Vasilikos Power Station. This frequency will decrease further as gas is exported to other power stations around the island as the role of the storage asset matures.

3.6.51 Importantly, as the flare is not normally in use, provision has been made to continuously purge the flare system with nitrogen or fuel gas at a rate of 3 cm/s towards the flare tip to prevent air ingress into the boil off gas heater creating potential explosion risks.

Oil Products Terminal

Overview

3.6.52 The oil products facilities within the Energy Centre are designed to handle the following products:

• Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG);

• ‘White products’ including gasoline, jet fuel, kerosene & diesel; and

• ‘Black products’ including Light Fuel Oil (LFO) and Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) and bitumen.

3.6.53 The facilities will:

• Receive shipments of oil products from ships berthed at Berths 2 and 3;

• Store the oil products in atmospheric tanks and LPG under pressure in mounded bullets; and

• Export for distribution around the island of Cyprus of white and black products by road tankers and LPG under pressure in bottles.

3.6.54 The petroleum terminal will also be used by the oil marketing companies for keeping their operating stocks in a common inventory allowing the existing facilities at Larnaca to be decommissioned as described previously above.

3.6.55 Finished products will be pumped from storage to export facilities, which will consist of multiple road tanker loading bays together with LPG bottling facilities. The addition of performance-enhancing additives and colour agents will be performed in-line during the export into the road tankers. Multiple modern, state-of the art loading bays together with vapour recovery, automatic controls and safeguards, custody metering and/ or weighbridges will also be provided.

3.6.56 Preparation of marine bunker fuels via blending and re-export of such fuels back onto ships or bunkering barges is facilitated by dedicated tankage (as well as the export pumps and the use of the black products at Berth No. 3, as described below).



Oil Products Unloading

3.6.57 For each Product Category (LPG, Gasoline, Jet Fuel/Kero, Diesel, Fuel Oils and Bitumen) a common dedicated unloading system comprising unloading arm(s) and unloading line will be provided. Whilst individual products within each category share this system, the dedicated unloading system for each product category prevents cross contamination between categories, whilst contamination within a category (e.g. 95 and 98 RON MOGAS) is managed by directing interfaces from the ship unloading operation into the storage tank (e.g. interface goes to 95 RON MOGAS). Design of product unloading, and vapour return systems are based on the design ship unloading rates and the site elevations and are estimated as follows:

Table 3.6 Product Unloading, and Vapour Return Systems4

U/L ARMS UNLOADING LINES V/R ARM V/R LINE PRODUCT No. Size No. Size Length No. Size Size Length

LPG 1 16“ 1 14“ 4,625 m 1 16” 10“ 4,625 m

GASOLINE 1 16“ 1 20“ 4,200 m Not Applicable

KEROSENE / JET FUEL

1 16“ 1 20“ 4,500 m Not Applicable

DIESEL 1 16“ 1 24“ 5,000 m Not Applicable

LFO / HFO (3) 1 8“ 1 12“ 2,900 m Not Applicable

BITUMEN (2) 2 8“ 1 14“ 3,100 m Not Applicable

3.6.58 At the end of ship unloading, nitrogen gas under pressure will be used to force the residual product in the unloading arms either onto the ship (outboard arm) or into a drainage drum on the jetty (inboard arm) as the unloading arms must be empty before they are moved. The drums will be emptied again by application of Nitrogen gas pressure displacing the drum contents into the Unloading line downstream of the arm isolation valves.

Oil Products Storage

3.6.59 The volume of storage to be provided will be sufficient to meet the strategic reserve requirements of 90 days average consumption, as well as the operational reserves, typically running at around 10 days of peak consumption. Additional storage will be provided to meet specific requirements for blending, handling of ‘off-specification’ product and periodic maintenance and inspection. The number of tanks required at the facility has been determined by the number of types of products required to be held. For all product category groupings there must be at least one additional tank per product category to permit routine maintenance inspections and the handling of off-specification material and for some product categories it is necessary to have more than “spare” tanks. The dimension, and number required is described below in Table 3.7 for each product handled at the facility.



Table 3.7 Tank Size and Number by Product6

DIMENSIONS NO. REQUIRED PRODUCT Diameter (m) Height (m) 2010 2035

LPG 7.0 60 (T/T) 6 9 95 RON MOGAS 45.5 20 6 8 98 RON MOGAS 19 20 3 4 Jet Fuel (Jet-A1) 48 20 6 8 Heating Kerosene 13.5 13.5 3 4 Low-S Diesel 56 20 6 10 High-S Diesel 28 20 2 3 LFO 20 20 6 8 HFO 20 20 4 5 Bitumen 16.5 16.5 4 5 Total - - 47 66

3.6.60 The most appropriate type of tank required to store the material varies from product to product as a result of the physical properties of the material to be stored. The type of tank and relevant design code is listed below in Table 3.8. This table lists the products from the most volatile LPG decreasing through to the least volatile bitumen. The table shows the different storage tank technology with is proposed for each of the specific products and the details of each of these technological options are discussed further below.

Table 3.8 Tank Descriptions6

Product Tank Type Design Category Roof Bottom (1) Code Remarks

LPG Mounded Bullets ASME VIII or equiv.

Note 3

Gasolines Internal Floating roof

Cone 1:30 API 650

Jet Fuel and Kerosene Fixed, Cone Cone 1:30 API 650 N2 Blanket

Diesels Fixed, Cone Cone 1:60 API 650

Fuel Oils Fixed, Cone Cone 1:60 API 650 HFO tanks to be heated

Bitumen Fixed, Cone Flat API 650 Heated

Fixed Roof Tanks

3.6.61 Fixed roof tanks are the most common type of tank used for the storage of bulk liquid products across industry and will be used for the majority of oil products stored at the Energy Centre. A drawing of a typical vertical fixed roof tank is shown blow in Figure 3.10.

3.6.62 The tank consists of a cylindrical welded steel shell with a coned roof and coned bottom, with a slope, which is proportionate to the viscosity of the liquid intended to be stored in the tank. The cone bottom will drain to a sump designed to minimise the head of material which is left in the tank, however under normal operating conditions liquid will not be drawn from the sump but from a separate discharge line slightly



above the bottom of the tank in order to avoid drawing off settled solids which may accumulate within the tank.

Figure 3.10 Typical Fixed Roof Tank7

3.6.63 The fixed roof tanks will be equipped with an over pressure and vacuum relief valve or vent which will allow the tanks to operate at a slight internal pressure or vacuum to prevent the release of vapours during very small changes in temperature, pressure, or liquid level. As such it can be seen that fixed roof tanks will emit vapours when filled (known as working losses) and when the daily changes in temperature between night and day cause the liquid within the tanks to expand and contract (a process know as diurnal breathing).

Internal Floating Roof Tanks

3.6.64 Internal floating roof tank (IFRT) are commonly used across industry for the storage of volatile products and will be used for the storage of petroleum products handled at the Energy Centre. A drawing of a typical internal floating roof tank is shown blow in Figure 3.11.

3.6.65 The tank consists of a cylindrical welded steel shell with a coned roof and a floating roof inside as well as a coned bottom, sump and separate drainpipe and operational discharge line. Depending upon the size of the tank the fixed roof will either be supported by vertical columns within the tank or provided with a self-supporting fixed roof and no internal support columns. In any event, this does not change the operation of the tank. Within each tank an internal floating roof will be installed which is designed to rise and fall with the liquid level. This floating roof either floats directly on the liquid surface in a system known as a contact deck, or more commonly rests on pontoons several centimetres above the liquid surface in a system (known as a non-contact deck).



Figure 3.11 Typical Fixed Roof Tank7

3.6.66 The floating decks will be equipped with rim seals, which are attached to the deck circumference sealing the annulus between the edge of the deck and the tanks vertical wall. The seal slides up and down against the tank wall as the roof is raised and lowered by liquid being pumped into and out of the tank respectively and as such the of the rim seal system minimizes evaporative loss from the liquid.

3.6.67 Emissions from the tank occur due to emissions through gaps in the rim seal, and leaks from any potential gaps in the floating deck. These vapours leak into the vapour space between the tank’s floating deck and the fixed roof and these emissions are known as standing losses. In addition to standing losses, additional vapour emissions into the tank’s vapour space will occur when product is discharged from the tank, leaving a smear of product on the wall of the tank as the rims seals will never be 100% efficient. These vapours which escape into the space between the floating deck and the fixed roof can then be emitted to the environment by either diurnal breathing or working loss mechanisms described above. Internal floating roof tanks are estimated to reduce emissions of vapours by up to 97% when compared with external floating roof tanks and are a key feature of the facility’s design to minimise emissions of vapours.

Mounded Bullets

3.6.68 Horizontal cylindrical tanks with domed ends (commonly referred to as Bullets) are conventionally used for the storage of liquids at ambient temperatures under pressure. Above ground bullets can be operated free standing but require significant



levels of fire protective systems to protect against the heat fluxes involved in a fire from one tank causing a boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion (BLEVE) in adjacent tanks (see Section 16). It is common when two or more bullets are required to be located close to one another for the bullets to be buried under a mound of aggregate or sand to protect adjacent tanks (the potential for fires is reduced as the bullets are well insulated by the surrounding material). As shown in Table 3.8 mounded bullets will be used for the storage of LPG at the Energy Centre. A drawing of a typical bullet is shown in Figure 3.12. This figure shows a freestanding bullet for clarity to demonstrate the fittings on the vessel.

Figure 3.12 Typical Bullet7

3.6.69 Tanks of this nature have virtually no emissions as they are a closed system with only fugitive emissions from valves and flanges. The LPG bullets will, however, be fitted with a vapour return system for marine loading, similar to that described above the LNG tanks, although since the LPG is stored under pressure at ambient temperature, no cryogenic systems are required.

Bunds

3.6.70 All liquid hydrocarbon products stored at the facility will be stored in a bunded area that will be leak proofed as follows:

• The bund walls and the bund floor will be constructed of a material that is impervious to the material stored within the bund.

3.6.71 The layout of the bunds is set out so that no more then 4 tanks is located in one bund and each bund will be sized at 110% of the capacity of the largest tank within the bund.

3.6.72 A common system will be used to drain storm water, product spills and firewater runoff within oil storage bunds. This system comprises of:

• Each low level bunded area will drain to a corner sump;

• Each corner sump will be emptied by a drainpipe controlled by sluice gate;



• The outlet pipe from each low level bunded corner sump will be connected by buried pipe draining to the communal sump in the corner of the main bunded area;

• The communal sump will be connected by buried pipe through the bund wall to a valve pit outside the bunded area;

• The valve pit (valve normally closed) will drain the communal sump and thereby any low level bunded area as required; and

• The valve pit will be opened as required to discharge into a single pipe header connecting all the bunded areas.

HFO Heating Systems

3.6.73 HFO and Bitumen tankage will be provided with internal heating coils to maintain an elevated storage and pumping temperature as the material, if stored at ambient temperature, would partially solidify. The tanks will be heated using hot oil which will be circulated through heating coils from an external 1,000 kW electric heater. The HFO tanks will not be insulated and will be maintained at between 45 °C and 60 °C. The Bitumen tanks will be insulated and will be maintained at between 135 °C and 180 °C.

Nitrogen blanket on the Aviation fuel tanks

3.6.74 A nitrogen blanket will be provided for all tanks storing jet fuel to prevent the fuel from contact with moisture in the air. Nitrogen will be fed into the tank using a pressure control valve at slightly above atmosphere pressure. When fuel is discharged from the tank the pressure switch for the nitrogen blanket feed valve will open feeding nitrogen into the tank to replace the volume of liquid removed from the tank. When the tank is filled the pressure within the tank will rise as the liquid volume increases to a point where the PSRV (pressure release) valve will open expelling nitrogen to the atmosphere of equal volume to the quantity of liquid pumped into the tank.

Export Facilities

3.6.75 Products will be exported from the Energy Centre for distribution around the island of Cyprus, as discussed previously, typically include:

• Natural Gas - Pipeline to EAC power stations

• LPG - Bottling on site and Road Loading

• White products - Distributed by road tanker

• Black products - Distributed by road tanker

3.6.76 Table 3.9 lists the number of loading bay, number of trucks understood to be operating within Cyprus and the predicted number of journeys made per day for the highest demand month for each product. The maximum allowed gross truck weight on Cypriot roads is 40 tonnes.

Table 3.9 Predicted Road Traffic Movements8

YEAR 2010 YEAR 2035 PRODUCT No. of

Trucks Journeys per Day

No. of Loading Bays

No. of Trucks

Journeys per Day

No. of Loading Bays

LNG None None N/A Note 1 - 1

LPG 3 to 4 14 to 24 2 4 to 5 19 to 30 2



JET FUEL Shared Shared Jet to Pafos Airport 3 to 4 12 5 to 6 20 to 24

Jet to Larnaca Airport 7 to 8 42 to 48 3

13 to 15 78 to 90 5

WHITE PRODUCTS Shared Shared 95 RON MOGAS 10 to 15 48 to 72 17 to 25 82 to 120

98 RON MOGAS 2 10 3 to 4 14 to 19

Heating Kerosene 1 to 2 5 1 to 2 5

Lo-S Diesel (AGO) 11 to 17 53 to 82 17 to 25 82 to 120

Hi-S Diesel (HGO 0.2S)

6 to 9 29 to 43

8

8 to 11 38 to 53

11

BLACK PRODUCTS Shared Shared LFO (Inland Only) 2 to 3 10 to 14 3 to 4 14 to 19

Bitumen 4 24 2

5 to 6 30 to 36 3

Note 1. Provision for future LNG truck loading and export of LNG to service a possible future Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Market.

Note 2. Where a range of numbers is given it relates to the range of truck sizes. Use of larger trucks means less trucks are needed and fewer journeys each day are required. Use the average of the range as an indication of the average position assuming an equal mix of truck sizes.

3.6.77 There is a potential for a pipeline to be established to pump jet fuel from the Energy Centre to Larnaca airport. Whilst this proposal does not form a part of this project at this stage it is relevant to note that it would decrease the total number of road tanker movement from the facility by 15%.

3.6.78 The indicative details of the loading facilities for each product is discussed in detail below. Some of the specific spill control and security measures applied to all of the road tanker fill stands include a highly automated system involving:

a Swipe card or similar identification of the driver;

b Swipe card identification of the road tanker and its key parameters such as:

i Volume and filling rate;

ii No. of compartments;

iii Intended product(s) and their respective amounts;

c Custody transfer of correct product and correct amount into the road tanker; and

d Automatic accounting of product movements and issuing of sales dockets.

3.6.79 Custody metering for white products and LPG is expected to be via in-line flow metering on each road tanker loading line. However, custody transfer for fuel oils and bitumen is expected to be by weighbridges that could be built into the road tanker loading bays.

3.6.80 Operation of the road loading facilities will include several safeguards such as:

a Confirmation of driver identity and competency as a loading permissive;

b Prevention of wrong product loading by loading permissive first confirming correct product loading arm is connected to the correct truck;

c Over-fill prevention and trips to stop filling;



d Fire, gas leak and spill detection to stop loading and raise alarms; and

e Detection of over-extension of loading arms (excessive tanker movement) leading to a cessation of filling.

3.6.81 The purpose of tank blending is either to:

• Deliberately create a new-finished product for export from the mixing of 2 or 3 imported products. This is true especially for marine bunker fuel but can also be true for LFO, HFO and Bitumen.

• Correcting of a product that is off-specification (e.g. because of contamination) by allowing a tank contents to be split across two tanks and blending in on top sufficient material of higher quality to correct both “halves”.

3.6.82 Blending of additives required by each of the end users into the product will be carried out by circulation the product from the storage tank using the product loading pumps, inject the required additives into the product using jet blending nozzles in the pipes and then recirculation of the product to back into the relevant storage tank.

3.6.83 Key transport movements are as follows:

• White Products: Export by road tankers of 28 m3, 36 m3 or 42 m3 generally the tankers have a number of separate compartments but do not carry loads of mixed products. Road tankers will be generally be bottom loaded using articulated and counter-balanced loading arms, apart from petroleum road tankers which will be provided with vapour return facilities to capturing emissions and for which the counter-balanced vapour return arm will be connected to the top of the road tanker to allow vented vapours to be returned to a vapour recovery facility (described further below).

• Black products Export by single product LFO road tankers of typical gross capacity of 28 m3 and 36 m3 with bitumen uses specially designed trucks of 22 to 25 m3 capacity. Road tankers will be bottom loaded except for Bitumen which will be top loaded using articulated and counter-balanced loading arms. Expelled vapour will be vented to atmosphere. Loading temperatures for the Bitumen will be in excess of 135 °C and the road tankers will be insulated, but not heated due to the warm Cypriot climate and short journey times. There will be no road exports of HFO or Marine Bunker fuel oil.

• LPG About 35 to 40% of the LPG imported by the facility is expected to be exported by bulk road tanker of 11 m3 or 18 m3 gross capacity. The LPG road tankers will be bottom loaded using articulated and counter-balanced loading arms and the fill stand will be provided with vapour return facilities, with displaced vapours returned to the storage bullets.

Petroleum Vapour Recovery Unit

3.6.84 The facility will be proved with a Vapour Recovery Unit (VRU) to control vapours emanating off the road tankers during loading operations. As part of this process the gasoline vapour-saturated air is passed through one of two parallel vessels containing packed beds of activated carbon. The vapours readily adsorb onto the carbon leaving gasoline free air to exhaust to atmosphere. Saturated carbons are taken off-line and regenerated in situ by means applying a vacuum to the packed bed which forces the gasoline vapours to rapidly desorb from the activated carbon as an ultra-rich vapour stream. The desorbed vapours are then sucked into the bottom of a large vessel and condensed by flow counter-currently against a falling spray column of ambient temperature gasoline liquid from the storage tanks. The liquid is then returned back to storage via return pumps. The air exhaust from the unit prior for



release to atmosphere will be less than 35 g of VOCs per Nm3 with performance regularly expected to be less than 10 g per Nm3 .

LPG Bottling Plant

3.6.85 About 60 to 65% of the total LPG imported by the energy centre will be bottled in 10 kg ‘BBQ bottles’ filled by an automated LPG bottling plant and larger bottles filled manually, for subsequent distribution by road. It is envisaged that the bottling facilities will operate 5 days per week for 16 hours each per day and a dedicated bullet will store sufficient LPG for 24 hours worth of bottling, filled overnight from the main LPG storage bullets. The process is, however, a closed one with no regular emissions beyond fugitive emissions.

Ship Loading Systems

3.6.86 It is envisaged that the only product from the facility to be exported back to marine users is Marine Bunker Fuel, which will be produced by blending various mixtures of LFO, HFO and Diesel. This material will be loaded onto barges at the Berth number 3 using the Fuel Oil loading and unloading pipe system and hard arms with loading of the largest parcels expected to take 12 to 14 hours pumping time within a maximum 24 hour window. It is expected that these barges will bunker ships passing the Vasilikos area.

3.6.87 As the Vasilikos facility will primarily be an import terminal it is not expected that ballast water emissions will be significant from ships berthed at the facility.

Utilities

3.6.88 A number of utilities systems are required as part of the proposed development, as outlined below.

Plant and Instrument Air

3.6.89 Plant air will be used for pneumatic tools and general utility usage via utility hose stations. The system will cover the whole terminal including workshops, laboratory requirements and hose stations, including the jetties. The instrument air system will be supplied to the terminal and jetty users.

Gaseous Nitrogen (GAN) System

3.6.90 There are various processes and activities that require the use of nitrogen at the proposed development, which include:

• Utility hose stations;

• Continuous purges of seals for cryogenic equipment;

• Purging of equipment prior to and following maintenance;

• Continuous purging of the relief headers;

• Purging of the marine loading arms before and after use;

• Pressurisation of drainage drums to recover captured fluids back into the process;

• Inert blanketing of jet fuel tanks for quality control purposes;

• Filling the Bitumen/Fuel Oil line pigging accumulation vessel; and

• Inert blanketing of Hot Oil drum.



3.6.91 As described above the Jet Fuel tanks are being provided with GAN blanketing facilities to prevent water absorption through in-breathing. The blanketing will cover normal pump-out rates including “normal” tank inbreathing associated with normal atmospheric temperature and pressure changes

Hot Oil

3.6.92 As described above hot oil will be supplied as the heating medium for the bitumen and HFO tanks at a temperature of up to 180 °C in a closed circuit from the Hot Oil Expansion drum to Hot Oil electric Heaters. The Hot Oil expansion drum will be sized to receive 110% of the complete inventory of hot oil when maintenance requires the circuit to be drained off, either partially or entirely.

Potable Water

3.6.93 Potable water will be sourced from the main public water supply via an existing line (formerly the fertiliser plant town water supply). Potable water will pass to the Potable Water tank, which will have a working storage capacity of 35 m3, equivalent to 1 day supply at future consumption levels.

Service Water

3.6.94 The terminal service water will be sourced from the potable water supply. Service water will be supplied to Utility Stations throughout the terminal for washing and flushing during maintenance, as well as the fresh water supply for the Firewater system and as make-up water to vendor packages.

Sea Water Supply & Return Systems

3.6.95 Seawater is used within the Terminal as the source for firewater for the main firewater pumps. Additionally the seawater used as the heating medium for LNG vaporisation in the open rack vaporisers (ORVs) will be sourced form the adjacent Vasilikos Power station as discussed above.

Fire Water System

3.6.96 The terminal will be provided with a firewater system, normally supplied with fresh water to be supplemented with seawater during emergency for supplying various users, which include:

• Hydrants, monitors and hose reels;

• Foam systems (for impounding basins and inside white product storage tanks);

• Deluge fixed water spray systems for specific equipment items; and

• Sprinkler systems within certain buildings.

Fire Fighting Foam

3.6.97 Tanks will be provided for the storage of high expansion foam concentrate on site.

Site Drainage System

3.6.98 The site drainage system is discussed further in Section 6 of this report however it is expected to consist of a number of separate systems outlined broadly below:



• Effluent and Waste Water: The Terminal will be provided with a system for the collection and disposal of wastewaters produced by the SCVs;

• Sanitary Sewer: will be routed to underground septic tanks and the jetty areas will be supplied with chemical toilets, as there will be no sewer system at the jetty;

• Clean Water System: a surface water drainage system will drain areas of the site unlikely to be contaminated with oil such as paved roads, building roofs and hardstand areas for disposal to sea through a setting basin and litter trap;

• Oily Water System: An oily wastewater drainage system will drain all operational areas where oil spillages could occur such as bunds, pumps bays and tanker loading gantries. The design will incorporate oil interceptors and traps for disposal to sea. The discharge from each oil interceptor will contain no visible oil or grease (i.e. less than 10 ppm);

• LNG/LPG Spill Collection: The terminal, jetty head and shore area will be provided with a system of spill collection channels and impounding basins such that credible LNG or LPG spills are contained and prevented from entering the surface water drainage system;

• Jetty heads: Jetty heads 1 & 3 will each have one impounding basin (one for LNG and one for LPG) design to capture a small spill; and

• Laboratory Chemical Waste: It is anticipated that Laboratory Services will be subcontracted to the Power Station. Should this recommendation not be accepted, Laboratory chemicals and waste will be collected in a dedicated sump and periodically emptied by vacuum truck. Anticipated sump capacity is nominally 2 m3.

On-Site Power Generation

3.6.99 A single diesel emergency standby generator will be provided to supply power to safety critical and other essential loads in case of a power failure and be capable of sustaining this supply for at least 24 hours. Loss of power should initiate automatic starting of the emergency generator and the transfer of all safety critical and other essential loads onto this supply system.

3.6.100 Equipment items that are connected to the emergency generator are as follows:

• Foundation heating systems for each LNG Storage Tank;

• One In-tank pump in each LNG Storage Tank;

• Potable Water Pumps;

• One Instrument Air Compressor;

• LP Fuel Gas Heater (part load);

• Unloading Arms Hydraulic Package;

• Various heat tracing systems (Oil Products Area); and

• All emergency systems, including Emergency Shutdown (ESD), Fire and Gas Detection and Public Address / General Alarm Systems.

Un-Interruptible Power Supply (UPS) System

3.6.101 A UPS system shall be provided for emergency lighting and critical controls and instruments.



3.7 Non-Normal operations

3.7.1 Non-normal operations are discussed in Section 16 HSE Risk Assessment and Section 17 Spill Contingency and Oil Spill Response of this report.

3.8 Decommissioning

3.8.1 It is anticipated that the Energy Centre will operate for at least 25 years. As a result of the lack of knowledge concerning future legislation and project developments, it is difficult to predict impacts associated with decommissioning with any degree of certainty. However broadly the de-commissioning phase will comprise the following activities:

• Operating processes will systematically be shut down in a safe manner;

• Liquid and solid contents/wastes will be removed for treatment and disposal. For pipelines and tanks, this will entail flushing and cleaning to remove oils and gases; and

• The fate of the emptied and cleaned structures and equipment will then be decided by a feasibility study to determine the best environmental and economic solution consistent with international oil and gas industry practices.

References 1. HR Wallingford, Vasilikos Energy Centre Cyprus Marine Concept Selection Report TN-EBR3927-007, 2006 2. Gas Strategies, Oil Product Demand Forecast, Feb 06 3. MWKL, Process Design Basis for the LNG Import Terminal Doc. No: PR-00-PR33-001, 2006 4. MWKL, Offsites Process Design Basis for the LNG Import Terminal Doc. No: PR-00-PR33-003 Rev.0, 2006 5. EU, IPPC BREF Note Emissions from Storage, January 2005 6. MWKL, Memo: 5893: LNG & Petroleum Products Terminal Revised Basis for Oil Products Shipping & Storage Requirements MWKL-GOC-E-0034, 09-February-2006. 7. http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/ch07/final/c07s01.pdf 2006 8. MWKL, Memo: 5893 : LNG & Petroleum Products Terminal Requirements for Road Load Out of Oil Products MWKL-PR-INT-002, 09-February-2006.

SECTION 4 LAND USE


SECTION 4

LAND USE

SECTION 4 LAND USE


4 LAND USE

4.1 Introduction

4.1.1 This section assesses the land use planning issues associated with the construction and operation of the proposed Vasilikos Energy Centre.

4.2 Land Use Planning Designation

Planning Designation of the Proposes Site

4.2.2 As shown in Figure 4.1 the southern portion of the proposed Energy Centre facility is currently zoned for B2 - Industrial uses whist the northern portion of the site is zoned for Γ3 – Agricultural uses and Z1 - Reserved area for archaeological findings, sites of natural beauty, hydro reservoirs.

4.2.3 The designation of the land in the northern section of the site as an agricultural and reserved area currently prevents the development of industrial facilities on these parcels of land under Cypriot planning law.

4.2.4 It is understood that given the key nature of this project that Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Tourism intend to seek a derogation from the Council Ministers to rezone the northern sections of the site to B2 - industrial. Should these measures be successful there would be no land use planning barriers to the development of the Energy Centre.

Planning Designation of the Surrounding Area

4.2.5 As shown on Figure 4.21 the wider area surrounding the site is zoned as:

• Γ3 (Agricultural zone);

• Z1 (Reserved area for archaeological findings, sites of natural beauty, hydro reservoirs);

• Z2 (Agricultural Z2) and Z3 (Agricultural Z3);

• H2 (Residential); and

• B2 (Industrial zone).

4.2.6 The Tourism Development Plan for Cyprus shows the entire coastline stretching from the Akrotiri Sovereign base west of Limassol to the Dhekelia Sovereign base east of Larnaca as a “Cyprus Tourism Organization (CTO) Controlled Zone”. The designation of a CTO controlled zone presumably does not preclude heavy industrial development within appropriate selected areas of the zone as the country’s two cement works and two of the countries largest oil-fired power stations all fall within this zone.

4.2.7 The CTO has been granted a permit for the development of a camping site and other tourist installations (restaurants, showers, toilets and shops) in the area around Governors Beach and Zygi. Some development has now taken place in these areas.

4.3 Existing Land Use at the Site

The former Hellenic Chemical Industries Plant

4.3.2 As shown on Figure 5.1, the southern portion of the proposed site was the location of the former Hellenic Chemical Industries (HCI) plant. The HCI plant began its full

SECTION 4 LAND USE


operation in 1982. Its purpose was the production of sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid and composite artificial fertilisers. The plant consisted of three production units:

• a sulphuric acid plant with an annual capacity of 180,000 tonnes. The plant was supplied by Technishexport. The sulphuric acid produced in the plant was used in the production of phosphoric acid & artificial fertilisers and sold as a commodity in its own right;

• a phosphoric acid plant with an annual capacity of 40,000 tonnes. The plant was supplied by Lurgi Benelux S.A. and operated under license from the UK based Fisons. The phosphoric acid produced in the plant was used in the production of fertiliser; and

• an artificial fertiliser plant with an annual capacity of 150,000 tonnes composite chemical artificial fertilisers. The plant was supplied by Lurgi Benelux S.A. and operated under license from the UK based Fisons.

4.3.3 The main materials for the operation of the plants were either ferro-pyrite or imported phosphorite and ammonia. HCI used the adjacent port of the Vasilikos Cement Works where special piping was installed for the transportation of ammonia from the port to the HCI plant. In addition another pipeline was installed to transport sulphuric acid from the plant to the port where two sulphuric acid tanks with a capacity of 2,500 m3 each (total 4,600 m3 of sulphuric acid) were constructed.

4.3.4 Besides the three main production units described above, the HCI plant complex consisted of a large number of other auxiliary supplementary units and services such as:

• Four storage tanks for sulphuric acid;

• Two storage tanks for phosphoric acid;

• Three storage tanks for ammonia;

• Electricity generating unit;

• Administration building and laboratory;

• Storehouse for spare parts;

• Workshop for the repair of the machines; and

• Restaurant building.

4.3.5 The HCI plant ceased its operation in December 1983, keeping essential maintenance personnel, and then re-opened in 1987 but operations of the plant were again ceased in 1989. The HCI plant was re-operated once again in 1992 and terminated its operation in 1995. Since then it has remained out of service.

4.3.6 The demolition and remediation of this portion of land is discussed further in Section 5.

The northern section of the site

4.3.7 The northern section of the site is currently used for the quarrying of material for nearby Vasilikos Cement factory and otherwise is unoccupied.

SECTION 4 LAND USE


4.4 Land Use in the Surrounding Area

Overview

4.4.2 A large proportion of the region around the site is used for agriculture. Generally the Vasilikos region proves very suitable for agriculture due to the relative early growing season and its vicinity to the three major urban areas (Nicosia, Larnaca and Limassol). Similarly, the Vasilikos – Pendaskinos irrigation Scheme has led to a large increase in agriculture, particularly in vegetable growing. The land surrounding Vasilikos area is not used extensively for animal husbandry.

4.4.3 Much of Cyprus existing heavy industry is situated on this coastline, stretching from the Akrotriri Sovereign base west of Limassol to the Dhekelia Sovereign base east of Larnaca.

Economic activity

4.4.4 As discussed further in section 15 the main economic activities of the Zygi community are focused mainly in the sectors of fishery, industry and agriculture. In the region of Zygi there exists 40 fishing boats with authorisation from the Department of Fisheries, whilst in the direct community there are 28 individuals that are hold their primary job in the agricultural sector.

4.4.5 In Zygi there are 17 buildings that have been recorded as being used for hotels and restaurants.

Demographic characteristics

4.4.6 There are two small communities (villages) in the vicinity of the proposed installation, with a total population of 682 inhabitants. Of these, the Mari village (with a population of 177) is situated approximately 0.2 km to the north of the boundary of the proposed installation and Zygi, approximately 3 km to the east, with a population of 505 residents with 154 households, according to the inventory of population 2001.

Sites of social and other interest

4.4.7 The Governors Beach (currently used for recreation and being developed as a camping resort) is situated approximately 4 km to the west.

The Fishing Industry

4.4.8 Marine fish farming, in offshore open-sea floating cages has been developing at Vasilikos since 1992. At present, four marine culture companies established between Vasilikos port and west of Cape Dolos. The cages are marked with buoys and with solar operated flashing lanterns to warn any on-coming sea traffic and the location of these farms is shown in Figure 14.2.

4.4.9 The figure shows the location of an ‘illegal’ fish farm which is currently located directly offshore from the proposed facility. It is understood that this fish farm is unlicensed and is the subject of current enforcement action which is seeks to close the facility and remove it from the project area.

4.4.10 Fishing activities are also discussed further in Section 14 The Marine Environment and Section 15 Socio-economics.

SECTION 4 LAND USE


The Vasilikos Port

4.4.11 As shown on Figures 3.2 and 3.3 Vasilikos Port is a small industrial port situated near the east entrance point of Vasilikos Bay, 25 km east-north-east of Limassol city.

4.4.12 The principal function of the port is to service the large cement plant to the north of the port. It has facilities for handling bulk and liquid chemical products, together with a ‘Roll-on: Roll-off’ facility. The port exports include cement, clinker and gypsum; imports include petroleum, coke and bulk liquid chemicals.

4.4.13 In 2004 the port and facilities in Vasilikos Bay had 146 ship movements.

The Archirodon Port Shelter

4.4.14 As shown on Figures 3.2 and 3.3 the Archirodon port shelter is located at about 0.5 km west of the proposed site. It is used for mooring and maritime works by the Company Archirodon. At the western end of the Archirodon’s port is located a small shelter for approximately twenty small-size commercial fishing boats. It is planned that a new fishing shelter will be constructed at Zygi in the near future approximately 4 km to the east the site.

Former HCI water discharge

4.4.15 The former HCI facility operated a seawater discharge in an enclose marked as a small vessel shelter on figure 3.3. The discharge structure is currently used for the maintenance of offshore fish farms however it is understood that these activities are undertaken without the approval of the current landowner. It is expected that this small vessel shelter and the adjacent public beach associated with the HCI plants waterfront will be closed as a result of the project.

The Electricity Authority Power Station

4.4.16 As shown on Figures 3.2 and 3.3 the Vasilikos Power Station is located to the west site, immediately adjacent to the study area.

4.4.17 The existing plant comprises of:

• Two 130 MW units (referred to as Unit 1 and Unit 2) fired with 1% sulphur Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) using conventional boilers, commissioned in 2000; and

• One additional 130 MW HFO fired unit (Unit 3) commissioned in 2006. Similar to Units 1 and 2, however, Unit 3 is fitted with flue gas desulphurisation (FGD) to reduce at source emissions of sulphur dioxide (SO2). The FGD process selected for this site is based on seawater scrubbing technology.

4.4.18 HFO fuel is supplied via ship and unloaded at a single point mooring station located approximately 1.5 km offshore from the plant. As shown on figure 3.5 an exclusion zone to all fishing and anchorage surrounds the unloading buoy and associated pipework. The HFO fuel is pumped to site and stored in dedicated storage tanks. There are additional distillate fuel storage tanks on site for use in the gas turbine unit (38 MW) also located at the site. Distillate fuel is delivered to the site by road tanker.

4.4.19 Unit 3 has been fitted with flue gas desulphurisation (FGD) to reduce at source emissions of sulphur dioxide (SO2). The FGD process selected for this site is based on seawater scrubbing technology.

SECTION 4 LAND USE


4.4.20 The future “Unit 4” extension of Vasilikos Power Station will comprise Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) Units firing on natural gas or diesel. Gas will be the preferred fuel however the units will initially operate on distillate fuel oil until gas becomes available. Road delivery is not a practical solution for the quantities of distillate fuel required to fire the CCGT units, therefore the HFO fuel delivery system will be adapted to accommodate the delivery of distillate fuel in addition to HFO. Award of the EPC Contract for Unit 4 ( a 220 MW CCGT unit) is expected in 2006 and subsequent commissioning of the unit commencing in 2008/9. Two further similar CCGT units (Units 5 & 6) are planned with provisional commissioning dates of 2010.

4.4.21 Tender for Unit 4 was announced in April 2005.

The Vasilikos Cement Works

4.4.22 As shown on figure 3.2 and 3.3 the Vasilikos Cement Works is located approx. 1.5 km east of the study area. The cement works is one of two Cypriot cement kilns, the other being the Moni Cement Industry facility located roughly 10 km to the west of the Vasilikos site.

The Ministry of Defence

4.4.23 A Cypriot Navy Harbour located to the west of the proposed Energy Centre site beyond the Vasilikos Power Plant. The location of the harbour is shown on figure 3.2 and 3.3 although the harbour was installed after the map and aerial photographs were produced and hence the actual harbour structure is not shown on each figure.

The Proposed Wind Farm

4.4.24 As shown on figure 3.2 and 3.3 the Environmental Service is currently considering an application for the construction of a windfarm on-top of the headland, which forms the eastern boundary of the facility. The specific location of each of the turbines can be found on Figure 10.4.

4.5 Conclusion

4.5.1 Given the Cypriot Governments derogation to rezone the entire Energy Centre site to B2 Industrial, no major conflicts of land use are anticipated.

4.5.2 The proposed location of the facility is particularly attractive given that:

• The project will bring a former brownfield site that is currently is unsuitable for agricultural or recreational development back into use;

• The energy centre will be located in a existing heavily industrialised area between many of Cyprus’ heaviest industry facilities (the Vasilikos Power Plant and Cement Works and the Moni Power Plant and Cement Works); and

• The energy centre will be located directly next to the biggest consumer of the natural gas produced at the facility in its early years of operation.

4.5.3 From a land use planning perspective the project is assessed to have a net positive impact for Cyprus given that it will allow the decommission of the existing facilities in Larnaca City and allow that land to be redeveloped for tourist and residential redevelopment.

SECTION 5

GEOLOGY, SOILS, CONTAMINATED LAND AND HYDROGEOLOGY

SECTION 5 GEOLOGY, SOILS, CONTAMINATED LAND AND HYDROGEOLOGY


5 GEOLOGY, SOILS, CONTAMINATED LAND AND HYDROGEOLOGY

5.1 Introduction

5.1.1 The section describes the existing geology, hydrogeology and soils in the project area, and describes the potential impacts associated with the construction and operation of the proposed development.

5.1.2 The section also briefly summarises the current remediation proposals for those portions of land located on the site of the former HCI fertiliser facility. As this is a key component of understanding the sites exiting contamination and how it is being made ”clean for commercial use”.

5.1.3 Issues related to marine sediment are covered in Section 14, Marine Environment.

5.2 Assessment Methodology

5.2.1 There is extensive data available for the existing site geology, soil and groundwaters conditions which has been assessed through a desk study review. A list of these can be found in the reference section at the end of this Section.

5.2.2 In addition to the reports and studies, further information on the site and local sensitivities has been obtained through consultation with the following:

Aeoliki;

Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited;

Royal Haskoning; and

Geological Survey Department of Cyprus.

5.2.3 The study area for this review is approximately 5 km radius around the site.

5.3 Baseline Conditions

Geology

5.3.1 The site is founded on a combination of sedimentary rocks and alluvial materials, and much of the area was previously cut and filled to achieve a relatively flat site during construction of the former HCI plant. There are no “designated” or “protected” strata of scientific interest present within the confines of the development site.

5.3.2 The area is, however, part of an active seismic region, and whilst a review of seismic hazard undertaken in 19968 did not identify any major faults on the site itself, an active fault with the potential to generate small earthquakes is present approximately 6 km to the west. Throughout history earthquakes have repeatedly damaged cities along the eastern and southern coasts of Cyprus, and the presence of the faults has been taken into account in the seismic design of the facility.

Solid Geology

5.3.3 Memoir 5 of the Geological Survey Department of Cyprus (GSD) (covering the Pano Lefkara-Larnaca area) shows the site is located in a region where the dominant geological features are a series of 60 to 600 m high hills, primarily derived from rocks



of the Upper Cretaceous to Pliocene period, and the more recent coastal plain, which is derived from a littoral belt of the Pleistocene period.

5.3.4 Within the region, a number of major geological groups are present including the following:

Lapithos Group. The sedimentary rocks of the Lapithos group lie about 4.1 km to the north of the site consist of a group of chalks, cherts and siltstones divided into lower chert bearing and upper chert free chalks. The rocks dip at between 10º to 20º to the south and south-east with evidence of faulting with a maximum thickness of around 500 m with vertical thrust faults in the area to the west of Tokhni.

The Pakhna Group The Pakhna Group, lies about 3 km north of the site with a thickness of around 200 m at maximum formation, with shales, marls and limestones containing sandy siltstone layers, gypsum veins as well as limonitic gypsum nodules. The upper beds are composed of light white fissile calcareous paper shales, yellowish gypsiferous shales and/or siliceous or marly limestones. The rocks here dip southwards at an angle of about 8º to 12º with little if any faulting.

Koronia Limestone. A very small outcrop of the reef limestone facies found approximately 4.6 km north-north-east of the site. The Koronia Limestone is of middle Miocene age, overlying the Pakhna Formation to the north, and in turn probably underlying the Athalassa Formation beneath the site. The reef limestone facies is represented by hard grey shelly limestones with grain sizes ranging from clay-sized to conglomeratic.

5.3.5 The locations of these different formations are shown in Figure 5.1 in appendix A.

5.3.6 The main sedimentary rock of the site itself is the Koronia Limestone, which is primarily made up of a combination of sandy red-brown marls and associated limestone nodules. Estuarine deposits of bedded ferruginous sandstones with thin bands of calcareous sandstone and siltstone are also present, as well as beach deposits of sandstones, siltstones and gravels. The thickness of these deposits is unknown and there is no recorded faulting within the site. A nearby quarry mining this formation shows iron-staining near the top.

Drift Geology

5.3.7 The solid geology of the site is incompletely overlain by drift deposits of Pleistocene to recent age, including terrace and flood plain alluvium and two raised beach deposits. Site-specific data collected prior to construction of the fertiliser complex1 indicates these deposits to be dominated by light brown highly plastic clay, changing to grey and dark grey with depth. A further site investigation undertaken by the GSD in 2003 also found sandy clays and sands and gravels of an alluvial nature, overlying a grey clay confining layer stratum which extended to a gypsum aquifer (as discussed in 5.3.29 and Table 5.1 (Main Aquifers in the Region of the Site) at 125-150 m below ground level (b.g.l.), and even extended to some 250 m depth b.g.l in places.

5.3.8 Trial pitting carried out by the GSD in 2003 also encountered deposits of silts and sands with frequent gravel and high loam content. It should be noted that comparison with the 1977 laboratory results indicates that the “silts” may actually have been clays as the identification was determined from visual observation only and photographs of



the trial pits show the sides of the pits as being stable with some side smears from the action of the excavator bucket, as expected of a clay material.

Made Ground

5.3.9 The original site had a hilly topography with elevations ranging from +20.49 m above sea level in the north-eastern corner of the subject site to + 6.89 m above sea level in the south-western part. Extensive earthworks were therefore undertaken to modify this topography prior to construction of the fertiliser manufacturing facility. Although no records of actual filling work are currently available, it is assumed that the fill materials used in the southern areas of the site were derived from the excavation works up-slope, and the general trend appears to be that the eastern section of the site has been cut whilst the western section has been in filled.

5.3.10 Comparison of the spot heights stated within the exploratory borehole location plan of the Kotzias-Stamatopoulos report with the built ground slab spot heights for the fertiliser plant indicate the following:

i The south of the site in the area of the former workshop has been in filled by approximately 1.5 to 2.5 m and the former stores area has been has been in filled by approximately 2.5 m to 6.5 m.

ii The area of the former phosphate storage shed has been in filled by approximately 4 m to and the area to the east has been cut to attain slab level up to a maximum of 10 m.

iii The former sulphuric acid complex has been in filled in the west by approximately 0.5 to 1.5 m and cut in the east by 0.5 m to 19.5 m.

iv The former NPK fertiliser complex has been cut between 1 m and 17 m.

5.3.11 The GSD logs do not refer to Made Ground but it is likely that the exploratory borehole locations in the west of the site will have penetrated the fill material.

5.3.12 There has been filling into the sea in two areas, namely the seawater intake structure and a tailings pond for phosphate-gypsum waste.

Soils and Contamination

5.3.13 As described above and in section 4, part of the site for the proposed Energy Centre is located on made ground that has been heavily engineered in the past. The following section focuses primarily on the existing contamination associated with the former Hellenic Chemical Industries (HCI) manufacturing facility previously located on the brownfield element of the site. The HCI historically comprised of three manufacturing facilities described in section 4. The division between the brownfield (old fertiliser plant) and greenfield (additional land to the north) areas of the proposed Energy Centre site is shown in Figure 5.2.

5.3.14 A range of materials were used by the former HCI facility including local ferro-pyrite, imported phosphate rock ore (fluorapatite) and imported ammonia. The operations of the facility have resulted in some contamination of the land in particular area discussed below.

5.3.15 Some remediation activities have already been undertaken at the site in 1996 in the location of the HCI facilities former sulphuric acid lagoons which now lie within the boundary of the adjacent EAC power plant.



The Current “Brownfield” Site Remediation Program

5.3.16 The principal contamination issues to be resolved on the site are associated with waste arisings from the fertiliser production, namely gypsum (which was produced as a slurry with water and was disposed on the area of the site known as the phosphate gypsum waste lagoon as shown in Figure 5.2) and sinter, which is primarily made up of iron oxide, but also contains some sulphur compounds and trace levels of heavy metals (lead, copper, zinc, cadmium and manganese) which was disposed of to an area known as the sinters dump also shown on Figure 5.2.

5.3.17 The Government of Cyprus plan to let a contract in the second quarter of 2006 for the demolition of the plant structures and the remediation of contamination associated with the operations of the facility. The objectives of the contract are to leave a site that is “clean for commercial use”. The demolition contractor will be required to certify that the site is free from contamination in areas that have been identified to be effected by the contamination and will take remedial action to stop contamination migration where necessary.

5.3.18 Asbestos used in the construction of the facility has been identified, and this, as well as other hazardous materials such as PCBs and vanadium pentoxide catalysts, will be removed during the demolition contract, together with any acids (sulphuric and phosphoric) on the site or associated with the small acid pond to the north, which will be decontaminated and filled.

5.3.19 In particular, the process will involve the removal of all existing plant, services and materials within the existing site boundary, as well as the 2 km pipeline to the port. All underground conduits will also be removed, with the exception of the drainage channel, which runs beneath the west wall for the gypsum lagoon, as the structure forms part of the sea wall. The two former HCI sulphuric acid tanks at the Vasilikos port will be retained.

5.3.20 The main site is now being cleared and the plant decommissioned, decontaminated and dismantled. The work is scheduled to be completed by the end of 2006. At the completion of this project, all contaminants and most of the hazardous wastes will have been removed from the site for disposal at a suitable disposal facility. This will include the removal of all oils, acids, non-hazardous phosphate rock ore and ammonia gas.

5.3.21 The 5 ha phosphate-gypsum waste lagoon located adjacent to the Mediterranean Sea is currently filled with dewatered slurry to a depth of 3 to 5 m. A quantitative environmental risk assessment was undertaken to determine if the residual gypsum mud poses a risk to controlled waters, particularly with regard to heavy metals such as arsenic, cadmium, copper, hexavalent chromium, lead, nickel and zinc, concluded that the contents of the lagoon do not pose a risk to the sea, and it will therefore be in filled with clean aggregate and topsoil to a level which will be protective of human health. As described above, as the western boundary of this lagoon forms the seawall, the culvert under this gypsum area (originally used as a surface water discharge) will remain. Areas of the south face of the gypsum dam sea wall that have eroded will be repaired.

5.3.22 PB noted that the approximately 2 ha sinter pit located to the north of the gypsum area has been emptied and PB have been informed that the contents have been used as a feedstock by the adjacent Vasilikos Cement Plant.



5.3.23 All buildings, concrete slabs, conduits and basins, including concrete footings will be dismantled and removed to ground level or to below concrete. The foundations, which may consist of crushed compacted stone and are up to 3 m thick in places, will remain in situ and their locations recorded as far as practicable. Whilst the previous ground contamination investigations would not have included areas with concrete covering (i.e. slabs and foundations) due to accessibility considerations, it is considered unlikely that any further contamination will be identified during the testing of these areas, although should any be found it would be removed and disposed of to a suitably engineered landfill.

5.3.24 Existing site services are not buried but routed in lined channels; these are scheduled to be removed, and the channels will be filled using clean materials available on site from the demolition works (e.g. crushed concrete). Any unused material will be stockpiled for future use.

5.3.25 As a part of the preparation of the contractual document for the demolition project some ground contamination tests have been carried out by the Cypriot Geological Survey Department. Hot spots of contaminated soil have been identified for removal from site (including material with elevated levels of naturally occurring arsenic). Approximately 10,000 m3 of contaminated soil is expected to be removed from the site as a part of the demolition and remediation contract and the excavations filled with at least 1 m of clean fill material.

Existing “Greenfield” Areas

5.3.26 No information is currently available regarding the potential for contamination to have migrated onto the greenfield areas, although, given the findings of the risk assessment described above, and the investigative studies undertaken elsewhere within the site, no anthropogenic contamination to soils and groundwaters is expected in this area.

Hydrogeology

5.3.27 Hydrogeological data for the Island of Cyprus is scarce and the last island-wide groundwater study was undertaken some thirty years ago, together with a few specific studies of individual aquifers twenty years ago. Since then, the general hydrogeological conditions have changed significantly as frequent droughts have reduced aquifer recharge, a situation further exacerbated by the construction of dams on the major rivers. Figure 5.3 shows the aquifers within the sedimentary sequence in the Vasilikos broader area in 20044, 5.

5.3.28 The geological memoir of the region shows no major aquifers in the immediate area of the site, and as surface water run off in the area is also low (see Section 6 Water Resources) and the water is quickly absorbed into the Pleistocene deposits leaving the watercourses not clearly defined, the nearest river gravels are generally the main local source of water.

5.3.29 Within the broader study area, there are three such main aquifers, which are used for public supply, namely the alluvium in the Vasilikos valley, the Maroni river catchments and the Softades-Zygi Coastal Plain Aquifer. All three cross the Softades-Mazotos-Alaminos-Maroni-Zygi coastal plain and it is believed that there is hydraulic connection between them, although it has not been possible to evaluate the exact amount of interchange. All three are unconfined phreatic aquifers, considered to be vulnerable or highly vulnerable to pollution, and bordered to the east, north and west by impermeable rock, and to the south by the sea. Further details of these aquifers,



which will not be affected by the project, are provided in Table 5.1.

5.3.30 Within the immediate vicinity of the site, the chalk rocks of the Lapithos Group are not thought of as “useful aquifers” and yields from a number of shallow boreholes sunk into the in the alluvial and marine beach deposits in the 19604 are generally low. There are, however, indications that deeper boreholes in the chalk could provide more abundant water supplies, suggesting that water-bearing horizons might exist in the fragmental limestones and conglomerates of the lower Pakhna Formation.

5.3.31 The Kotzias-Stamatopoulos report2 indicates that perched groundwater is present at approximately 6 m b.g.l. in the south of the site within a band of sand and gravels and a sandy gravely clay strata, and more perched groundwater was found at 10 m b.g.l.

5.3.32 All groundwater strikes quoted in the Kotzias-Stamatopoulos report2 are based on site levels prior to construction of the fertiliser plant and therefore may now be at a deeper depth in relation to current ground level.

5.3.33 Groundwater was generally not encountered during the GSD4, 5 investigation of the fertiliser site, with the exception of two exploratory locations, which encountered groundwater at 1.7 and 1.2 m b.g.l. respectively.

5.3.34 It therefore appears that there are, in effect, two sets of aquifers on the site namely:

A series of upper, perched aquifers, which are found in the gravels and other canalised deposits at a depth of 2-10m bgl; and

A lower aquifer within the gypsum layer and confined by clay banding at a general depth of 70 to 150 m b.g.l.

SECTION 5 GEOLOGY, SOILS, CONTAMINATED LANDAND HYDROGEOLOGY


Table 5.1 Main Aquifers in the Region of the Site

Aquifer Description Geology Aquifer Details

Vasilikos Riverbed Aquifer

The Vasilikos alluvial riverbed aquifer extends from the Kalavasos Dam around 15 km north-west of the site to the sea with the coastal section being the most water productive. It overlies and is directly connected to the Maroni Gypsum aquifer via karstic sinkholes and other openings across the riverbed, at approximately 4.5 km from the sea, through which ground surface water drains into the gypsum. Thus the quantity of the groundwater reaching the downstream section of the aquifer is limited. Around fifty boreholes extract water for local irrigation and industrial purposes yield from 5 to 15 m³/hour. Over the last ten years on average annual extraction is estimated to be in the region of 0.3 mcm/year, natural recharge at around 0.6 mcm/year which, coupled with low rainfall, has reduced the total flow not only of the river but also the aquifer’s recharge. Further, the coastal section has been over pumped and in the last five years extraction has dropped dramatically due to extensive sea intrusion. The aquifer together with the Maroni and the Softades-Zygi aquifers form part of the Vasilikos - Pentaschoinos Project irrigation area.

The aquifer consists of alluvial deposits, gravels, sands and silts. An impervious base is composed of: Downstream Miocene (Packna formation): marls, chalks and chalky marls; Middle Section Palaeocene (Lefkara formation) marls, chalks and chalky marls; and Upper section: igneous rocks, mainly lavas,

Area Of The Aquifer: 2.2 Km², WIDTH: 300m, LENGTH: 7 Km, OUTCROP: 2.2 Km². Thickness: Few meters at the northern end, 30m at the coast. Average Rainfall: Period 1990-2000: 390 mm (1970-2000: 410 mm). Hydrogeological Parameters: Average K (est.) = 30 m/day (es Average S (est.) = 8%

The Maroni River Catchment

The Maroni Riverbed Aquifer is a small alluvial aquifer along the Maroni river valley with a small storage capacity reliant on river flows for recharge. It is most productive in its coastal section south of Moroni where it overlies and is directly connected via karstic sinkholes and other openings to the Moroni Gypsum aquifer. The Maroni diversion weir near Choirokoitia has dramatically reduced the downstream river flow and consequently aquifer recharge. The rerouting of the Maroni river channel to bypass the Maroni sinkholes area has resulted in an improvement of the recharge of the aquifer downstream. Around 30 boreholes operate in the aquifer yield from 2 to 5 m³/hour. Average extraction over the last ten years is estimated at 0.2 mcm/year with average natural recharge at around 0.4 mcm/year. Low rainfall has caused a reduction to river flows and resulted in a diminution to the aquifer recharge. Sea intrusion problems have not been reported in the delta area. There is no historic groundwater balance available

The impervious base of the aquifer consists of Miocene (Pachna formation) marls, chalks and chalky marls. The aquifer consists of alluvial deposits, gravels, sands and silts

Area Of The Aquifer: 1.2 Km², WIDTH: 150m, LENGTH: 8 Km, OUTCROP: 1.2 Km². Thickness: Few meters North, 12 m at the coast. Average Rainfall: Period 1990-2000: 370 mm, (Period 1970-2000: 390 mm). Hydrogeological Parameters: Average K (est.) = 15 m/day Average S (est) = 8%

Softades-Zygi Coastal

Softades-Mazotos-Alaminos-Maroni-zygi coastal plain aquifer runs along a 25 km long coastal strip, stretching from Softades village to the Vasilikos river. It has an average width of 1.5 km varying from 0.5 to 2.5 km. The aquifer serves two irrigation areas: namely the Southern Conveyor Project in the east and the Vasilikos – Pentaschinos in the west. The aquifer again has a low storage capacity with recharge depending almost entirely on rainfall. The low rainfall and the consequent low recharge of the last decade has diminished the aquifer’s yield, which has, in turn, forced a reduction in extraction from the aquifer. As a result of its narrow width, it drains very quickly after the end of the wet season.

The impervious base of the aquifer in its southeastern part consists mainly of Miocene (Pachna formation) and Palaeogene (Lefkara formation) marls, chalks and chalky marls. The aquifer is mainly developed in marine alluvial deposits, silty sands, gravels and calcarenites.

Area Of The Aquifer: 37 Km², WIDTH: 1.5 km, LENGTH: 25km, OUTCROP: 37 Km². Average Rainfall: Period 1990-2000: 370 mm (1970-2000: 380 mm). Thickness: Up to 15 m. Hydrogeological Parameters: Average K (est) = 10 m/day Average S (est) = 5 %



5.4 Impacts of the ‘Do Nothing’ Option

5.4.1 The remediation programme, and associated activities such as stabilisation of the sea wall of the phosphate lagoon, whilst closely linked to the proposed project, has been approved whether or not the current project achieves planning approval. For the purposes of this assessment therefore, it has been assumed that the ground to the south of the site will be in a “clean” state after completion of the remediation, and no material change to conditions would result from the “do-nothing” option.

5.4.2 One area of concern is the issue of slope stability and shear strength on the cliff at the eastern end of the site. However, with no development there are no particularly susceptible receptors that would be affected by this and the impact is considered negligible.

5.5 Construction Impacts and Mitigation and Residual Impacts

5.5.1 Even after delivery of a “clean site” by the previous contract, the proposed site preparation works will inevitably involve the importation of some aggregates, topsoil and subsoil. It is estimated that some 99,450 m3 of soils and rock at the site will need to be moved to produce the 3 flat terraces required for the facility layout, but it is intended that this will be reused on site to the greatest extent possible, either as fill or bund material or through its inclusion in landscaping when it is of an appropriate condition. A core objective of the project is to maximise the use of site-won soils and secondary aggregates, and to this effect, a neutral cut and fill mass balance is proposed. Where excess top soils are produced these will be stockpiled on site with a view to selling the material as a product over the life of the facility thereby allowing its reuse as a topsoil.

5.5.2 A number of other generic activities that could potentially impact upon (or be impacted upon by) the geology and soils of the site will still arise, as outlined in Table 4.2.

5.5.3 Preparation of the site will require particularly large amounts of soil handling and possibly blasting to allow the final landform to be established.

5.5.4 Clean sand to be imported for foundations and the bund floor membrane beds will be obtained from an off site quarry.

5.5.5 Land in the north of the site, apart from the quarry on the northerly boundary, is generally undisturbed. Proposed re-profiling works will involve the stripping of top and sub soils and the placement of suitable fill material. Any clean soils that are stripped will be used as fill material on other parts of the site. For this reason any works associated with stripping is considered low.

5.5.6 The eastern side of the site adjacent to the Mandres Tou Michaeli cliff face has already been excavated to attain site levels for the construction of the fertiliser plant and any further re-grading of this slope to accommodate the proposed development will be undertaken in a manner that ensures that the slope is stable to withstand plant loading and vibration both during and after the construction phase.



Table 5.2 Summary of Potential Impacts and Mitigation

Activity Potential Impact Proposed Mitigation Residual Impact

Breaking out of foundations Waste generation – loss of landfill void space

Every effort will be made to reuse any residual materials left on site such as concrete and aggregate in the construction of the new Energy Centre.

Neutral

Piling for tank foundations All pile arisings to be assessed for contaminants before decision made as to reuse or appropriate disposal.

Low negative

Excavation of materials

May cause arisings of deep contamination, e.g. in the lagoon area

Clean excavated materials to be reused on site, preserving valuable resources

Neutral

Stabilisation of unstable land None Low positive Regrading of the cliff face and slope stability improvements Production of additional waste materials Any excavation works associated with

stabilising the cliff face that forms the eastern boundary of the site will be included in the cut and fill balance for the site with a view to minimising the need to transport excess excavated spoil off site.

Low negative

Importation of fill material, topsoil and subsoil

Loss of valuable aggregate and soil resources from elsewhere in the Authority Area

Reuse material from within the site as much as possible

Moderate negative

Re-profiling of ground levels Improvements to Landform None Neutral

Re-use of Brownfield Land None Major positive Discovery of additional areas of contamination during works Loss of landfill void space Only material classified as hazardous to be

disposed of off-site Low negative

Destruction of remnant natural drainage profiles resulting

Low negative Grading, compaction and concreting works

Decreased infiltration rates and increased storm water runoff.

Whilst previous developments and quarrying have already led to changes to the land profile, good design of drainage channels will reduce the impact. Low negative



Activity Potential Impact Proposed Mitigation Residual Impact

Dewatering during construction of foundations

Potential impacts to the marine environment (see Section 14)

Use of settlement ponds would allow sediment to drop out. Water could then be recycled as far as practicable or allowed to flow to sea via silt fences and/or hay bale dykes and tested to ensure they meet minimum discharge standards.

Low negative

Spills and accidental discharged

Potential impacts to groundwaters and slight risk to sea water

All potentially hazardous materials will be managed in accordance with good construction practice, including the use of appropriate handling, storage and spill response.

Low negative



5.5.7 No groundwater resources are proposed to be used during construction of the facility and issues related to water use are addressed in Section 6 Water Resources.

5.5.8 Overall, given that:

• the site will be presented to the project as clean;

• none of the land affected by the project is protected;

• a cut-fill mass balance will be implemented; and

• there are no sensitive groundwaters present.

5.5.9 The overall impact of the construction works on the geology, soils and hydrogeology is expected to be of only low negative impact.

5.6 Operational Impacts and Mitigation and Residual Impacts

5.6.1 Operational impacts on geology, soils and groundwaters are likely to be restricted to risks of spills of stored materials leading to contamination of site soils and potentially perched groundwaters. This risk will be minimised through the use of lined bunds, three stage interceptors and other protection measures as discussed in Section 3 project description, as well as the implementation of formal spill response planning as outlined in Section 17. Given the implementation of such systems overall impacts are expected to be of only low negative significance.

5.6.2 No groundwater resources are proposed to be used in the operational phase of the Energy Centre.

5.6.3 Issues related to waste management are addressed in Section 12, Waste.

5.7 Non-normal operations

5.7.1 Seismic issues are addressed in detail in as a part of the engineering design of the facility. In the event of a serious earthquake or industrial accident, the loss of integrity of the fuel storage tanks and LPG bullets would result in significant contamination issues and would be considered a significant negative impact. Risks associated with such situations are addressed further in Section 16.

5.8 De-commissioning Impacts and Mitigation and Residual Impacts

5.8.1 On de-commissioning the site will be cleaned of all contaminants and returned as closely as possible to its original baseline condition, in accordance with applicable legislation in operation at the time. Impacts associated with decommissioning are considered to be moderate beneficial if such an approach is implemented.

5.9 Summary

5.9.1 The proposed site is located within an area used for heavy industry and is made up of two sections. The southern area consists of a brownfield former Hellenic Chemical Industry site and is currently undergoing demolition and remediation. The northern area consists of a greenfield site of farmland for which there is no evidence of contamination.

5.9.2 Geologically the site is founded on sedimentary rocks or alluvial materials. The southern section has been severely disturbed by previous cutting and filling and in places there is concern over slope stability and shear strength



5.9.3 Impacts of construction are considered to be of only low negative significance given the industrial and brownfield nature of the area and the lack of important local groundwater resources. Impacts during normal operation are also considered to have only a low negative significance, although a loss of integrity of the fuel tanks and bunds could result in a major negative impact.

References

1. Royal Haskoning, Geotechnical Desk Study, February 2006 2. Kotzias-Stamatopoulos Consultants, Report on Foundation Conditions, 1977 3. Integeo Consultants, Final Report on Decontamination of the Subsoil at the Contaminated Area in Vasilikos Cyprus, 1996 4. The Geological Survey Department of Cyprus (GSD), Memoir No. 5, The Geology and Mineral Resources of the Pano-Lefkara-Larnaca Area, 1960 5. The Geological Survey Department of Cyprus (GSD) Memoir No. 8 The Geology and Mineral Resources of the Pharmakas-Kalavasos Area, 1960 6. Environmental Resources Limited in association with L G Mouchel and Partners, Vasilikos Power Station Environmental Impact Assessment Technical Reports, 1991 7. Mott McDonald, Vasilikos Power Station Unit 3 Desulphurisation Environmental Statement, October 2003 8. Allott & Lomax Review of Seismic Hazard and Design Conditions for Vasilikos Power Plant, 1996 9. Parsons Brinckerhoff, Electricity Authority of Cyprus, Demolition of the Hellenic Chemical Industries Study for Basic Problems, 2005 10. PhD Thesis of Dr Const. Constantinou – University of Patras, 2004

SECTION 6 WATER RESOURCES


SECTION 6

WATER RESOURCES



6 WATER RESOURCES

6.1 Introduction

6.1.1 This assessment has been made in the light of the proposed development of the Integrated Energy Centre at Vasilikos. Natural surface water drainage is limited on the site, with any existing drainage features highly modified by past industrial development.

6.1.2 Containment and treatment of contaminated water and spills will be required to avoid significant negative impact on water resources, including groundwater and the coastal marine area as well as health and safety hazards to site employees and other people in the affected zone.

6.1.3 Groundwater and waters of the coastal marine area are covered in Sections 4 and 14 respectively and will not be discussed further in this section.

6.1.4 Spill of material, spill management plans and hazard identification are addressed in Section 17 and will not be discussed further in this section.

6.1.5 This section covers current surface water resources, existing drainage infrastructure on site, impacts of site preparation and construction, site drainage, water demand requirements, sewerage and waste water generation during operation.

6.1.6 Water use on site will be limited to domestic use as no processing on the site will take place that will require the use of water. Cooling water will be obtained from the adjacent power station, and will be returned to the power station unaltered but slightly cooler than what it was received.

6.2 Legislation

6.2.1 The key EU Directive that concerns water conservation and management is the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC), which supports an integrated approach to water management. The provisions of the directive have been transposed into Cypriot national legislation through the Water Protection and Management Law 13(I)/2004. Implementation lies with the Water Development Department (WDD).

6.2.2 The Water Protection and Management Law provides for the abolition or reduction and control of water pollution in Cyprus, for the best protection of the natural water resources and the health and well being of the population. It also provides for the protection and improvement of the environment and the animal and plant life in water. The Law defines "what is waste" and vests power to the Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment (MANRE) and the ES to control the disposal of wastewater into the surface or underground water environment.

6.2.3 MANRE and the Minister of Social Insurance and Labour (MSIL) may issue permits for the disposal of wastes or treated wastes defining the method, the quantities, the frequency of disposal, the location and the contents of pollutant. Ministers may also appoint "Inspectors" for the examination of applications and the enforcement of conditions and control of the permits.

6.2.4 It further incorporates provisions for the protection of natural water sources from the disposal of wastes and the pollution of water from industrial and domestic sources of pollution and wastewater treatment plants.



6.2.5 The law provides for the creation of a Water Entity within the Government to undertake the management of the water resources of Cyprus and has the following characteristics:

• It defines one authority responsible for the water resources development and management. The Minister on political level and the Water Entity Director on Technical, and legal level;

• The Advisory Committee and the Water Entity will advise the MANRE on water resources management issues; and

• It takes into consideration the European Union Framework Directive and other European directives.

6.2.6 According to the law on Controlling of water and land pollution 106(I)2002, and all the regulations under this law in compliance with EU, there is the added provision to eliminate, or reduce, pollution in waters and on land for the better protection of natural water resources, the health and prosperity of the population in addition to the protection and an amelioration of the natural environment flora and fauna of waters. The law 106(I)2002 complies with the European standards and considers qualitative and quantitative parameters of water quality.

6.2.7 Various levels and thresholds for different water uses are shown in Tables 6.1a (marine waters) 6.1b (bathing waters,99/2000), 6.1c (groundwaters 45/1996)), and regulations on controlling water pollution i.e (a) bathing water (99/2000), (b) ground waters (45/1996).

Table 6.1a Thresholds for dangerous substances in marine waters

Parameter Concentration Tetrachloride 12 µg/l DDT 10µg/l pentachlorophenol 2 µg/l Aldrin 10 µg/l Dieldrin 10 µg/l EndrinIsodrin 5 µg/l Hexachlorobenzol 0.03 µg/l Hexachlorobutadiene 0,1 µg/l Chloroform 12 µg/l 1,2-dichloroethane 10 µg/l Trichloroethane 10 µg/l Tetra-chloroethylene 10 µg/l Trichlorobenzol 0.4 µg/l



Table 6.1b Obligatory quality parameters for bathing waters

Parameters Microbiological

Directive value

Obligatory Value

1 Total Coliforms/100ml 500 10000 2 Faecal Coliforms/100ml 100 2000 3 Faecal Streptucocci/100ml 100 - 4 Salmonella /1L - 0 5 PFU /10L - 0

Physiochemical 6 pH 6-9

7 Colour No abnormal

change of colour

8 Mineral oil <0,3 No visible membrane

9 Surface active substances that react with methyl blue - Absence of

constant foam 10 Phenol mg/l ≤0,005 No odour 11 Clarity 2 1 12 DO (dissolve oxygen)% 80-120 -

13 Risings of tar, wood, plastic, glass, shipwrecks and other debris 0

14 Ammonia mg/l - - 15 Nitrogen mg/l - -

Substances that are considered pollutants 16 Biocide mg/l - -

17

Heavy metals mg/l Arsenic Cadmium Chromium Lead Mercury

- -

18 Cyanides mg/l - -

19 Nitrogen mg/l And Phosphorus mg/l - -



Table 6.1c Substances totally forbidden to be discharge in aquifers

1. Organ halogen substances 2. Organophosphate 3. Organic tin 4. Substances that in the aqueous environment have been found to be

carcinogenic 5. Mercury 6. Cadmium 7. Mineral oil and hydrocarbons 8. Cyanide and nit riles 9. Resistant substances that are found floating or precipitated that could

interrupt water use.

10. Elements and combinations of the below: • Zinc (Zn) • Copper (Cu) • Nickel (Ni) • Chromium (Cr) • Lead (Pb) • Selenium (Se) • Arsenic (As) • Antimonium (Sb) • molybdenum (Mo) • Titanium (Ti)

• Tin (Sn) • Barium (Ba) • Beryllium (Be) • Boron (B) • Uranium (U) • Vanadium (V) • Cobalt (Co) • Thallium (TI) • Tellurium (Te)

11. Biocide and their products that are not found in the above Table 12. Substances with negative or damaging effect in the flavour or odour of the

products of human consumption emanating from the aqueous environment and that can cause formation of such substances in the waters.

13. Toxic durable organic substances of silicon and substances that might cause formation of such unions in water excluded biologically innocuously or rapid changed to harmless in water.

14. Inorganic formations of phosphorus and element phosphorus 15. Not durable mining oils and hydrocarbons oil (petroleum) based. 16. Cyanides 17. Substances that have negative effect in the balance of oxygen, mainly ammonia and nitrogen.

6.2.8 Under Fisheries Law (94/1994), discharges from the Project must meet the water

quality standards indicated in Table 6.2



Table 6.2 Discharge Quality Standards

Parameter Cyprus Limit pH 6.5-9.0 COD (mg/l) 30 BOD5 (mg/l) 10 TSS (ppm) 30 Zinc (ppm) 0.1 Copper (ppm) 0.1 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.2 Mercury (mg/l) 0.05 Lubricating Oils (mg/l) Nil

Temperature (oC) Not to exceed 10 oC above ambient water temperature


6.3.1 Baseline information and potential project-related impacts regarding surface water resources and drainage have been assessed and complied through a desk-based review of information currently available on the site and the design of the facility. This includes:

• Baseline Conditions for surface drainage and watercourses;

• Project impacts on any existing surface drainage features and watercourses; and

• Potential impacts of operations on surface drainage.


Water Resources

6.4.1 Precipitation is low in the area. Precipitation and number of rainy days (mm) (1961 - 1990) is shown in Table 6.3 and was obtained from the Limasol meteorological station. The average precipitation for the year as a whole is about 500 mm. Rainfall in the warmer months contributes little or nothing to water resources. Autumn and winter rainfall, on which agriculture and water supply generally depend, is somewhat variable from year to year.

6.4.2 The northern boundary of the site coincides with a small east-west orientated tributary valley of the Vasilikos River. This small valley is currently filled with extensive stockpiles of chalk and marl and some umber piles, which are the raw material for the nearby cement factory. To the west of the site, at a distance of about 1,000 m there is the water divide marking the boundary of the broader Vasilikos river catchments area.

6.4.3 The mouth of the Vasilo River is constrained to enter the sea on the eastern side of the Port of Vasilikos.

6.4.4 The gently inclined, flattish topography of the site and the strong influence of the buildings roads and open yards that exist on the site, allow no natural drainage



pattern to be determined. The storm water flows to the lower grounds to the south and east channelled mostly along the existing asphalted or earth roads.

6.4.5 Water supply at site comprises two boreholes 200 m in depth. The total capacity is 200 t/hour and the water quality is 3,000 ppm t.d.s. Drawings indicate the presence of a small 2-inch water supply from the north supplying parts of the plant buildings. No mains water supply is available at present. Water supply to the Energy Centre is planned to be taken temporarily by pipe extension from the nearby Vasilikos Power Station. An existing water supply pipeline that previously supplied the fertiliser plant also exists on site.

Table 6.3 Precipitation and number of rainy days (mm) (1961 - 1990) - Limassol

Janu

ary

Febr

uary

Mar

ch

Apr

il

May

June

July

Aug

ust

Sept

embe

r

Oct

ober

Nov

embe

r

Dec

embe

r

Ann

ual t

otal

Number of rainy days >= 0.2 mm 13 11 9 5 2 0 0 0 1 4 6 12 63

Number of rainy days >= 1 mm 10 8.9 7 4 2 0 0 0 0 3 5 10 49

Number of rainy days >= 5 mm 5.4 5 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 5.8 25

Number of rainy days >= 10 mm 3.1 2.5 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3.8 15

Total Precipitation (mm) 96 76 49 23 7 3 3 1 1 26 48 102 435


6.5.1 The current site is currently heavily modified by the existing and past activities undertaken within the area. The ‘do nothing’ alternative has no significant bearing on an already highly modified environment.

6.5.2 There is no value in the current modified and limited surface hydrological system to warrant any protection or enhancement should this project not go ahead.

6.6 Construction Impacts, Mitigation and Residual Impacts

Construction Impacts

6.6.1 The discharge of any effluents during construction, including site drainage, will be the responsibility of the construction contractor who should reach agreement with the relevant Ministry with regard to the detailed methods of disposal. Standard good working practices such as the mitigation measures discussed below should ensure that any impacts due to the water discharging from the site would be insignificant.

6.6.2 Construction activities may cause changes to surface water drainage due to the creation of soil piles. Any runoff may have a high suspended solids content and may require further treatment. The construction contractor should be required to protect the sea at the south of the site from potential contamination during the construction phase.



6.6.3 The main source of surface water run off is likely to come from the contractor’s dust suppression activities discussed in Section 9. In which case, run off can be captured and directed into evaporation trenches and ponds where necessary.

Mitigation

6.6.4 Mitigation measures during construction may include, as appropriate:

• Oil storage tanks should be located on an impervious base provided with bund walls to give a containment capacity of at least 110 per cent of the tank volume. All valves and couplings are to be located within the bunded area, where it is necessary for pipes to run through the bund wall they will be designed to reduce spill risk and be fitted with alarms;

• Any surface water contaminated by hydrocarbons which are used during the construction phase should be passed through oil/grit interceptor(s) prior to discharge;

• Measures should be taken to ensure that no leachate or any surface water that has the potential to be contaminated, is allowed to enter directly or indirectly any water course, underground strata or adjoining land;

• Water inflows to excavated areas should be minimised by the use of lining materials, good housekeeping techniques and by the control of drainage and construction materials in order to prevent the contamination of ground water. Site personnel should be made aware of the potential impact on ground and surface water associated with certain aspects of the construction works to further reduce the incidence of accidental impacts;

• Refuelling of construction vehicles and equipment should be restricted to a designated area with properly designed fuel tanks and bunds and proper operating procedures;

• All channels permanent and temporary, and any temporary evaporation ponds utilised in site drainage should be maintained to prevent flooding and overflowing, and protected where necessary against erosion; and

• All temporary hard/compacted areas and exposed surfaces or storage areas should be designed to discharge to evaporation ponds. They should not discharge to natural watercourses, or be allowed to flow off site in an uncontrolled manner.

Chemical Contamination:

• Fuel/oil tanks and chemical storage tanks/areas on all lands utilised by the contractor should be provided with locks and be placed on compacted areas, within bunds that have a capacity equal to 110 percent of the storage capacity of the largest tank, to prevent spilled fuel oils from leaking off site; and

• Oil interceptors should be provided in any drainage system downstream of possible oil/fuel pollution sources. The oil interceptors should be emptied and cleaned regularly to prevent the release of oils and grease into the stormwater drainage system. Waste materials should be taken to an approved disposal site;



Sewage:

• Portable chemical toilets and sewage holding tanks should be placed on site to accommodate sewage generated by the construction workforce. A licensed contractor should provide appropriate and adequate portable toilets and should be responsible for appropriate disposal and maintenance.

Spills:

• Ensure that handling and storage of any potentially contaminating material takes place only in designated areas designed to ensure that there can be no direct discharge to watercourses, the drainage system, or off the site;

• Ensure that no washdown areas are located adjacent to any watercourse, or open drain and ensure in so far as practicable, that washdown waters are collected and directed to an evaporation pond / settling lagoon; and

• Ensure that a spill management plan is in place at all sites.

6.7 Operational Impacts, Mitigation and Residual Impacts

6.7.1 Water resource consumption on site will be made up of potable water supply, service water supply and provision of water for fire fighting.

6.7.2 Drainage of the site will entail sanitary sewers, clean water systems, oily water system, LNG/LPG spill collection, white product spill collection, bitumen and LFO spills, and laboratory chemical waste.

6.7.3 These are outlined below in further detail.

Potable Water

6.7.4 Water required for domestic use will be taken from the potable water supply to the site. Potable water will be sourced from the main public water supply via an existing line (formerly the fertiliser plant water supply). The supply will be metered at this point. It is understood that the water requires no further chlorination or treatment.

6.7.5 Potable water will pass to a potable water tank, which will act as a buffer tank between the public supply and the terminal’s users. The tank will have a working storage capacity of 35 m3, equivalent to 1 day supply at anticipated consumption levels.

6.7.6 Potable water will be supplied to header tanks in various buildings within the terminal and the jetty areas for the provision of drinking water and sanitary facilities. Potable water will also be supplied to safety showers and eyewash stations throughout the terminal. The system storage tank will be sized on the basis of 78 persons being engaged at the site, each with a usage allowance of 400 litres per person per day.

6.7.7 For the terminal the calculated daily potable water demand is 31.2 m3/day, giving an average rate of 1.3 m3/h. The expected peak demand is calculated as two thirds of the daily demand over a two hour period, plus a 20% margin. This gives a peak rate of 12.5 m3/h (based upon expected distribution of personnel and usage of showers, toilets etc.). This allows for some topping up of header tanks coincident with the use of a Safety Shower. Potable water pumps will be provided to distribute potable water to the various users around the terminal. Consumption of potable water will be monitored by tank level measurement.



6.7.8 It is relevant to note however that substantially more water will be needed upon commissioning to hydrotest vessels and fill the sites fire water tank however these activities can be scheduled at periods of low water demand and as such may be managed appropriately.

Service Water

6.7.9 The terminal service water will be sourced from the potable water supply. Service water will be supplied to Utility Stations throughout the terminal for washing and flushing during maintenance, as well as the fresh water supply for the Firewater hybrid system and as make-up water to vendor packages.

6.7.10 Service water will pass firstly to a service water tank. This tank will have a nominal capacity of 1,000 m3 (10 m diameter and 14 m height), providing enough water to flush the firewater headers after testing of some of the large deluge system or in the event of a fire.

6.7.11 Service water pumps are provided to distribute service water around the terminal and the jetty.

Fire Water System

6.7.12 The terminal will be provided with a hybrid firewater system, normally supplied with fresh water and using seawater in an emergency for supplying various users.

Sanitary Sewer

6.7.13 Sanitary waste from buildings will be routed to underground septic tanks. They will be periodically emptied by vacuum truck if and when required. Total capacity is based on 78 full time equivalent personnel being present at the terminal in any given day. For those short periods when the number of personnel exceeds 78, such as maintenance shutdowns, then either the frequency of emptying will have to increase, or additional temporary facilities will have to be installed.

6.7.14 The jetty areas will be supplied with chemical toilets as there will be no sewer system at the jetty.

Clean Water System

6.7.15 The surface water drainage system will drain areas of the site unlikely to be contaminated with oil and will discharge to the sea via a settling lagoon with an underflow weir system. The majority of the surface water drainage will be uncontaminated and typical of surface water run off from areas of paved road.

6.7.16 The clean water system will collect water that is known to be free of any contaminants such as grease, oil, petroleum products or chemicals. Such sources as:

• Surface water draining off uncontaminated hardstand areas, i.e. roads and buildings.

• Overflows from any of the water tanks.

6.7.17 This water from the LNG storage and process areas will be routed to a settling basin and then the CPI (Corrugated Plate Interceptor – described in more detail in effluent discharges below) before discharge to sea.



Regasification Water Discharges

6.7.18 The LNG Open rack Vapourisers (ORV) will use cooling water from the adjacent EAC Vasilikos Power Plant as discussed in Section 3. The water will be returned to the EAC facility cooling water system without any added chemicals or treatment for use within the EAC facility as cooling water.

6.7.19 As described in Section 3 Project Description the facility is fitted with an LNG Submerged Combustion Vapourisers (SCV), which will be used when any of the ORVs is taken out of service for maintenance roughly once every 2 years. When operated the SCVs produce a small stream of water effluent. The effluent is neutralised within the SCV and is discharged to the site drainage system.

Oily Water System

6.7.20 An oily wastewater drainage system will drain all areas where oil spillages could occur. The design will incorporate oil interceptors and traps. This will discharge with the other surface water discharge to the storm water drains. The discharge from each oil interceptor will contain no visible oil or grease (i.e. less than 10 ppm).

6.7.21 Water that is, or can be, contaminated with oil will be kept separate from the clean water system. This water is collected from:

• Areas around emergency diesel fuel storage and usage,

• Pump and Compressor base plates.

6.7.22 Oily water will be collected in several local sumps and the contents will be sent to an API separation unit by vacuum truck. Once the oily product has been removed, the remaining water will be sent to sea after quality checks have been carried out.

LNG/LPG Spill Collection

6.7.23 The terminal, jetty head and shore area will be provided with a system of spill collection channels and impounding basins such that credible LNG or LPG spills are contained and prevented from entering the surface water drainage system. The terminal will have one common basin for the Process Area and the LNG Storage area, and two much smaller basins for the LPG loading and LPG bottling areas. Rainwater and firewater from the different basins can be gravity drained to the Settling basin via the clean water system.

6.7.24 Jetty heads 1 & 3 will each have one impounding basin (one for LNG and one for LPG). The design spill size is small because a rapid response from the operator is assumed.

White Product Spill Collection

6.7.25 The oil product storage area is designed with bunded areas provided for all the tanks. Any spill will flow by gravity into spillage collection gulley to a sump and the bunds are sized to accommodate 110% of the largest tank.

6.7.26 Depending on the size of the spill and on potential contamination, the product will either be pumped back into the tank or sent to the API separator.



Bitumen and LFO Spills

6.7.27 Bitumen and LFO storage and loading area will each have a separate bund.

6.7.28 In the event of a spill, the bitumen would rapidly solidify at ambient temperature and have to be removed manually as a solid waste. Potential LFO spills will be captured by the bunding system.

Laboratory Chemical Waste

6.7.29 It is anticipated that Laboratory Services will be subcontracted to the Power Station as they have an extensive, modern laboratory together with skilled staff and have the capability to expand its facilities to meet the testing and certification needs of the Energy Centre.

6.7.30 Should this recommendation not be accepted, laboratory chemicals and waste will be collected in a dedicated sump and periodically emptied by vacuum truck. The anticipated sump capacity is nominally 2 m3.

Surface Drainage

6.7.31 A common system will be used to drain storm water and fire water runoff:

• Each low level bunded area will drain to a corner sump;

• Each corner sump will be emptied by a drainpipe controlled by sluice gate;

• The outlet pipe from each low level bunded corner sump will be connected by buried pipe draining to the communal sump in the corner of the main bunded area;

• The communal sump will be connected by buried pipe through the bund wall to a valve pit outside the bunded area;

• The valve pit (valve normally closed) will drain the communal sump and thereby any low level bunded area as required; and

• The valve pit will be opened as required to discharge into a single pipe header connecting all the bunded areas.

6.7.32 The bunded areas will be leak proofed as follows:

• The bund walls will be constructed in concrete; and

• The bund floor will incorporate an impermeable membrane covered with a layer of sand and finished with a layer of gravel.

Effluent Discharges

6.7.33 A Corrugated Plate Interceptor (CPI) or similar device will be used for the treatment of effluents. CPIs are specially designed corrugated plate packs that increase the efficiency of oil removal over and above levels achieved in parallel plate interceptors of similar capacity.

6.7.34 The separation of oil from water takes place between the plates based on a counter current flow, i.e. the effluent flows downward whereas the oil will flow upward to the



surface. The maximum allowable flows are related to the plate distance of the plate packs and the loading condition. CPIs with a capacity greater than 540 m3/hr will need to be designed with a back-to-back arrangement of bays, comprising a flow diversion sump at the inlet and independent outlets. The design will need to incorporate provisions to facilitate cleaning and repair. Effluent streams containing high levels of BOD should be treated in a separate CPI than those streams for non-process waters.

Mitigation

6.7.35 It is not anticipated that the site will generate any continuous process wastewater. Principal wastewater discharges will be from drainage and surface water runoff. To reduce the possibility of contamination of surface waters and consequences, mitigation measures will be required.

6.7.36 The Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance will set limits on the quality of water that is discharged from the site under the permit issued in accordance with the IPPC Directive.

6.7.37 All aqueous process effluents will be discharged to sewer or to the sea and will be monitored in accordance with the permit requirements and Ministry of Labour and Social Insurances limits. The water treatment plant effluent will be monitored for pH value. If the pH is out with the limit of 6 to 9, or as authorised by the Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance, the discharge will automatically stop until the failure is corrected.

6.7.38 Additional samples of the water treatment plant effluent will be taken quarterly for more detailed analyses, in line with the IPPC permit requirements.

6.7.39 The use of oil interceptors on all areas susceptible to oil spillage prevents the release of visible oil. The effluent from the oil interceptors will be monitored for oil in water content, which will be limited to below 10 ppm.

6.7.40 As previously stated in this Section all oil and chemical storage tanks and areas where drums are stored will be surrounded by an impermeable bund with 110 per cent of capacity of the largest single container. Permanently fixed taps, filler pipes, pumping equipment, vents and sight glasses will also be located within the bunded area. Taps and valves will be designed to discharge downwards within the bund and will be shut and locked in that position.

6.7.41 The surface water drainage system will drain areas of the site unlikely to be contaminated with oil and discharge the water to the nearby storm water drain. The majority of the surface water drainage will be uncontaminated and typical of surface water run off from areas of paved road.

6.7.42 An oily wastewater drainage system will drain all areas where oil spillages could occur. The design will incorporate oil interceptors and traps. These will discharge with the other surface water discharge to the storm water drain. The discharge from each oil interceptor will contain no visible oil or grease (i.e. less than 10 ppm).

6.7.43 The areas liable to oil spillage are:

• The oil unloading areas adjacent to the lubricating oil storage tanks;

• The electrical transformers (which will contain insulating oil);



• The bunded areas around the lubricating oil storage tanks; and

• The car parking areas.

6.7.44 Adequate facilities for the inspection and maintenance of oil interceptors will be provided and the interceptors will be regularly emptied and desludged to ensure efficient operation. The sludge will be disposed of off-site by a qualified contractor.

6.7.45 All elements of the treatment systems will be regularly monitored to ensure optimum performance and maintenance.

Discharges

6.7.46 Any potentially contaminated water streams should be segregated from non-contaminated water streams.

6.7.47 The site should operate and maintain best possible housekeeping practices for the facilities.

6.7.48 Spill prevention and control plans should be developed and maintained at all times.

6.8 De-commissioning Impact, Mitigation and Residual Impacts

6.8.1 Decommissioning of the Energy Centre will have a low impact on surface drainage, as there are no terrestrial drainage features to be affected.

6.8.2 Drainage for decommissioning will need to be addressed with an approach similar to that of the construction management to ensure surface drainage does not discharge contaminants into the receiving environment.

6.8.3 Site clearance will have to be undertaken to ensure all liquid and hazardous waste are removed from the site. Any liquid or hazardous material or equipment will need to be covered to ensure they are not exposed to rainfall and cause sedimentation of the receiving environment.

6.8.4 It is likely that any stockpiles of soil, spoil or other loose material would need to be covered to ensure they are not exposed to rainfall.

6.8.5 The site, once cleared will need to be graded appropriately to allow the site to drain to the coast. It is likely that surface water will need to be collected into a stabilised channel and discharge into a detention pond to allow any sediment to settle out before this water is discharged into the marine environment.

6.8.6 The retention settling pond and channel should be maintained to ensure that they continue to achieve their function.

6.9 Summary

6.9.1 There are little to no surface water features that will be lost or affected by this project, and as such, there is no significant aquatic ecology under threat. Previous construction and development of industrial complexes at and adjacent to the site have altered the existing drainage patterns.

6.9.2 Construction and development of the project will need to be subject to standard management practises to avoid and reduce any impacts of construction on the receiving environment.



6.9.3 Drainage of the operational site has been undertaken to ensure that ‘normal’ drainage and where possible ‘non-normal’ drainage (i.e. spills, fire fighting waters) are collected and are subject to primary treatment prior to discharge to the receiving environment.

6.9.4 Water resource consumption, wastewater effluent/ wastewater generation will be limited on the site due to the small work force and the absence of water-utilising processes on the site and thus impacts should be low.

SECTION 7

TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

SECTION 7 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY


7 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

7.1 Introduction

7.1.1 This section describes the terrestrial ecology present on the site and in the surrounding area and assesses the potential impacts that would arise as a result of the proposed development.

7.1.2 As the general area is heavily industrialised, and much of the site itself is a brownfield redevelopment, the potential for endangered or protected habitats is generally considered low.

7.1.3 Issues related to marine ecology are addressed in Section 14 of this document.

7.2 Relevant Legislation

7.2.1 The main EU policies with respect to ecology and nature conservation enacted within Cyprus are the Habitats Directive (92/43/EEC amended 97/62/EC) and the Wild Birds Directives (79/409/EEC, as amended 94/24/EC and 97/49/EC). Under these Directives the country is required to compile a national list of important habitats and species and designate sites for protection as either Special Areas of Conservation (SACs) or Special Protection Areas (SPAs) respectively. All designated sites (SAC and SPA) across Europe will form an ecological network of protected areas, labelled Natura 2000.

7.2.2 Management plans should be designed for the conservation of these identified habitats and species, and whilst the Directives do not call for the exclusion of all human activities within Natura 2000 sites, human activity must not undermine the conservation objectives of the protected areas.

7.2.3 As required, Cyprus has compiled national lists of important habitats and species, with key designated habitats including certain areas of the Troodos mountain range and the Larnaca Salt Lakes. There are not any designated habitats in vicinity of the Energy Centre site.

7.2.4 In terms of Cypriot Legislation, the following were adopted by the House of Representatives in September 2003:

• the Law on the Protection and Management of Nature and Wildlife (which transposes the EU Habitats Directives) 152(I)/2003, 81(I)/2005; and

• the Law on the Protection and Management of Wild Birds and Game (which transposes the EU Wild Bird Directives) 152(I)/2003, 81(I)/2005,

7.2.5 The main agency responsible for implementing the Directives identified above within Cyprus is the ES of the MANRE.


7.3.1 This study is primarily desk-based, although a preliminary walkover of the site to ground-truth the previous survey findings and to identify the need for any further studies as part of the project FEED studies.

7.3.2 The study area for the assessment has included the site itself and a radius of 2 km around the site from the east to west coast.



7.3.3 The site walkover was undertaken to confirm the outcome from the desk study and to identify any additional flora and fauna species. This was completed in two half-day visits in January and February 2006.

7.3.4 It should be noted that the data search for baseline conditions could only provide information on habitats and species already recorded and cannot be taken to represent a complete overview of all species present in the study area.

7.3.5 Since the site was only visited on two half-days, seasonal variations have not been observed and only a selection of all species that potentially occur within the site will have been noted. Therefore, the site visit observations simply provide a general assessment of potential nature conservation value and some species will not have been noted.

7.3.6 The criteria used to assess the relative significance of ecological impacts are outlined in Table 7.1 below.

Table 7.1 Assessment Criteria for the Magnitude of Ecological Impacts

Impact Level Definition No Impact/ Negligible There is no change in the flora and fauna of the study area

from the baseline. Low Negative Affects a specific group of localised individuals within a

population over a short time period (one generation or less), but does not affect other trophic levels or the population itself.

Moderate Negative Affects a portion of a population and may bring about a change in abundance and / or distribution over one or more generation *, but does not threaten the integrity of that population or any population dependent on it. Moderate Impacts to the same resource multiplied over a wide are would be regarded as a Major Impact. A short-term effect upon the well being of resource users may also constitute a moderate impact.

Major Negative Affects an entire population or species in sufficient magnitude to cause a decline in abundance and / or change in distribution beyond which natural recruitment (reproduction, immigration from unaffected areas) would not return that population or species, or any population or species dependent upon it, to its former level within several generations. A major impact may also affect a subsistence or commercial resource use to the degree that the well being of the user is affected over a long term. In the case of fish an impact over one season/generation would be significant.

Positive An overall net ecological gain is experienced.


Flora

7.4.1 The proposed area for the Energy Centre has been significantly altered by anthropogenic impacts, including the construction and operation of the EAC Power Station, the Vasilikos Cement Works, and the British Sovereign Base, amongst others. No protected areas or priority biodiversity habitats or plant species are known to be present in the vicinity of the site, and, despite the presence of a number of endemic species (see below) these are all common throughout Cyprus and the area is therefore generally considered to be of only limited ecological value. The site supports a fairly homogenous species composition typical to Cyprus. The density and abundance of



species is low, which has been attributed to the downgrading of the habitat over the years due to the mostly industrial use of the site. The area’s habitat is typical to that of low chalk cliffs adjacent to the sea.

7.4.2 One rare plant species, Erodium crossifolium, has been recorded on these chalk hillsides (Agricultural Research Centre, 1992), but, despite careful searching, none were noted in the site environs during the site walkover.

7.4.3 A further 7 endemic species have been recorded from the study area and its surrounding environs. These are:

• Anthemis tricolor

• Asperula cypria

• Astragalus cyprius

• Cartina involucrata ssp.cyprica

• Helianthemum obtusifolium

• Onobrychis venosa

• Onopordum cycrium

7.4.4 A list of flora recorded from the area is provided in Appendix G.

Fauna

7.4.5 No protected animal species have been recorded in the vicinity of the site, and faunal species that have been identified are restricted to common lizards, weasels and mice, as well as common invertebrates. The area is generally considered to be of low ecological value.

Summary

7.4.6 The site visit and review of other reports and studies confirmed that the study area is a relatively poor area of no ecological interest. The site supports a fairly homogenous species composition that is typical across Cyprus, and there are no priority species, protected areas or priority habitats or species found in the vicinity of the site.


7.5.1 There will not be any impacts to the terrestrial ecology if the project does not go ahead. The terrestrial ecology would continue as outlined in the baseline above. Negative Impacts are therefore negligible.


Potential Impacts

7.6.1 Impacts to flora and fauna from the Vasilikos Energy Centre will occur principally during the construction stage. This includes the potential for direct and indirect impacts on habitat, flora and fauna through:

• Direct loss of habitat due to construction of the new infrastructure;

• Direct fatality of faunal species due to collisions with moving vehicles;



• Indirect disturbance due to increased noise and dust levels and anthropogenic activity in the construction site area;

• Habitat degradation as a result of creation of wind blown dust; and increased soil erosion resulting in increased sediment loading of the nearby seawaters; and

• Increased light, noise and movement, which will negatively impact upon local faunal populations.

7.6.2 Dust accumulating on leaves and stems of plants will reduce their ability to photosynthesise and grow. As the flora found on the site is suited to hot semi-arid conditions with high levels dust, they are fairly tolerant to natural levels of dust. However there is the danger, that with increased levels of dust occurring during the construction phase, there could be a negative impact on the local flora, however this impact is difficult to quantify. Minimisation of dust levels during terminal construction will be addressed through the provisions of the Air Quality section in Section 9.

7.6.3 Despite the high probability of such impacts, given the low ecological sensitivity of the site, the overall ecological impacts on habitats, flora and fauna are considered to be of only low or negligible negative significance if mitigation and monitoring outlined below is adhered to.

7.6.4 It is considered that there will be no impacts on protected species (such as Erodium crossifolium) as these have not been found in the area to be impacted on by the proposed projects or supporting facilities.

Proposed Mitigation, Management and Monitoring

7.6.5 A Construction Habitat Protection Plan should be developed and implemented prior to the ground disturbance for the construction programme. This should include provisions to be implemented by the Construction Programme HSE Officer, for the following:

• An additional pre-construction site walkover by an experienced ecological consultant to confirm that no species of conservation importance would be affected by the works. Should any such species be identified, a translocation programme should be put in place for those species considered to be most sensitive to disruption, and that may not be able to move off the construction site easily;

• All vegetation clearance should be undertaken with due care and attention to the species that may potentially be using the habitat. Should any nesting birds be located, either the Department of Game Reserves or Bird Life Cyprus should be contacted immediately to ensure that appropriate action is taken to ensure legislative compliance and to avoid any negative impact on breeding birds.

7.6.6 In addition, the following mitigation measures should be undertaken:

• The boundary of the plant site should be clearly defined before construction begins to avoid damage to vegetation adjacent to the site.

• All site preparation activities should take place within marked areas, and no construction work should be allowed outside these designated areas.

• Temporarily disturbed areas within the construction site should be re-vegetated;

• Traffic should be kept solely to the construction site and access roads;



• Dust prevention measures should be taken to reduce dust emissions from the movement of vehicles, if required; and

• Temporary drainage facilities should be constructed immediately following site clearance

• Areas of natural vegetation within the complex should be retained where possible.

7.6.7 Once construction has commenced, the Construction Programme HSE Officer should undertake regular site inspections with the aim of not only verifying the integrity and effectiveness of the mitigation but also to record any fauna fatalities within the construction site (location, species, likely cause of death) affecting larger mammals, birds or reptiles.


Potential Impacts

7.7.2 Impacts arising during the operation phase of the facility are likely to be restricted to road casualties and impacts to flora as a result of changes to air quality (see Section 9). Both are likely to be low in magnitude, and hence the significance of such impacts is considered low.

Proposed Mitigation

7.7.3 As a part of the operators EMS the contractor should develop procedures to brief new staff as a part of the site induction package about the location of important flora and fauna, and the importance of reducing the potential for road casualties.

7.8 De-commissioning Impacts and Mitigation and Residual Impacts

7.8.1 Only the generic activities associated with de-commissioning of the Energy Centre have been identified at this stage. The actual procedures should reflect industry best practices and Cypriot regulations in place at the time of de-commissioning. Nevertheless, it is recognised that in de-commissioning phase significant amounts of solid and liquid wastes as well as air emissions will result. In the short term, during the de-commissioning work itself, the impacts are likely to be very similar to those experienced during the construction period. In the long term, the environment will be expected to fully recover, and therefore the mitigation measures put in place during the de-commissioning activities should focus on ensuring this long term recovery at the site.

7.9 Residual Impacts

7.9.1 As set out above, any construction/operation impacts on biological resources from the Energy Centre are considered to be low given the magnitude of the impacts (low), and the low sensitivity of the flora and fauna.

SECTION 8

LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL

SECTION 8 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL


8 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL

8.1 Introduction

8.1.1 This section assesses the existing landscape setting for the proposed Integrated Energy Centre at Vasilikos together with potential impacts to landscape form, character and visual amenity that may result from the proposed development.

8.2 Methodology

8.2.1 The assessment has been undertaken in consideration of the site’s sensitivity, the magnitude and significance to the proposed development in the light of landscape and visual effect. The criteria against which these individual components have been measured are set out in the relevant paragraphs.

8.2.2 It should, however, be borne in mind that any assessment of landscape and visual amenity can, by its very nature, only be subjective as it relies on an individual’s sensitivitya and perception of the landscape together with their personal attitude towards change and the level of magnitude of that changeb.

8.2.3 The assessment covers the following conditions:

• Landscape character;

• Scenic attractiveness of the area;

• Concern levels which will outline the degree of public importance placed on the landscape as viewed from transit points and fixed view points;

• Landscape visibility; and

• Scenic quality.

8.2.4 As part of the constructional and operational phases, the cumulative effects of the works has been assessed in conjunction with other proposed projects in the area, such as the wind farm on top of the headland to the east.

8.2.5 Any impacts that are identified have been assessed for their significance and appropriate mitigation will be proposed.

Landscape Sensitivity

8.2.6 An evaluation of the sensitivity of landscape change has been undertaken taking into account:

• Its inherent condition or quality;

• Its overall value;

• The capacity to accommodate change; and

• Specific values e.g. site designations that may apply.

8.2.7 The sensitivity of the viewer is often associated with their occupation and any viewing circumstances e.g. a fish farmer out at sea or a tourist on Governors Beach.

a Landscape sensitivity is the extent to which a landscape can accept change of a particular type and scale without unacceptable adverse effects on its character Visual sensitivity is the extent to which a visual receptor can accept change without unacceptable adverse effects upon the view b Magnitude is a combination of the scale, extent and duration of an effect.



Sensitivity is defined as low, moderate and major, the definitions for which are outlined in Table 8.1 below.

Table 8.1 Definition of Sensitivity

Sensitivity Receptor Definition Low Landscape

Visual

A landscape which is not valued for its scenic quality and is tolerant of change Viewers with a passing interest in their surroundings, e.g. motorists or workers

Moderate Landscape Visual

A moderately valued landscape, perhaps a locally important landscape, tolerant of some change Viewers with a moderate interest in their environment such as users of recreational facilities

Major Landscape Visual

A landscape of particularly distinctive character or one which is nationally valued for its scenic quality Viewers with proprietary interest and prolonged viewing opportunities such as residential receptors

Impact Magnitude

8.2.8 Impacts on landscape or visual receptors are expressed in terms of magnitude which relate to both the nature and scale of the development, the overall impact within a particular view which depends upon the related distance from various different viewing points.

8.2.9 The magnitude of impact is designated as being imperceptible, low, moderate or major and is outlined in Table 8.2 below.

Table 8.2 Magnitude Definitions

Magnitude of Impact

Receptor Definition

Low Landscape Visual

A small change in components of the landscape Few viewers affected by low changes in views

Moderate Landscape Visual

Moderate changes in landscape components A moderate number of viewers affected by moderate changes in views

Major Landscape Visual

A notable change in landscape characteristics over an extensive area A large number of viewers affected by major changes in view



Impact Significance

8.2.10 Impact significance is determined by a combination of sensitivity of the landscape or viewer and the magnitude of change expected as a result of the development. Thus a substantial impact will occur where both the sensitivity of the landscape or viewer and the magnitude of the impact are major.

8.2.11 Each case is assessed on its own merits as other factors also need to be considered (quality or condition of the landscape, landscape value, and its capacity to accommodate development), so Table 8.3 is an approximate guide. The Table is a guide only as each case is assessed on its own merits using professional judgement and experience.

Table 8.3 Landscape and Visual Amenity Impact Significance Criteria Guide

Magnitude of change in landscape or view Landscape or viewpoint sensitivity

Low: Small changes in the landscape or view

Moderate: Introduction of noticeable new features into the landscape or view of the site itself, or obstruction of a noticeable part or elements of views beyond the site

Major: Introduction of substantial new features into the landscape or view of the site itself, or obstruction of a substantial part or important elements of views beyond the site

Low Low Low Moderate Moderate Low Moderate Major Major Moderate Major Major


Landscape Character

8.3.2 The proposed site is located within a primarily industrial area with local features, which include the existing Vasilikos Cement Works, the EAC Vasilikos Power Station and the BBC Repeater Station. The most prominent of these developments is the power station.

8.3.3 The wider environs around the proposed Energy Centre site is typical of the southern Cyprus coastline with a rolling topography characterised by low hills with low-level agriculture.

8.3.4 Plates 8.1 - 8.9 in Appendix A attached show existing views of the site from a number of typical viewpoints in the area (see Figure 8.1) and are described in Table 8.4 below. These clearly demonstrate the industrial nature in the immediate vicinity of the site and the more agricultural nature of the wider area.

Table 8.4 Viewpoints used for the Assessment

Plate Description Comment 8.1 View from the new road, leading

from the old Limassol/Nicosia Road towards Mari and the new eastern access gate to the Vasilikos EAC power station, across the site towards the

The existing features of the site can be clearly seen including the power station stack. To the left can be seen the site of the proposed Energy Centre. The vegetation in the foreground shows the agricultural



Plate Description Comment Mediterranean. nature of the surrounding area, as do

the hills to the extreme left and right of the view.

8.2 View from the south west corner of the site.

This offers a view of the site and indicating the scale of the existing infrastructure and the three ammonia spheres.

8.3 View from the rear of the Kalymnos Restaurant at Governors Beach to the west of the site.

The stack of EAC and existing boilers can be clearly seen in the centre of the view but the major proportion of the site is hidden by the rolling hills.

8.4 View from the old Limassol/Nicosia Road close to the entrance of the Power Station site, looking across the site towards the sea.

The EAC stack can be clearly seen, however, vegetation obscures the majority of the site features. To the left, the Energy Centre site can be seen.

8.5 View from western edge of Zygi on the road towards Vasilikos.

The site can just be seen in the distance.

8.6 View the area to the north of the site.

At the far left, the EAC power station can be seen.

8.7, 8.8 View from the eastern side of the site.

The EAC power station can be seen, whilst on the left hand side the coastline is also visible.

8.9 Panoramic view of the area Shows the area from the Vasilikos Port up to the Governors Beach.

8.3.5 Overall, the landscape sensitivity of the site is considered to be low as defined in

Table 8.1, as the area has already been significantly altered and is principally used for industrial purposes and therefore is tolerant of change.

Visual amenity

8.3.6 Visual impacts affect receptors, such as residential properties and outdoor locations, to which the public have access. In this instance it is principally Governors Beach and the farmland surrounding the site. In addition, the proposed site is largely obscured from the Limassol to Nicosia / Larnaca road by the coastal ridge. There are isolated points where it can be briefly sighted, particularly when travelling in an easterly direction. However the topography of the selected site principally obscures it from vision.

8.3.7 Overall the visual sensitivity of the proposed Energy Centre site is classified as low as there are few people to view it.


Landscape Character

8.4.2 Whilst there will be some loss of Greenfield land in the area to the north of the former Hellenic Chemical Industries site, much of the proposed facility will be constructed within an area of existing industrial land use, which has already been cleared. Given the size of the land take and the value of the landscape, the impact on the landscape is considered low.



Visual Amenity

8.4.3 The proposed site will have the appearance of a typical construction site and therefore the following activities are anticipated to impact on local visual amenity:

• Presence of exposed un-vegetated earthworks;

• Use of construction plant, mobile cranes, site vehicles, other construction equipment and cleared/disused land;

• Temporary road and path diversions and changes in traffic flows;

• On site lighting; and

• Marine impacts due to the physical presence of vessels required to install offshore facilities and pipelines.

8.4.4 Although some of this activity may be visible from outside the site, particularly in the immediate vicinity, the significance of any impacts will be reduced as the activities will be viewed against the backdrop of the existing structures in the surrounding area.

8.4.5 Offshore construction activities will, however, result in impacts upon seascape and visual amenity, although most impacts will be out of site of potential receptors such as the tourist facilities at Governors Beach.

8.4.6 Mitigation measures to be adopted during construction to minimise impacts should include the following:

• Works design to avoid unnecessary land take and earth removal;

• Control of night time construction lighting;

• Maintenance of tidy and contained site compounds; and

• Spreading of topsoil, reseeding and planting as soon as possible after sections of work are complete.

8.4.7 On implementation of these mitigation measures, it is considered that the overall visual impact of the proposed construction works will be a moderate negative impact.


Landscape Character

8.5.2 The new facility will operate within an existing industrial complex and therefore the overall impacts of operation on landscape are considered to be low.

Visual Amenity

8.5.3 The proposed development will give rise to changes in the views of the site as a result of the introduction of new infrastructure, transport and people movements together with lighting, both onshore and offshore.

8.5.4 The proposed layout and dimensions of the Energy Centres proposed facilities is discussed in Section 3 Project Description. In particular, there are four elements of the proposed facility that could potentially have significant visual impacts, namely the LNG storage tank(s), the petroleum products storage tanks, the flare stack and the jetty.



8.5.5 For a major facility as is the case with the proposed energy centre, with its paramount need for safety and security, there are few mitigation measures which should ameliorate visual impacts, which are considered to be moderate negative.

8.5.6 The proposed landscaping and establishment of the 3 tiered site will partially screen views of the site. The visual impact would be most significant immediately after construction, before reseeding or replanting matures and takes effect.

8.5.7 The size of the LNG tanks in particular means that it will not be possible to screen the facility completely from sight (Figure 8.2 identifies the zone of visual impact with respect to how many tanks can be seen). Similarly, the major infrastructure at the site, the tanks, are required to be painted white to minimise thermal input into the tanks which in turn will also reduce emissions to air.

8.5.8 Night time lighting of the plant will mean that there will also be an element of light pollution as the proposed plant will be visible during darkness from both on and offshore locations. This is considered to be a moderate negative impact.

8.5.9 The physical presence of the jetty will affect the visual amenity of the seascape, and movements of marine vessels will be noticeable in Vasilikos Bay itself. However, there do already exist ports and shipping in the area and again it is felt that such impacts will be of only moderate negative impact.

8.5.10 Whilst some users of the local area may find the new facility to be somewhat intrusive, given the existing industrial nature of the site, it is considered that the overall impact will be of only moderate negative significance.

8.6 Non-Normal Operations

8.6.1 Flaring during commissioning and non-normal operations will have an negative impact on the visual amenity of the site, particularly if for any reason it must be conducted at night time. However, it is expected that any flaring would be restricted to a relatively short period of time with the resultant visual impact is anticipated to be moderate.

8.6.2 The impacts of spills are discussed in Section 16.

8.7 Decommissioning Impacts, Mitigation and Residual Impacts

8.7.1 It would be expected that at the end of the facility’s useful life it will be decommissioned and demolished with all site structures removed. However after the completion of this process the landscape character will still be affected as the terraced and level site will not fit in with the rolling character of the natural landscape.

8.8 Summary

8.8.1 Overall the magnitude of the landscape character and visual amenity impacts are considered to be low. The landscape will be subject to moderate changes due to the presence and size of the facility. However, these impacts will be moderated as the landscape quality is already degraded due to the pre-existing industrial premises in the area and the area is well screened naturally through the topographic features.

SECTION 9

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

SECTION 9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY


9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

9.1 Introduction

Overview

9.1.1 The aim of this section is to describe the existing air quality in the vicinity of the proposed Energy Centre, and to assess the potential impacts of the construction and operation of the Energy Centre on that air quality. The assessment considers potential changes to local air quality in relation to the EU Limit Values for the protection of human health and ecosystems, and the potential generation of nuisance dust and odours.

9.1.2 During the construction phase, the Energy Centre has the potential to generate negative, but temporary, impacts on local air quality as a result of construction traffic and plant exhaust emissions, and also nuisance dust from construction activities. A qualitative assessment of the impacts during the construction phase has been undertaken in this study.

9.1.3 During the operation phase, the Energy Centre has the potential to affect both local and regional pollution as a result of emissions to air from a variety of stationary and mobile sources including tank losses, diesel engines, road tankers and ship emissions. The potential contribution of the Energy Centre to pollutant emissions has been assessed quantitatively, and their impact on local air quality has been assessed using computerised dispersion modelling.

9.1.4 Existing air quality in the region has been assessed using a combination of published ambient air monitoring data and qualitative assessments of other major industrial operations in the vicinity of the Energy Centre, namely the Vasilikos Cement Works and the Vasilikos Power Station.

9.2 Legislation

Local Air Quality

9.2.2 The regulation of local air quality within the European Union follows an effects-based approach. Ambient air quality standards (limit values and guide values) for pollutants are set according to their scientifically observed or estimated effects on human health and/or on the environment and are not based on the technological or economic feasibility of achieving them. The same standards apply in general throughout the EU, with provisions for special zones (e.g. for nature protection). The practicality of achieving compliance with standards is taken into account by setting future dates by which the target values must be met.

9.2.3 Cyprus has transcribed the requirements of the EU Directives on Air Quality into the Regulations. A summary of the current air quality limit values for Cyprus and the numbers of permitted exceedences are provided in Table 9.1. Limit values apply to outdoor air, at locations excluding workplaces.

9.2.4 For the protection of human health, the regulations require monitoring of ambient air “where the highest concentrations occur to which the population is likely to be directly or indirectly exposed for a period which is significant in relation to the averaging period of the limit value”. Therefore, in relation to Limit Values for annual mean concentrations, this assessment considers residential properties to be relevant assessment sites. For shorter averaging periods, all offsite locations, excluding work places are considered for assessment.



9.2.5 For the protection of vegetation and ecosystems, the limit values apply at distances more than 20 km from agglomerations, or more than 5 km from other built-up areas, industrial installations or motorways. The EU directive on Air Quality states that as a guideline, a sampling point should be sited to be representative of air quality in a surrounding area of at least 1,000 km2. Therefore, given the proximity of the Vasilikos Power Station and Cement Works, the limit values for the protection of vegetation and ecosystems do not apply in the assessment of the impact of the Energy Centre and are not considered further.

Table 9.1 Summary of Current Air Quality Limit Values for Cyprus

Pollutant Limit Values Measured as To be

Achieved by Benzene 5 µg/m3 Annual mean 01/01/2010

Carbon Monoxide 10 mg/m3 Max daily running 8hr mean 01/01/2005

Lead 0.5 µg/m3 Annual mean 01/01/2005

200 µg/m3 1 hr mean, not to be exceeded more than 18 times per year 31/12/2005 Nitrogen Dioxide

(NO2) 40 µg/m3 Annual mean 31/12/2005

Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)

30 µg/m3 Annual mean1 19/07/2001

Ozone (O3) 120 µg/m3 Max daily running 8hr mean, not to be exceeded more than 25 times per year, averaged over 3 years)2

01/01/2010

50 µg/m3 24 hr mean, not to be exceeded more than 35 times per year 01/01/2005

50 µg/m3 24 hr mean not to be exceeded more than 7 times per year3 01/01/2010

40 µg/m3 Annual mean 01/01/2005

Particulates (PM10)

20 µg/m3 Annual mean3 01/01/2010



Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

20 µg/m3 Annual mean1, Winter mean1 19/07/2005 Notes 1. For the protection of ecosystems and vegetation 2. Target value only 3. Indicative limit values to be reviewed in the light of further information on health and environmental

effects, technical feasibility and experience in the application of Stage 1 (2004) limit values in the Member States.

Regional Air Quality

9.2.6 In 1992, Cyprus ratified the 1979 ‘Geneva’ Convention on Long Range Transport of Pollutants. The convention has since been extended by an additional eight protocols, including the 1999 ‘Gothenburg’ Protocol to Abate Acidification, Eutrophication and Ground Level Ozone. Parties to the Protocol, which include the European Community, have signed up to a national emissions ceiling, which requires them to reduce total emissions of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, volatile organic



compounds (VOCs) and ammonia to their ceiling level or below by the end of 2010. The annual Emissions Ceilings for Cyprus are provided in Table 9.2.

Table 9.2 Cyprus Annual Emissions Ceilings

Pollutant Emission Ceiling, kt/year

Sulphur dioxide 39

Oxides of nitrogen 23

VOCs 14

Ammonia 9

9.2.7 As a member of the European Union, Cyprus is a party to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. Countries that ratify this protocol commit to reduce their emissions of carbon dioxide and five other greenhouse gases, or engage in emissions trading if they maintain or increase emissions of these gases. However, Cyprus is a ‘non-Annex I’ Party to the Convention and, as such, is not required to submit emissions inventories annually and does not have specific greenhouse gas reduction target.

Scope of Assessment

9.2.8 The assessment covers the construction and operation of the Energy Centre from 2010 through to its design capacity. Specifically, the assessment considers the impacts of the projected throughput of the Energy Centre in:

• 2010

• 2035

Pollutants

9.2.9 The pollutants considered in this study were chosen by reference to relevant EU legislation and considering the principal types of emissions at petroleum products storage depots (Table 9.3).

9.2.10 The pollutants considered are:

• Operational Impacts

• Nitrogen Dioxide (NOx)

• Particulates with aerodynamic diameters less than 10µm (PM10)

• Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)

• Benzene

• Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

• Carbon Monoxide (CO)

• Construction Impacts

• Dust

9.2.11 All pollutants except VOCs and dust are covered by EU legislation for managing local air quality, and have human health impacts. VOCs are included to assess the contribution made by the Energy Centre to the regional emissions of ozone



precursors and also as a measure of the odour creation potential of the storage facility.

Table 9.3 Pollutants: Sources and Effects

Pollutant Main Sources Impacts Assess Comments

Benzene & VOCs

Fuel vapours; Incomplete combustion of fuel Carcinogenic (Benzene) YES

Energy Centre tank emissions and combustion are potential sources.

CO Incomplete combustion of fuel

Reduces capacity of blood to carry oxygen. YES Combustion/transport

sources at Energy Centre

Oxides of nitrogen

NO formed during combustion in air. NO2 formed by oxidation of NO

Impaired lung function; acidification and eutrophication of soils

YES Combustion/transport sources present at Energy Centre

O3

No man-made sources. Formed through chemical reactions in presence of sunlight.

Eye, nose and throat irritation, chest infection; affects crop growth

NO No assessment required in relation to local air quality due to the lack of sources.

PM10

Industrial processes, especially mineral and ferrous metals. Combustion processes. Chemical reactions in air.

Affects the respiratory and cardiovascular systems, asthma and mortality.

YES Combustion/transport sources present at Energy Centre.

SO2

Predominant source is combustion of sulphur-containing fossil fuels, principally coal and heavy oils. Some industrial processes.

Constriction of airways by stimulating nerves in the lining of the nose, throat and lungs

YES Diesel engines are potential source.

Lead

Road traffic was main contributor before general sale of leaded petrol was banned on 1 January 2000. Industry contributes to lead emissions but to a lesser extent.

Affects the synthesis of haemoglobin, kidneys, joints and reproductive system. Can cause damage to the nervous system

NO No significant sources of lead associated with this project.

Dust Natural sources, industrial processes, construction activities

Nuisance dust soiling of surface. Corrosion of artefacts leading to faults or abrasion or contamination. Can affect growth of vegetation

YES Construction activities are a potential source.


Study Area

9.3.2 The area of interest is broadly defined as the region within a 10 km radius of the proposed facility. This includes the residential areas of Mari, 200 m to the north-eastern boundary and Zygi, approximately 3 km to the east, Governors Beach, approximately 2 km to the south-west and numerous small rural communities including Ayios Yeoryios, 2 km to the north-east. Outside of the area, the contribution to air quality from the Energy Centre is expected to be relatively small. Furthermore, pollutant concentrations on-site, and those on adjacent industrial sites will not be considered as part of the air quality assessment since these locations are not covered by the EU legislation for ambient air quality.



Outline Approach

Construction

9.3.3 The assessment of construction impacts involves the identification of those activities which are likely to result in the generation of dust, and the identification of potential receptors in the vicinity of those activities.

9.3.4 The impacts of construction vehicles on local air quality are not considered since the increase in traffic levels in the vicinity of the project is anticipated to be relatively low and of a temporary nature.

Operation

9.3.5 The assessment of local air quality impacts requires the calculation of ground level pollutant concentrations, both prior to and subsequent to the proposed development. The calculation of ground level concentrations requires that pollutant emission sources be identified and quantified.

9.3.6 Ground level pollutant concentrations in the study area are considered to have two contributions:

• Contributions from emission sources on the proposed Energy Centre

• Contributions from all other emissions sources.

9.3.7 Of these contributions, the former are explicitly included in the modelling exercise, the latter are implicitly included via the estimation of background pollutant concentrations.

9.3.8 Emissions sources considered for this assessment include:

• Storage tank related emissions (VOC)

• Including working losses, breathing losses, seal losses

• Product transportation related emissions (VOC)

• Losses from mobile container loading

• Vapour return unit exhausts

• Diesel generators (NOx, PM10, CO, SO2)

• Emergency Power backup (1 x 1.0 MW) – routine testing only

• Firewater Pumps (7 x 1.1 MW consumed power) – routine testing only

• Submerged Combustion Vaporiser (NOx, CO)

• Traffic Emissions (NOx, PM10, Benzene)

• Ship Emissions (NOx, PM10, SO2, Benzene)

• Flare (NOx) – upset conditions

9.3.9 The quantities of pollutants emitted from the above sources depend on the level of activity at the Energy Centre. The steps required to calculate their contribution to ground level concentrations in the study area include:

• Estimation of emissions of the relevant pollutants for each scenario based on operational data;



• Representation of the spatial distribution of the emissions to an appropriate level of detail;

• Atmospheric dispersion modelling using the AERMOD Prime dispersion model together with appropriate meteorological data; and

• Comparison of model results with relevant assessment criteria.

Spatial Distribution of Emissions

9.3.10 For the dispersion modelling, information is required on both the quantities of pollutants released and their release location and characterisation. Details of the assessment of emission rates is provided in Appendix E.

9.3.11 For VOC releases from the storage tanks and loading operations, it is not possible to define a specific release location. It is therefore appropriate to represent these emissions as area sources with a specified initial vertical extent, defined by their vertices. Separate area sources are defined for modelling the different classes of stored products e.g. gasoline, jet fuel and kerosene, light fuel oils, heavy fuel oils, low sulphur diesel and high sulphur diesel. Emissions from each area source are assumed to be uniform in the horizontal and vertical.

9.3.12 The LNG and LPG systems will not have any regular emission direct to the atmosphere beyond fugitive emissions and as such are not quantatively modelled.

9.3.13 The diesel generators, flare and SCV are defined as point sources at the locations identified on the site map.

9.3.14 Ship emissions, particularly those arising during manoeuvring and tug boat activity, will occur over a significant area of the coastal zone adjacent to the site. However, it is not possible to take into account plume rise effects using area sources and, therefore, the ship and tug boat exhaust emissions were modelled as point sources. As a first estimate of impacts, the point sources were all co-located. This is likely to results in an overestimation of maximum ground level concentrations.

Diurnal Profiles and Seasonality

9.3.15 The anticipated diurnal profile or seasonality of emissions has not been taken into account in this assessment, with the exception of the routine testing of diesel engines.

9.3.16 For the VOC emissions, it is the total amount released in a year that is of concern for both regional and local impacts. Therefore, its distribution throughout the year is of secondary importance. Emissions of VOC (and by definition benzene) are therefore modelled at their annual average.

9.3.17 For the diesel generators, their sporadic operation means that it is not possible to predict the diurnal profile or seasonality. However, it has been assumed that testing of the engines will take place during the daytime.

Dispersion Modelling

9.3.18 The model chosen to calculate time averaged ground level concentrations due to the proposed plant is the American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model (AERMOD Prime) which has been developed by the two parties in its title and has also, in the past, been accepted by the Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance of Cyprus.



9.3.19 AERMOD consists of three main components, AERMOD Prime (the main model), AERMET (the meteorological processor) and AERMAP (the terrain pre-processor).

9.3.20 AERMET provides a general purpose meteorological pre-processor for organizing available meteorological data and surface characteristics (e.g. Albedo, Bowen Ratio and surface roughness derived from land use) to calculate boundary layer parameters (mixing height, friction, velocity) in a format suitable for use by the AERMOD air quality dispersion model.

9.3.21 The AERMAP terrain pre-processor is a standalone processor. It samples the landscape around each receptor to objectively specify a representative hill height associated with that receptor. The AERMAP method defines a height scale that represents the terrain that dominates the flow in the vicinity of the receptor (representative hill height).

9.3.22 Terrain is generally considered to have a potentially significant impact on the dispersion of pollutants when gradients in excess of 1 in 10 are present. Given the nature of the topography in the vicinity of Vasilikos, terrain has been included in the modelling of the impact of the Energy Centre emissions.

9.3.23 AERMOD Prime is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It has been validated against experimental data in a wide variety of situations, sufficient to justify its applicability to the sources on the Cyprus Energy Centre. AERMOD Prime characterises the planetary boundary layer through both surface and mixed layer scaling. AERMOD constructs vertical profiles on required meteorological variables based on measurements and extrapolations of those measurements using similarity (scaling) relationships. Vertical profiles of wind speed, wind direction, turbulence, temperature, and temperature gradient are estimated using all available meteorological observations. AERMOD was designed to run with a minimum of observed meteorological parameters.

Meteorological Data

9.3.24 The detailed dispersion modelling was carried out using 4 years of hourly sequential meteorological data collected at Larnaca Airport for 1994 to 1997.

9.3.25 The wind roses for Larnaca show that north-westerly and south-south-westerly winds are dominant (Figure 9.1). There is a strong diurnal signal in the data, which is linked to the development of sea and land breezes. During the morning, wind speeds increase as a strong onshore breeze develops, with initially south-easterly winds veering towards south-south-westerly as the circulation develops. During the evening, the wind speed falls and the wind veers further to north-westerly. The sea breeze circulation is most marked during the summer period (May to September).

Receptors

9.3.26 Pollutant concentrations are predicted on a receptor grid, with 100 m resolution, covering the study area (200 m for the flare impacts). In addition, 16 discrete receptors were included to assess concentrations in the local settlements. Their locations are shown in Figure 9.2.

Derivation of Other Statistics

9.3.27 NO2 is not emitted from combustion sources in significant quantities. Typically less than 5% of NOx emissions are NO2 and 95% are NO. NO2 is formed by oxidation of



NOx in the atmosphere, primarily by reaction with ozone. EU Limit Values for the protection of human health relate to NO2 rather than NO.

9.3.28 For the purposes of this study it is assumed that 50% of the emitted NOx is converted to NO2. This is considered to be a conservative estimate for the points of maximum NOx impacts, which lie within 2 km of the site (5 km for the flare).

Odours

9.3.29 Odour impacts are difficult to quantify for a variety of reasons, including:

• Odour perception is highly subjective;

• Odour thresholds or annoyance thresholds are not always available, particularly for installation specific mixtures; and

• Dispersion modelling is based on hourly average concentrations whereas the human nose detects odours on timescales of a few seconds.

9.3.30 The most accurate method for determining the annoyance of odours from a particular installation is to conduct dose-effect studies in the affected community. For proposed developments this is, of course, not possible. However, a limited number of dose-effect studies have been carried out within Europe for a variety of industrial processes, primarily in the Netherlands, which sought to correlate model predictions of odorous substance concentrations in air with the level of annoyance(1). The studies found a reasonable correlation between annoyance and the 98th percentile of hourly concentrations of emissions. However, the concentration level at which odours became annoying was dependent on the offensiveness of the odours.

9.3.31 Using data from these studies, the UK Environment Agency has recommended indicative odour exposure criteria for ground level concentration of mixtures of odorants1. For the most offensive odours, the indicative odour criterion is 1.5 OUe/m3 as the 98th percentile of hourly mean concentrations, where one OUe/m3 equates to the odour threshold of the odorant. For odorants of medium and low offensiveness, the criteria are 3.0 and 6.0 OUe/m3 respectively.

9.3.32 Following the approach of the UK Environment Agency, the assessment of odour annoyance potential for the Energy Centre has adopted an exposure criterion of 1.5 OUe/m3 as the 98th percentile of hourly mean concentrations.

Assessment Criteria

9.3.33 The air quality assessment criteria used in this study are based on the air quality limit values or assessment criteria for the concentration of pollutants in ambient air or the relevant emissions ceilings. There is no generally accepted guidance available on the significance of air quality impacts and the judgement of significance is usually based on the expertise of the air quality specialist.

9.3.34 For this study, the assessment of significance will be made on a pollutant specific basis, which will take into account:

• The level of background concentration or emissions (except odours, where background concentrations are considered negligible);

• The process contribution (PC) as a percentage of the relevant limit value or ceiling i.e. the contribution of the Centre alone;



• The predicted environment contribution (PEC) as a percentage of the relevant standard or ceiling i.e. the total concentration in ambient air, taking into account the process contribution and the background concentrations; and

• For local air quality, whether the pollutant is a threshold pollutant i.e. there is a defined level below which effects are not seen – this is true for NO2, but not true for particulates or carcinogenic substances such as benzene.

9.3.35 For annual average measures, where the process contribution is less than 1% of the relevant standard, the significance of the impact of the process will be considered to be negligible whether background concentrations exceed the standard or not. For short term measures, including odours, where the process contribution is less than 10% of the relevant standard or ceiling, the significance is considered negligible.

Table 9.4 Significance Criteria Significance Factor Major Moderate Low Negligible

Local air quality: long term averages

PEC > 70% of limit value and PC > 10% Or PC > 50%

PEC ≤ 70% of limit and PC ≤ 50% of limit (25% for non-threshold pollutants)

or PEC > 70% and PC ≤ 10%

PC ≤ 10% of limit value and PEC ≤ 70%

PC ≤ 1% of limit value

Local air quality: short term averages

PEC > 70% of limit value and PC > 25% Or PC > 50%

PEC ≤ 70% of limit and PC ≤ 50% of limit




Regional air quality PEC > 70% of limit value and PC > 10%

PEC ≤ 70% of limit and PC ≤ 50% of limit




Odours PC > 50% of indicative criterion

PC ≤ 50% of indicative criterion



Emission Sources

Internal Floating Roof Tanks

9.3.36 Losses from the internal floating roof tanks proposed for the storage of gasoline products were estimated using the emission factors in US EPA Emissions Factors Database AP-422, Chapter 7. The losses considered were withdrawal losses and standing storage losses. Withdrawal losses occur as the liquid level is lowered and product remaining on the inner tank wall evaporates. Standing losses occur through rim seals and deck fittings. Table 9.5 shows the emission estimates for the gasoline tanks. The input data used in the estimation of gasoline tank emissions are provided in Appendix E.



Table 9.5 VOC Emissions from Internal Floating Roof Tanks Storing Gasoline Products

Product

Tank Dimensions

(Height x Diameter)

(m)

Year Annual

Throughput (tonnes)

No of Tanks Loss per Tank per

year (tonnes)

Total Losses per Year (tonnes)

2010 319,959 5 3.7 18.6 RON 95 20 x 53.5

2035 566,273 8 3.8 30.7

2010 45,708 2 2.0 4.0 RON 98 17.5 x 17.5

2035 80,896 3 2.2 6.7

9.3.37 Emissions from the gasoline storage tanks were assumed to occur from a volume 200 m x 200 m x 9 m, at ground level, centred on the location of gasoline tanks 72-MFO1, MF02, MFO3 and MFO6 on the site plan. The dimensions of the volume source were selected to be representative of the volume into which vapours lost from the tanks may be mixed prior to dispersion offsite. The height of the volume source was selected to take into account the potential downwash of vapour losses by the tank structures themselves. However, the model results are not sensitive to the selected volume size.

Fixed Roof Tanks

9.3.38 Losses from the fixed roof tanks proposed for the storage of petroleum products were estimated using the emission factors in AP-422, Chapter 7. The losses considered were breathing losses and working losses. Breathing losses occur as a result of the expulsion of vapours due to the expansion and contraction of tank vapours due to diurnal temperature and barometric pressure variations. Working losses occur as a result of the loading and unloading operations changing the tank liquid level. For instance, during loading, as the liquid level rises, the pressure level within the tank increases and exceeds the relief pressure and vapours are expelled. Table 9.6 shows the emission estimates for fixed roof tanks. The input data used in the estimation of gasoline tank emissions are provided in Appendix E.

9.3.39 Fixed roof tanks are proposed for the storage of Diesel, Fuel Oils, Jet Fuel and Kerosene and Bitumen. All tank storage is at ambient pressure and unheated with the exception of Bitumen, which is heated to a temperature in the range 135 to 150ºC. Losses from Bitumen tanks could not be estimated using the AP-42 emissions factors due to a lack of vapour pressure data. Losses for Bitumen were assumed to be 0.0001% of the throughput, equivalent to the losses from heavy fuel oil. However, given the relatively low throughput of bitumen at Energy Centre, the model results for total VOC losses are not sensitive to the specified losses.

9.3.40 Emissions from the storage of low sulphur diesel product tanks were assumed to occur from a volume 200 m x 200 m x 9 m, at ground level, centred on the location of Diesel tanks 74-MFO5, MF06, MFO9 and MF10 on the site plan. These are the northernmost tanks on the site and hence represent a worst case in terms of the impact on the village of Mari. The justification for the emission volume dimensions follows that provided for the gasoline tanks.

9.3.41 Emissions from Jet Fuel and Kerosene storage tanks were assumed to occur from a volume 200 m x 200 m x 9 m, at ground level, centred on the location of Jet Fuel Tanks 73-MF01, MF02, MF03 and MF06.



9.3.42 Emissions from all fuel oils, bitumen and high sulphur diesel storage tanks were assumed to occur from a volume 75 m x 75 m x 9 m, at ground level, centred on the location of Light Fuel Oil Tanks 75-MF01, MF02, MF06, MF07. This location is representative of the tanks in the south-eastern sector of the Energy Centre.

Table 9.6 VOC Emissions from Fixed Roof Tanks Storing Petroleum Distillate Products

Product

Tank Dimensions

(Height x Diameter)

(m)

Year Annual

Throughput (tonnes)

No of Tanks Loss per Tank per

year (tonnes)

Total Losses per Year (tonnes)

2010 370,768 6 1.0 6.2 Low Sulphur Diesel 20 x 53.5

2035 547,078 9 1.1 9.5

2010 187,278 2 0.60 1.2 High Sulphur Diesel 20 x 26

2035 240,172 2 0.70 1.4

2010 347,566 5 1.3 6.5 Jet Fuel 20 x 50.5

2035 640,417 8 1.4 10.9

2010 14,681 2 0.072 0.14 Kerosene 12.5 x 12.5

2035 11,316 2 0.064 0.13

2010 182,4421 4 0.30 1.2 Light Fuel Oil 20 x 20

2035 214,0041 7 0.24 1.7

2010 212,5002 4 0.0032 0.013 Heavy Fuel Oil 20 x 20

2035 212,5002 5 0.0028 0.014

2010 77,015 4 0.019 0.077 Bitumen 16.5 x 16.5

2035 98,522 4 0.025 0.10 Notes 1. Includes 10,000 tonnes to ships and 110,000 tonnes of Marine Gas Oil 2. Includes 200,000 tonnes to ships

Pressurised Tanks

9.3.43 LNG and LPG are stored in pressurized tanks at the Energy Centre. Pressurised tanks are considered to be closed systems from which vapour losses are negligible (as specified in AP42). It is, therefore, assumed that losses due to the storage of LNG and LPG are insignificant and are not considered further.

Product Loading onto Mobile Containers

9.3.44 The loading of gasoline at the Energy Centre is regulated by EC Directive 94/63/EC on the control of volatile organic compound emissions resulting from the storage of petrol and its distribution from terminals to service stations. The provisions of the directive are intended to reduce the losses from loading and unloading of mobile containers at terminals (storage sites) to less than 0.005 w/w%.

9.3.45 Vapour losses from gasoline loading were, therefore, estimated by setting the total loss to 0.005 w/w% of the total annual throughput of petrol at Energy Centre C. Table 9.7 shows the estimated emissions.



9.3.46 The VOC directive requires the installation of vapour recovery systems and limits the concentration of vapours in the recovery unit exhaust to less than 35 g/m3. Typical exhaust concentrations for recovery units are in the region of 1 g/m3. Therefore, the above estimate of vapour losses are considered to be conservative.

9.3.47 Road tanker loading losses of diesel, light fuel oils and aviation fuels were estimated using the Emission Factors provided in AP-42(1), Chapter 5. Table 9.7 shows the estimated losses.

Table 9.7 VOC Emissions From Mobile Container Loading (tonnes per year)

Product Year

Gasoline Diesel Fuel Oils Aviation Fuels

2010 18.3 0.97 0.09 0.68

2035 32.3 1.4 0.14 1.2

Diesel Firewater Pumps

9.3.49 It is proposed that seven diesel-powered firewater pumps are installed on the site on the jetty. Each pump has a power rating of 1.2 MW and, during normal operation of the site, shall be tested weekly. Testing shall consist of running the pumps sequentially, for 5 minutes each.

9.3.50 Of the pollutants of interest, the diesel pumps emit NOx, PM10, SO2, CO and hydrocarbons. Given the limited duration of pump testing throughout the year (less than 31 hours, with a maximum of 35 minutes in any one day), its impact on daily or annual average pollutant concentrations is negligible. The impact of the firewater pump emissions of PM10, hydrocarbons and annual average NO2 is, therefore, scoped out of the assessment.

9.3.51 Table 9.8 shows the emissions data assumed for the firewater pumps. It has been assumed that testing is limited to the daytime (08:00 to 16:00).

Table 9.8 Model Input Parameters for Diesel Firewater Pumps

Parameter Units Value

Easting, Northing 527410, 3842380

Stack height m 2

Exit Flow Rate (Actual) m3/s 4.5

Exit temperature ºC 450

NOx Emission Rate g/s 3.1

CO Emission Rate g/s 0.66

SO2 Emission Rate g/s 0.20



Emergency Generator

9.3.52 The power rating of the emergency generator is 1.0 MW. This is comparable to the diesel firewater engines and hence emission levels will be comparable. As will be seen in Section 9.4, the impacts of the sequential testing of the 7 diesel generators are small or negligible and, therefore, testing of the single backup generator is considered to have a negligible impact and is not considered further.

Submerged Combustion Vaporiser

9.3.53 It is proposed that base load LNG vaporisation duty shall be done using Open Rack (seawater) vaporisers with Submerged Combustion Vaporisers (SCV) providing backup. Initially a single SCV shall be installed, with a second proposed for 2019 onwards.

9.3.54 The design capacity of a single SCV is 60 tonnes per hour, using LNG as fuel. The fuel requirement is 1.4% i.e. at design capacity, 60 tonnes/hr gas, requires a feed of 60.84 tonnes/hr LNG.

9.3.55 LNG is an inherently clean fuel that, when burnt does not give rise to significant quantities of particulates or sulphur dioxide. The dispersion modelling exercise has therefore only considered the impact to ground level concentrations of oxides of nitrogen and carbon monoxide.

9.3.56 Emission rates for an SCV have been estimated on the basis of operation at capacity and the vendor’s performance specification of exhaust gas concentration of NOx less than 50ppm. It is currently estimated that each SCV shall be operated for no more than 1 month per year. Therefore, for the assessment of hourly average NOx, the SCV emissions rate was assumed to be equal to the maximum emission rate. For assessment of annual average NOx, the emission rate is assumed to equal the maximum emission rate divided by 12. Table 9.9 shows the model input data for the SCV.

Table 9.9 Model Input Parameters for a Single SCV

Parameter Units Value

Easting, Northing 527038, 3842744

Stack height m 15

Stack diameter m 0.5

Exit Velocity (Actual) m/s 23.2

Exit temperature ºC 40

NOx Emission Rate (ST) g/s 0.41

NOx Emission Rate (LT) g/s 0.034

CO Emission Rate g/s 1.4

Flare

9.3.57 The proposed LNG facility will incorporate a single flare stack to gather and safely dispose of hydrocarbon vapours and liquid discharges, and especially those from relief devices. The flare will be designed for safe and efficient combustion of



cryogenic gases, both natural gas and LPG vapours at flow rates up to the specified design capacity of 66 t/hr with the heat radiation intensity does not exceed 9 kW/m2 at the base of the flare under any flaring condition.

9.3.58 The stack will incorporate flameout alarms and ignition devices to ensure the continuous availability of the flare. The design incorporates pilots to ensure continuous availability and a separate flame front generator (or equivalent) for pilot ignition.

9.3.59 Under all normal operating conditions, including ship unloading, there is to be total containment and recovery of boil-off gas. Natural gas losses (if any) will be minimised with the Energy Centre aiming to have a policy of zero flaring (i.e. flaring will only occur where it is necessary to vent gas in events where for example the power station refuses the gas supply).

9.3.60 Provision shall be made at the end of each flare header and sub-header to continuously purge the flare system with nitrogen and/or fuel gas towards the flare tip to prevent air ingress. A purge gas velocity of approximately 3 cm/s (to be confirmed by the flare stack vendor during detailed engineering) will be used.

9.3.61 The flare will burn only LNG, for example, in the event of the refusal of the Vasilikos Power Station to accept gas from the Energy Centre. This will be an infrequent occurrence and, as a result, the flare stack will operate rarely. The site shall operate a policy of zero flaring where ever possible. Therefore, the dispersion modelling exercise has only considered short term emissions from the LNG flare.

9.3.62 The model inputs for the proposed flare stack are provided in Table 9.10. These are based on a fuel input of 66 t/hr and NOx emissions level of 400 mg/Nm3, considered to be a worst-case industry level. As for the SCV, the dispersion modelling of the flare has only considered the impact of nitrogen dioxide due to the inherently clean LNG fuel. A worst case assumption of heat release has been assumed as being 55 per cent. Any reduction in this heat loss will result in better dispersion of emissions.

Table 9.10 Model Input Parameters for the LNG Flare

Parameter Units Emissions

Fuel input MWth 848

NOx emission level mg/Nm3 400

NOx flow rate g/s 103

Flue gas temperature K 1273

Actual flue gas volume m3/s 1076

Flue gas velocity m/s 20

Stack Height m 40 to 90

Equivalent stack diameter m 4.6

Radiation loss % 55

Heat release (cal/s) 9368176



Traffic Emissions

9.3.63 The calculation of emissions from traffic requires knowledge of traffic volumes, speeds and fleet mix, including data on the types and ages of vehicles. The Energy Centre traffic assessment (Section 11) has provided information on the volume of cars, light goods vehicles (LGV), heavy goods vehicles (HGV) and buses on a number of roads for 2004. However, information on vehicle speeds, fuel types and ages is, at present, unavailable, for either the present or future Cyprus fleets.

9.3.64 Therefore, as a first approximation, the assessment of the impact of traffic emissions has simply considered the potential changes in emissions that would result from the addition of HGVs, associated with the transport of products from the Energy Centre, onto the existing traffic levels. Since the level of traffic on Cyprus’ roads is likely to increase in the future, this will provide an upper bound on the percentage change in emissions.

9.3.65 In the absence of information on vehicle ages and fuel types, the percentage change in emissions has been estimated using the UK fleet mix for all years between 1996 and 2025 (the years for which data are available in the UK National Atmospheric Emissions Inventory).

9.3.66 The assessment has considered the increase in traffic movements along the Limassol-Nicosia highway and the Limassol-Nicosia old road, as shown in Table 9.11. For the highway, traffic speeds of 70 kph were assumed, whilst for the old road, traffic speeds of 50 kph were assumed.

Table 9.11 Traffic Flows

Limassol to Nicosia Highway (Annual Daily Average)

Limassol to Nicosia Old Road (Annual Daily Average)

Traffic type Existing Scenario

2004

With 2010 Energy Centre traffic


Existing Scenario

2004



Cars 18,615 18,615 18,615 1,316 1,316 1,316

LGV 8,119 8,119 8,119 1,093 1,093 1,093

HGV 2,749 3,039 3,218 369 659 838

Buses 373 373 373 60 60 60

Ship Emissions

9.3.67 The estimation of emissions from ship exhausts during unloading and loading activities at Energy Centre has been based upon gross assumptions regarding ship numbers, sizes and times in mode.

9.3.68 The Energy Centre design basis assumed 24 hour berth windows and provided typical ship port times as a function of activity. For the purpose of the air quality assessment, the activities of ships have been simplified into 2 categories, namely manoeuvring and unloading. Furthermore, each ship is assumed to have tug boats attached for 3 hours, with an estimated 2 tugs per ship movement. Except where indicated, all assumptions regarding ship activities and emissions are taken from the



US EPA report on Analysis of commercial Marine Vessels Emissions and Fuel consumption data3.

9.3.69 During manoeuvring, the ships are assumed to run on their main engines, fired on heavy fuel oil. During unloading and hotelling (i.e. when the ship is at berth, without main engines running), the ships are assumed to operate on auxiliary power units, fired on marine gas oil. The sulphur content of heavy fuel oil is set to the average for European waters (2.7% 4) and the sulphur content of marine gas oil is set to 0.1%, the limit set by EC directive 2005/33/EC5.

9.3.70 Annual ship activity emissions data (Table 9.12) indicate that NOx emissions are higher than other pollutants, in particular during hotelling/unloading activities.

Table 9.12 Estimated Annual Average Ship Activity Emissions

Annual Average Emission Rate (g/s) Activity / Pollutant Ship

Manoeuvring Ship Hotelling/

Unloading Tugs

PM10 Manoeuvring 0.058 0.103 0.038

NOx (as NO2) Hotelling /Unloading 3.2 6.2

2.2

CO 0.76 0.33 0.17

Hydrocarbons 0.13 0.026 0.017

SO2 3.2 0.21 2.0

9.3.71 The assessment of shipping emissions is presumed to be applicable to 2035. Further details of the calculation of emissions and their representation in the dispersion modelling are included in Appendix E.

9.3.72 As shown on Table 9.13, the duration of hotelling/unloading activities is longer compared to tugs and manoeuvring activities but produce lesser percentages of sulphur.

Table 9.13 Ship Activity

Activity Duration per Ship (Hours)

Fuel Sulphur Content

(%)

Manoeuvring 5.5 Heavy Fuel Oil 2.7

Hotelling /Unloading 18.5 Marine Gas Oil 0.1

Tugs 3 Heavy Fuel Oil 2.7

Sources of Information

9.3.73 The following sources of information have been utilised in this study:

• AP42 Emission Factors Database2

• Analysis of commercial Marine Vessels Emissions and Fuel Consumption Data3



• Terminal layout design (MW Kellogg Ltd, 1 Mar 2006)

• Vasilikos Equipment list (MWK Ltd Doc No: PR-00-PR20-001 Rev 1)

• Vasilikos Offsites Design Basis (MWK Ltd Doc No: PR-00-PR33-003 Rev 0)

• Vasilikos Process Design Basis (MWK Ltd Doc No: PR-00-PR33-001 Rev 1)

• Preliminary Oil Product Demand Projections in Cyprus (MWK Ltd Doc No: GS-GOC-003 Rev 0)


Local Air Quality

9.4.2 In general terms the air quality on Cyprus is likely to be very good. The island is isolated from external air pollution sources and has a relatively low level of industrialisation. The industrialised areas that do exist are well dispersed around the island, and thus there is not a high concentration of pollutant sources in any one area.

9.4.3 A number of ambient air monitoring programmes have been, and are currently being, undertaken in the vicinity of the Energy Centre, primarily in relation to assessing the impact of the Vasilikos Power Station.

9.4.4 Environmental Resources Management (ERM) undertook monitoring for 12 months between June 1989 and May 1990. Four monitoring sites were chosen in the vicinity of Vasilikos Power Station, and the results are presented in Table 9.14 below.

Table 9.14 Results of Continous Ambient Air Monitoring 1989-90

Pollutant Location Period 50th Percentile (daily means)

(µg/m3)

98th Percentile (daily means)

(µg/m3)

Mari Village Aug – Oct 1989 4 33

Zygi ARI Jul – Sep 1989 2 35

Zygi KAOA Oct 1989 – Feb 1990 1 21 NO2

Governors Beach Mar – May 1990 2 68

Mari Village Aug – Oct 1989 2 8

Zygi ARI Jul – Sep 1989 8 45

Zygi KAOA Oct 1989 – Feb 1990 2 9 SO2

Governors Beach Mar – May 1990 3 39

9.4.5 In broad terms, the monitoring programme indicated that for most of the time,

concentrations of pollutants are low, approaching the natural background levels, and well within the EU Limit Values. However, peak concentrations are higher and this is an indicator of dominant industrial sources.

9.4.6 Between August 1996 and July 1997, ERM7 undertook further monitoring of nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and sulphur dioxide (SO2) using diffusion tubes. ERM reported the annual mean of NO2 and SO2 in addition to the 98th percentile of hourly mean NO2 concentrations. The 98th percentiles were calculated by multiplying the annual mean by a factor of 2.4. The results are presented in Table 9.15. The locations are shown in Figure 9.2.



9.4.7 Monitored concentrations of nitrogen dioxide were within the EU Limit Values and consistent with the earlier monitoring programme. The highest concentrations of NO2 were monitored at the side of main road running between Limassol and Akrotiri.

Table 9.15 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring 1996-97

NO2 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) Site Name Site Code

Annual Mean 98th Percentile Annual Mean

Kalavasos 1 K1 7.0 16.9 15.0

Kalavasos 2 K2 6.7 16.1 19.6

Road 1 R1 24.9 59.8 49.4

Road 2 R2 18.4 44.2 21.0

Mari 1 M1 11.3 27.1 25.0

Mari 2 M2 10.9 26.3 32.1

Cement Works 1 CW1 16.5 39.5 164.5

Zygi 1 Z1 10.4 25.0 37.8

Zygi 2 Z2 10.6 25.4 26.6

Zygi 3 Z3 14.4 34.5 21.8

Site 1 S1 21.9 52.5 33.2

Governors Beach 1 GB1 19.5 46.7 30.1



Pendakomo 1 P1 9.3 22.2 29.8

Minimum 6.7 16.1 15.0

Maximum 24.9 59.8 164.5

9.4.8 Annual mean concentrations of SO2 were in the range 15.0 µg/m3 to 49.4 µg/m3 with

the exception of concentrations recorded at the Cement Works monitoring site where very high concentrations were recorded during the summer months. However, these high concentrations were very localised and the impact of the Cement Works on air quality at Zygi and Mari is lower in comparison.

9.4.9 The Electricity Authority of Cyprus (EAC) recently commissioned a monitoring network of six stations around Cyprus to assess the impacts on local air quality of the operation of its three power stations. To assess the impact of Vasilikos Power Station, two monitoring stations were located at Zygi and Governors Beach. The monitoring network measures NO2, SO2, particulate (PM10), carbon monoxide (CO) and ozone. The results are shown in Table 9.16 for the period to 2004.

9.4.10 The continuous monitoring results for NO2 correlate well with the diffusion tube results in 1996 and 1997. The SO2 concentrations measured during the diffusion tube survey are higher than the EAC continuous monitoring annual mean concentrations. However, it is difficult to draw any definite conclusions, as any comparison between the monitoring programmes should be treated with caution due to differences in averaging times, methods and contributing sources.

9.4.11 The EAC continuous monitoring indicates that ambient concentrations of NO2, SO2, PM10 and CO are within all relevant standards and guidelines, with the exception of



annual mean concentrations of PM10 during 2001. Elevated PM10 concentrations are likely to arise from the operations of the Cement Works.

Table 9.16 Results of Continuous Ambient Air Monitoring 2000-04

Zygi (EAC-V1) (µg/m3)

Governors Beach (EAC-V2a) (µg/m3) Pollutant

Averaging Period 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

1 hour1 59 45 44 45 - 67 64 60 33 -

24 hour 44 20 21 20 - 69 36 36 17 - NO2

Annual Mean 12 11 - - 13 36 17 - - 8

1 hour1 102 69 67 89 3 53 47 25 84 -

24 hour 27 28 33 42 - 39 27 19 35 - SO2

Annual Mean 6 8 - - 11 16 9 - - 12

1 hour1 97 143 141 137 - 110 125 127 120 -

24 hour 69 120 109 103 59 71 86 89 94 50 PM10

Annual Mean 32 44 - - 40 14 44 - - 38

1 hour1 5,704 2,900 400 118 0 5,936 500 500 170 0

24 hour 400 900 400 - - 700 300 300 - - CO

Annual Mean 100 200 - 92 - 200 100 - 170 -

1. 1 hour values are reported as the 98th percentile of hourly averages

9.4.12 There are no measurements of benzene available in the vicinity of the Energy Centre. However, in the absence of significant sources in the region, it is considered that baseline concentrations of benzene are likely to be low.

Impact of Other Industrial Processes

9.4.13 Details of existing air quality have also been derived from previous Environmental Impact Assessments prepared for the Vasilikos Power Station6, most recently by PB in May 2005. The Power Station currently comprises 3 units, operating on Heavy Fuel Oil. A fourth unit is due for completion in early 2006, with units 5 and 6 due for completion in 2009. Units 4, 5 and 6 will initially operate on distillate fuel oil, prior to LNG being made available by the Energy Centre LNG facility.

9.4.14 The existing air quality impacts of Vasilikos Power Station are, therefore, based on the operation of Units 1 to 4. Table 9.17 shows the results of the dispersion modelling of NOx and SO2. The results assume the power station operates on full output for 8,760 hours per annum, and as such, represent a worst-case scenario.

9.4.15 Annual mean nitrogen dioxide concentrations are well within the EU Limit Values, with the point of maximum impact occurring close to the village of Mari. Hourly average concentrations of nitrogen dioxide exceed the EU limit values at the point of maximum impact, which occurs approximately 4.1 km to the north-west of the Power Station. Over the village of Mari, the hourly average concentrations are lower, approximately 100-160 µg/m3, and over Zygi and Governors Beach less than 40 µg/m3.

9.4.16 Maximum hourly and daily concentrations of SO2 exceed the EU Limit values, with the points of maximum impact occurring to the 8.6 km to the north-east and 4 km to the



north west of Vasilikos respectively. As for NO2, the impacts at Mari are lower, less than 150 µg/m3, and over Zygi and Governors Beach are less than 50 µg/m3.

Table 9.17 Results of Dispersion Modelling of Vasilikos Power Station Units 1 – 4, taken from Parsons Brinckerhoff, May 20056

Pollutant Averaging

Period

Limit Value µg/m3

Open Cycle Operation,

µg/m3

Combined Cycle

Operation, µg/m3

1 hour, 99.8th percentile 200 326 295

NO2 Annual Mean 40 5.8 6.6

NOx Annual Mean 30 9.7 11.0

1 hour, 99.7th percentile 350 1,112 1,103

24 hour, 99.2nd percentile

125 164 162 SO2

Annual Mean 20 20.3 20.1

9.4.17 Detailed assessment of the impacts of the Vasilikos Cement Works were not available for this study. However, the monitoring data, shown in Tables 9.15 and 9.16 indicate a high, but localised, impact on sulphur dioxide concentrations (from stack emissions) and a more widespread impact on particulate levels (from stack and fugitive emissions).


9.4.18 The Cyprus Emissions Inventory, supplied by the Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance of Cyprus, provides total emissions of certain pollutants for Cyprus. Emissions of sulphur dioxide and VOCs currently exceed the emission ceilings (Table 9.18). Road transport emissions dominate the VOC emissions total; electricity generation dominates the sulphur dioxide emissions. The storage and distribution of petroleum products account for less than 5% of the total VOC emissions.

Table 9.18 Cyprus Annual Emissions (Figures in brackets are from the storage and distribution of petroleum products)

Pollutant Emission Ceiling kt/year

2000 kt/year

2001 kt/year

2002 kt/year

2003 kt/year

Sulphur dioxide 39 52.9 49.8 50.7 45.5

Oxides of nitrogen 23 21.6 21.4 22.2 21.9

VOCs 14 15.96 (0.74)

15.83 (0.77)

15.95 (0.77)

15.85 (0.78)

Deposited Dust

9.4.19 Recent measurements of dust deposition, in the vicinity of Energy Centre, were not available for this study. However, given the prevalence of dry, windy conditions in



Cyprus, particularly during the summer months, it is likely that background levels of dust deposition are elevated. Dust deposition episodes, resulting from the transport of Saharan dust, are also a common occurrence.

9.4.20 In the vicinity of the Energy Centre, no specific sources of dust were identified. Vasilikos Cement Works is likely to be a source of dust. However, this site is sufficiently distant from the site to be unlikely to have a marked influence on dust deposition levels.


Direct Impacts

9.5.2 The direct impacts of the Do-Nothing scenario have not been quantitatively assessed. As will be shown in this Section below, the direct impacts of the Energy Centre on local and regional air quality are predicted to be of negligible or low significance. It is, therefore, anticipated that the impacts of the Do-Nothing scenario i.e. continued use of existing storage facility at Larnaca, would have a similarly small impact on air quality.

9.5.3 However, VOC emissions from the Larnaca facility are likely to be somewhat higher due to a greater number of tank turnovers required as a result of the lower storage capacity, deterioration of storage facilities with age, and less than current state-of-the-art equipment standards.

9.5.4 Furthermore, the impacts of the emissions, including the likelihood of creating odour impacts, are likely to be greater at the existing facilities than at the Energy Centre due to the proximity of greater numbers of residential properties in the former case.

9.5.5 The present location of storage tanks necessitates the transport of the majority of products by road through Larnaca. Heavy goods vehicles emit a disproportionately large quantity of pollutants into the atmosphere in relation to LGVs and cars. With the anticipated growth in demand for products, the level of HGV activity through Larnaca would increase, with knock-on effects in terms of increased exhaust emissions and congestion levels.

9.5.6 Furthermore, shipping emissions are predicted to have a potentially significant impact on local air quality. Therefore, increased use of the port at Larnaca for the delivery of petroleum products is likely to have an negative impact on local air quality, in a relatively densely populated area.

Indirect Impacts

9.5.7 Phase IV of Vasilikos Power Station has been designed to operate on LNG supplied by Energy Centre. The Do-Nothing Option would imply that Phase IV would operate on distillate fuel oil (DFO). This scenario was considered in the Vasilikos Power Station EIA, and the results are presented in Table 9.19.

9.5.8 Whilst there is little impact on sulphur dioxide concentrations, operation of Phase IV Vasilikos on DFO gives significantly higher NO2 concentrations than its operation on LNG, although exceedence of the hourly EU Limit Value remains likely. Over Mari, the annual mean concentration of NO2 decreases from around 15 µg/m3 to 6 µg/m3.

9.5.9 The Do-Nothing option would, therefore, have negative impacts on air quality in relation to the Do-Something scenario.



Table 9.19 Results of Dispersion Modelling of Vasilikos Power Station Units 1 –4 and Phase IV (operating on distillate fuel oil (DFO) and on LNG), taken from Parsons Brinckerhoff, May 20056

Phase IV on DFO Phase IV on LNG

Pollutant Averaging Period

Limit Value µg/m3

Open Cycle Operation,

µg/m3

Combined Cycle

Operation, µg/m3

Open Cycle Operation

µg/m3

Combined Cycle

Operation, µg/m3

1 hour, 99.8th percentile

200 445 551 321 326 NO2

Annual Mean 40 15.1 15.8 6.2 8.7

NOx Annual Mean 30 25.2 26.3 10.3 14.5

1 hour, 99.7th percentile

350 1,157 1,140.5 1,112 1,103

24 hour, 99.2nd percentile

125 169 166.2 164 162 SO2

Annual Mean 20 21.4 20.9 20.3 20.1


Potential Impacts

9.6.2 Dust is generally considered to refer to particulate matter in the size range 1 to 75 µm in diameter, and is produced through the action of abrasive forces on materials. Fine dust particles (PM10) are defined as particles less than 10 µm in diameter, and are of the most concern regarding health effects. In general, the majority of construction dust is larger in diameter than 10 µm. Particles larger than 10 µm are not associated with negative effects on human health but can cause nuisance to local residents and are potentially damaging to sensitive ecosystems.

9.6.3 Research has shown that whilst small particles (<10 µm) can travel distances in excess of 1 km, the majority of large dust particles (greater than 30 µm) are deposited within 100 m of sources; intermediate sized particles (10 to 30 µm) are likely to travel up to 200 to –500 m. Therefore, it is considered that the potential for dust to cause impacts is likely to be limited to around 100 m from construction works with dust generation potential.

9.6.4 The potential for the generation of dust, and its transport offsite, is greatest during dry, windy weather. Therefore, taking into consideration the climate of Cyprus, a conservative approach has been adopted in this study, and receptors for dust impacts are considered to be properties within 500 m of dust generating activities. Using this criterion, residential properties in the village of Mari and the Vasilikos Power Station are potential receptors.



9.6.5 The human perception of dust as a nuisance is highly subjective and dependent on a variety of factors such as socio-economic status and background dust deposition levels. The sensitivity to nuisance dust of residents of the village of Mari may, therefore, be low.

9.6.6 In general, construction activities associated with the greatest potential for dust generation are:

• Earthworks including excavation, handling on site and deposition;

• Handling and storage of materials (including loading and unloading);

• Haulage roads and unsealed site surfaces (including vehicles travelling along them);

• Wind blow across disturbed site surfaces and materials;

• Mechanical operations such as crushing, drilling, concrete mixing and cutting.

9.6.7 The potential for fugitive dust from the proposed construction works depends fundamentally on the effectiveness of control measures. It is considered that by applying appropriate control measures, combined with on-site management and monitoring of site operation activities, the potential for dust generation and therefore the potential for dust effects would be minimised.

Mitigation Measures

9.6.8 Good site management practices during the construction works will help to prevent the generation of airborne dust. It should be the responsibility of the nominated contractor to ensure that sufficient precautionary measures to limit dust generation are in fact taken.

9.6.9 To ensure that atmospheric dust, contaminants or dust deposits generated by the construction work do not exceed levels which could constitute a nuisance to local residents or damage to equipment, it is proposed that visual inspections of site boundary levels of dust (and odours) be undertaken. A trained and competent person should carry out monitoring on a weekly basis. However if dry windy weather prevails then the rate of monitoring should be increased to daily initially, and 4 times per day if levels remain high.

9.6.10 The mitigation measures described below should be implemented as necessary. If, despite the implementation of best practicable means of dust/odour mitigation, levels of dust soiling remain unacceptable, the site manager should ensure the cessation of dust generating construction activities.

Site Clearance and Demolition Works

9.6.11 The prolonged storage of debris on site, in temporary stockpiles should be avoided. Vehicles removing demolition or site clearance materials must have their loads effectively sheeted on all sides. Crushing of material for reuse, transportation or disposal should be undertaken as far away as possible from sensitive receptors. Excavation faces, when not being worked, should be sheeted.

Handling and Storage of Materials

9.6.12 The number of handling operations should be minimised, ensuring that dusty material is not moved or handled unnecessarily. Fine material should be delivered to site in bags. Drop height must be kept to a minimum.



9.6.13 Stockpiles should be located away from potential receptors, with slopes at angles less than the natural angle of repose of the material. Stockpiles should be sheeted, contained within wind barriers or potentially damped down. However, since water is a relatively scarce resource on Cyprus, watering of dusty materials should only be used sparingly. If long-term stockpiles are required, consideration should be given to the use of chemical bonding agents.

Site Roads and Haulage Routes

9.6.14 Hardstanding areas for vehicles entering, parking and leaving the site should be provided, with wheel washing facilities at access points. Site roads should be cleaned regularly, and damped down if necessary. Site vehicle movements should be kept to a minimum and, where possible, restricted to paved haulage routes. Vehicle speeds should be limited to 20 km/h or less on surfaced roads, and 10 km/h on unpaved surfaces.

9.6.15 If required, cleaning of public roads used for transport of materials should be undertaken.

Residual Impacts

9.6.16 With the implementation of appropriate dust mitigation measures, it is concluded that the potential for dust impacts is low.


Petroleum Product Storage Tanks and Loading Operations

9.7.2 Table 9.20 shows the model predicted maximum annual average concentrations of volatile organic compounds resulting from the operation of the petroleum product storage tanks at the Energy Centre for the locations shown in Figure 9.2. All tank and loading operation emissions are included in the assessment. The data are presented as the maximum over all 4 years of meteorological data. Figures 9.3 and 9.4 show the spatial distribution of maximum annual average concentrations predicted for operations in 2010 and 2035 respectively.

9.7.3 The vapour emission rates, and hence the ground level concentrations resulting from these emissions, are dominated by the releases of gasoline, from both loading and storage operations.

9.7.4 The spatial distribution of maximum ground level concentrations is dominated by two areas of elevated concentrations. Firstly, a zone extending south-eastwards from the site, and secondly an elongated region running north-south to the east of Mari.

9.7.5 The zone running south-eastwards from the site occurs as a result of the high frequency of light wind from the north-west. Such winds occur primarily during the night time i.e. when the onshore sea breeze is not blowing and when radiative cooling of the land leads to the development of stable atmospheric boundary layer conditions. In stable conditions, turbulence is suppressed and the dispersion of pollutants is poor. The dispersion modelling has assumed that VOC emissions occur evenly throughout the day. Whilst emissions are dominated by losses from the gasoline floating roof tanks and loading operations, which can occur at all times of the day, a small fraction of VOC emissions are related to tank breathing losses which will occur predominantly during the daytime. Therefore, since night time VOC emissions are likely to be overestimated, concentrations to the south-east of the works are also likely to be



overestimated. However, given the predicted scale of impacts, this overestimation is not considered to be significant.

9.7.6 The second zone, running north-south, lies in a valley to the east of the ridge on which Mari lies. There are scattered residential properties in the area, in the small village of Ayios Yeoryios. However, the presence of elevated concentrations in this region is potentially an artefact of the representation of terrain in the Gaussian dispersion model, which does not take into account multiple elongated ridges. It is, therefore, considered that the predictions in this region are also likely to be conservative.

Table 9.20 Model Predicted Maximum Annual Average Concentration of VOCs Resulting from Emissions from Storage Tanks and Loading Operations.

2010 VOC Concentrations, µg/m3 2035 VOC Concentrations, µg/m3

Receptor / Source

Storage Tank Emissions

Loading Facility

Emissions

Total Emissions

Storage Tank Emissions

Loading Facility

Emissions

Total Emissions

Z1 0.95 0.37 1.32 1.51 0.65 2.16

Z2 0.88 1.26 2.14 1.42 2.21 3.63

Z3 0.73 0.55 1.28 1.15 0.96 2.11

EVACV1 1.13 0.45 1.59 1.84 0.79 2.63

R1 1.37 3.36 4.73 2.17 5.88 8.05

R2 1.77 5.17 6.94 2.82 9.06 11.88

K2 0.07 0.12 0.19 0.12 0.21 0.33

EACV2B 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.05

S1 0.38 2.32 2.70 0.59 4.07 4.67

EACV2A 0.16 0.09 0.26 0.26 0.16 0.42

GB2 0.21 0.14 0.35 0.34 0.25 0.59

GB1 0.14 0.10 0.24 0.22 0.18 0.40

GB3 0.10 0.09 0.20 0.16 0.17 0.33

Mari1 0.53 0.33 0.86 0.85 0.58 1.43

Mari2 0.53 0.21 0.74 0.86 0.36 1.22

Mari3 0.77 0.13 0.90 1.24 0.23 1.47

Benzene

9.7.7 There are no EU Limit Values for total VOC concentrations in ambient air. Therefore, the concentrations of VOCs have been used to estimate the concentration of benzene in ambient air, for which the EU Limit Value is 5 µg/m3 to be achieved by 2010.

9.7.8 Benzene is present in small quantities in gasoline and jet fuel, but in negligible quantities in distillate fuel oils. The maximum quantity of benzene in petrol in Cyprus is 1 % v/v, in line with EU policy. This gives a benzene concentration of less than 1.5 % w/w in gasoline. It is, therefore, possible to estimate benzene concentrations in air by assuming that there is also 1.5 % w/w of benzene in the VOC vapour emissions from the Energy Centre. This estimate is considered to be conservative for a number of reasons. Firstly, a fraction of the VOC emissions comes from distillate fuel oils



which have lower benzene concentrations than gasoline. Secondly, there are other components within gasoline which are more volatile than benzene, which would tend to lead to a lower concentration of benzene in gasoline vapours than in gasoline liquid.

9.7.9 Assuming 1.5% of the vapours are benzene gives maximum concentrations of benzene at residential properties of 0.18 µg/m3, less than 4% of the EU Limit Value. In the presence of low background concentrations, this is considered to be a potential low impact on air quality.

9.7.10 Given this low impact, no mitigation measures are required for VOC emissions from storage and loading operations beyond those included in the preliminary design, most importantly the use of floating roof tanks for gasoline storage and vapour recovery units for gasoline loading operations. All tanks, with the exception of the Bitumen tanks should be painted white, to minimise heating by solar radiation.

9.7.11 Fugitive emissions of vapours, e.g. from pipework and spillages on site, have not been quantified for this assessment. The site environment manager should have responsibility for ensuring that good working practices are enforced on site. Spillages should be minimised and recovered as soon as possible to prevent evaporative losses. Pipework and associated fittings, valves and flanges etc, should be inspected for leaks on a regular basis and maintained in good condition. Replacement of faulty fittings should be made promptly.

Odours

9.7.12 Table 9.21 shows the maximum predicted 98th percentile of hourly mean concentrations of gasoline vapours and diesel vapours at residential receptors in 2010 and 2035. Figures 9.5 and 9.6 show the spatial distribution of the 98th percentile of hourly mean concentrations in 2035 for diesel vapours and gasoline vapours in odour units.

Table 9.21 Odour Assessment Results for Diesel Vapours and Gasoline Vapours at the Point of Maximum Impact Over Residential Receptors

Pollutant Odour Threshold mg/m3

Assessment Criteria mg/m3 as a 98th Percentile

(1.5 x odour threshold)

Maximum 98th Percentile of Hourly Mean

Concentration, 2010, mg/m3

Maximum 98th Percentile of Hourly Mean

Concentration, 2035, mg/m3

Diesel 0.060 0.090 0.012 0.017

Gasoline 0.170 0.255 0.022 0.037

9.7.13 The predicted odour concentrations are well within the assessment criteria. At residential properties, the maximum hourly concentration of gasoline vapours is 0.037 mg/m3, which is approximately 15% of the assessment criteria. For diesel vapours, the maximum concentration is 0.017 mg/m3, which is 19% of the assessment criteria.

9.7.14 Therefore, the primary conclusion of the odour assessment is that complaints are unlikely as a result of the operation of the Energy Centre, even when operation is at capacity in 2035. Taking into account the large uncertainties in the modelling of odours, the significance of the impact is considered to be low.

9.7.15 As for VOC emissions in general, no further mitigation measures are required beyond those provided in the facility’s design.



Diesel Firewater Pumps

9.7.16 Table 9.22 shows the model predicted maximum hourly average concentrations of nitrogen dioxide, sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide at selected receptor locations resulting from emissions during the routine testing of the diesel firewater pumps. Figure 9.7 shows the maximum hourly average concentrations of nitrogen dioxide.

9.7.17 The maximum potential increments to hourly mean ground level SO2 and CO concentrations offsite are less than 1% of the relevant EU standards. It is, therefore, considered that the impacts of emissions of these pollutants are negligible.

9.7.18 In the case of nitrogen dioxide, the maximum offsite concentration is approximately 60% of hourly mean standard. However, there are no residential properties or relevant receptors at this location i.e. immediately to the east of the site. The maximum hourly concentration in the village of Mari is less than 5 µg/m3 (2.5% of the standard), in Zygi, it is less than 20 µg/m3 (10%), and in Governors Beach it is less than 5 µg/m3 (2.5%). At the majority of residential properties, therefore, the impact of emissions of oxides of nitrogen from the fire pump engines is negligible. Over Ayios Yeoryois, the maximum hourly concentration is 30 µg/m3.

9.7.19 As described in Section 9.2, the diesel pumps will be tested weekly, for a maximum of 5 minutes each. The model results shown in Table 9.22 represent the maximum ground level concentration of pollutants, assuming the diesel pumps are tested every day of the year, for all hours between 08:00 and 16:00. In reality, the maximum impact resulting from the diesel pump emissions is likely to be less than these maxima since it is unlikely that emissions testing will coincide with the worst dispersion conditions.

9.7.20 The above analysis does not take into account background pollutant concentrations explicitly. Annual average concentrations in the region are generally low for NO2, SO2 and CO. However, it is not necessarily valid to add the mean background concentration to the process contribution to obtain the total ambient air concentration.

9.7.21 The Vasilikos Power Station and Cement Works, in the vicinity of the site, are significant emitters of NOx, SO2 and CO which can give rise to large peaks in the hourly average ground level concentrations at individual receptors. However, the stacks at these works are much taller than the stacks assumed for the diesel pumps and, therefore, the meteorological conditions giving rise to maximum ground level impacts will be different. It is, therefore, considered that the potential for the maximum diesel pump impact to coincide with high background concentrations is limited and does not warrant further detailed investigation.

9.7.22 For the purposes of the assessment of the significance of impacts, the background concentration of NO2 is assumed to equal the annual average background concentration. Therefore, at residential properties, the maximum impact of the diesel engines is predicted, using worst case assumptions, to be of low significance.

9.7.23 The relevant measures for the mitigation of the impacts of the testing of the diesel fire pumps have been included in the assessment, namely:

• Testing is limited to the daytime, preferably between 10:00 and 16:00.

• Testing of pumps occurs sequentially for a maximum of 5 minutes each.



Table 9.22 Model Predicted Maximum Hourly Ground Level Concentrations of NO2, SO2 and CO Resulting from Emissions During the Routine Testing of the Fire Water Pumps

Receptor Nitrogen Dioxide, µg/m3

Sulphur Dioxide, µg/m3

Carbon Monoxide, µg/m3

EU Limit Value 200 350 10,000 Z1 1.6 0.2 0.7 Z2 17.7 2.3 7.5 Z3 7.1 0.9 3.0 EVACV1 10.6 1.4 4.5 CW1 24.7 3.2 10.5 R1 1.9 0.2 0.8 R2 7.2 0.9 3.1 K2 1.0 0.1 0.4 EACV2B 1.0 0.1 0.4 S1 2.4 0.3 1.0 EACV2A 1.9 0.2 0.8 GB2 2.1 0.3 0.9 GB1 1.9 0.2 0.8 GB3 1.9 0.2 0.8 P1 1.3 0.2 0.6 Mari1 4.8 0.6 2.0 Mari2 3.9 0.5 1.7 Mari3 4.0 0.5 1.7

Submerged Condensation Vaporiser

9.7.24 Table 9.23 shows the model predicted maximum hourly average concentrations of nitrogen dioxide and carbon monoxide at selected receptor locations resulting from emissions during the use of a single SCV. Figure 9.8 shows the maximum hourly average concentrations of nitrogen dioxide.

9.7.25 The maximum potential increments to hourly mean ground level CO concentrations offsite are less than 1% of the relevant EU standards. It is, therefore, considered that the impact of emissions of CO is negligible.

9.7.26 The maximum hourly mean concentration of NO2 over a residential receptor, at Ayios Yeoryios is 25 µg/m3. This is 12.5% of the EU Limit Value. From 2019 onwards, when a second SCV is installed on site, the maximum hourly NO2 impact could be 25% of the EU Limit Value.

9.7.27 As for the diesel engines, the background concentration for the purposes of significance assessment is assumed to equal the annual average concentration. This implies that operation of two SCVs concurrently has a potentially low negative impact on air quality.

9.7.28 This is considered to be a worst case scenario since it assumes that both SCVs operate at the same time, during the worst case meteorological conditions. Furthermore, the assessment assumes a 50% NO to NO2 conversion ratio, which for the point of maximum residential impact, within 2.5 km of the site, is a conservative estimate.



Table 9.23 Model Predicted Maximum Hourly Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 and CO Resulting from Emissions During use of the SCV

Receptor Nitrogen Dioxide, µg/m3 Carbon Monoxide, µg/m3

EU Limit Value 200 10,000 Z1 2.2 14.9 Z2 3.5 23.1 Z3 5.2 34.2 EVACV1 2.4 16.1 CW1 3.4 22.5 R1 5.8 38.5 R2 9.5 62.8 K2 3.6 24.2 EACV2B 4.2 28.1 S1 14.4 95.6 EACV2A 2.2 14.4 GB2 3.0 19.8 GB1 5.9 39.3 GB3 4.3 28.6 P1 0.8 5.1 Mari1 7.5 49.6 Mari2 7.7 51.2 Mari3 5.7 37.8

9.7.29 Assuming constant operation of the SCV for the year, the maximum predicted annual average concentration of NO2 is less than 0.2 µg/m3 over residential properties. Therefore, taking into account the projected operation of 2 SCVs for a maximum of 1 month per year each, the impact of the SCV on annual mean NO2 concentrations is predicted to be negligible.

9.7.30 There are no mitigation measures required for the operation of the SCV beyond limiting its use to as few months as practicable during the year.

Traffic

9.7.31 Table 9.24 shows the percentage increase in emissions from traffic on roads in the vicinity of the Energy Centre. The assessment assumes that all site traffic travels initially on the old Limassol to Nicosia road and then onto the Limassol to Nicosia highway. It also assumes zero growth for traffic in the Do Nothing option. This provides an upper bound on the percentage increase in emissions resulting from the Energy Centre HGV traffic.

9.7.32 As noted above, information on the Cyprus fleet mix is unavailable at present. Therefore, the assessment looked at the percentage increase in emissions that would result from the traffic increases, predicted for 2010 and 2035 at Energy Centre, over the fleet mix applicable to the UK for all years between 1996 and 2025 individually. The data presented provide the maximum increase in emissions over all fleet mixes.

9.7.33 On the main highway, traffic emissions of NOx and PM10 are predicted to increase as a result of the increased levels of HGV traffic by less than 10% of the existing levels by 2035, assuming zero growth in baseline traffic. Percentage increases in emissions on the old road are greater due to the lower existing traffic emissions. However, in both cases, the increase in emissions equates to an increase in roadside NO2 concentrations of less than 2 µg/m3 within 20 m of the centre of the road, and an



increase of less than 0.6 µg/m3 at 50 m. These increases are considered to be negligible.

9.7.34 The increase in emissions of CO and benzene are less than 1% of the baseline levels and are, therefore, considered to be of low negative impact.

Table 9.24 Maximum Predicted Increase in Annual Average Emissions of NO2 , PM10 , CO and Benzene from Traffic due to the Operation of the Energy Centre

Road Nitrogen Dioxide PM10 Carbon Monoxide Benzene 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010

Limassol to Nicosia Highway

6% 5% 5% 4% 1.5% 1% <0.2% <0.2%

Limassol to Nicosia old road

50% 40% 40% 35% 15% 12% <2% <2%

2035 2035 2035 2035 2035 2035 2035 2035 Limassol to Nicosia Highway

10% 8% 8% 6.5% 2% 1.8% <0.3% <0.3%

Limassol to Nicosia Highway

80% 65% 7% 5.5% 20% 18% <3% <3%

9.7.35 Given the low level of impact of traffic emissions, there are no mitigation measures required for their abatement. However, to reduce the potential impact on nearby properties, haulage routes should be planned to take the majority of traffic away from population centres.

Ships

9.7.36 Table 9.25 shows the model predicted maximum annual average concentrations of nitrogen dioxide and PM10 at selected receptor locations resulting from emissions from ship-based activities at the Energy Centre. Figure 9.9 shows the maximum annual mean concentrations of nitrogen dioxide.

9.7.37 The maximum potential increments to annual mean ground level PM10 concentrations offsite are less than 1% of the statutory EU Limit Value (40 µg/m3). It is, therefore, considered that the impact of emissions of PM10 is negligible on annual mean concentrations. Similarly, the maximum impacts of carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons (assumed all equal to benzene) are negligible.

9.7.38 The maximum potential increment to annual mean ground level NO2 concentration is approximately 3 µg/m3 at relevant receptor locations. This is less than 10% of the EU Limit Value and is considered to be a low impact.



Table 9.25 Model Predicted Maximum Annual Mean Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 and PM10 Resulting from Ship Emissions


Particulates as PM10, µg/m3

EU Limit Value 40 40 Z1 0.06 0.002 Z2 0.99 0.033 Z3 0.46 0.016 EVACV1 0.41 0.014 CW1 0.75 0.025 R1 0.64 0.022 R2 1.22 0.041 K2 0.15 0.005 EACV2B 0.06 0.002 S1 0.90 0.030 EACV2A 0.18 0.006 GB2 0.21 0.007 GB1 0.24 0.008 GB3 0.25 0.008 P1 0.02 0.001 Mari1 0.32 0.011 Mari2 0.46 0.016 Mari3 0.63 0.022

9.7.39 The data in Table 9.25 are based on annual average emissions. There is the potential for substantially higher emissions of nitrogen dioxide and sulphur dioxide during periods of ship manoeuvring with tug boats attached. Table 9.26 provides the maximum 99.8th percentile of hourly mean nitrogen dioxide concentration (i.e. the 18th highest hourly concentration, as regulated by the EU Limit Values) and 99.7th percentile of hourly mean sulphur dioxide, assuming a large LNG ship is approaching the Energy Centre under tug boats, whilst a second ship is hotelling at Berth 2. This is considered to be the worst possible case for emissions from shipping activity.

9.7.40 Table 9.26 shows a potentially major impact of emissions from shipping on short term concentrations of nitrogen dioxide and sulphur dioxide. At residential receptors, the highest concentrations approach the EU Limit Value for both NO2 and SO2.

9.7.41 However, it should be noted that this level of impact would only be realised if the manoeuvring of an LNG ship using tugs coincided with worst case meteorological conditions. With only weekly shipments of LNG currently envisaged, and tug boats operating for just 3 hours during each shipment, worst case emissions occur for less than 2% of the year. The coincidence of worst case meteorological conditions and maximum emissions is, therefore, an unlikely event.

9.7.42 The predicted impact of ship emissions decreases rapidly as the likely coincidence of worst case meteorological conditions and high emissions is taken into account. For instance, considering the worst 2% of meteorological conditions during the year, the maximum predicted ground level concentration at residential receptors falls to 25 µg/m3 or 12.5% of the limit, considering the worst 5% of the year, the maximum falls to 10 µg/m3 or 5% of the limit.

9.7.43 Therefore, whilst the maximum possible impact of ship emissions is a major negative impact, the likely impact of ship emissions is low negative impact.



9.7.44 There are few mitigation measures for the impact of ships emissions available to individual projects such as the Energy Centre. However, the growing impact, in percentage terms, of shipping emissions on both local and regional air quality is recognised across the globe. It is likely that further reductions in limits for marine engine emissions shall occur in the future. However, in the shorter term and on a more local scale, the main mitigation method available to Energy Centre is to move to larger ships with a requirement for fewer ship movements. Whilst this may increase the maximum potential impact of an individual ship movement, it reduces the likelihood of the coincidence of ship movements with poor dispersion conditions and is, therefore, likely to realise a net beneficial impact on air quality.

Table 9.26 Model Predicted Maximum Hourly Mean Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 (99.8th Percentile) and SO2 (99.7th Percentile) Resulting from Worst Case Ship Emissions


Particulates as PM10, µg/m3

EU Limit Value 200 350 Z1 7 10 Z2 144 210 Z3 55 98 EVACV1 75 119 CW1 178 266 R1 149 210 R2 194 266 K2 70 130 EACV2B 63 104 S1 335 330 EACV2A 22 29 GB2 33 38 GB1 31 40 GB3 30 38 P1 4 5 Mari1 180 344 Mari2 165 320 Mari3 166 293 Z1 7 10


9.7.45 The Cyprus Emissions Inventory, supplied by the Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance of Cyprus, provides total emissions of certain pollutants for Cyprus. Emissions of sulphur dioxide and VOCs currently exceed the emission ceilings. Road transport emissions dominate the VOC emissions total; electricity generation dominates the sulphur dioxide emissions. The storage and distribution of petroleum products account for less than 5% of the total VOC emissions.

9.7.46 The total emissions of organic compounds from the Energy Centre are predicted to be less than 1% of the annual ceiling limit for VOCs in both 2010 and 2035 (Table 9.27, Figures 9.3 and 9.4). It is therefore concluded that the impact of the operation of the plant on VOC emissions, and hence its ozone generation potential, is negligible.

9.7.47 The total annual emissions of NOx and SO2 from the combustion sources on the Energy Centre are also predicted to be negligible.



Table 9.27 Total Annual Emissions of VOCs from CEC in 2010 and 2035

Pollutant Emission Ceiling kt/year

2010 kt/year

2010 % of Ceiling

2035 kt/year

2035 % of Ceiling

VOCs 14 0.06 0.4% 0.10 0.65%

Flaring

9.7.48 The dispersion modelling for the proposed flare has considered stack heights between 40 m and 90 m at 5 m increments using meteorological data from the years 1994 through to 1997. The maximum 19th highest hourly concentrations of NO2 for each stack height are shown in Table 9.28 with the NOx to NO2 conversion assumed to be 50 per cent.

9.7.49 The maximum predicted 19th highest hourly concentration of NO2 decreases markedly as the stack height increases from 40 m to 50 m. Further increases in stack height provide little decrease in maximum ground level concentrations. It is therefore recommended that, so long as the engineering requirements relating to the radiation intensity allow, a 50 m flare stack is installed at Energy Centre.

Table 9.28 Maximum Predicted Ground Level Concentrations of NO2 for the Operation of the Flare at Maximum Load, as a Function of Stack Height

19th Highest Hourly NO2 µg/m3 Stack Height

(m)

1994 1995 1996 1997

40 192.5 207.5 190.7 249.6

45 152.3 157.3 145.1 194.1

50 144.9 123.6 113.8 138.0

55 140.0 114.4 110.7 123.7

60 135.4 116.3 110.5 113.9

65 126.7 118.2 118.5 116.2

70 125.1 114.7 117.7 114.1

75 118.8 121.0 114.6 115.9

80 113.2 121.6 117.1 119.0

85 109.4 124.2 117.9 119.5

90 106.2 134.1 117.2 126.4 9.7.50 Figure 9.10 shows the 99.8th percentile of hourly mean ground level NO2

concentrations for the worst-case meteorological year. Maximum concentrations occur around 5 km to the north-west of the Energy Centre and, for a 50 m stack, are a maximum of 72% of the EU standard. This has a potentially major impact, but occurs in an almost uninhabited mountainous area.

9.7.51 Concentrations over the villages of Mari, Zygi and Governors Beach are less than 10 µg/m3 and are, therefore, considered to be of negligible impact.



9.7.52 It should also be noted that flaring at maximum capacity is considered to be highly unlikely, with the likelihood decreasing further in time as the number of LNG send-out destinations increases.

9.8 De-commissioning Impact, Mitigation and Residual Impacts

9.8.1 The impacts of the de-commissioning of the Energy Centre on local air quality are anticipated to be low.

9.8.2 Potential dust impacts are predicted to be of the same level as the construction impacts and, therefore, with the application of best practicable means, are not anticipated to be of significance.

9.8.3 There is the potential for the release of VOCs during tank de-commissioning. However, any residual material in the tanks is likely to be of low volatility. Therefore, the impacts on local air quality are anticipated to be no greater than the operational impacts and are considered to be of negligible or low significance.

9.9 Summary

Uncertainties

9.9.2 The assessment of the impacts of the Energy Centre on local and regional air quality has been based, to a large degree, on assumptions regarding emission levels. However, for the majority of emissions, the predicted impact is sufficiently low to provide a level of confidence in the robustness of the conclusion i.e. where the impact is less than 1% of the standard, even a 100% uncertainty level in the emission estimate has no significant impact on the conclusion regarding its impact on receptors. The most notable exception to this is the impact of shipping emissions, and, more detailed assessment will be undertaken during the FEED stage of the project.

9.9.3 In addition to emission estimate uncertainties, there are uncertainties associated with the modelling of the dispersion of pollutants in regions of complex terrain and coastal meteorological effects.

9.9.4 However, wherever possible, the assessment has been based on conservative assumptions i.e. those considered most likely to overestimate air quality impacts. The overall conclusion of the air quality impact assessment is that, the land based operations of the Energy Centre are unlikely to impact on air quality at relevant receptor locations. This assessment has identified that shipping emissions represent a potentially significant environmental impact, and will be further assessed during the FEED stage of the project.

Construction

9.9.5 A qualitative dust impact assessment has identified potential dust generating activities during the Energy Centre construction and potential receptors for offsite dust impacts. Potential receptors for dust include residential properties in the village of Mari and equipment on the adjacent Vasilikos Power Station. Background dust deposition levels are expected to be elevated due to the dry climate of Cyprus and, as a result, the sensitivity of human receptors to dust nuisance is predicted to be low.

9.9.6 The overall assessment conclusion is that, with the application of best practicable means, negative impacts due to construction dust or nuisance effects are unlikely to occur.



Emissions from Storage and Loading Operations

9.9.7 A quantitative assessment of the impacts of VOC emissions from the storage and loading operations at the Energy Centre has been undertaken. The assessment has considered the magnitude of potential losses from storage tanks through breathing losses, working losses and fittings losses, and also the losses expected from the transfer of products to mobile containers.

9.9.8 The assessment, based on conservative estimates of the impact of emissions from the site, has concluded that, as a worst case, the impact of the Energy Centre on air quality is likely to be negative but of low significance.

Odours

9.9.9 A quantitative assessment of the odour generation potential of the operation of the works has demonstrated that odour complaints are unlikely, even when the site is operating at its design capacity.

9.9.10 The assessment has been limited to the examination of diesel and gasoline odours independently since odour thresholds for the potential mixture of VOCs emitted by the site are not available.

Emissions from Diesel Engines

9.9.11 The assessment has considered the impact of the routine testing of the diesel firewater pumps on a weekly basis.

9.9.12 Emissions of SO2 and CO from the pump testing have been assessed quantitatively and concluded to have negligible impact on air quality. Emissions of NOx have a potentially low negative impact. This is, however, considered to represent a worst case scenario since it assumes that diesel engine testing coincides with worst case dispersion conditions. During typical daytime conditions i.e. strong sunshine and moderate to strong winds, the impact of the engine testing will be negligible on air quality.

Emissions from operation of the SCVs

9.9.13 The assessment has considered the operation of the backup vaporiser units (SCVs) on the site. These units use LNG as a fuel and are anticipated to be operational for less than 1 month of the year.

9.9.14 On this basis, the impacts of the SCV emissions are considered to be negligible in terms of long term air quality measures and, as a worst case, low negative on short term concentrations of NO2. CO emissions have negligible impact.

Traffic

9.9.15 There are potential increases in emissions from traffic on local roads in the vicinity of Energy Centre, up to 10% on the main highway and up to 80% of the local roads, as a result of the road transport of petroleum products.

9.9.16 The impact of these increases on pollution concentrations at residential properties is likely to be low in relation to the EU Limit Values. NO2 is the most significant pollutant, but at distances greater than 20 m from the centre of the road, the impact is predicted to be low negative i.e. less than 4 µg/m3 as an annual mean.



Ships

9.9.17 The assessment has considered the impact of emissions from shipping associated with the Energy Centre. The assessment has quantitatively assessed the impact of emissions from the ship’s main engines during manoeuvring, the ship auxiliary engines during unloading and hotelling at the Energy Centre berths, and emissions from associated tug boats.

9.9.18 The impact of the shipping emissions on annual mean air quality measures and regional air quality is predicted to be insignificant. However, the impact of shipping emissions on short term measures of local air quality i.e. hourly mean NO2 and SO2 is potentially major. However, this requires the coincidence of periods of high emissions with worst case dispersion conditions, which in reality is an unlikely event. It is, therefore, considered that the likely impact of shipping emissions is low negative at residential receptors, although further detailed investigation is recommended.

Flaring

9.9.19 For safety purposes, a flaring system is required for the LNG process. It is proposed that LNG be sent to the flare only in the event of zero send-out conditions.

9.9.20 It is concluded that, provided the flare stack is constructed to be of a height 50 m or greater, the firing of the LNG flare will comfortably operate within the applicable air quality limits for NO2, the only potentially significant pollutant.

9.9.21 In the event of flaring at maximum load, maximum offsite impacts are potentially of major negative significance. However, this is considered to be a highly unlikely scenario, with the likelihood decreasing to virtually zero by 2011 when zero send-out conditions would require that all 3 receiving units are offline. In the villages of Mari, Zygi and Governors Beach, the impacts of flaring, even at maximum load, are negligible.


9.9.22 The impact of total emissions from the Cyprus Energy Centre have been demonstrated to have a negligible impact on regional air quality.

References

1. Environment Agency, Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control Horizontal Guidance for Odour Part 1 Regulating and Permitting, Bristol, United Kingdom 2002.

2. Environmental Protection Agency, AP 42, Fifth Edition. Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources, 1995.

3. EPA, Analysis of Commercial Marine Vessels Emissions and Fuel Consumption Data, Final Report, 420-R-00-002, February 2000.

4. European Union Press Release IP/05/428, Full speed ahead for clean ships as EU Parliament adopts marine fuel Directive in second reading, April 2005.

5. European Parliament, Directive 2005/33/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the Sulphur Content of Marine Fuels, 2005.



6. Parsons Brinckerhoff (PB), Vasilikos Power Station Phase IV, Environmental Impact Assessment, prepared for Electricity Authority of Cyprus (EAC) May 2005.

7. Environmental Resources Management (ERM), Vasilikos Power Station Environmental Impact Assessment, prepared for Electricity Authority of Cyprus (EAC), January 1998.

SECTION 10

NOISE AND VIBRATION

SECTION 10 NOISE AND VIBRATION


10 NOISE AND VIBRATION

10.1 Introduction

General

10.1.2 This section aims to identify and assess the impact of noise and vibration due to the construction and operation of the proposed Vasilikos Energy Centre.

10.1.3 The assessment focuses on five Noise Sensitive Receptor locations, which are identified below. Existing baseline conditions at each location were determined as part of the original Environmental Statement for the existing adjacent Vasilikos Power Station, which has been made available for reference in the preparation of this assessment.

10.1.4 A prediction of the impact during construction is undertaken following the methodology of BS 52283, and information regarding the noise output of specific items of plant contained therein. The noise and vibration impacts during operation are predicted using a computer noise model, using typical values for the proposed plant items, and considering directional and screening effects.

10.1.5 This section considers the cumulative impact of the proposed energy centre, the existing Vasilikos Power Station and the proposed nearby wind farm operating together, and recommends mitigation options to control construction and operational impacts.

10.1.6 A glossary of acoustics terminology is provided in Appendix F.

10.2 Legislative Guidance

10.2.1 A review of available local legislation has taken place, and concludes that there is none available that could suitably be applied to assess the level and significance of the noise impact of the proposed scheme. Hence the following legislative guidance is adopted for use in this assessment:

• BS 4142:1997 ‘Method for rating industrial noise affecting mixed residential and

industrial areas,’ BSI

• BS 7445: 1991 'Description and Measurement of Environmental Noise' Parts 1 to

3, BSI

• BS 5228: 1997 'Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites' Parts 1

to 4, BSI

10.2.2 BS 41421 ‘Method for rating industrial noise affecting mixed residential and industrial areas' offers guidance on the assessment of industrial and commercial noise affecting residential and industrial areas. It describes a method for assessing whether industrial noise is likely to result in complaints from nearby residents.

10.2.3 BS74452 'Description and Measurement of Environmental Noise' defines and prescribes best practice during recording and reporting of environmental noise. It is inherently applied in all instances when making environmental noise measurements.



10.2.4 BS 52283 'Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites' gives recommendations for basic methods of noise and vibration control relating to construction sites and other open sites where construction activities are carried out. It offers a methodology for predicting noise levels from construction sites.


10.3.1 The following publications provide an indication as to acceptable environmental noise limits, and are summarised to give an indication of the criterion recommended by international bodies, which can be applied as appropriate significance criteria in this case.

10.3.2 In the ‘Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook’4 issued by the World Bank Group in July 1998, noise limits for new installations financed by the World Bank are set out, which are summarised below. Additionally, it is stated in the handbook that an increase of up to 3 dB above the existing background levels outside the project property boundary is considered acceptable.

Table 10.1 World Bank Limits

Maximum LAeq, dB Receptor Day (07:00 - 22:00) Night (23:00 - 07:00)

Residential, institutional, educational 55 45

Industrial, commercial 70 70

10.3.3 In the World Health Organisation document5 ‘Guidelines for Community Noise’, guideline limit values for community noise in various specific environments are provided. Noise levels below the limits are considered necessary to minimize any temporary or long-term deterioration in physical, psychological or social functioning associated with noise exposure. The values form the basis of many international environmental noise policy limits and are summarised in Table 10.2.

Table 10.2 World Health Organisation Limits

Specific Environment Critical Health Effects Maximum LAeq, dBOutdoor living Area (daytime + evening) Moderate Annoyance 60 Inside bedrooms Sleep disturbance 30 Outside bedrooms, window open Sleep disturbance 45 Industrial, commercial Hearing impairment 70

10.3.4 The maximum external night time level of 45 dB(A) is considered when assessing the

significance of the predicted operational noise below.

10.3.5 BS 41421 provides a methodology for the assessment of industrial noise in mixed residential and industrial areas. In this case, the standard suggests obtaining an assessment level by comparing the existing background noise levels with the 'rating level', which is the predicted noise output of the proposed industrial plant, corrected to account for any acoustic features such as tonal or impulsive noises. The semantics used for assessing the likelihood of complaints due to the introduction of a new industrial noise source are as follows:



• When subtracting the background level from the rating level, the greater the difference, the greater the likelihood of complaints.

• A difference of around +10 dB or more indicates that complaints are likely.

• A difference of around +5 dB is of marginal significance.

• If the rating level is more than 10 dB below the measured background noise level then this is a positive indication that complaints are unlikely.

10.3.6 With regard to the change in noise levels cased by increases in traffic flow, a change of 3 dB is the minimum perceptible change under normal conditions. This would arise from a doubling in traffic flow. It is generally accepted that such a change would not be perceptible, particularly if the change occurs over a long period of time. An increase in traffic flow of up to 25% will produce a 1 dB increase in noise levels, which is negligible and will produce no impact.


General

10.4.2 In order to assess the environmental noise impact of a proposed industrial development, it is generally accepted that predicted noise levels from the development need to be compared with existing levels at sensitive locations close to the site.

10.4.3 This assessment will consider the cumulative impact of the proposed Energy Centre, the existing Power Station and the proposed nearby wind farm. As such the noise section of this Environmental Statement will assess combined levels from both sites against background noise levels at local noise receptors. Pre-existing background noise levels have been obtained from the original Environmental Impact Assessment7 for the existing Power Station.

10.4.4 Background levels were established by Environmental Resources Management (ERM), with a survey in 1996 during the Stage I Environmental Impact Assessment of Vasilikos Power Station (adjacent to the proposed site for this scheme). The survey covered typical daytime, evening and night-time periods. A further survey was undertaken by Spectrum Acoustics in 2003, during the Stage III Environmental Impact Assessment of Vasilikos Power Station in 2003, using the same assessment locations.

10.4.5 This section summarises the findings of both surveys. To provide a worst case assessment of cumulative impact, the lowest background level obtained in each location is adopted for this assessment.

10.4.6 The measurement locations for both baseline noise surveys were agreed with the Local Authority as being representative of the local residential and commercial community on each aspect of the proposed site. The measurement locations are shown on Figures 10.1 to 10.3, and described below:

Location 1: Governors Beach Resort. Approximately 2 Km east of the proposed Energy Centre, adjacent to Kalymnos Campsite, 1.5 km south-west of the Power Station. (In line of sight of the existing exhaust stack and turbine hall.)



Location 2: Road Junction. At the entrance to field close to house and road junction between old Limassol/Nicosia Road and the spur road leading to Governor’s Beach, approximately 2 km south-west of the proposed Energy Centre. (In line of sight of the existing exhaust stack top and upper turbine hall of the Power Station.)

Location 3: Alexandrou Street. Opposite plant nursery on the main road into Zygi, approximately 3.5 km east of the proposed Energy Centre. (In line of sight of the existing exhaust stack top of the Power Station.)

Location 4: Telecoms Centre. On a dirt track through the field opposite the Telecommunications Centre close to the roadside, approximately 3.5 km from the proposed Energy Centre.

Location 5: Mari Village. On the outskirts of Mari Village along the road leading into Mari from the old Limassol/Nicosia Road. Screened from the Power Station by topography and approximately 200 m from the proposed Energy Centre boundary.

10.4.7 Both baseline surveys were conducted in accordance with the legislative guidance of BS 7445 (Reference 2), using Class 1 Monitoring equipment calibrated to traceable national standards. Details of the specific equipment used for each survey, including serial numbers and calibration dates, are available in each respective Environmental Statement. During both surveys, weather conditions were conducive to successful environmental noise measurement, in accordance, and represented low-wind conditions.

10.4.8 The following Table 10.3 and notes summarise the findings of each baseline noise assessment. The table summarises the A-weighted background level (LA90) measured in each location during the daytime, evening and night time.

Table 10.3 Summary of Measured Background Noise Levels (LA90) at Nearby Receptor Locations

Measured Background Level, LA90 (dB(A))

Day-time Evening Night-time Measurement Position

1996 2003 1996 2003 1996 2003

Location 1: Governors Beach Resort 38 42 39 44 37 39

Location 2: Road Junction 42 51 43 52 39 46

Location 3: Alexandrou Street 46 36 38 44 35 38

Location 4: Telecoms Centre 41 40 32 39 38 32

Location 5: Mari Village 47 43 39 46 41 37

Note: In 1996, ERM took measurements over 15 minute during the day/evening, and 10 minutes during the night. Measurements took place between 30/7/96 and 01/8/96. In 2003, Spectrum measured a series of 5 minute noise samples at each location, and report the mean daytime, evening and night-time background LA90 data. Measurements took place between 20/6/03 and 24/6/03.



10.4.9 At Location 1 (Governors Beach Resort), the daytime and evening noise levels were influenced by local and distant traffic, noise from the nearby café, and at some locations in the area noise from domestic electricity generators. The power station was not noticeably audible at this location in 2003.

10.4.10 At Location 2 (Road Junction), noise levels were generally dominated by traffic noise due to its proximity to the highway as well as local roads, particularly heavy vehicles travelling up the incline of the road. Hence, even during the night-time period background levels are comparatively high. The power station was not noticeably audible at this location in 2003.

10.4.11 At Location 3 (Alexandrou Street), the noise climate was dominated by traffic noise during the day/evening, and insect noise during the night. The power station was not noticeably audible at this location in 2003.

10.4.12 At Location 4 (Telecoms Centre), background noise was influenced by local traffic including heavy vehicles, and the nearby Cement Works. At night, insect noise dominated. The power station was not noticeably audible at this location in 2003.

10.4.13 At Location 5 (Mari Village), the dominant noise source was quarry lorries delivering to and from the Cement Works, and during the evening and night the dominant noise source was traffic on the highway and on local roads. The power station was not noticeably audible at this location in 2003, and there is no clear line of sight due to the land topography.

10.4.14 To provide a worst-case assessment of cumulative impact, this assessment will use the lowest of each daytime, evening, and night-time background level recorded, from either 1996 or 2003. Table 10.4 summarises the background levels to be used.

Table 10.4 Summary of Lowest Measured Background Noise Levels (LA90) at Nearby Receptor Location, from both Previous Baseline Noise Assessments

Lowest Measured Background Level LA90 (dB(A)) Measurement position

Day-time Evening Night-time

Location 1: Governors Beach Resort 38 39 37

Location 2: Road Junction 42 43 39

Location 3: Alexandrou Street 36 38 35

Location 4: Telecoms Centre 40 32 32

Location 5: Mari Village 43 39 37




Construction Noise

10.5.2 Construction activity inevitably leads to temporary noise generation at locations in close proximity to the construction activities. However, due to the typical distances between the proposed site and the nearest receptors, and significant acoustic screening in all directions, the impact of construction activity on residents and tourists will be negligible.

10.5.3 Construction noise predictions can be made based on the methodology outlined in BS 5228: 1997 'Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites'3. Construction noise levels are predicted as a ‘free field’ equivalent continuous noise level averaged over a one-hour period (LAeq,1h), and then subsequently averaged over a 12-hour working day to give the LAeq,12h.

10.5.4 In the absence of specific information regarding the proposed construction plant and activities, it is possible to provide information as to the predicted construction noise levels using the methodology set out in BS 52282 in conjunction with general information regarding proposed activities.

10.5.5 In 2005, the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) published an Update of Noise Levels for the Prediction of Noise on Construction and Open Sites6. This has been used to supplement the database contained in BS 52282. Table 10.5 shows the noise levels associated with typical construction activities, and predicts the likely noise contribution from each item at a distance of 200 m. (This is the worst case distance from the boundary of the proposed site to the closest receptor.)

10.5.6 The estimated sound pressure levels shown are worst-case estimates based on propagation attenuation only. Due to the screening offered by the topography of the intervening land, these levels would be up to 10 dB lower at the receptor locations.

10.5.7 The levels at 200m shown represent the worst case scenario, when the construction plant will be at its closest to the nearby receptors. For the majority of the construction period, noise levels will be lower due to increased distances between plant and receivers.

10.5.8 Considering the temporary and changing nature of the proposed construction works, and the large distances between the proposed construction activities and NSR locations, construction noise may be audible at times, but the noise level is not predicted to significantly increase pre-existing daytime ambient noise levels. Hence the impact of construction noise is not predicted to be significant.

10.5.9 Nonetheless, appropriate working practices would be adopted to minimise noise levels where practicable. Suggested mitigation measures for construction are given below.



Table 10.5 Example Sound Pressure Levels Associated with Typical Construction Activities.

CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY/ ASSOCIATED PLANT

Typical A-weighted

Sound Pressure Level

(LA) at 10 m (dB(A))

Estimated Sound Pressure Level

(LA) at 200 m (dB(A))

Site Preparation Dozer Tracked Excavator Wheeled Backhoe Loader

75 78 68

49 52 42

Excavation Dozer Tracked Excavator Loading Lorry Articulated Dump Truck

81 79 80 81

55 53 54 55

Rolling and Compaction Roller Vibratory Plate

79 80

53 54

Piling Hydraulic Hammer Rig Large Rotary Bored Piling Rig

89 83

63 57

Welding/Cutting Steel Welder (Welding Piles) Generator for welder Cutter (Cutting Piles)

73 57 68

47 31 42

Other Large Lorry Concrete Mixer Concrete Pump (Discharging) Tower Crane

77 67 77

51 41 51

Construction Vibration

10.5.10 Some construction activities can be a source of ground-borne vibration, which can be a cause for concern at the nearest receptors. Typical activities that would lead to vibration effects include compaction, breaking and piling.

10.5.11 The impact at the nearest properties from any vibration activities is a function of the vibration source and the propagation path to the receptor; larger distances reduce the impact. Due to the large distances involved, construction vibration will not be discernible at the receptor locations. The impact of construction vibration will therefore be negligible.



Mitigation Measures

10.5.12 In order to keep construction noise to a minimum, the appointed contractor would employ industry best practice construction practices as a part of the contractor’s construction EMS, examples of which are provided in BS 52282. Noise attenuation measures and hours of working should be agreed in advance with the relevant Local Authority.

10.5.13 The following mitigation measures should be employed to reduce construction noise:

• Clear lines of communication should be developed between the project team, contractors and any affected premises close to the site so that any complaints can be dealt with and warnings can be given of the likely occurrence and duration of particularly noisy events.

• In order to control the impact of construction noise to residential receptors, work should be carried out during the daytime only, where possible. If night working is required, the contractor should inform and agree the works in advance with the relevant local authority, and provide nearby residents with a point of contact during the night, for any queries or complaints.

• All vehicles and mechanical plant used for construction should be fitted with effective exhaust silencers, and regularly maintained.

• Since the plant is required to run 24 hours a day, is particularly important to ensure that mitigation measures will keep noise levels under the limits specified by the legislation (see 10.3 in this section).

• All ancillary plant such as generators, compressors and pumps should be positioned so as to cause minimum noise disturbance (for example, away from the nearest receptors, or behind a screening body). If necessary, temporary acoustic barriers or enclosures should be provided.


Noise Model

10.6.2 To predict the environmental noise contribution from the proposed energy centre, a computer-based noise model has been created using Cadna software. The software incorporates the procedure set out in ISO 9613 Parts 1 & 2 'Acoustics - Attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors', and can provide an accurate visual representation of calculated noise levels.

10.6.3 A three dimensional model of the site was created using two-dimensional maps and topographical data. Figure 10.4 shows the output of the 3D model. Calculations have been based on typical sound power levels for the proposed and existing plant items, incorporating the proposed energy centre, the existing Vasilikos Power Station and the adjacent wind farm. The overall noise level has been modelled for the five assessment locations for the following three scenarios:

• Scenario 1: Existing noise sources (baseline conditions). This model shows the noise climate as influenced by the existing Vasilikos Power Station and the proposed wind farm adjacent east to the Energy Centre.

• Scenario 2: Proposed noise sources. This model shows the noise contribution from the proposed Energy Centre only.



• Scenario 3: Cumulative noise. This model shows the cumulative noise of the Vasilikos Power Station, the proposed wind farm and the proposed Energy Centre.

10.6.4 To ensure a ‘worst case’ prediction at each receptor location, the following assumptions have been made:

• ‘Down-wind’ conditions;

• A temperature of 15ºC and a relative humidity of 70%, resulting in low levels of atmospheric attenuation;

• Hard reflective ground between the source and receiver; and

• All plant running.

10.6.5 The software also accounts for the following effects:

• Distance propagation;

• Directivity effects;

• Screening effects due to existing buildings or plant, or other proposed on-site

structures; and

• Ground effects.

10.6.6 The model considers normal operational noise. As such, noise due to emergency facilities and other non-normal operation plant items have not been considered. Table 10.6 summarises the source sound power data used in the production of the noise model. This includes sources within the Energy Centre, and the adjacent wind farm.

Table 10.6 Sound Power Data Used in Computer Model

Source No.Sound

Power per Unit

(dB(A))

Sound Pressure

at 1m (dB(A))

Boil off Gas Compressors 3 110 85

Pump out pumps (near tanks) 600 - 800 kW 5 100 85

Insulated Piping Around Boil off Gas Compressor Area - - 80

Wind Turbines 8 100 89

Calculated Noise Levels

10.6.7 Figures 10.1 through 10.3 show the output of the computer model for the three scenarios respectively. Table 10.7 summarises the calculated noise level at each noise sensitive receptor location figures are rounded to the nearest whole decibel).



Table 10.7 Calculated Noise Levels at Receptor Locations

Calculated Noise Level (dB(A))

Assessment Location Existing Sources

Proposed Sources

Cumulative Noise


Location 2: Road Junction 28 26 30

Location 3: Alexandrou Street 24 21 26

Location 4: Telecoms Centre 23 13 23

Location 5: Mari Village 27 16 27

Assessment of the Cumulative Noise Impact

10.6.8 Table 10.8 summarises the calculated cumulative noise levels and worst-case pre-existing background noise levels, at each assessment location. The excess of the calculated noise level over the pre-existing background is given, in accordance with an assessment to BS 41421:

Table 10.8 Assessment of the Cumulative Noise Impact

Assessment Location

Worst-Case Pre-Existing Background Noise Level

(dB(A))

Cumulative Noise Level

(dB(A))

BS 4142 Assessment

Level (Reference 1)


Location 2: Road Junction 39 30 -9

Location 3: Alexandrou Street 35 26 -9

Location 4: Telecoms Centre 32 23 -9

Location 5: Mari Village 37 27 -10

10.6.9 At Location 1, the cumulative noise level leads to a BS41421 assessment level of 0. This suggests that the noise impact is less than marginal significance, and complaints are not likely. At all other locations, the BS4142 assessment gives a positive indication that complaints are unlikely due to the cumulative impact of all noise sources.

10.6.10 In summary, the likelihood of complaints, according to the semantics of BS 41421, is very low. Furthermore, the World Bank and World Health Organisation threshold of 45 dB(A) will not be exceeded at any residential receptor. It is therefore concluded that there will be a negligible noise impact due to the proposed Energy Centre.



Operational Vibration

10.6.11 Sources of vibration on site are minimal. Vibration may be transmitted to the floor from balanced rotating equipment such as pumps; however, the level of induced vibration will not be sufficient to propagate to the nearest sensitive receptors over the distances involved. Hence the impact of operational vibration will not be of significance.

Operational Traffic Noise

10.6.12 Details regarding the baseline and predicted traffic resulting from the operation of the Energy Centre are available in Section 11 of this environmental statement. The worst case reported daily trips to/from the Energy Centre is considered in the assessment of operational traffic noise. It is understood that the majority of site traffic will exit via the on-site road onto the B1 Limassol/Nicosia 'Old Road'. This road currently has an average of 2, 838 vehicle movements per day, with approximately 50% being made up of goods vehicles. The predicted operational traffic will increase the traffic flow on this road by approximately 18%. This will lead to an increase in road noise of less than 1 dB, which is not of significance.

10.6.13 Approximately 10% of site traffic will leave the site via the road running towards the B1 road, via Mari Village. No baseline data is available for this road. Site traffic will contribute 55 movements per day, which would only lead to a significant impact if current traffic flow on this road were less than 220 movements per day.

10.6.14 It should be noted that the site traffic will mainly comprise goods vehicles, and so the proportion of goods vehicles on these road would increase. This has the potential to increase instantaneous noise levels at noise sensitive receptor locations close to the road, such as Mari village. However, it is evident from the baseline information available that there is goods vehicle activity in this area already. Hence it is reasonable to assume that site traffic will not lead to substantial increases in noise levels.

10.6.15 It is not anticipated that vehicle movements on site will significantly increase the predicted noise levels, at the locations of the noise sensitive receptors, over the cumulative operational noise of the existing Power station and proposed Energy Centre.

Mitigation Measures

10.6.16 Whilst planning noise limits will be agreed with the relevant Local Authority at the planning consent stage, plant operators should aim to better these limits and reduce noise emissions as far as possible. The following measures should serve to continually monitor and minimise the impact of noise from the proposed Energy Centre.

10.6.17 Since tonal or impulsive noises are considered more annoying than continuous noise sources, plant items should be silenced or otherwise controlled through regular maintenance to ensure no such emissions are audible at receptor locations.

10.6.18 A programme of continual noise monitoring, including a noise survey shortly following the commissioning of the new plant, should be agreed if required by the Local Authority. The aim of these surveys should be to ensure that plant noise levels as measured at the agreed NSR locations do not exceed the planning noise limits agreed with the local authority. Noise monitoring should be undertaken in accordance with BS41421 for consistency with previous studies.



10.6.19 In the event of a complaint by a local resident relating to noise levels during the operation of the plant, an investigation should be carried out by the operator, or a representative thereof, to determine the likely cause of the complaint, and any available remedial measures. Where it is deemed necessary by the Local Authority, a written report detailing these measures and their effectiveness should be provided.

10.6.20 Inherently quiet plant items should be selected wherever practicable. High performance acoustic enclosures should be considered for all noisy plant items where practicable.

10.6.21 Although emergency generators and other 'normally-off' plant items have not been included in the modelling of normal plant operation, these should be afforded the same level of noise control as all other plant.

10.6.22 In the interest of maintaining neighbourly relations and residential amenity, the operator should give a reasonable period of notice to residents prior to any non-normal operations that would lead to an increase is noise levels. These should be carried out between 0900 and 1700 hours during the weekdays, wherever possible.

10.6.23 When non-normal and emergency operations lead to noise levels in excess of the agreed planning limits, the operator should inform the local authority and residents of the reasons for these operations, and the anticipated emergency period.

10.7 Summary

10.7.1 This section of the Environment Statement identifies and assesses the impact of noise and vibration due to the construction and operation of the proposed Vasilikos Energy Centre. The assessment utilises the pre-existing baseline noise conditions as reported for the Environmental Statement for the existing adjacent Vasilikos Power Station, and uses a computer model to calculate the cumulative noise levels due to the power station, energy centre, and the adjacent wind farm.

10.7.2 The assessment of impact has been undertaken at five nearby residential receptor locations. The significance of the impact is assessed in accordance with BS 41421, World Bank4 and World Health Organisation5 criteria.

10.7.3 Construction noise levels will vary as construction activity changes in nature and location, however the impact of construction noise is not predicted to be of significance, due to the large distances and topographical detail between the proposed site and receptors.

10.7.4 A worst-case assessment of the cumulative operational noise levels of all existing and proposed sources, against pre-existing background noise levels, indicates that there will be no significant noise impact due to the proposed energy centre. This includes the noise increase due to operational traffic.

10.7.5 Both constructional and operational vibration will be negligible.



References:

1. British Standard Institution (BSI), BS 4142:1997: Method for rating industrial noise affecting mixed residential and industrial areas, 1997

2. British Standard Institution (BSI), BS 7445: 1991: Description and Measurement of Environmental Noise' Parts 1 to 3, 1991.

3. British Standard Institution (BSI), BS 5228: 1997: Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites, Parts 1 to 4, 1997.

4. World Bank Group, Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook, July 1998.

5. World Health Organisation, Guidelines for Community Noise, July 1998.

6. Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) UK, 'Update of Noise Levels for the Prediction of Noise on Construction and Open Sites', 2005.

SECTION 11

TRAFFIC AND INFRASTRUCTURE

SECTION 11 TRAFFIC AND INFRASTRUCTURE


11 TRAFFIC AND INFRASTRUCTURE

11.1 Introduction

11.1.1 The aim of this section is to assess the traffic impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the proposed Vasilikos Energy Centre in relation to the existing baseline conditions.

11.1.2 This study will consider the impacts from increased traffic in the area but will also discuss, from a qualitative perspective, the operational impacts associated with the oil companies moving from Larnaca to Vasilikos.


Study Area

11.2.2 This study has looked at the impact on the following important roads/junctions:

• Highway A1 (the main road that runs from Limassol to Nicosia);

• Highway B1 (the old road Limassol to Nicosia highway);

• The road running along the coast to the south-east of the site to the cross roads:

• The road running from the west of the cement works to highway B1; and

• Junctions 15-18 of highway A1.

Approach

11.2.3 In order to undertake this assessment, data has been obtained from the Department of Roads and Public Works within the Ministry of Communications and Works. With the data gathered from meetings, conversations with various departments and local knowledge, a desk study has been carried out. The study has assessed the potential impacts and corresponding significance criteria as outlined below.

Significance Criteria

11.2.4 The level of significance for traffic impacts is dependent on the sensitivity of the receptors (i.e. road network, pedestrian and cyclist conditions) and the magnitude of change. The traffic impact significance criteria to be used in this assessment are summarised in Table 11.1 below.

Table 11.1 Traffic Impact Significance Criteria

Significance Criteria Potential Impact Major Moderate Low/Negligible

Traffic conditions >10% increase in traffic flows

5-10% increase in traffic flows

<5% increase in traffic flows

Pedestrian and cyclist conditions

>30% increase in traffic flows



HGV effects >100% increase in HGV flows

30-100% increase in HGV flows

<30% increase in HGV flows

Traffic related air quality and noise

>30% increase in traffic flows






11.3.1 Highway A1 runs to the north of the site from Limassol to Nicosia and was constructed to replace the B1 highway. Between junction 15 and 18 the A1 has two lanes with a hard shoulder in both directions. The road is generally in good condition and is maintained regularly by the Department of Roads and Public Works. Figure 3.2 identifies the major highways and junctions in the area.

11.3.2 Highway B1 runs alongside the new A1 and connects Limassol to Nicosia. It was replaced by the A1 as the main route between Limassol and Nicosia due to the traffic demand. The B1 consists of a single lane running in both directions. As with the A1 any required maintenance on the B1 is carried out by the Department of Roads and Public Works and is due for repair in the immediate future.

11.3.3 The road running from the south-east of the site along the coast, to the cross roads and then north from the west of the cement works, is under the control of Larnaca District and as such it is the districts responsibility to undertake any required maintenance work. At present the road is in fairly good condition but if the volume of traffic is increased then sections may need evaluating and updating.

11.3.4 It is planned that the Zygi to Larnaca Coastal Road will at some point in the future undergo upgrading.

11.3.5 Junction 15 has exit and entrance points that run in both directions along the A1 highway. Junction 16 of the A1 enables the traffic travelling in a westerly direction to enter and exit the A1 carriageway, whereas junction 17 is the same as junction 16 but for the easterly travelling vehicles. Junction 18 as with junction 15 has entrance and exit points for both carriageway directions. At present the only junction that has a planned upgrade is the roundabout at junction 15, which runs to Zygi. The details of the upgrade are to be provided and will be discussed in more detail in the FEED phase.

11.3.6 On the approach road to the Energy Centre site there are few residential receptors, in addition it has been observed that pedestrian and cyclist movements in the area are very light.

11.3.7 Vehicle movements in the Vasilikos area are presented in Table 11.2 below. The data in the table was obtained from the Public Works Department of the Ministry of Communications and Works.

Table 11.2 Vehicle Movements in the Vasilikos Area – Annual Daily Average for Selected Road Sectors (2004)

Sector Cars LGV MGV HGV Buses Total

Limassol/Nicosia highway (A1) (Kofinou – Parekklisha)

18,615 5,300 2,819 2,749 373 29,856

Limassol / Nicosia old road (B1-070) (Kofinou – Zygi)

655 200 96 96 29 1,076

Limassol / Nicosia old road (B1-080) (Zygi – Parekklisha) (Between junction 15 to 19)

1,316 823 270 369 60 2,838

Zygi – Nicosia highway (E0106)

685 447 293 43 74 1,542

Zygi – Vasilikos (E0107) 824 180 66 333 31 1,434 Moni – Monagroulli (E0108) 1,260 313 194 477 29 2,273




Impact Assessment

11.4.2 The construction programme will generate short-term increases in all types of vehicle movement along the local and national road networks in the vicinity of the site due to the movement of construction material and personnel.

11.4.3 The precise numbers of construction traffic and their cargo had not been identified at the time of submission of this report. As such an outline assessment has been undertaken which will be revised and completed in more detail for submission as part of the FEED phase. It is anticipated however that construction traffic will consist of:

• 1000 workers per day at the peek of construction;

• HGVs carrying:

• Aggregates, concrete, sand, steel etc;

• Waste;

• Excess soil, which will be stockpiled off site.

11.4.4 Potential traffic and transport related impacts include:

• Disruption to road users from vehicles entering and leaving the construction site;

• Disruption to pedestrians from vehicles entering and leaving the site;

• Disruption of other road users along the transport routes; and

• Damage to road infrastructure by heavy construction vehicles.

11.4.5 When the construction traffic joins the A1 highway the potential impacts will be low/negligible.

Mitigation

11.4.6 Where there are going to be oversized or large quantities of construction equipment and/or material brought to the site, other transportation mechanisms should be identified, for example barges can use the Archirodon dock to deliver supplies.

11.4.7 To reduce journey lengths materials will be sourced locally where possible e.g. cement will be obtained from the Vasilikos Cement Batching Plant.

11.4.8 A Construction Traffic Management Plan should be developed and implemented by the construction contractor, areas for consideration will include:

• Agreement of transport routes to and from the construction site with the local authorities prior to commencement of the construction programme to avoid sensitive areas;

• Traffic control measures (e.g. traffic lights or flagmen) will be deployed at all intersections of site access routes and main roads;

• Strict speed controls will be implemented for all transport vehicles both on and off site;



• Where it is necessary to transport oversized pieces of equipment to the site by road the construction contractor should comply with the local police requirements such as ensuring the where this is not possible all large or over-size transport vehicles to are accompanied by escort cars equipped with flashing yellow warning lights while in transit on public roads;

• Delivery of construction plant, equipment and goods will be planned so as to minimise the total number of required trips;

• Delivery of construction plant, equipment and goods will be scheduled outside of peak hour traffic times and during hours which will not disrupt local sensitive receptors;

• All permanent drivers associated with the energy centre will undertake accident prevention training;

• Minimising dust through road wetting and vehicle washing before they leave site and a series of rumble grids will be put on all exit points to the site, which will be cleaned weekly; and

• Where possible, all vehicles turning will be conducted in areas off the main road network.

11.4.9 As part of the mitigation the contractor’s HSE Officer should monitor the above as well as:

• Checks of site deliveries to ensure that the appropriate traffic control measures are being implemented;

• Surveys of selected transport routes to identify any degradation of public road surfaces; and

• Any monitoring that is required by specific legislation as stated in the noise and air quality sections.

11.4.10 The Plan should also contain an incident and complaints register. Any incident on the local road network involving construction-related vehicles would be recorded in this register. The complaints register should record any comments or complaints as received by members of the public.

11.4.11 With these mitigation and control measure in place, the residual impacts associated with construction traffic are considered to be low.


Impacts

11.5.2 Anticipated traffic movements (particularly in the form of road tankers) are expected to increase in the Vasilikos area and decrease in the Larnaca area, where the oil companies are currently located, as a result of the project.

11.5.3 Movement numbers and patterns have been derived from1:

• The expected increase in traffic from the predicted energy centre throughput data;

• Seasonal variation data;

• Generic destinations for the road tankers; and

• Road tanker sizes and loading/unloading rates.



Table 11.3 Road Traffic Arising from the Operation of the Vasilikos Energy Centre

YEAR 2010 YEAR 2035 PRODUCT No. of Trucks

Journeys per Day

No. of Trucks

Journeys per Day

LNG None None - - LPG 3 to 4 14 to 24 4 to 5 19 to 30 Jet Fuel No Pipeline Base Case

Jet to Pafos Airport 3 to 4 12 5 to 6 20 to 24 Jet to Larnaca Airport 7 to 8 42 to 48 13 to 15 78 to 90 White Products 95 RON MOGAS 10 to 15 48 to 72 17 to 25 82 to 120 98 RON MOGAS 2 10 3 to 4 14 to 19 Heating Kerosene 1 to 2 5 1 to 2 5 Lo-S Diesel (AGO) 11 to 17 53 to 82 17 to 25 82 to 120 Hi-S Diesel (HGO 0.2S) 6 to 9 29 to 43 8 to 11 38 to 53 Black Products LFO (Inland Only) 2 to 3 10 to 14 3 to 4 14 to 19 Bitumen 4 24 5 to 6 30 to 36 Total (maximum) 334 516

Note 1. Provision for future LNG truck loading and export of LNG to service a possible future Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Market.

Note 2. Where a range of numbers is given it relates to the range of truck sizes. Use of larger trucks means fewer trucks are needed and fewer journeys each day are required. Use the average of the range as an indication of the average position assuming an equal mix of truck sizes.

11.5.4 For potential truck sizes and loading rates for the products identified in Table 11.3 please refer to the project description (Section 3).

11.5.5 The two main product loading areas and routes from the site are as follows:

• Black products - HFO and LFO - will be loaded at the south-east corner of the site and as such will be required to travel along the coast road towards the Vasilikos Cement Factory before turning north up the Vasilikos Mari road, passing through Mari Village, before turning right at the B1 to gain access to the A1 at Junction 15 to either travel east or west.

• White products, jet fuel and LPG will be loaded in the north-west corner of the site and will either turn left or right at the B1 to gain access to the A1 at either junction 16, 15 to travel west or east respectively.

11.5.6 As such all traffic from the Energy Centre will travel along the B1-080 section of road. Table 11.4 compares the predicted traffic from the Energy Centre to the know baseline traffic along this section of road for 2004. This table assumes that each parcel of product leaving the site entails two vehicle journeys on the Vasilikos road area, one for the vehicle travelling to the energy centre and another for the vehicle leaving the site.



Table 11.4 Predicted Traffic Impacts from the Energy Centre

Significance Sector 2004 Total

Vehicle Movements

% Change (2004-2010)

Traffic Conditions

Pedestrians and Cyclists

Traffic Related Noise and Air

Quality Limassol / Nicosia Highway (A1) (Kofinou – Parekklisha) 29,856 2.24 Low Low Low

Limassol / Nicosia old road (B1-080) (Zygi – Parekklisha) 2,838 23.54 Major Moderate Moderate

11.5.7 In the above Table 11.4, the percent increase of operational vehicle movements compared with the anticipated baseline in 2035 has not been calculated due to the lack of baseline projections for 2035. This will be undertaken as part of the FEED phase EA.

11.5.8 On the basis of the above it is assessed that on the local Vasilikos area roads, such as the B1 – 080, it is expected that the impact from the operational phase traffic will have a major significance on the traffic conditions (e.g. the roads will be busier and the road quality will degrade faster), HGV effects (same as the traffic conditions) and traffic-related air quality and noise due to the high volume of trucks that are moving to and from the facility. There is however the argument that due to the lack of sensitive receptors in the area that the impact could be classed as moderate.

11.5.9 Although Table 11.4 has identified that traffic related noise and air quality will be of moderate significance both the noise and air quality sections indicate that they will be low due to the lack of sensitive receptors. As this is the case then the moderate obtained here can be reduced to a low negative.

11.5.10 The impact on the pedestrians and cyclists are considered low due to the few numbers that are currently in the area.

11.5.11 Once the traffic joins the A1 highway all the potential impacts outlined above can be classed as low/negligible, especially as HGV’s travelling to Pafos Airport currently use this route. However with a high volume of HGVs there may be the need for some of the junctions close to the site to be redesigned to enable traffic to get on and off the highway with more ease e.g. a more direct route, reduced sharpness of curves and increased ramps for acceleration and breaking.

11.5.12 It is important to note that the net negative impact that will occur in the Vasilikos area is outweighed by the positive impact that will occur by reducing the number of trucks that currently move to and from the sites on a daily basis in Larnaca. The positive impact arises, as Larnaca is a highly populated area with many sensitive receptors, reducing the traffic flow will mean there will be less accidents, the air quality and noise will improve and that the roads will become clearer for tourists and locals.

Mitigation

11.5.13 It should be expected that some work would be required to upgrade and improve the coastal road, which connects the southeast corner of the site to the Vasilikos Cement Works and the Vasilikos - Mari road (shown in Plate 8.8) to allow the road to carry the increased heavy traffic on the road.

11.5.14 It has been proposed that a pipeline could be built from the energy centre to the airport at Larnaca as a part of a separate project. This would have the effect of



reducing the journeys per day by approximately 15% in 2010 and approximately 17.5% in 2035 (calculated using the maximum numbers of journeys per day), which in turn would lower the significance of the potential impacts and as such would have a positive effect.

11.5.15 Each contractor should develop an Operational Traffic Management Plan. As part of this plan the routes that their delivery vehicles will take should be outlined, so as to cause the least impact to the surrounding area, and agreed with the Department of Roads and Public Works. Where possible, numbers of vehicles visiting the site should be minimised so as to reduce the noise and increase the air quality. As part of the management plan a speed limit or limits should be set. All permanent drivers associated with the energy centre should undertake accident prevention training; this should be the responsibility of each of the individual oil companies.

11.5.16 A Traffic Monitoring Programme should be developed and implemented for the terminal operations. The primary purpose of the plan should be to monitor traffic flows in and out of the immediate vicinity of the terminal to assess whether any problems relating to traffic congestion arise. Monitoring should be undertaken by the Energy Centre Operations HSE Officer and should include monthly checks reducing to quarterly and peak season inspections when it is established that there are no traffic congestion problems.

11.5.17 Noise complaints associated with traffic movement should be managed via the Energy Centre Operations Management. All complaints should be fully investigated noting time of complaint and causes of disturbance.

11.6 De-commissioning Impacts and Mitigation

11.6.1 The expected impacts and mitigation measures during the de-commissioning phase will be similar to those described for the construction phase.

11.7 Summary

11.7.1 The establishment of the Energy Centre as Vasilikos will result in a net improvement to current traffic patterns in the Larnaca area as traffic associated with the existing facilities will be moved away from this heavily populated area.

11.7.2 The Energy Centre will, however, have a significant effect upon traffic in the local Vasilikos area resulting in a significant increase in traffic through Mari village and along the old B1 Limassol to Nicosia Road. The effects of this increased traffic, however, will have a low impact once the trucks reach the A1 Limassol to Nicosia Highway given the capacity of this road.

References 1. MW Kellogg, MWKL-PR-INT-002: LNG & Petroleum Products Terminal Requirements for Road Load Out of Oil Products, February 2006.

SECTION 12

WASTE

SECTION 12 WASTE


12 WASTE

12.1 Introduction

12.1.1 This section aims to identify typical solid and liquid wastes that will be produced during the construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the Vasilikos Energy Centre and how those wastes will be managed.

12.2 Legislation

12.2.1 There are several laws in Cyprus that relate to the control and management of various waste types these are:

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Law 215(I)/2002

12.2.2 This Law and it subordinate Regulations considering waste oils, batteries, PCBs-PCTs, packaging and packaging waste, animal by-products and landfills. The law includes guidance on explosives, oxidious, inflammable, combustible, inflammatory, harmful, toxic, cancerous, erosive infections and teratogenous substances. It should be noted however that this law excludes all kinds of radioactive wastes.

12.2.3 Under this law waste is defined as: every substance or object falling within the categories listed in Appendix II of the legislation. The following list highlights where the owner is obliged to dispose of the waste in the correct manor and includes:

• Materials that have been contaminated or polluted from intentional activities;

• Non-usable elements;

• Industrial process residue;

• Prevention of pollution process residue;

• Mining residue and preparation of primary materials residue;

• Contaminated material;

• Every material, substance or product whose use is prohibited by the provisions of this Law; and

• Contaminated materials, substance and products as a result of activities carried out for the restoration of land.

12.2.4 As such any materials, substances or products that are discarded or intended to be discarded as a waste has been defined as such under Cypriot law.

Landfill Waste Law 562/2003

12.2.5 This Law sets specific requirements for the design, operation, and aftercare of landfills and for the types of waste that may be accepted at landfill sites. The law also imposes "Duty of Care" upon waste producers, carriers, importers, treatment and disposal facilities for the appropriate management of that waste and the legislation puts in place a system to ensure that transfers of waste are carried out be an "authorised person" and that the shipment is accompanied with the appropriate waste transfer documentation.

12.2.6 Importantly under Cypriot law waste is not allow to cause any nuisance or create any risk to public health and the environment. As such waste may only be stored or disposed of by persons holding a waste permit. Waste produced as a result of operations must be passed to a permit holder without delay for appropriate

SECTION 12 WASTE


management. It would, therefore, be beneficial for the construction contractor to obtain a waste management licence allowing for the effective consolidation and management of waste material produced as a part of the construction of the Energy Centre.

EU Waste Management Principals and Best Practice Guidelines

12.2.7 Key waste management principals that are to be taken into consideration throughout the design, construction and operational phases of the project including EU and best practice include:

• Polluter Pays: is the principle whereby a body who causes pollution should bear the financial burden of its appropriate management;

• Precautionary Principle: potential waste problems identified should be avoided;

• Prevention: waste production should be minimised and avoided as far as practically possible; and

• Proximity: waste should be disposed of as closely to the source of production.


12.3.1 For this study both solid and liquid wastes have been identified and associated management measures devised on how each waste type should be handled and disposed of relating to all the project phases.

12.3.2 The types of waste associated with the project will include:

• Non-hazardous combustible solid waste such as waste paper, wood and cardboard;

• Non-hazardous, non-combustible waste such as scrap metal;

• Non-hazardous liquid waste;

• Hazardous solid waste such as paint cans and empty chemical containers; and

• Hazardous liquid waste such as liquid oily wastes.


12.4.1 Cyprus currently has one operational landfill for the disposal of non-hazardous wastes in Pafos, another one planned to be constructed in Limassol. There are no hazardous waste disposal facilities in the country and Cyprus is reliant on safe storage of hazardous waste and export for international disposal.

12.5 Construction

12.5.1 Construction works will result in the production solid and liquid wastes (outlined in Tables 12.1 and 12.2 respectively). The tables detail the methods of treatment, storage, and arrangements for removal from site for disposal. It should be noted that at this time quantities of wastes that will be generated during this phase have not been calculated but will be as part of the FEED EA.

SECTION 12 WASTE


Table 12.1 Solid Waste Types Likely to Result From Construction Activities Waste Type Source Management

Domestic wastes, including office waste and kitchen waste.

Temporary office and support facilities

Stored on site in labelled sealed containers and removed by a local waste removal contractor for proper disposal off site.

Packaging waste, including wood, metal and plastic.

Unpacking of delivered materials

Stored in skips ready for removal off site for recycling. The skip containing plastic will be covered so that material does not blow out of it.

Various hazardous wastes including oils, oil filters, oily rags, expended sand blast and grit, chemical/oil containers, batteries.

Machine maintenance Oils will be stored in steel tanks located on an impervious base and provided with impermeable bund walls to give a containment capacity of at least 110 per cent of the tanks’ volume. The remainder will be stored in labelled sealed containers. These wastes will be collected as required by a local waste removal contractor for proper treatment and disposal off-site at a suitably licensed facility to be identified.

Paint waste and tins/buckets.

Left over from painting activities

Waste paint and paint tins/buckets are likely to be classified as hazardous waste and so will be stored with the hazardous wastes for removal by a licensed local waste removal contractor and disposed of using appropriate disposal methods.

Electrical waste including cables, cable drums (wood), and cable trays (galvanized).

Wiring activities Scrap metal and wood will be collected and recycled at the local scrap yard.

An as yet unquantified amount of contaminated soils. The final amount will only be determined during excavation itself.

Excavated as a part of the site levelling procedures

It is likely to be classified as a hazardous waste, and so will require disposal at a suitably licensed facility to be identified.

Uncontaminated excavated soils from across the site.

Excavated as a part of the site levelling procedures

Where possible soils will be reused across site. Where this is not possible individuals can retrieve it from a safe allocated point on the site.

Medical waste. First aid actions on site. Stored on site in labelled sealed containers and removed by a local waste removal contractor for proper disposal off site.

Other construction materials waste such as steel and pipe off-cuts, used grinding discs, weld electrodes, welding flux, wire off-cuts, used timber, concrete.

Various construction activities

Scrap metal and wood will be collected and recycled at the local scrap yard.

SECTION 12 WASTE


Table 12.2 Liquid Waste Streams Likely to Result From Construction Waste Type Source Management

Uncontaminated waters

Various activities. Discharged in the direction of the sea but also allowed to permeate into the ground to soak away.

Sewage Temporary office facilities and the construction works.

Stored on site in septic tanks and transported off site by a local waste removal contractor for proper treatment and disposal off-site.

Wash/test waters Truck washing areas and tank testing waters.

A water treatment system and a bunded truck washing area with clarification of washwaters and recycled water loop (see Section 6).

Detergents Various activities Managed as “Uncontaminated waters” above. Storm and surface water run off.

Vehicle and plant wash down area, and road and stockpile dampening.

Managed as “Uncontaminated waters” above.

12.5.2 Significant waste streams likely to be products as a part of the construction process are discussed below:

• Excavated Soil: As discussed in Section 5, the existing HCI facilities will be demolished under a contract to be let by the Government of Cyprus and this contract is expected to leave a site fit for industrial use. However at present the site is at 10 m above sea level at the seaward side, and rises to 80 m above sea level inland. Earthworks will be required to make the site sufficiently level for the purposes of the Energy Centre and to establish the three level terraces required by the proposed site layout. The finished contours will be roughly 20 m at the seaward side rising to 40 m at the landward end of the site. The amount of earth material to be excavated is likely to be of the order of 120,000 m3. Where possible, excess cut material will be used as fill for foundations and road formation.

• Excess Excavated Material: Defined as inert material removed from the ground and sub-surface that will not be reused on site. It is intended as a part of the project design to achieve a neutral cut and fill balance whereby materials cut from one are of the site will be used to fill other areas as such minimising as far as practicable the need to ship excess excavated material off site for disposal.

• General Construction Waste: Comprises unwanted materials generated during construction, including rejected structures and materials, materials which have been over ordered or are surplus to requirements, and materials, which have been used and discarded.

These wastes will be generated at all construction sites and will typically comprise wood waste from formwork and falsework, material and equipment packaging/wrapping, and surplus or rejected construction material.

There is no firm basis for the estimation of the waste generated at any construction site, but it is expected contractors will typically incorporate waste rates of 0.03 percent to 0.05 percent for major construction items.

Although the expected total volume of waste is quite limited, their storage, handling, transport and disposal has the potential to create visual, water, dust and associated traffic impacts.

• Chemical Waste: Typically generated by the maintenance of equipment, scrap batteries or spent acid/alkali, used engine oils and hydraulic fluids, waste paints,

SECTION 12 WASTE


chemical/oil based emulsions, spent mineral oils and cleaning fluids, and spent solvents.

Chemical waste may pose serious environmental, and health and safety hazards if not properly managed. These hazards may include:

• Toxic effects on workers.

• Fire hazards.

• Downstream effects on water quality from spills.

• Downstream effects on sewage treatment plants where disruption is possible if chemical wastes enter the sewerage system in large quantities.

12.5.3 During the construction phase, waste materials will be separated at source, where possible, according to its waste classification. Waste management based on the following priority values (the most important being at the top) should be developed for each category of waste:

• Avoidance and minimisation of waste generation by good design;

• Good site management to minimise over-ordering and waste material generation, particularly for bulk materials;

• On-site reuse of materials thereby avoiding unnecessary transport and disposal requirements.

• Off-site recycling. Proper segregation of wastes on site will increase the feasibility of recycling elements of the waste stream by off site Contractors.

• Treatment and disposal, which will need to be undertaken according to relevant regulations, guidelines and good practice.

Recycling

12.5.4 The construction contractor should be required to develop and implement a Waste Management Plan for all construction activities. This should be based on the “3R” waste management philosophy i.e. “Reduce, Re-use, Recycle”. The contractor must avoid waste generation in the first instance. Any waste subsequently generated should be assessed to see if it can be reused, and if not, recycled, then disposed either on site or off-site. The construction contractor should use locally available service providers to assist its recycling programme. A number of local recycling companies have the technology to appropriately recycle mixed waste paper and a number of other recyclable materials.

12.5.5 Recyclable materials, such as iron, steel and non-ferrous scrap, welding waste, batteries and used oil will be collected and transported to recycling companies for further processing. Wastes that cannot be utilised for reuse or recycling will be collected and transported to an appropriate waste disposal sites.

12.5.6 Where disposal is the only option for waste, it should be undertaken as described in the following sections.

Non-Hazardous Solid Waste

12.5.7 Materials disposed off-site, must be done so in a manner consistent with the appropriate legislation. This will mean disposal at approved disposal sites or exported off Cyprus to an approved disposal facility in another country.

SECTION 12 WASTE


12.5.8 All non-hazardous wastes should be stored, collected and disposed of in accordance with the requirements of the Cypriot legislation. Specific guidelines that apply include:

• Storage area shall be readily accessible to collection vehicles.

• Storage areas shall be of adequate size and capacity to accommodate the required number of containers consistent with the waste generated routine and collection schedules.

• Containers shall be clearly labelled for their intended use and equipped with lids.

• Containers and waste storage areas shall be cleaned on a regular basis.

• Waste material shall be removed to the disposal site at the earliest opportunity and as the waste is generated.

12.5.9 Mitigation options for the disposal of material which is certified to be free of contamination may be coordinated with ongoing remediation works carried out at abandoned quarry sites within Cyprus. Potential disposal sites may include abandoned quarry sites just north of the new Nicosia – Limassol highway. These quarries were originally utilised for extraction gravels and sands. Use of these sites would be subject to approval of the District Officer and the Environment Service of the Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment.

Hazardous Wastes

12.5.10 Hazardous waste management should be undertaken in accordance with the law on Solid and Hazardous Waste Management 215(I)/2002 and regulations that exist on waste oils, batteries, PCB-PCT, packaging and packaging waste, animal by-products and landfills.

12.5.11 Management procedures for the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes should include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

• Hazardous waste storage areas shall be designed to have spill containment systems.

• Hazardous waste storage areas shall be protected to avoid runoff to and from the storage area and have facilities to monitor and pre-treat any runoff.

• Containment curbs shall be maintained around the loading/unloading area.

• Containers and storage tanks shall be comprised of suitable material to permanently contain the hazardous waste and be clearly identifiable.

• Storage areas shall be inspected regularly for leakage.

• Incompatible materials shall not be stored in common containers.

• The surface impoundment area used to store hazardous wastes shall be adequately lined and monitoring and detection equipment installed to protect against potential leakages; and

• The storage areas shall be paved and appropriately lit with clear signage.

12.5.12 Options for disposal of hazardous waste include:

• Shipment and disposal offshore/internationally within a licensed facility.

• Storage in anticipation of the development and implementation of the Cyprus Central Hazardous Waste Facility.

• Where possible incineration within the adjacent cement plant kiln.

SECTION 12 WASTE


12.5.13 Cyprus presently does not have a hazardous waste disposal facility and is reliant on safe storage of hazardous waste or export and international disposal. The construction of a national hazardous waste incinerator (in order to comply with EU requirements) is currently the subject of enquiry but at the time of writing a suitable site for the facility had not been established.

12.5.14 The construction contractor should make arrangements for safe on-site storage of hazardous wastes and obtain a waste management permit as described in section 2 of this report. The wastes would then be transferred under a Chain of Custody control mechanism to a licensed hazardous waste disposal contractor for international disposal. Mitigation

12.5.15 A Construction Waste Management Plan should be developed in conjunction with the Environmental Management Plan by the construction contractor prior to the commencement of works on site. A description of the alternatives for waste management is provided below. It is expected that one or a combination of these options would be used to appropriately manage construction wastes.

12.5.16 The Construction Waste Control and Disposal Plan should introduce a Reduce, Re-use, Recycle (3R) waste management philosophy. The Construction Waste Control Plan should include:

• A minimisation / collection / storage / treatment / re-use / disposal strategy for each waste stream in accordance with European and local requirements e.g. a strategy for returning packaging waste (containers, plastic wrapping, pallets etc. to their point of origin);

• Identify potential third party re-users; and duty-of-care requirements;

• Methods for properly managing (e.g. training, storing, containerising, labelling, transporting and disposing) wastes; and

• A description of the transition of control from the construction contractors to the operator.

12.5.17 In light of the above controls, residual impacts associated with of disposal of construction wastes (hazardous and non-hazardous) are considered to be low.


12.6.1 All wastes generated by the operation of the Vasilikos Energy Centre facility (identified in Table 12.3 and Table 12.4) will be temporarily stored prior to transportation off-site. The temporary waste storage facilities will be located in such a place so as to enable access for waste transportation without impeding operation. All wastes stored on this site will be in clearly identifiable containers. All loading and unloading operations will be conducted in the dedicated area.

12.6.2 The management of liquid wastes at the facility is described in more detail in section 6.

SECTION 12 WASTE


Table 12.3 Solid Waste Types Likely to Result From Operational Activities Waste Type Source Management

Domestic wastes, including office waste, and kitchen waste.

Temporary office and support facilities

Stored on site in labelled sealed containers and removed by a local waste removal contractor for proper disposal off site.

Packaging waste, including wood, metal, uncontaminated glass and plastic.

Unpacking of delivered materials

Stored in skips ready for removal off site for recycling. The skip containing plastic will be covered so that material does not blow out of it.

Paint waste and tins/buckets.

Left over from painting/maintenance Activities.

Waste paint and paint tins/buckets are likely to be classified as hazardous waste and so will be stored with the hazardous wastes for removal by a licensed local waste removal contractor and disposed of using appropriate disposal methods.

Electrical waste including cables, cable drums (wood), and cable trays (galvanized)

Wiring/maintenance activities.


Medical waste. First aid actions on site. Stored on site in labelled sealed containers and removed by a local waste removal contractor for proper disposal off site.

Waste concrete, cement, broken ceramic scrap metal, Bitumen, tar paper, ruberoids, insulation material.

Left over from access and installations maintenance


Various hazardous wastes including oily rags and working clothes, activated carbon, expended sand blast and grit, chemical / oil containers, Spent mercury light bulbs/tubes, batteries and waste sulphuric acid (electrolyte)

Maintenance The remainder will be stored in labelled sealed containers. These wastes will be collected as required by a local waste removal contractor for proper treatment and disposal off-site at a suitably licensed landfill facility to be identified.

SECTION 12 WASTE


Table 12.4 Liquid Waste Streams Likely to Result From Operational Activities Waste Type Source Management

Uncontaminated stormwater

Rain events Discharged to sea through the site setting basin

Potentially contaminated stormwater

Rain events Discharged to sea through the site setting basin and CPI.

Sewage Temporary office facilities and the construction works.

Stored on site in septic tanks and transported off site by a local waste removal contractor for proper treatment and disposal off-site.

Oil sludge Sludge from oil / water separators for the site oil water interceptor.

Stored on site in a bunded waste storage area in drums or a steel tank and transported off site by a local waste removal contractor for proper treatment and disposal off-site for recycling.

Storm and surface water run off

Vehicle and plant wash down area, and road and stockpile dampening.

Managed as “Uncontaminated waters” above.

Non-Hazardous Wastes

12.6.3 As mentioned in the construction waste section above certain guidelines should be followed with respect to non-hazardous wastes. Non-hazardous wastes should be disposed of at the new Limassol waste landfill once operational.

Hazardous Wastes

12.6.4 As mentioned in the construction waste section above; construction hazardous wastes for management and disposal guidelines. The operators of the Centre will need to determine which options are most appropriate management practices however it should be expected that much of the hazardous wastes produced at the facility will require transport off the island by a appropriately licensed contractor before ultimate disposal.

Mitigation

12.6.5 Mitigation measures include those measures adopted for the storage, treatment (3R’s) and/or disposal of wastes, which will need to be developed into a Waste Management Plan for implementation throughout the lifecycle of the facility. It is important that this plan emphasises the avoidance of generating waste as the first step in waste management.

12.6.6 The facility operator will maintain a bunded waste storage area where waste material will be consolidated and stored prior to removal from site by an appropriately licensed waste contractor.

12.6.7 The environmental impacts of wastes, both hazardous and non-hazardous, generated during operation of the project are considered to be low, assuming that due duty of care is applied in relation to storage on site, during transportation and that appropriate disposal for the type of waste is applied. It will be important therefore to ensure that this duty of care is outlined and detailed within the contractors Waste Management Plan and that this plan is monitored to ensure these measures are maintained and enhanced where required.

SECTION 12 WASTE


12.7 Non-normal Operations and Mitigation

12.7.1 The terrestrial and offshore activities associated with the Vasilikos Energy Centre facility have associated risks of accidents that can lead to spillages of oil, chemicals or other materials. The different phases of the project (e.g. construction, operations) and activities (e.g. vessel movements, site levelling) have different risk profiles and have to be managed.

Liquid Hydrocarbons

12.7.2 Whilst spill risks at the site are discussed in Section 17 of this report it is relevant to note that the clean up of hydrocarbons after a spill can create large amounts of contaminated waste in the terms of materials used and oily sludge. The handling and disposal of this waste will need to be carefully considered. Depending on the volume of the waste, disposal via incineration may be the most appropriate option.

Liquefied Natural Gas

12.7.3 At ambient temperature spilled LNG will undergo a rapid phase transition from liquid to gas. When the phase transition is complete, the LNG will be completely vaporised, leaving no residue or water quality impact. Hence impacts are minimal and likely to be short-lived.

12.8 De-commissioning Impacts & Mitigation

12.8.1 It is anticipated that the majority of the project components will be in place for 25 years or more and as such decommissioning will broadly comprise the following activities:

• Operating processes will systematically be shut down in a safe manner;

• Liquid and solid contents/wastes will be removed for treatment and disposal. For pipelines and tanks, this will entail flushing and cleaning to remove oils and gases; and

• The fate of the emptied and cleaned structures and equipment will then be decided by a feasibility study to determine the best environmental and economic solution consistent with international oil and gas industry practice.

12.8.2 It is anticipated, that all activities are manageable according to best practice at the time of decommissioning and as such, impacts are anticipated to be low.

12.9 Summary

12.9.1 Based on the previous analysis, impacts form waste generated due to construction and operation are considered to be low. However, throughout the life cycle of the Energy Centre project it will be important that procedures are put in place to ensure that a waste inventory is kept, that employees are encouraged to ‘reduce, reuse and recycle’ where possible, that waste segregation is undertaken and that all the laws regarding waste disposal are adhered too (such as using licensed waste carries and disposal companies).

SECTION 13

ARCHAEOLOGY

SECTION 13 ARCHAEOLOGY


13 ARCHAEOLOGY

13.1 Introduction

13.1.1 Cyprus has an important cultural heritage, as well as most of the Eastern Mediterranean countries. Cypriot heritage is important for several reasons, including the following:

• Historical and archaeological significance. Information gathered from heritage sites is of great importance to scholars, both in Cyprus and internationally. It provides a basis for interpretation of vital stages in the development of modern civilisation, particularly during prehistory, Greek and Roman periods.

• National pride. In view of their international importance noted above, heritage sites are a focus for Cypriot national pride; and they are an indication of the long involvement that Cyprus has had in Western civilisations.

• Tourism potential. Heritage sites can be an important tourist resource if appropriate measures are taken to easily protect damaged structures and artefacts, and if visitor facilities are adequate. Heritage sites can be attractive tourist venues both for Cypriots interested in their country’s history and for the important overseas visitors market.

13.1.2 This section examines the potential impacts of the construction, operation and decommissioning of the Energy Centre Facilities on sites of archaeological significance.


13.2.1 The approach adopted for gathering primary and secondary data to inform the archaeology baseline included the following:

• Desk based research of available literature/secondary sources;

• Investigation carried out by the Antiquities Department and various archaeologists around Vasilikos; and

• The knowledge of local consultant (Aeoliki).


13.3.1 No historical or archaeological relics have been identified within the boundary of the proposed Vasilikos Energy Centre site due to the fact that the area has not been surveyed. However, the investigation carried out by the Antiquities Department and various archaeologists around Vasilikos indicates that the surroundings of the project area host a number of archaeological sites.

13.3.2 Archaeologies of great importance have been identified in the area to the northeast of the proposed Vasilikos Energy Centre area as shown on Figure 13.1. The area to the west of the proposed facility has not been heavily surveyed and therefore no information is available about archaeological status of this area. In addition, there are no data available regarding marine archaeology of the immediate Vasilikos Energy Centre area, although archaeological finds of great importance have been found in the coastal region near by the BBC Repeater Station (Figure 3.2).

13.3.3 The most important historical sites from Figure 13.1 have been summarised below:

SECTION 13 ARCHAEOLOGY


• The first is situated in Tochni-Lakkia on the coast to the E of the mouth of the Vasilikos River approximately 1.25 km SW of Zygi, S of the SE corner of the British East Mediterranean Relay Station. There are some ceramics, chipped stone, and a fragment of a wall bracket belonging to the Late Bronze Age (LBA) archaic, Classical, Hellenic period.

• The second one is Zygi-Petrini, situated approximately at 750 m SW of the centre of Zygi village, immediately E of a track which leads from the coast up to the main road to the Vasilikos Cement Works Ltd., in the coastal plain between Zygi and the British East Mediterranean Relay Station. There have been found some ceramics, small glass vessels falling in the Later Roman (LR) period (5th-7th centuries A.D.).

• The nearest archaeological site is found in the Mari-Asprous (Figure 13.1) and it has been identified as “roman villa”.

• The Mari-Kalavasos region, approximately 4.6 Km north to the proposed site, include some of the most important prehistoric settlements in Cyprus, called the Neolithic settlements of Chirokitia and Tenta, the LBA town at Ayios Dhimitrios, south of Kalavasos and “Vournes”, south-east of Maroni village. There are also other sites dating to other periods e.g. the Chalcolithis period, however, most of them have not been excavated. Additionally, several medieval churches are located in the villages of Tochni and Psematismenos.

13.4 Impact Assessment and Proposed Mitigation

13.4.1 The brownfield section of the proposed Energy Centre site is unlikely to hold any archaeological finds of significance due to the fact that’s extensive excavations were undertaken as a part of the construction of the Hellenic Chemical Industries (HCI) site. However it is relevant to note that the northern sections of the site are substantially undisturbed. As such it is recommended that:

• A walk over survey should be conducted during the FEED stage by a qualified archaeologist to determine any potential sensitivities which may exist on the site. Appropriate actions should be undertaken if any finds of value are discovered; and

• The construction contractor should develop a procedure as a part of their Construction EMP which defines the actions to be taken should activities undertaken as a part of the construction process reveal any finds of archaeological significance. This procedure should ensure that a representative from the Antiquities Department has the opportunity to inspect the find immediately and call a halt to construction activities if it is felt that the find is of sufficient importance to justify removal to safety.

13.5 Summary

13.5.1 The desktop review has found that the area of the proposed energy centre facility has not been studied but that the region in which it is located has a number of sites of archaeological value. Whilst the former HCI site is unlikely to produce finds of any value, there is a potential for findings on the greenfield portion of the site. A walk over survey by a qualified archaeologist is recommended during the FEED stage to determine any potential sensitivities of the area and any appropriate actions. The construction contractor should develop procedures as a part of their Construction EMP which will allow a representative from the Antiquities Department the opportunity to inspect the find immediately, and call a halt construction activities if it is felt that the find is of sufficient importance to justify removal to safety.

168

SECTION 14

THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT

SECTION 14 THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT


14 THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT

14.1 Introduction

14.1.1 This section describes the existing marine resources present in the vicinity of the proposed Energy Centre and assesses the potential for the construction and operation of the proposed facility to have significant negative impacts on those resources. It includes a consideration of potential effects on water and sediment quality, species and habitats (biotopes), and human use of the sea (such as fishing and recreation).

14.2 Relevant Legislation

14.2.1 Whilst the implementation of EU legislation is still underway in Cyprus, and their framework for coastal zone management is still under development, Cyprus’s coastal resources are protected under a series of international agreements and conventions on environment related issues that are of relevance to the Project. These include the following:

• The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD). Under this convention, contracting parties are required to create and enforce national strategies and action plans to conserve, protect and enhance biological diversity.

• The Berne Convention (Convention on European Wildlife and Natural Habitats) in 1988 (Law no. 24/88). This Convention is the fundamental treaty at European level for biological diversity and has implemented a very effective monitoring system. The protection of migratory species lends the Convention a distinct dimension of Member State interdependence and its aim is to co-ordinate the action of European States through the adoption of common standards and policies for the sustainable use of biological diversity.

• The Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn Convention, 1983), 2001; The aim of the convention is to conserve terrestrial, marine and avian migratory species throughout their range. Parties strive towards strictly protecting these animals, conserving or restoring the places where they live, mitigating obstacles to migration and controlling other factors that might endanger them. There are two appendices listing migratory species that would benefit from conservation measures taken by 'Range States. Appendix I lists species which are in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant proportion of their range, and are given full protection. Appendix II species includes dolphins, seals and many species of seabirds e.g. petrels and albatrosses and waterfowl and provides for agreements intended to benefit migratory species, especially those with an unfavourable conservation status, over their entire range., as well as agreements for populations of species that periodically cross national jurisdictional boundaries, but are not necessarily migratory under the definition provided by the Convention.

• The Conventions for the Protection of Migratory Species of Wild Animals and on Wetlands of International Importance in 2001 (Ramsar); This intergovernmental treaty provides a framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. Originally aimed at Waterfowl Habitat it has broadened its scope to cover all aspects of wetland conservation and wise use, recognising wetlands as ecosystems that are extremely important for biodiversity conservation and for the well-being of human communities.

• The Barcelona Convention for the Protection of the Mediterranean Sea, ratified 19 November 1979, and revised in 2003; As part of The Mediterranean Action



Plan (MAP) to protect the environment and to foster development in the Mediterranean Basin, the Convention is aimed at limiting the negative effects of pollution on the marine environment and requires Contracting Parties to take " all appropriate measures to prevent and abate pollution of the Mediterranean Sea area caused by dumping from ships", as well as pollution resulting from exploration and exploitation of the continental shelf and the seabed and its subsoil, from land-based sources.

• Convention on Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping Wastes and Other Matter, (London 1972). This regulates disposal of potentially hazardous materials at sea and limits the discharge of wastes that are generated on land and disposed of at sea. Parties share a 'black- and grey-list' approach. The black-list contains prohibited substances; the grey-list contains substances that are only permitted under strict control provided certain conditions are met. The subsequent 1996 Protocol is a separate agreement which amends and updates the Convention introducing the prohibition to dump all radioactive wastes or other radioactive matter and industrial wastes as well as the prohibition of incineration at sea of industrial wastes and sewage sludge. Four more parties are needed before the Protocol will enter into force.

14.2.2 As described below where this assessment has not been able to identify a set of legislative limits based upon national requirement the assessment has sought relevant legislation from other EU member states or other international legislation which is considered to be consistent with best practice.


Overview

14.3.1 The proposed Study Area for the development has included the entirety of Vasilikos Bay, stretching from the headland just east of Vasilikos Port approximately 4 kilometres westwards to Cape Dolos, as shown in Figure 3.2.

14.3.2 A considerable amount of marine data is available for the Bay in general (although not the area immediately offshore of the proposed Energy Centre). However further confirmatory fieldwork is planned to be undertaken as the engineering design for the facility develops, and this is intended to include the following:

• Benthic habitat mapping;

• Sediment contamination survey;

• Physical surveys of sediment type and current speed.

14.3.3 Where specific techniques have been used in the impact assessment, these are outlined further below.

Water Quality

14.3.4 Given the current lack of any national standards for water quality, impacts have been assessed against a generic series of standards developed within the UK1 to meet the requirements of the relevant European legislation. These include both Environmental Quality Objectives (EQOs), which set out key objectives for local coastal waters according to their proposed use (e.g. bathing, fisheries), and Environmental Quality Standards (EQS), which set limit levels for key water (or sediment) parameters as appropriate to that use. The EQOs set out criteria for required aesthetic, biological, bacteriological and chemical conditions use a scale of A-D as shown in Table 14.1



below in which A is excellent quality, B is good, C is unsatisfactory and D is seriously polluted.

Table 14.1 Indicative Coastal Water Classification Scheme

Class/ Description

Aesthetic Condition Biological Condition

Bacteriological Condition

Chemical Condition

A Excellent

Near Pristine Flora and fauna Normal

Likely to meet quality standards no less stringent than the guideline standards for EC Designated Bathing Waters

B Good

Unpolluted, but may show traces of contamination

Flora and fauna Normal

Likely to meet quality standards no less stringent than the mandatory standards for EC Designated bathing waters.

C Unsatisfactory

Occasional observations or Substantiated complaints of sewage solids smell nuisance or oil

Flora and/or fauna modified by effluent discharges

Likely to occasionally fail to meet quality standards no less stringent than the mandatory standards for EC Designated bathing waters

Likely to meet all quality standards applied as a consequence of the EC Dangerous Substances Directive

D Seriously Polluted

Frequent observations or substantiated complaints of sewage solids, smell nuisance or oil

Flora and/or fauna impoverished or absent

Likely to frequently fail or to meet quality standards no less stringent than the mandatory standards for EC Designated bathing waters.

Likely to fail any one or more of quality standards applied as a consequence of the EC Dangerous Substances Directive

14.3.5 The effects of the proposed development have been assessed in relation to the potential for changes in the water quality classification affecting areas of greater than 1 ha. If an area of coast greater than 1 ha in area improves or degrades in classification then it will be regarded as a positive or negative impact respectively.

14.3.6 EQS levels relating to the EC Dangerous Substances Directive are provided below in



Table 14.2. If levels of a substance is likely to exceed the relevant EQS then the classification would be determined as D, seriously polluted.



Table 14.2 Environmental Quality Objectives for Water Quality

Parameter Value

Colouration No change Dissolved Oxygen 80-120 % Transparency >2 m Mineral oils <0.3 mg/l Mercury 0.3 µg/l Cadmium 2.5 µg/l Chromium 15 µg/l Inorganic lead 25 µg/l Zinc 40 µg/l Copper 5 µg/l Nickel 30 µg/l Arsenic 25 µg/l Boron 7,000 µg/l Vanadium 100 µg/l Inorganic tin 10 µg/l Iron 10 µg/l Pentachlorophenol 2 µg/l Chloroform 12 µg/l Total drins 0.03 µg/l 1,2-dichloroethane 10 µg/l Perchloroethylene 10 µg/l Trichlorobenzene 0.4 µg/l Trichloroethylene 10 µg/l

14.3.7 As there is currently no relevant EQS for suspended solid it is proposed that, in an attempt to minimise impacts to existing ecological communities, suspended solids concentrations should not differ significantly from the existing ranges recorded. Data from HR Wallingford2 indicates that the suspended solids concentrations in the general vicinity of the site are approximately 9 mg/l (although higher levels may be recorded in the area immediately adjacent to the foreshore during periods of increased wave action) and this study has therefore adopted an EQS of 10 mg/l suspended solids for 75% of the time to be applied during the construction period.

Sediment Quality

14.3.8 Sediment quality, in terms of heavy metal and trace organic contamination, has been assessed by comparing levels in the sediment with EQS levels (as defined above) and within the Canadian Interim Marine Sediment Quality Guidelines3 (ISQGs), Probable Effect Levels2 (PEL), and DEFRA Action Levels. These EQS values (listed in Table 14.3) can be used to determine the suitability of dredged material for disposal at sea, and have been adopted here to provide a benchmark for comparison with field data with regard to the significance of contamination levels in the intertidal sediments.



Table 14.3 Sediment Quality Objectives Determinant ISQG PEL DEFRA in-house

Action Level 1 DEFRA in-house Action Level 2

As 7.24 41.6 20 100 Cd 0.7 4.2 0.4 5 Cr 52.3 160 40 400 Cu 18.7 108 40 400 Pb 50 500 Hg 0.13 0.70 0.3 3 Ni 30.2 112 20 200

Metals and metalloids (mg/kg)

Zn 124 271 130 800 Acenaphthene 6.71 88.9 100 - Acenaphthylene 5.87 128 100 - Anthracene 46.9 245 100 - Aroclor 1254 63.3 709 - Benz(a)anthracene 74.8 693 100 - Benzo(a)pyrene 88.8 763 100 - Chlordane 2.26 4.79 - Chrysene 108 846 100 - DDD2 1.22 7.81 - - DDE2 2.07 374 - - DDT2 1.19 4.77 - - Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 6.22 135 10 100 Dieldrin 0.71 4.30 - - Endrin 2.673 62.44 - - Fluoranthene 113 1 494 100 - Fluorene 21.2 144 100 - Heptachlor epoxide 0.603 2.744 - - Lindane 0.32 0.99 - - 2-Methylnaphthalene 20.2 201 - - Naphthalene 34.6 391 100 - PCBs, Total 21.5 189 - - Phenanthrene 86.7 544 100 - Pyrene 153 1 398 100 - Toxaphene 1.53 C5 - - PCBs ICES 7 - - 10 -

Organic (µgkg-1)

TBT6 0.2 -

14.3.9 Where metal and organic quantities within the sediment have been recorded at levels below both the ISQG limits and the Action Level 1, the sediment can be considered to be effectively uncontaminated. If, however, sediment levels are recorded that are higher than the PEL or Action Level 2 limits, the sediment should be considered to be contaminated. Using this approach, the in-house Action Levels can be used as part of a “weight of evidence” approach for the assessment of dredged material for sea disposal.

14.3.10 Whilst these levels have been used here to indicate the severity of contamination present, it should be noted that the accuracy of this assessment is limited by the lack of detailed information on sediment contamination in the development area.

Marine Ecology

14.3.11 The intertidal and subtidal (infralittoral) biotopes immediately surrounding the development construction site have not been surveyed as part of the Environmental Assessment specific studies, and the analysis has therefore been based on the results of studies from adjacent areas (as described by HR Wallingford4).

14.3.12 The assessment of impacts on marine ecology has therefore been limited to some extent by the lack of detailed information on species and habitats from the study area, therefore further studies will be undertaken during the FEED stage of the project.



14.3.13 Impacts on fisheries, coastal processes, marine archaeology, tourism etc are addressed in the relevant sections of this Section.

Overall Assessment Criteria

14.3.14 Overall impacts have been assessed through an initial evaluation of the importance and use of the ecological resources, followed by an evaluation of the expected degree of change, as shown in Table 14.4.


Site Location

14.4.1 The proposed development area is located in a shallow embayment on the south coast of Cyprus between Larnaca and Limassol, approximately 25 km to the east of Limassol and 2 km from Vasilikos Port. The Vasilikos Power Station is currently in operation and located adjacent to the proposed site which includes the old decommissioned fertiliser factory site. A Cypriot Naval base (Evagelos Floorakis) is located to the west of the Power Station.

14.4.2 The coastal area consists of a generally sandy shore, backed by a mainly industrial hinterland with areas of arid shrub-land, cliff bedrocks and unconsolidated soils.

Marine Geology and Coastal Processes

14.4.3 The seabed topography is relatively uniform with smooth gradients and no significant irregularities or obstructions. The seabed slopes gradually reach a depth of 6 m by 450 m offshore and 10 m by 850 m offshore, and the local bathymetry follows the outline curve of the coastline.

14.4.4 Earlier offshore investigations in the area2 indicate that the seabed in Vasilikos Bay is covered by recent marine deposits, including loose silts, sands, and gravels. Directly offshore of the proposed Energy Centre, the narrow intertidal area consists mainly of sand with areas of bedrock, and this grades gradually into the sublittoral areas which are also mainly sand with areas of gravel. It is understood that much of the coast of Cyprus is no longer receiving new supplies of sand from rivers as a result of catchment regulation and management, and this may affect coastal recharge.



Table 14.4 Marine Resources Assessment Criteria

Impact Significance Factor

Major Moderate Low/negligible Positive No Impact

Water quality Water quality is impaired to the extent that it would cause the water quality classification to be reduced to D.

Water quality classification is reduced to C.

Water quality is reduced to B.

Water quality is enhanced.

No change from baseline

Sediment quality

Sediment is likely to be contaminated to the extent that it exceeds the Defra Action level 2 or PEL concentrations or that such material is mobilised in such a way as to potentially have secondary effects.

Sediment is likely to be contaminated to the extent that it exceeds the Defra Action level 1 or ISQG level concentrations or that such material is mobilised in such a way as to potentially have secondary effects.

Sediment is likely to be contaminated above baseline but be below the ISQG or PEL levels, secondary effects from mobilisation are not predicted.

Sediment quality is enhanced.

No change from baseline.

Coastal Processes

Major erosion or deposition caused – secondary effects are likely to habitats or other resources

Some erosion or deposition caused Major secondary effects not likely

Erosion or deposition trivial

Erosion reduced No change from baseline

Impacts on biotopes and species of conservation significance*

Impact will have a permanent effect on a biotope which is nationally important or known to support a nationally important species so that the biotope/species may no longer be supported e.g. >5% is affected.

Impact will have a permanent effect on a biotope which is regionally important or known to support a regionally important species so that the biotope/species may no longer be supported, e.g. <5% is affected.

Impact is unlikely to permanently affect biotopes/species which are regionally or nationally important. E.g. <1%.

The conditions for the rare species or biotope will be enhanced.

Impacts on human uses of the sea

Impact will have a serious permanent effect on the viability of local people’s ability to generate income such that they are forced to relocate. Important utilities are potentially shut down.

Impact has negative implications for the local economy which may be negatively affected for a short period only.

Impact is unlikely to effect local people’s ability to generate income.

Socio economic conditions are enhances.

No change from baseline.

*This assessment is based on the assumption that the seagrass bed is not designated or suitable for designation as an SAC


177

14.4.5 The results of side scan sonar indicate that there are mounds in the sandy sediment which are likely to be seagrass in depths of around 10 m (Figure 14.3). Further offshore there are mega ripples in the sand which indicates bed load transport.

14.4.6 Offshore, the sediments become finer with depth. Sediments between 2 to 50 m depth contain between 30-50% fines (< 63 mm), whereas the quantity of fines is >50% at depths exceeding 50 m.

14.4.7 There are significant areas of contaminated ground onshore associated with the waste from the former fertiliser plant. This has the potential to cause contamination of marine sediments with heavy metals, principally cadmium (see 14.4.14, Sediment Quality below).

Tides, Currents and Waves

14.4.8 The coastline is categorised as micro-tidal5, with very few tides having a range exceeding 0.5 m. Tidal currents on sediment movements along the shoreline, and can be considered as insignificant over the nearshore seabed.

14.4.9 Currents around Cyprus generally flow anticlockwise. The mean current velocity in the vicinity of the development site is 0.26 to 0.39 m/sec increasing to 0.77 m/sec during spring tides with a strong westerly wind6.

14.4.10 Maximum wave heights occur during winds from between 195° and 225° and generally have a significant wave height of less than 1 m. Mean spring tide range is 0.3 m (2). Wind data collected at Zygi station indicates that predominant offshore wind gradients run east to west during the winter and west to south-west during the summer.

Water Temperature and Quality

14.4.11 The current discharges of cooling water from the Vasilikos Power Station, and previous discharges from the fertiliser facility, are likely to have had an impact on water quality in the bay. Water quality sampling undertaken by ERM6 in 1998 (see Tables 14.5 and 14.6) suggest that the water quality is poor in terms of pH, phosphate, ammoniacal nitrogen and heavy metals, particularly cadmium.

Table 14.5 Summary of Vasilikos Power Station EIA Water Quality Baseline Monitoring Results*

Total Phosphorus

Ammoniacal Nitrogen

Iron Copper Zinc Cadmium pH

0.085 - 4.92 0.01 – 3.7 0.1 – 0.445 0.01 – 0.71 0.02 – 0.316 0.002- 0.1 4.1-8.0

*All units are mg/l except pH (Source: ERM, 1998)



Table 14.5 Summary of Vasilikos Power Station EIA Water Quality Baseline Monitoring Results*

Parameter Comments Water temperature

Ranges from 13.9°C in February to 29.4°C in August.

Salinity 38 to 40 ‰ which is typical for the Mediterranean and reflects the low surface water run-off.

Oxygen concentrations

7.1 and 8.6 mg/l which is considered to be normal6.

Turbidity Homogeneous conditions in Vasilikos Bay, increasing in areas closer to shore due to inputs from cement dust6.

Chlorophyll Recent studies at the vicinity of the Vasilikos Bay proposed area have shown that the levels of chlorophyll are typical of the Eastern Mediterranean at or below 0.1 µg/l 11.

Organic matter

Indicative concentrations of organic matter at stations within the Vasilikos Bay show slightly elevated levels near fish farms (see below), but even these were far below any critical level for the marine environment.

14.4.12 The results suggest that, at the time of sampling, the area would have been classified as a category D water coastal water, primarily due to the high levels of cadmium and the potential biological effects of these on the infauna and seagrass4,6 . Following the closure of the fertiliser factory the input of this material is likely to have ceased and, whilst some cadmium will be retained in the sediment for a while, it is predicted that overall water quality would improve, and it predicted that this could eventually improve to a B.

14.4.13 In addition, EGS10 (1987) indicates that stratified conditions may occur during the summer. Although there was no evidence of stratification during the EGS measurements periods in November, it seems that this may break down during the winter. ERM6 (1998) also reports that Vasilikos Bay shows “typical stratified coastal conditions during summer” below 10 m.

Sediment Quality

14.4.14 Sediment quality has been assessed at a number of sites in the vicinity of the Vasilikos Power Station6 and this has confirmed the presence of cadmium contamination in the sediment in the vicinity of the now decommissioned fertiliser factory. Levels of both cadmium and zinc were well above the ISGQ and Action Level I levels, whilst copper levels also exceeded the PEL and Defra Action Level II level within 1 km of the shoreline.

Table 14.6 Summary of Vasilikos Power Station EIA Sediment Quality Baseline Monitoring Results*

Total Phosphorus

Copper Iron Zinc Cadmium

92 - 640 0.01 – 3.7 19 – 31 70 - 170 1.6 - 3.8

*All units are mg/kg (Source: ERM, 1998)



Ecology

14.4.15 The infauna of the sedimentary habitats is dominated in abundance and diversity by bivalve molluscs, gastropods and polychaetes. A survey conducted during the Vasilikos Power Station EIA, shows that 485 individuals were recovered from 199 species6. Review of data taken from three sites (Governors Beach, Vasilikos and Zygi) at five depths (5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 30 m and 50 m) indicates that diversity and abundance increase with depth, reaching with the greatest percentage of infauna recorded between 20 to 40 m depth.

14.4.16 Records of macrofauna indicate that is particularly poor in shallow water at Vasilikos Bay which may be due to contamination. This has also been observed at sampling stations both within zones found closed to intensive fish farming, and stations located more than 2 km away, following the direction of prevailing currents. Indeed, surveys carried out near the fish farms show a rapid change of species composition and abundance at 50 metres under the cages. Lamellibranches, such as Corbula gibba, dominate at 50 metres depth, whereas polychaetes dominate between 5 to 50 metres depth.

14.4.17 Results of previous studies2,6 indicate there is an area of seagrass (Posidonia sp) 10 m offshore at Vasilikos Bay. This seagrass is a priority habitat under the EU Habitats Directive and is likely to be associated with more diverse benthic and epifaunal communities as well as contributing to functionality of important ecosystems in the area. It is understood that there is no background information relating to the importance of the seagrass beds in the Cypriot coast at this stage.

14.4.18 The only marine plants observed onshore at the central part of Vasilikos Bay were Ulva lactuca and dead parts of Cystoseira sp. Both species were identified at the opening of a breakwater located in front of the Vasilikos Power Station of the Electricity Authority of Cyprus (EAC).

14.4.19 There are no data available on the potential importance of the area as a fish nursery or breeding ground, although areas of seagrass are generally considered to be important nursery areas.

14.4.20 There are no data available on the potential importance of the area for marine reptiles.

14.4.21 Although there is no official documentation of marine mammals presence in Vasilikos Bay, divers and fishermen have reported seeing monk seals (Monachus monachus - included in Annex I of the Habitats Directive), and bottle-nose dolphins (Tursiops trunchatus - included in Annex II of the Habitats Directive).

Local Ports and Marine Facilities

14.4.22 Vasilikos Port is a small industrial port situated near the eastern entrance point of Vasilikos Bay, approximately 1.5 Km from the proposed Energy Centre (Figure 14.1). The port primarily provides services to the cement plant, but also has facilities for handling bulk and liquid chemical products, together with a Roll-on / Roll-off passenger facility. Exports from the port include cement, clinker and gypsum, whilst imports include petroleum, coke and bulk liquid chemicals.

14.4.23 An offshore loading buoy (SBM) is located within the harbour, and is used by tankers supplying fuel to the Vasilikos Power station approximately 2 km west of the Vasilikos port (Figure 3.5).



14.4.24 The fishing port of Zygi is located to the east of the proposed Energy Centre site and next to the Archirodon port, there is a small shelter for approximately twenty small-size commercial fishing boats (Figure 14.2). It is planned that a Zygi fishing shelter will be constructed in the near future approximately 4 km from the proposed site.

14.4.25 Further details of the ports are provided in Section 15, and further details of fishing is provided in the Fisheries section below.

Fish Farms

14.4.26 Currently, there are five aquaculture companies established between Vasilikos port and west of Cape Dolos to Moni Power Station. One of them has been operating without a permit and is located immediately offshore of the site. The other four are used to farm gilthead sea-bream (Sparus aurata) and seabass (Dicentrarchus labrax). All the facilities of the fish farms are marked with buoys and deflectors to warn any on-coming sea traffic. In the wider area another three new fish farms will be established before the end of 2006. The location of all the fish farms in the wider area is presented in Figure 14.2.

14.4.27 The companies that are and will be operating fish farms in the area are the following:

• Blue Island Holdings Ltd is located approximately 4.5 km west of Vasilikos Port offshore in Cape Dolos. The company has been operational since the early 1990’s, farming sea bream and sea bass and currently employs thirty five people on a full-time basis. The cages of the company are moored on the seabed at 20 and 35 metres depth and ha a license to produce 700tons/yr.

• Seawave Fisheries Ltd. is located approximately 1.7 km from the shore. The company is operational since 1993 producing sea bream and sea bass, and employs eleven people on a full-time basis. The cages of the company are moored on the seabed at 30 and 35 metres depth, and has a license to produce 300 tons/yr.

• East Mediterranean Aqua Technique Ltd is located approximately 3.8 Km west of Cape Dolos. The company is operational since the mid 1990s producing sea bream and sea bass and employs three people on a full time basis. The cages of the company are moored on the seabed at 33 and 35 meters depth, at a distance of approximately 1 Km from the closest shore. It has a license to produce 100 tons/yr.

• Alkioni Fisheries is located approximately 1.1 Km off the shore at the Moni area and produces sea bream (Sparus aurata) and sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax). The cages of the company are moored on the seabed at 28 to 40 metres depth, and has a license to produce 300 tons/yr.

• A marine farm which is located next to the existing single mooring point (east site) is currently operating illegally.

• Kitiana Fisheries Ltd, is a new fish farm for fattening bluefin tuna (Thunnus thynnus), which will start operation in May-June 2006. It has a license to produce 1000 tons/yr.

• Telia Aqua Marine Public Ltd is a new fish farm in the area for producing gilthead bream (Sparus aurata) and sea bass (Dicentrarchus labrax) and will start operating in the summer of 2006. It has a license to produce 500 tons/yr.



Fisheries

14.4.28 A number of fisheries companies currently use some of the old houses that belonged to the Cement Works (located approximately 1.5 Km from the proposed Energy Centre) for work purposes, employee’s restrooms and ice machines. In addition they have also constructed a store space for their equipment and fish feed.

14.4.29 Approximately 35 coastal fishermen, mainly from Zygi, fish in the area of the proposed facility using trammel, gill nets and longlines.

14.4.30 The marine site around the proposed Energy Centre area is highly used by coastal fishermen throughout the year. Fishermen set nets and longlines from shallow waters down to 100 meters. Table 14.7 represents the inshore fishery data (2002-2004) for the area between Cape Greco and Cape Zevgari (Figure 3.1), which includes Vasilikos Bay.

Table 14.7 Inshore Fishery Data, 2002-2004 (source: Department of Fisheries)

Greater Vasilikos area from Cape Greco - Cape

Zevgari

Total for Cyprus

% of total from the greater

Vasilikos area No of Boats 324 500 64.8 Catch (kg) 591,630 1,026,480 57.6 Average Catch/Day/Boat 10.80 12.2 88.5

2002 Total No of W.Days 54,861 84,109 65.2 No of Boats 313 500 62.6 Catch (kg) 512,860 922,690 55.5 Average Catch/Day/Boat 10.7 12.76 83.8

2003 Total No of W.Days 47,834 72,292 66.1 No of Boats 313 499 62.7 Catch (kg) 419,773 639,380 65.6 Average Catch/Day/Boat 10.1 38.96 25.9

2004 Total No of W.Days 41,578 64,237 64.7

14.4.31 Bottom trawlers are found in Vasilikos Bay since the start of fishing season (1st of November) to the last day of trawling (the last day of May). These techniques involve dredging the seabed between the 50 and 100 meters isopaths.

14.4.32 The number of recreational fishermen using the Vasilikos area for fishing has increased in the last ten years. Licensed recreational fishermen may use a variety of fishing methods including trammel nets, fishing traps, longline and speargun, as well as fishing with the use of scuba diving equipment.


14.5.1 There are few implications for the marine environment of the Do Nothing option except for maintenance of the current conditions and a continuation of the recovery that is speculated to be taking place following the decommissioning of the fertiliser factory.



14.6 Construction Impacts and Proposed Mitigation

Coastal Processes

14.6.2 Impacts on coastal processes are considered in the operational impacts section.

Water Quality

14.6.3 Impacts on water quality during construction could result primarily from dredging, terrestrial site run-off, remobilisation of seabed sediments or accidental spills during construction works. Each of these is discussed below.

Dredging

14.6.4 Release of seabed sediment during dredging has the potential to cause the following changes in the environment:

• increase in suspended solids concentration; • decrease in oxygen concentration; • increase in nutrient levels; and • mobilisation of heavy metals and trace organic contamination.

14.6.5 The severity of these effects will depend on:

• the extent and nature of the dredging programme; • the particle size of the sediment; • its redox potential (which in turn affects the amount of oxygen removed from the

water column when the sediment is released); • how contaminated it is; and • the ambient tidal conditions.

14.6.6 There is insufficient information on the nature of the seabed sediment and the degree

of contamination to make precise predictions on the severity of the effects of disturbing marine sediment, although previous studies indicate that the most contaminated sediment is confined to the area adjacent to an old tailing pond4,6. Therefore for marine development Option 7 a proportion of the trestle route may not be constructed in highly contaminated sediment although this will have to be confirmed. For Option 7 the contaminated area may be disturbed during the dredging process.

14.6.7 Trace contamination binds preferentially to fine particles in the sediment and partitioned between the sediment bound phase and the aqueous phase. If this material is disturbed then the aqueous phase contaminants would be liberated into the water column, a process aided by the fact that, as the contaminated sediment particle descends through the water column it encounters clean seawater encouraging the desorbtion of the contaminants in the water column. Whilst ultimately the contamination will recombine with sediment and settle out again, it may be re-distributed prior to deposition on the seabed, and in the water column from where it may be absorbed by biota.

14.6.8 Oxygen depleting organic mater and inorganic nutrients are deposited with fine sediments. Microbial action causes a depletion of oxygen in sediment which become anoxic. On release this material will react with oxygen in the water column and can



reduce the available dissolved oxygen. Under calm conditions the release of nutrients may cause some localised nutrient enrichment but this would be short lived. Unless the sediment has very high levels of organic material, a significant depletion in oxygen levels is not predicted based on monitoring of recent dredging operations in the UK7. As part of the proposed mitigation programme, dissolved oxygen levels will be monitored during critical periods to ensure that levels do not fall below 6 mg/l.

14.6.9 During dredging, sediment is liberated into water column, either at the sediment water interface due to the action of the dredging tool, or at the surface if sediment-l-aden water is allowed to overspill at the disposal site. During dredging the level of suspended solids can be very high in the vicinity of the dredger, reaching in excess of 1,000 mg/l. However this will attenuate rapidly with distance depending on a number of factors, including the current speed and particle size of the sediment. The results of suspended solids monitoring from dredging of silty sediments in a shallow (<10 m), low current (<2 m/sec) coastal area in the UK indicates that the suspended solids concentration released during trailer suction dredging returns to ambient within 500 m of the dredging activity7. Without more detail on the nature of the environment and dredging programme/plant, the behaviour of the dredging plume cannot be accurately predicted, however based on the above it is conservatively estimated that the plume of affected water will extend down tide by between 500 and 1,000 m. This is indicative of the extent of the impacts likely to be caused by the dredging programme. There is therefore a risk that water quality in the vicinity of the seagrass beds and fish-farms will be affected. There is the potential to reduce the impacts by the following mitigation measures.

• Use of less a backhoe dredger for the most contaminated sediments.

• Real time monitoring of critical environmental variables such as turbidity and dissolved oxygen against threshold levels which if exceeded would cause the work to be stopped.

• Reduction in overspill in the case of suction trainer hopper dredgers leading to smaller hopper volumes and increased down time due to an increase in the number of trips necessary.

14.6.10 All these measures will cause a delay to the dredging programme and increased costs.

14.6.11 It is understood that there are no official dredged material disposal sites in the vicinity of the site. It is inferred from this that a site will have to be identified specifically for the dredging waste generated from this project. This site will be subject to the requirements of the London Convention to which Cyprus is a signatory. Providing a suitable site can be identified and the material is fit for disposal at sea, the most likely method of disposal is bottom dumping. The dredged material would be released from the hopper of the dredger or barge and fall to the seabed as a dense vertical flow with proportionally little material lost to the water column on descent. Particulates will be released by the impact of the descending sediment on the seabed; however most of the material will be deposited on the seabed in the disposal area.

Site Run-off

14.6.12 The terrestrial construction programme will involve extensive excavation of unmade ground. Site run-off generated by drainage from such works can contain very high levels of suspended solids up to 22,000 mg/l8 depending on the type of soil, amount of rain and degree of disturbance. As a result, and particularly during periods of heavy rain, there is the potential for the proposed suspended solids EQS for the



coastal waters here to be exceeded resulting in negative impacts to water quality. Even if sediment is uncontaminated, the release of suspended material in site drainage may cause negative secondary effects on biota due to smothering, interfering with feeding apparatus and increase in turbidity.

14.6.13 A mitigation programme should be agreed with the construction contractor to minimise the potential impact from the construction programme on water and sediment quality. As part of this, site run off should be controlled by a drainage system passing through a settling and retention pond to reduce suspended solids loadings to satisfactory levels. In addition, discharges should be located to maximise dispersion, and suspended solid levels in site discharges to the coastal waters should be controlled so as not to exceed 30 ppm, except for exceptional circumstances when a maximum of 350 mg/l could be permitted under conditions of extreme rainfall. The use of effective drainage retention of this nature would reduce the probability of unacceptable effects on the coastal waters.

14.6.14 In addition to suspended solids, site run-off may also contain elevated levels of a range of organic and inorganic compounds due to the previous contamination of soils, particularly on the site of the old fertiliser facility. As part of the mitigation, any land on the construction site where there is evidence to suggest that residual contamination may be present, should be tested for the presence of dangerous substances. Hazardous material so identified should be removed from the site and disposed of at an appropriate facility (see Section 12).

Remobilisation of seabed sediment

14.6.15 Release of seabed sediment during construction has the potential to cause similar impacts to those described in the dredging section above but on a smaller scale.

14.6.16 If the offshore sediment is sandy with little fine and organic material, and therefore contamination, then any impacts on water and sediment quality are anticipated to be confined to within the immediate area of the construction activity. If, however, finer, contaminated material is encountered then the effects will be more widespread as levels of suspended solids will be increased and contaminated sediment redistributed. Whilst there is the potential for heavy metals and nutrients to be released from the sediment, as outlined above, heavy metals tend to be quickly resorbed onto sediment particles and deposited.

14.6.17 It is not anticipated that the sediment would be disturbed to a degree sufficient to cause an increase in suspended solids at more than 200 m from the construction operations. Monitoring of the suspended solids concentrations at a point between the construction activity and sensitive receptors should indicate whether unacceptable conditions exist and the construction activity should be suspended. As a result of this program if suspended solid concentrations at a point 200 m from the point of construction rise above 30 ppm or 100% of background levels (whichever is higher) in seagrass areas and 150 ppm or 100% of background levels (whichever is higher), construction will be suspended.

Accidental Spills

14.6.18 As part of the mitigation programme, hazardous materials should be stored and handled according to best practice guidance. Chemicals and fuels should be stored in bunded double-skinned tanks and procedures should be adopted to reduce the probability and consequence of spills occurring (see Section 17).



Other Issues

14.6.19 Marine construction should be scheduled, as far as possible, to reduce the movement of water containing suspended solids towards sensitive locations such as the licensed aquaculture sites and seagrass beds. The proximity of the construction to the sensitive sites suggests that this may be very difficult to achieve, and further work on this issue will be undertaken during the FEED stage.

Conclusions

14.6.20 For Option 7 if all the mitigation measures outlined above are implemented then it is possible to control the potential effects on water quality. However, the impacts may be sufficient to cause a reduction in classification to B and are therefore predicted to be Moderate. Option 7a which includes dredging has the potential to have more significant effects on water and sediment quality and is predicted to have a potentially Major impact on the water quality by causing impacts on biota, such as the seagrass and fish farms, resulting in a lowering of the classification to D.

Sediment Quality

14.6.21 Impacts on sediment quality could result primarily from the redistribution of contaminated sediment may from either the construction sites via surface water run-off or by dredging and marine construction, as described above.

14.6.22 Site run off should be controlled and deposition from this source would be low. The amount of sediment disturbed due to the piling operations would also be low and overall deposition of contaminated sediment is predicted to be relatively local to the construction site. Although such deposited sediment will be transported and dispersed, it is predicted that the dispersion of the sediment and the low volumes released will reduce the potential for serious contamination of the seabed and it is unlikely that the sediment contamination classification would be changed. It is therefore predicted that for Option 7 the effects will be Moderate or Negligible. Option 7a which includes dredging, will have potentially more significant effects. Depending on the wave climate and tidal currents at the disposal site, the material will either remain in this location or be transported as bed load and dispersed. The level of cadmium and copper contamination in some areas which may be dredged is sufficient to cause potentially harmful contamination in the sediment at the disposal site, causing a Major effect on sediment quality by contamination of sediment which exceeds the Defra sediment quality Action Level 2.

Marine Ecology

14.6.23 Impacts on marine ecological resources could result from changes in habitat type, (including the introduction of new habitat), physical disturbance on the construction footprint, secondary effects due to impaired water and sediment quality (as outlined above), or construction noise. Each of these is considered in more detail below.

14.6.24 Habitat changes may occur if the construction process alters sediment characteristics. For Option 7 this will be small scale and confined to the immediate area of the trestle piles. The trestle structure will provide new hard substrata which will be colonised by encrusting species and used by fish. The infaunal habitats will not be affected to a large degree. Physical disturbance will occur along the route of the trestle and in areas which are affected by vessel operations, e.g. anchoring, spudding of jack-up rigs and deliberately grounding vessels on the seabed. Seagrass and faunal species unable to move away from the source of disturbance will be destroyed. The construction footprint will be limited to 50 m either side of the trestle construction area to minimise such impacts.



14.6.25 For Option 7a, however, the direct effects will be more significant with direct impacts on infauna and seagrass in the areas affected by dredging.

14.6.26 Suspended solids released into the water column may affect species by clogging feeding apparatus, increasing suspended solids, reducing light penetration, changing the characteristics of the sediment or introducing contamination to the sediment. For Option 7 such impacts will be controlled by the mitigation measures outlined for water quality impacts above, but for Option 7a these will be more difficult to control and impacts due to increased suspended solids are more likely to be widespread and or significant magnitude.

14.6.27 Underwater construction noise and physical presence of plant and vessels will cause disturbance to some species, particularly fish and sea mammals. In most cases animals will move away from the noise source without significant harm, however territorial species will be forced to relocate to other areas and will therefore be more likely to suffer negative effects. Potential effects of underwater noise should be mitigated by avoiding noisy underwater work (e.g. piling) if cetaceans are sighted within 500 m of the construction site. If either monk seals or bottle-noised dolphins use the site as a breeding or nursery area then the effects would be more important.

14.6.28 Overall, it is estimated that effects on soft sediment fauna will recover within 2 years of completion provided sedimentary conditions are returned to their pre-construction state. Recovery of some larger species such as the fan shell (Pinna rugosa) may take longer. The area affected by Option 7a will be far greater than for Option 7.

14.6.29 For Option 7, areas of seagrass affected may not recover particularly under the trestle where light levels will be reduced. For Option 7a the dredging will cause much more widespread effects on the seagrass which will be largely irreversible. The extent and significance of the existing seagrass beds are not known but providing the area damaged is less than 1% of the total seagrass resources in the area, it is predicted that the integrity of the seagrass ecosystem will not be negatively affected and impacts will be Moderate. If the seagrass area was suitable for designation as a SAC then an appropriate assessment would be required under the EU Habitats Directive.

Human Uses of the Sea

14.6.30 Impacts on human uses of the sea could result from the exclusion of passage fishing vessels from the construction area or the secondary effects of poor water quality on the aquaculture sites.

14.6.31 The exclusion of passage fishing vessels from the construction area cannot be mitigated. Secondary effects of water poor water quality will be mitigated by the water quality mitigation measures.

14.6.32 The effects on passage fishing vessels will be short term and will only affect vessels which are steaming west. There is insufficient information to accurately assess this impact however it estimated that it will be Moderate.

14.7 Operational Impacts and Mitigation

Coastal Processes

14.7.2 Impacts on coastal processes are considered in the operational impacts section.

14.7.3 Option 7 does not involve dredging and the effects on waves and tidal currents will be restricted to a small reduction in waves as they pass through the trestle structure



estimated by HRW5 to be less than 10%, will not therefore cause erosion, deposition or secondary effects and are considered to be Negligible.

Option 7a, which involves dredging, is predicted to cause an increase in wave energy reaching the coast. This would affect areas which are protected by rock revetments but the precise nature and extent of the effects cannot be accurately predicted without modelling. There is the potential for some secondary effects on benthic habitats and the passage of small vessels although these impacts are not likely to be large in extent or severity. The effects are therefore considered to be Negligible to Moderate.

Water Quality

14.7.4 Whilst it is not intended for ballast water discharges to occur at the site, impacts on water quality could result from the following sources during operation.

• Contaminated site drainage containing hydrocarbons and firewater effluent; • Discharge of process effluent; and • Accidental release of oil from vessel incident.

14.7.5 A loss of containment of hydrocarbons within the site may reach the site drainage and

therefore has the potential to reach the sea via the site drainage water outfall. The site surface drainage will be protected by remotely operated shut off valves, three stage oil/water interceptors and off specification drainage water retention capability sufficient to contain fire fighting water under the most likely fire scenario. Automatic leak detection will be used on high volume hydrocarbon/hazardous material storage facilities.

14.7.6 Contaminated site effluent will be contained on site by the mitigation measures identified above. Under extreme conditions contaminated water may have to be released if the volume exceeds the storage capacity or for reasons of health and safety. Under these conditions there may be some contamination of the water column which would short or moderate term degradation of water quality and may result in either a decrease in dissolved oxygen concentration due to oxygen demanding substances such as hydrocarbons and fire fighting foam or direct toxic effects.

14.7.7 The LNG process will use the power station effluent to provide heating for the open rack vaporisers, which will result in a drop in temperature of the effluent in comparison with the existing situation. The characteristics of the process effluent are summarised in Section 6. Retention for off-specification effluent will be provided. Off-specification effluent will be retained on-site if required to avoid a serious pollution incident. The effects of the routine discharge would be negligible or positive, as the water temperature of the power station outfall would be reduced to nearer ambient.

14.7.8 There will be some maintenance dredging required but this is predicted to be of low magnitude9.

14.7.9 An accidental release of oil from a vessel has the potential to involve a significant volume of hydrocarbons. The behaviour of the slick and the impacts caused would depend on the circumstances of the incident, the type and volume of the oil spilt, and the weather and tidal conditions at the time. Oil spill prevention plans and an appropriately tiered oil spill response plans should be adopted (see Section 17). A large oil spill would have serious effects on the local environment and could affect the power station intake and local economic and environmental resources.



14.7.10 Mitigation of routine impacts will be incorporated into the design of the facility. Provision will be made for mitigation of non-routine events such as oil spills and process trips. In summary the routine effects would be Negligible or Positive, as they would not result in a change in classification; there is however a small probability of Moderate or Major effects of an oil spill or fire.

Sediment Quality

14.7.11 There are no sources of impacts on sediment quality during operation except for maintenance dredging and secondary impacts due to contaminated discharges from the site. For Option 7a the effects of maintenance dredging will depend on the degree of sediment contamination and therefore has the potential to be Major if the material deposited in the channel is highly contaminated. For Option 7 effects on sediment quality will be controlled by the water quality mitigation measures. Contamination discharged during non-routine events will bind to sediment particles and be deposed in the sediment. The impacts due to routine events would be Negligible.

14.7.12 In the case of a major oil spill there is the possibility that sediment will be contaminated to the extent that it would exceed Defra Action level II for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). There is therefore the potential for Major impacts due to non-routine events.

Marine Ecology

14.7.13 Impacts on marine ecological resources will mainly result from secondary impacts on water quality. In addition, there will be on-going effects from propeller wash in the vessel manoeuvring area. In the event of a release of hazardous material, e.g. oil or fire fighting water, there could be long term impacts on the seagrass beds and aquiculture areas. Benthic habitat may also be negatively affected by contamination which reaches the seabed.

14.7.14 Routine discharges are predicted to improve in relation to the present situation and therefore there is the potential for a Positive impact.

14.7.15 For Option 7 effects on ecological resources should be mitigated by the measures identified to control impacts to water quality. The effects of propeller wash will be confined to the vessel handling areas which will be controlled by the harbour authority. The direct effects due to propeller wash, whilst likely to last for the duration of the operation of the facility, are considered a Negligible effect unless areas of seagrass habitat is affected, in which case they may have a cumulative impact with the impacts of construction. If the total area affected is less than 1% of the total seagrass area in Vasilikos Bay the integrity of the seagrass ecosystem will not be negatively affected and impacts will be Moderate. For Option 7a the benthos of the channel will be affected but is likely to be impoverished due to continual disturbance by prop-wash. The impacts will also be a Moderate.

14.7.16 The severity of the effects of an oil spill will depend on its magnitude. A spill involving more than 10 tonnes of product is likely to have some negative effects on the benthic communities, possibly the seagrass and the aquiculture areas. In this case the effects would be Moderate although there is the potential for Major effect if the spill was of sufficient magnitude.

14.7.17 Existing marine habitats are shown in Figure 14.3.




14.7.18 Impacts on human uses of the sea could result from the exclusion of passage fishing vessels from the vessel operations area or contamination of power station cooling water intakes in the event of an oil spill.

14.7.19 The exclusion of passage fishing vessels from the construction area cannot be mitigated. The effects on passage fishing vessels will be short term and will only affect vessels which are steaming west. There is insufficient information to accurately assess this impact however it estimated that it will be Negligible to Moderate.

14.7.20 Appropriate systems will be developed to prevent oil infiltrating the power station cooling water stream. It may be necessary to shut the power station down during such an event.

14.8 De-commissioning Impact and Mitigation

Water Quality

14.8.2 Impacts on water quality that could result from the following sources during decommissioning are:

• Contaminated site run-off containing suspended solids and hydrocarbons; • Release of solids and mobilisation of contaminants during disturbance of seabed

sediments. 14.8.3 The decommissioning programme will involve excavation of unmade ground and

consequently generation of suspended solids contaminated run-off is a possibility. Sources of contamination will be due to the previous contamination of soils and the accidental release of hazardous materials, e.g. hydrocarbons. Even if it is inert, the release of suspended material in site drainage may cause negative secondary effects on biota.

14.8.4 Release of seabed sediment will occur with the removal of the piles of the trestle and have the potential to cause the following changes in the environment:

• Increase in suspended solids concentration; • Decrease in oxygen concentration; • Increase in nutrient levels; and • Mobilisation of heavy metals and trace organic contamination.

14.8.5 The severity of these effects will depend on:

• The amount of material released; • The particle size of the sediment; • Its redox potential (which in turn affects the amount of oxygen removed from the

water column when the sediment is released); • How contaminated it is; and • The ambient tidal conditions.



14.8.6 A mitigation programme should be agreed with the demolition contractor to minimise the potential impact from the demolition programme on water and sediment quality. This should include the following elements:

• Site run off should be controlled by a drainage system passing through a settling and retention pond to reduce suspended solids loadings to satisfactory levels. The discharge will be located to maximise dispersion. The discharge of site run off to coastal waters should not exceed 150 mg/l except for exceptional circumstances when 350 mg/l would be permitted.

• Land on the demolition site should be tested for the presence of dangerous substances if there is evidence to suggest that contamination may be present. Hazardous material so identified will be removed from the site and disposed of at an appropriate facility.

• Hazardous materials should be stored and handled according to best practice guidance.

• The demolition should not involve dredging operations.

• Scheduling of marine decommissioning to reduce the movement of water containing suspended solids towards sensitive locations such as the licensed aquaculture sites, the proximity of the demolition to the sensitive sites, suggests that this may be very difficult to achieve.

• The trestle pilings may have to be removed at the seabed if excavation is problematical.

• If suspended solid concentrations rise above 30% of background levels at a location between the demolition operations and the sensitive receptor, demolition will be suspended.

• Monitoring of dissolved oxygen during critical periods to ensure that levels do not fall below 6 mg/l.

14.8.7 Site run-off generated by drainage from the terrestrial works can contain very high concentrations of suspended solids. During periods of heavy rain contaminated site run-off may affect water quality in the adjacent coastal areas however the use of effective drainage retention will reduce the probability of unacceptable effects on water quality as discussed in Section 6.

14.8.8 For Option 7, there is insufficient information on the nature of the sediment and the degree of contamination to make precise predictions on the severity of the effects of disturbing marine sediment during removal of the trestle. The results of studies undertaken indicate that the most contaminated sediment is confined to the area adjacent to old tailing pond4,6. Therefore a proportion of the trestle route may be constructed in highly contaminated sediment although this will have to be confirmed.

14.8.9 If sediment is sandy with little fine and organic material, then the effects will be confined to within the immediate area of the demolition activity. If, however, finer, contaminated material is encountered then the effects will be more severe. Suspended solids will be increased and contaminated sediment redistributed. There is the potential for heavy metals and nutrients to be released from the sediment but heavy metals would be quickly resorbed onto sediment particles and deposited. Under calm conditions the release of nutrients may cause some localised nutrient enrichment but this would be short-lived. Unless the sediment has very high levels of organic material, a significant depletion in oxygen levels is not predicted based on monitoring of recent dredging operations in the UK7. It is not anticipated that the sediment will be disturbed to a degree sufficient to cause an increase in suspended solids at more than 50 m from the decommissioning operations. Monitoring of the



suspended solids concentrations at a point between the demolition activity and sensitive receptors will indicate whether unacceptable conditions exist and the demolition activity will be suspended. Impacts of Option 7a will be less severe as there will be less disturbance of the sediment.

14.8.10 If the mitigation measures outlined above are implemented then it is possible to control the potential effects on water quality and the impacts are predicted to be Moderate or Negligible.

Sediment Quality

14.8.11 Impacts on sediment quality could result from contaminated sediment redistribution from either the decommissioning sites via surface water run-off or by dredging and marine demolition. Deposition from site run off would occur due to the settlement of suspended material. This is considered in Section 6 on water resources. The deposition of contaminated sediment from site run-off will be controlled by the same actions used to reduce impacts on water quality.

14.8.12 The amount of sediment disturbed due to the piling operations will be low. Therefore deposition of contaminated sediment is predicted to be relatively local to the demolition site. Such deposited sediment will be transported and dispersed. It is predicted that the dispersion of the sediment and the low volumes released will reduce the potential for serious contamination of the seabed and it is predicted that the effects will be Moderate or Negligible.

Marine Ecology

14.8.13 Impacts on marine ecological resources could result from the following sources during demolition.

• Change in habitat type and introduction of new habitat.

• Physical disturbance of the decommissioning area.

• Secondary effects due to impaired water and sediment quality.

• Noise.

14.8.14 The demolition process may alter sediment characteristics. This is predicted to be relatively small scale. The trestle structure will provide new hard substrata which will be colonised by encrusting species and used by fish.

14.8.15 Physical disturbance will occur along the route of the trestle and in areas in which are affected by vessel operations e.g. anchoring, spuding of jack-up rigs and deliberately grounding vessels on the seabed. Seagrass and faunal species unable to move away from the source of disturbance will be destroyed.

14.8.16 Suspended solids released into the water column may affect species by the following:

• Clogging feeding apparatus,

• Increasing suspended solids,

• Reducing light penetration,

• Changing the characteristics of the sediment,

• Introducing contamination to the sediment.



14.8.17 Underwater demolition noise will cause disturbance to some species, particularly fish and sea mammals. In most cases animals the will move away form the noise source, however territorial species will be forced to relocated to other areas. The effects of demolition will be less severe for Option 7a.

14.8.18 The decommissioning footprint should be limited to 50 m either side of the trestle demolition area. Turbidity and suspended solids will be controlled by the mitigation measures outlined for water quality impacts. Potential effects of underwater noise should be mitigated by avoiding noisy underwater work (e.g. blasting and cutting) if cetaceans are sighted within 500 m of the demolition site.

14.8.19 It is estimated that effects on soft sediment fauna will recover within 2 years of completion provided sedimentary conditions are returned to their pre-demolition state. It is predicted that the integrity of the seagrass ecosystem will not be negatively affected and impacts will be Negligible.


14.8.20 Impacts on human uses of the sea could result from the exclusion of passage fishing vessels from the demolition area or secondary effects of poor water quality on the aquaculture sites.

14.8.21 The exclusion of passage fishing vessels from the decommissioning area cannot be mitigated. Secondary effects of water poor water quality will be mitigated by the water quality mitigation measures.

14.8.22 The effects on passage fishing vessels will be short term and will only affect vessels which are steaming west. There is insufficient information to accurately assess this impact, however it estimated that it will be Negligible to Moderate.

14.9 Summary

14.9.1 There is insufficient information to predict impacts with a high degree of certainty. Further information is required on the extent and status of the seagrass areas and the extent and nature of the sediment contamination.

14.9.2 The most significant potential for unacceptable impacts would occur during construction, and particularly in the case of Option 7a which includes a significant amount of dredging. There is the potential for major effects on the seagrass areas and also from the dredging and disposal of contaminated sediments.

14.9.3 During operation there is a risk of a major pollution incident from an oil spill. This could have a serious effect on natural resources such as the seagrass beds and socio-economic resources such as the power station water intake and aquaculture sites. There may be some operational effects from propeller wash on the seagrass beds but these will be confined to the area of vessel operations. Hot water from the power station cooling system will be used in the LNG plant prior to discharge. The temperature of the water will be reduced during its use in the LNG facility and it will be closer to ambient on discharge than is currently the case.

14.9.4 With highly contaminated sediment nearby there is a risk that contamination of the water column and surrounding sediment surface will occur during demolition, particularly for Option 7. As the demolition method does not involve dredging the release of sediment is unlikely to cause serious contamination to occur over a widespread area although some local effects are likely. Contaminated site run off will be controlled at source and is not predicted to reach the sea in amounts likely to



cause unacceptable contamination. There will be direct effects on the seagrass beds due to demolition activities. Providing this is a small proportion of the total seagrass resources (<1%) this is not predicted to be unacceptable. This will depend on the status and size of the seagrass resources near the demolition site.

14.9.5 During operation there will be an exclusion area around the LNG facility. This may directly affect passage fishing vessels steaming west and also the aquaculture cages currently in Vasilikos Bay.

14.9.6 On decommissioning the effects will be similar to demolition with the potential for disturbance of contaminated sediment.

References

1. Scottish Environment Protection Agency (SEPA), Water Quality Standards along the Berwickshire Coast, 1999.

2. HR Wallingford, LNG & Petroleum Products Terminal Vasilikos Energy Centre Cyprus Overview of physical Marine environment, 2006a.

3. Council of Minister of the Environment, Canadian Sediment Quality Guidelines for the Protection of Aquatic Life, 1999.

4. HR Wallingford, LNG and Petroleum Products Terminal Vasilikos Energy Centre, Cyprus Marine Environmental Studies, 2006b.

5. HR Wallingford, LNG & Petroleum Products Terminal Vasilikos Energy Centre, Cyprus. Shoreline Impact Assessment, 2006c.

6. Environmental Resources Management (ERM), Vasilikos Power Station Environmental Impact Assessment prepared for the Electricity Authority of Cyprus (EAC), 1998.

7. Envirocentre, Warrenpiont Harbour Deepwater Quay and Ro berth EIA report. A Statutory Environmental Statement completed for Warrenpiont Harbour Authority Submitted to Northern Ireland Planning Service, October 2005

8. US Geological Survey, Soil Erosion from Two Small Construction Sites. USGS Fact Sheet FS 109-00, 2000.

9. HR Wallingford, LNG & Petroleum Products Terminal Vasilikos Energy Centre, Cyprus. Task 1(i) D Capital and Maintenance Dredging Issue, 2006d.

10. Electronic and Geophysical Services Ltd. (EGS). Vasilikos power station site investigations hydrographic survey (1986). Volume 1. Report R12.939fin, 1987.

11. Bianchi T. S., Demetropoulos A., Hadjichristophorou M., Argyrou M., Baskaran M., Lambert C., Plant pigments as biomarkers of organic matter sources in sediments and coastal waters of Cyprus (eastern Mediterranean), Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci., 42, 103–115, 1996.

SECTION 15

SOCIO ECONOMIC

SECTION 15 SOCIO ECONOMICS


15 SOCIO ECONOMICS

15.1 Introduction

15.1.1 This section describes the existing socio-economic situation within the vicinity of the proposed Energy Centre site and assesses the potential negative and beneficial impacts associated with its construction and operation. Where possible, mitigation measures have been identified in order to address any negative impacts that are highlighted as significant, and residual impacts are identified.

15.1.2 Consultation is currently being carried out by the Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Tourism, the results of which will be incorporated into the FEED EIA.

15.1.3 The proposed Energy Centre will benefit the Cypriot economy by meeting EU targets to hold sufficient strategic reserves, and will also hold operational reserves, ensuring that products are available at all times. This will increase Cyprus’s energy security. The project will also bring about economies of scale, for instance, through the synergy between the storage facility and power station. In addition, the Energy Centre will remove the storage facility from the urban area of Larnaca city, which is currently limiting urban expansion and the area needs to be rezoned as residential.


15.2.1 This study investigates the impacts of the Energy Centre upon the local area in immediate vicinity of the site (i.e. the settlements of Zygi, Mari, Kalavasos, Tochni, Choirokoitia, Psematismenos and Maroni. as shown on figure 15.1), and impacts relating to the regional District of Larnaca, and Cyprus as a nation.

15.2.2 During this BOD stage, the socio-economic impact assessment has been primarily desk-based.

15.2.3 However, a number of meetings have been held with regards to the project with key ministries including:


• Ministry of Fisheries;

• Ministry of Agriculture;

• Water and Resources;

• Department of Labour Inspection;

• Department of Roads and Public Works;

• Department of Town Planning;

• Department of Geological Survey,

• Ministry of Defence; and

• Department of Land Use and Surveys.

15.2.4 Information obtained from these ministries has been incorporated into this report, including health and safety advice from the Department of Labour Inspection, and information on pollution and water supply in the Vasilikos area. Further consultation will be ongoing throughout the FEED process and the results of any new findings will be incorporated into the contracts that are let prior to the commencement of any construction works.



15.2.5 In addition to the desk study and consultation outlined above, a site reconnaissance was undertaken during February - March 2006 by Dr. Ioannis Glekas of the Aeoliki Consultancy, who has specific knowledge of the local area. The site investigation was undertaken in order to establish local receptors that may be effected by the project, and to assist with the scoping study.

15.3 Baseline Conditions – National Overview

Politics and Administration

15.3.2 Since 1974, Cyprus has been divided de facto into the Greek Cypriot Government-controlled two-thirds of the island and the Turkish Cypriot one-third. The Government of the Republic of Cyprus (ROC), based in the Greek part of the Island, is considered the internationally recognised authority; although its authority extends only to the government-controlled areas.

15.3.3 Under the 1960 Constitution, executive power is vested in the President of the Republic, elected by universal suffrage for a five-year term of office. The President exercises executive power through a Council of Ministers which includes the following Ministries: Interior, Labour and Social Insurance, Justice and Public Order, Foreign Affairs, Communications, Defence, Finance, Education and Culture, Agriculture, Natural Resources and the Environment; and Commerce, Industry and Tourism.

15.3.4 The Legislative Power of the Republic is exercised by the 80-seat House of Representatives, of which 56 seats are designated for Greek Cypriot and 24 for Turkish Cypriot Deputies (although the latter have not attended since 1964).c The President of the House is a Greek-Cypriot and is elected by Representatives elected by the Greek-Cypriot community. The Vice-President is constitutionally provided for to be a Turkish-Cypriot and would be elected by the Representatives of the Turkish-Cypriot Community. The Maronite, Armenian, and Latin minorities also elect representatives who attend meetings, though generally without a right of participation in the deliberations.

15.3.5 The Republic of Cyprus joined the EU on 1 May 2004. Every Cypriot carrying a Cyprus passport now has the status of a European citizen.

15.3.6 As shown in Figure 15.2 below, Cyprus is divided into six administrative districts, with the proposed project located in the Larnaca District. Each district is headed by a District Officer, a senior civil servant appointed by Government responsible for the coordination of all Ministries in its district and accountable to the Ministry of Interior.

c http://www.cyprus.gov.cy



Figure 15.2 Administrative Districts Map

KYRENIA FAMAGUSTA

LARNACA

LIMASSOL

PAPHOS

NICOSIA

15.3.7 At local administrational level, areas around major urban (and tourism-based) residential populations fall under the jurisdiction of Municipalities, with smaller rural villages and settlements managed through Local Authorities (until recently termed ‘Village Boards’ or ‘Improvement Boards’). Local policy is devised by the Municipal council, led by a Mayor (both elected by the citizens for a five year term).

15.3.8 The municipality is responsible for a range of activities including construction and maintenance of buildings, parks and public gardens, street lighting, sanitation and the protection of public health, waste collection and disposal, and the protection of the environment. Where budget permits, municipalities are also responsible for promoting their area through the development of tourism, arts and sports. Their finances derive from municipal taxes, fees and duties as well as state subsidies. Municipal Law means than the municipality has jurisdiction over Streets and Buildings Regulation Law, Town Planning Law, and the Sewerage Systems Law amongst others.d

15.3.9 Communities (or Local Authorities) are broadly equivalent in terms of function to municipalities, although structurally different. The Local Authority is made up of the elected members of the Village Commission (including a President, Deputy President and three others) and the District Officer or a representative of his office is Chairman of the Board. The District Officer is appointed by the government as its local representative in each District and acts as chief coordinator and liaison for the activities of all Ministries in Districts, accountable to the Ministry of Interior. With the exception of some of the wealthier Local Authorities, the central government provides administrative and technical assistance to most Local Authorities through civil servants employed in the District Office. All members of the Village Commission are elected by the residents of the village for a five-year period.

15.3.10 The responsibilities of Local Authorities cover public health, construction and maintenance of roads, collection and disposal of waste, cleaning, lighting and naming of roads, regulation of trade and business, as well as the promotion of the area. Local Authorities issue Bye-laws which are subject to central government approval. The revenue of the boards consists of state subsidies as well as taxes and fees collected from the residents of their area. The Village Commission has basic duties, while the District Office provides all the necessary services for the Community.

d http://www.kypros.org/PIO/cygov/localgov.htm



15.3.11 Local Authorities exist today in almost all villages of the island. Any community may become a municipality by local referendum (subject to approval) provided it has a population of over 5,000, or has the economic resources to function as a municipality. A community may receive financial, administrative and technical support from the District Office or from Central Government.e

Economic Overview

15.3.12 The Greek Cypriot economy is generally considered to be strong, with a GDP of £15.4 billion in 2004, and whilst the formerly strong agricultural sector is in decline, the economy is now dominated by the service sectors, primarily tourism and financial services. Such sectors can be extremely susceptible to external shocks however, and the erratic (and recently low) economic growth rates of the past decade reflect fluctuations in tourist numbers associated with political instability in the region and economic conditions in Western Europe. Economic policy in Cyprus is focused on meeting the criteria to join the European Exchange Rate Mechanism (ERM2)..

15.3.13 Data from 2004 indicates a continued decline in agriculture, hunting and forestry of 0.5%, whilst construction has continued to grow in importance (5.2% growth per annum) and wholesale and retail trade, transport storage and communication and financial intermediation recorded exceptionally high growth rates. Hotels and restaurants were the only activities in the tertiary sector that showed a negative growth rate at this time (-2.8%).

15.3.14 The gross domestic product (GDP) by economic activity (current market price) is shown in the following Table 15.1. Important industries relevant to this ES are highlighted in green. The fisheries sector, which has been fluctuating and unstable over recent years, contributes 0.17% of the GDP. The energy sector (electricity, gas and water supply) holds 2.1% of the GDP, and the declining agricultural, hunting and forestry sector holds 3.4%.

e http://cyprus.angloinfo.com/information/10/natadmin.asp



Table 15.1 Gross Domestic Product By Economic Activity

Economic Activity GDP C£mn

Agriculture, hunting and forestry 245.5

Fishing 12.6

Mining and quarrying 22.3

Manufacturing 640

Electricity, gas and water supply 148.2

Construction 247.9

Wholesale and retail trade 808.5

Hotels and restaurants 502.8

Transport, storage and communications 576.7

Financial intermediation 440.1

Real estate, renting and business act 1201.2

Public administration and defence 673

Education 399.4

Health and social work 271.1

Other community social and commercial services 279.9

Private households and employed persons 49

GDP at market prices 7216.3

15.3.15 Although in decline, the Cypriot agricultural industry still produces a range of

products, including cereal grains, olives, citrus, potatoes, cotton, deciduous fruits and grapes, and sheep, goats, poultry, pigs, and some cattle are also raised. There is also a strong manufacturing economy, primarily for processed foods and beverages, paper, chemicals, textiles, and metal products, whilst mineral resources include copper, pyrites, chrome, asbestos, and gypsum and timber is also importantf.

15.3.16 Water shortages are an ongoing problem in Cyprus, threatening the economy and society; however a few desalination plants are now operational. After 10 years of drought, the country received substantial rainfall from 2001-03, which has alleviated short term concerns.

Exports and Imports

15.3.17 Cyprus’ small domestic market means that access to international markets is of high economic importance to the island and trade has always been one of the main sectors of the Cypriot economy. During 2003 exports accounted for about £2.791 m. or 7% of the country’s GDP. The bulk of these are exports of manufactured industrial products which represented 58% of total exports in 2003, with the most important products being pharmaceuticals (£39 m.), clothing (£10 m.), cement (£9 m.), cigarettes (£7 m.), paper products (£6 m.), plastic products (£4 m.), and furniture (£4

f www.encyclopedia.com



m.). In 2003 exports of raw and processed agricultural products accounted for £44 m (21%) and £33 m (16%) of total domestic exports respectively. Exports of raw agricultural products included citrus fruit and potatoes primarily, whilst exports of processed agricultural products included Halloumi cheese, wines and fruit and vegetable juices.

15.3.18 Imports of intermediate inputs (raw materials) and consumer goods make up most of the total imports, accounting for 31% and 29% respectively. Other key imports include transport equipment (14%), capital goods (11%), and fuels and lubricants (10%). In 2003 imports of raw materials (intermediate inputs) reached £726 m, primarily raw materials for the manufacturing sector, whilst imports of consumer goods declined to £666 m (from £714 m) and imports of capital goods reached £263 m. Imports of transport equipment and parts declined to £327 m, with passenger motor vehicles accounting for nearly half of these followed by motor vehicles for the transport of goods and parts for transport equipment. Imports of fuels and lubricants declined to £227 m from £270 m.

Tourism

15.3.19 Tourism is central to the Cypriot economy and around 2.5 million tourists visit the country every year. Peak monthly revenues are recorded in June, and for 2005 these were in the region of £113.3 m which was in an increase of 3.7% when compared to the corresponding month of the previous year.g

15.3.20 The importance of the tourist trade is reflected in the success of the hotels and restaurants, and of the total economic value added 38.5% was generated through the activity of hotels, 11.8% by hotel apartments, 22.1% by restaurants and taverns, 6,9% by cafeterias and coffee shops, 5.8% by night clubs and cabarets, 4,3% by fast-food outlets and take away restaurants and 10.6% by other eating and drinking places. Some 32,234 persons were employed in restaurants and hotels in 2003, or 9.5% of the total economically active population and 10.2% of the total gainfully employed population

15.3.21 The Government of Cyprus/CTO is currently implementing a sustainable tourism strategyh which is encouraging appropriate tourism development to safeguard and nurture the quality of the tourist experience, the beauty of the natural environment and the quality of life of inhabitants by making the best use of resources available without over-stretching or exhausting them. In the framework of this policy, CTO has set the following targets with respect to the tourist development in the island:

• Arrivals: 3.5 million tourists by 2010 are considered as the maximum limit, since it is acknowledged that an increase in revenues which is fuelled by increased arrivals depletes available resources and undermines the sustainability of the destination;

• Basic Infrastructure: The extension and upgrade of the airports that will lead to an increase in their capacity and the supply of top quality facilities and high service levels is a matter of great priority.

Population and Demographics

15.3.22 Cyprus has a population of approximately 703,529 with an estimated annual growth rate of 0.54% (Department of Statistics, July 2005; est.). 485,304 of these are urban residents and 218,225 are rural residents. The capital of the country is Lefkosia

gwww.mof.gov.cy/mof/cystat/statistics.nsf/All/3ACFFCE5DC128F8DC225704D002ED7E5?Open h Strategic Plan for Tourism Development 2003-2010, CTO, Cyprus



(Nicosia) with a population of 213,500. Cyprus’s second city is Lemesos (Limassol) with a population of 161,200.i

15.3.23 Figure 15.2 shows the population gender and age distribution for Cyprus in 2000. The age structure for both sexes is typical of a western population, and there are no significant anomalies in any age band.

Figure 15.2 Cypriot population by Age and Gender, 2000 (Source UNECE)

Ethnic Diversity

15.3.24 Greek Cypriots (predominantly members of the Greek Orthodox Church) make up over three quarters or the total population of Cyprus and are particularly prevalent in the south of the country. Other minority groups found in Greek Cyprus include the Maronites and Armenian Orthodox, as well as Turkish Cypriots.j Greek and Turkish Cypriots share many customs but maintain distinct identities based on religion, language, and close ties with their respective motherlands. Greek is predominantly spoken in the south, Turkish in the north. English is widely used.

Employment

15.3.25 Employment and unemployment data has been sourced from:

• Statistical Service of the Republic of Cyprus (www.mof.gov.cy/mof/cystat/statistics.nsf/labour_en/labour_en?OpenDocument); and

• United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (www.unece.org/stats/trend/cyp.pdf).

15.3.26 According to the results of Labour Force Survey, which is carried out in accordance with a European Union Regulation, for the third quarter of 2005, the number of employed persons amounted to 349,580 (males 199,050 and females 150,530) and the number of unemployed persons to 18.882 (males 8,431 and females 10,452).

15.3.27 The employment rate for persons aged 15-64 was 68.7% (males 79.9% and females 58.2%).

i www.visitcyprus.org.cy j www.encyclopedia.com



15.3.28 The unemployment rate amounted to 5.1% of the labour force (males 4.1% and females 6.5%). The unemployment rate was higher for young persons aged 15-24 which accounted for 14.7% of the labour force of the same age group (males 12.1% and females 17.6%).

15.3.29 The labour force of the Republic of Cyprus has a relatively high educational background and almost one-third (32%) have completed tertiary education and 37% completed upper secondary education.

15.3.30 About 29 thousand persons or 8.9% of the employed worked on a part-time basis compared and 60% of these reported that they did not want full-time employment with only 21% unable to find a full-time job. About 7% of the working population (some 23,000 persons) reported having a second job, which for many (47%) was agriculture.

Income

15.3.31 Since gaining its independence in 1960, Cyprus has had a record of successful economic performance, reflected in rapid growth, high employment and external and internal stability, and the underdeveloped economy has been transformed into a modern economy, with dynamic services, industrial and agricultural sectors and advanced physical and social infrastructure.

15.3.32 Today, Cyprus is classified as a high-income country, with a per capita income of CY£9,477 in 2000, or 82% of the EU average. The performance of the economy compares favourably with that of most EU nations. Cyprus holds 16th place worldwide in terms of per capita income. The average annual rate of growth in the past five years was about 3.8%, while inflation stood at 2.9% and unemployment at 3,4% over that period and fiscal deficit was less than 3% of GDP.

15.3.33 Wages and salaries rose in Cyprus in nominal terms by 6.2% in 2003 compared to 5.8% in the previous year. Pay increases were recorded in all sectors of the economy ranging from 5% in wholesale & retail trade, restaurants and hotels to 8.2% in the electricity, gas and water sector. In real terms, i.e. deflated by the consumer price index, the increase in the rates of pay was 2%. Actual earnings (including overtime payment) rose by 6.3% in 2003, compared to 5.6% in the previous year, while in real terms they grew by 2.1% compared to 2.7% in 2002. The lowest-paid quarter of the employees received less than £564 per month while the highest-paid quarter received more than £1,148, and the median salary level was £774 from £744. Men’s salaries are considerably higher than those of women, as shown in Table 15.2 below.

Table 15.2 Average monthly rates of pay, 1996 – 2003 Source: Census.

Average Monthly Rates of Pay, 1996 – 2003 £

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Mean 669 708 736 771 826 868 912 968 -Males 759 797 822 860 920 967 1012 1,075 -Females 546 583 611 631 682 717 758 804

15.3.34 There are no data currently available showing different income levels for different

districts in Cyprus as statistics only provide details at a national level. Farming provides supplementary income for most families in Cyprus. There are no specific detailed data available at present on local income from farming in the study areas. Local income from tourism is directly related to tourist expenditure in the region



Infrastructure

15.3.35 The broad Transport, Storage and Communication sector in the Republic of Cyprus registered increased its gross output by 1,8% in 2003 to £869.3 m, with an economic value added of £531.6 m or 7.8% of G.D.P. The major sub-sectors were communications (38.8% of value added), supporting and auxiliary transport activities (28.9%), air transport (11.6%), water transport (11.5%) and land transport (9.2%). The gross output of the air transport sub sector decreased by 6% in 2003 as the gross output of the air carriers (Cyprus Airways, Eurocypria and Helios) declined to £218.9 m and the value added of air transport activities decreased by 12.6% to £61.9 m in 2003.

15.3.36 Information on road travel and transportation is provided in Section 11.

Health

15.3.37 At the end of 2004, hospital beds in the Limassol District totalled 427. Of these 169 were operating in the public sector and 262 in the private sector.

Educationk

15.3.38 In Cyprus literacy is very high. 97.6% of the total Cypriot population are literate (Age 15 and over can read and write).l The Republic of Cyprus has a well-developed system of primary and secondary education.

15.3.39 At all levels of education, there were 1,201 educational institutions, 171,477 pupils/students and 13,550 teachers, giving a pupil/teacher ratio of 12.7. Of the total number of pupils/students, 77.4% was enrolled in public schools and 22.6% in private schools. The enrolments of pupils/students by level of education were as follows: Pre-primary 25,298, Primary 62,868, Secondary 64,711, Tertiary 18,272 and Special education 328.

15.3.40 The majority of Cypriots earn their higher education at Greek, British, or American universities, while there are also sizeable emigrant communities in the United Kingdom and Australia. There have been developed also private colleges and state-supported universities.m Cypriot students abroad totalled 16,374, their distribution by level of education was as follows: Tertiary non-university 890 or 5.4%, Tertiary University Undergraduate 13,986 or 85.4%, Tertiary Postgraduate (Masters) 1,138 or 7.0% and Doctoral (PhD) 360 or 2.2%. The most popular fields of study were: Business and Administration 12.3%, Humanities 12.1%, Social and behavioural sciences 12.1%, Health 10.6%, Engineering 8.2% and Teacher training and Education science 6.5%. As there are a high number of Cypriots undertaking further education abroad, it is likely that they will return with high job aspirations. In addition, it is also likely that some of these students may not return to Cyprus after education, having received job offers in their host country.

15.4 Baseline conditions – local situation

Population and Administration

15.4.2 The proposed Energy Centre would be situated within the Larnaca District in south of Cyprus. The District has a population of 117,124 (end of 2001) which of 71,740 live in urban areas and 45,384 live in rural areas. Within the Larnaca district there are

k www.mof.gov.cy l http://www.cia.gov/cia/publications/factbook/geos/cy.html m www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Demographics-of-Cyprus



48,953 housing units and 36,302 householdsn. As discussed in section 4 the proposed facility will be located in an area generally used for industrial and agricultural purposes. As shown in Figure 15.1 a number of other rural settlements are located within the immediate neighbourhood of the site including the villages of Mari, Zygi, Kalavasos, Pendakomo, Maroni, Tochni and Psematismenos, all of which are controlled by Local Authorities of the same names. Together these villages support a population of just under 3,000 people, with Zygi, Chiorokotia and Maroni being the largest in terms of population, and Mari and Psematismenos the smallest, as shown in Table 15.3 below.

Table 15.3 Population Figures – Larnaca District (2001) Source: Census of Population 2001 – General Demographic Characteristics – Volume II

Settlement Total Persons

Total Economically

Active Population in

settlement

Total Employed within settlement

(encompassing residents and commuters)

Zygi 505 159 228 Mari (incl. Vasilikos) 177 50 65 Kalavasos 644 170 255 Tochni 322 86 126 Choirokoitia 508 133 164 Psematismenos 179 40 64 Maroni 521 137 216 Total 2,856 775 1,118

15.4.3 Figure 15.3 below shows the age profile in Larnaca District for 2001. This shows a

typical age profile with no specific anomalies in terms of proportional age structure, and shows that there is a healthy number of persons at working age (15-64)

Figure 15.3 Age Profile Larnaca District (2001) Source: Census of Population 2001 – General Demographic Characteristics – Volume I

0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000

0-14

15-39

40-64

65+

age

band

persons

FemaleMale Total

Ethnic Diversity

15.4.4 Of the total population within the Larnaca District, the overwhelming majority (92.5%) are Cypriot, and of these most (99.6%) are Greek Cypriots, with the remaining a mixture of Turkish Cypriots, Armenians, Maronites, and Latins. Of the non-Cypriots,

n http://www.mof.gov.cy



4% are from European Union Countries with the remainder from non-European Countries. Pafos in the East of Cyprus has the largest share of foreigners to the total population (17.8%) compared to the other districts of the country (Limassol 9.8%, Nicosia 8.3%, Larnaca 7.5% and Ammochostos with 6.1%).

15.4.5 Of the settlements near the proposed Energy Centre site, there are generally few non-Cypriots residents registered (see Table 15.4 below) although during the last years the proportion of residents with foreign citizenship has increased considerably and this trend is expected to grow in the years to come mainly due to the tourist development in the areas. The village of Mari is understood to house a number of refugees from Turkish Cyprus.

Table 15.4 Cypriots/Non-Cypriots in Larnaca District Source: Census of Population 2001 – Data by District, Municipality/Community Volume II

Settlement TOTAL Cypriots Other EU Citizens

Non-EU Citizens

Zygi 505 482 95.5% 7 1.4% 16 3.1%

Mari (incl. Vasilikos) 177 173 97.7% 0 0% 4 2.3%

Kalavasos 644 613 95.2% 9 1.4% 22 3.4%

Tochni 322 300 93.2% 8 2.5% 14 2.3%

Choirokoitia 508 488 96.1% 14 2.8% 6 1.1%

Psematismenos 179 154 86.5% 8 4.5% 17 9.5%

Maroni 521 444 85.2% 34 6.5% 43 8.3%

Employment Levels

15.4.6 Official unemployment rates for people of working age and ability (ie less than 65 and in the labour force) are low in the Larnaca area, averaging 3.56% for 2005.

15.4.7 Table 15.5 shows the percentages of economically active population by sectors and settlements within the area close to Vasilikos Energy Centre. This shows that there is a high proportion of persons employed in Primary Sector industries, specifically in Maroni (52.6%), Mari (34%) and Psematismenos (32.5%).



Table 15.5 Ecnomically Active Population by Sector and Settlement. Source: Census of Population 2001 – Data by District, Municipality/Community – Volume II

Settlement Total Economically

Active Population

Primary Sectoro Secondary Sectorp

Tertiary Sectorq

Zygi 159 40 25.1% 56 35.2% 57 39.7%

Mari (incl. Vasilikos) 50 17 34% 19 38% 12 28%

Kalavasos 170 22 13% 77 45.3% 62 41.7%

Tochni 86 18 21% 24 28% 42 51%

Choirokoitia 133 24 18% 46 34.6% 54 47.4%

Psematismenos 40 13 32.5% 10 25% 16 42.5%

Maroni 137 77 56.2% 23 16.8% 36 27%

Main Employment Sectors

15.4.8 Farming used to employ up to 70% of the workforce in the area around the proposed site, but recent declines in the industry, and the loss of farmland to development, has seen this decline to some 7 – 10%r. A relatively small number of residents do still practice farming in the locality, and generally grow citrus fruits, peanuts, potatoes and beans. As elsewhere in the country, such farming generally provides only part of the farmer’s income, which is often supplemented by other activities such as owning and running cafes, tavernas and other tourist outlets. Much of the farmland in the area surrounding the proposed Energy Centre site was purchased by the Government and is now rented back to local farmers.

15.4.9 The Archirodon port, which will be closed if the proposed Energy Centre goes ahead, currently harbours approximately 20 local fishing vessels.

15.4.10 A small number of local people are employed by the EAC and the Cement Works and their associated facilities at Vasilikos.

15.4.11 Tourism is developing quite rapidly in Larnaca and surrounding areas. Near the Energy Centre site, a popular tourist destination is Governors Beach. Just under 10% of the total number of tourists in Cyprus stayed in the Larnaca District, representing some 1.1M tourist nights. The annual revenue from tourism in the Larnaca District is estimated at 92.36 mil £CY in 2004.

Availability of Skilled Labour

15.4.12 As local sources of work (such as farming) have declined, an increasing percentage (approx. 3.4%) of the working age population of the Larnaca District now travel outside of the region for work, as shown in Table 15.6 below, with the highest percentage being those aged 15-24.

o Primary Sector : Agriculture, Hunting, Forestry and Fishing p Secondary Sector : Mining and Quarrying, Manufacturing, Electricity, gas and Water Supply and Construction q Tertiary Sector : Wholesale and Retail trade, Hotels and Restaurants, Transport, Storage and Communication, Financial Intermediation, Real Estate, Renting and business activities, Public administration and Defence, Education, Health and Social Work, and other community, social and personal service activities r Census of Population, 2001 – Volume III



Table 15.6 Percentage of labour force by age band working inland of Larnaca Source: Labour Force Survey – 2003

Age Group Percentage 15-24 6.9 25-34 5.1 35-44 2.1 45-54 2 55-64 4.2 65+ 0

Average 3.38

15.4.13 Recent consultation undertaken showed increasing local discontent at this need to travel relatively far from one’s place of residence in order to find work. Table 15.7 below shows the percentage of people who have to travel for work.

Table 15.7 Percentage of residents of local settlements who travel outside their municipality to work

Settlement % who work in another municipality

% who work abroad

Zygi 53 0 Mari (inc. Vasilikos)

47.7 0

Kalavasos 47.8 1.3 Tochni 48.4 0 Choirokoitia 49.4 0 Psematismenos 54.7 0 Maroni 31.5 0

Local Infrastructure

15.4.14 Local road travel information is provided in Section 11.

15.4.15 Limassol General Makarios III Hospital is the only state (public) hospital in the area of the Vasilikos Energy Centre. There are sixteen departments are in operation, including the Casualty Department with 3 beds, the Intensive Care Unit – Cardiology Department with 22 beds, the General Surgery Department with 26 beds.

15.5 Construction Impacts & Mitigation

Employment

15.5.2 The project construction phase is anticipated to require an average of 800 construction workers to be present on site with up to 1,000 workers at peak periods. It is not clear at this stage what specific skills will be required or where the workers will be sourced from, as it is still early in the planning process. There is the potential that this requirement of labour will bring a positive impact to the local community, if the labour pool is able to meet the demands and skills required for the construction work.

15.5.3 If the labour is sourced locally, this will create a significant number of employment opportunities, albeit temporary ones, and should result in a positive impact to the local population and economy, through indirect and induced effects.



15.5.4 It is common for labour for large construction projects in Cyprus to be at least partially sourced abroad, which could have impacts on the local economy and communities. Such impacts include the task of where this labour would be housed. If housed in a construction camp, this will put pressures upon local land use and pressures on local resources to meet the needs of 1,000 people although it would be expected that the majority of the construction labour force would seek to locate themselves with the nearby cities of Limassol, Larnaca and Nicosia which are easily accessible on the nations highway system. The presence of this construction workforce may positively impact the local economy through indirect and induced spending, whilst it may also lead to increased pricing of local goods as they become more scarce and demanded. As the construction industry is highly unionised in Cyprus and operates under a national collective agreement, employers are obliged to offer to imported labour the same terms and conditions of employment as they offer to local citizens, plus 10% for accommodation, and there is therefore no financial incentive for employers to import labour from overseas.

15.5.5 It must be recognised however, that there is a skills gap in the existing Cypriot labour pool; a relatively large number of graduates are finishing tertiary education with skills more suited to managerial roles on the project and there are relatively few trained in vocational skills such as construction. Nevertheless, the project sponsor is committed to employing as many national construction workers as possible and will only use imported labour where either the workforce numbers or skills sets cannot be sourced locally.

15.5.6 The construction phase of the project is expected to yield a positive economic impact on the services sector in the vicinity of the project site, from revenues generated by demand for local services to support the construction programme. At the time of writing however, insufficient detail was available to estimate the positive financial impact on the local economy.

15.5.7 Construction of the Energy Centre will however bring about the closure of Archirodon port, which will negatively impact upon the local fishing communities. As outlined in above, there are currently 20 local fishing vessels that berth at this port, and the closure will negatively impact upon this community, although it is expected that these fishing vessels will be accommodated at the extended fishing port which is being established at Zygi.

15.5.8 In addition a second exclusion zone will be established around the area of the proposed jetty (an addition to the existing exclusion zone established around the EAC Vasilikos Power Plant Single Mooring Buoy), which will reduce the area available for fishing. The construction of the proposed Energy Centre will therefore negatively impact upon the local fisheries centre.

Other socio economic issues

15.5.9 The Energy Centre will however bring about negative impacts to the local tourism industry, particularly the area around Governors Beach, which faces directly towards the Energy Centre site. As discussed in section 8 the Energy Centre, including the LNG tanks and the jetty, will be clearly visible from the Governors Beach resort and will negatively impact upon the views from the beach. In addition, increased traffic on the roads from construction vehicles will also degrade the quality of the area in the eyes of tourists.

15.5.10 Aggregate is needed as part of the construction of the Energy Centre. At this time it is unclear as to where this aggregate will be sourced from, however if it is sourced locally, this may bring negative impacts upon local land use, and may involve some land take from the local community, which would result in a negative impact.



15.5.11 Large-scale construction projects such as the Energy Centre can stress relationships with the surrounding community especially where the community feels that it is being adversely affected or inconvenienced by the construction work. There is also a high potential for the construction of the Energy Centre to cause problems with dust. This is already a problem in the local area from the operation of the cement factory, and construction dust will only add to it, and local discontent surrounding the issue. This is discussed further in Section 9.

15.5.12 Construction worker health and safety will be ensured through the implementation of rigorous site health and safety requirements as at any normal contemporary construction site. With such requirements in place, the impact here is low. The details of the construction programme health and safety system are outside the scope of this EIA and therefore, the subject is not treated further here.

Mitigation and Monitoring

Employment

15.5.13 No specific management and monitoring requirements are considered necessary for the positive employment impact although it is considered prudent for the sponsor to require all contractors to keep records of the nationality and origin of each workforce member so that it can demonstrate where the labour has been sourced. By virtue of sound accounting practices throughout the construction programme, the sponsor will be able to identify the actual spend on local labour if and as required thereby illustrating the value of the economic input to local wages.

15.5.14 It is recommended that the sponsor also consider establishing a Recruitment Centre to encourage / assist local residents with the relevant skills to apply for construction jobs and other positions within the Vasilikos Energy Centre.

15.5.15 It may be prudent for the project sponsor to consider of individual circumstances of parties such as fisheries and agricultural users of the Vasilikos area who’s livelihood may be effected by the project with a view to determining the need or otherwise for restitution as a result of the project.

Public Health and Safety

15.5.16 Prior to commencing construction works, a Construction Public Health and Safety Plan will be developed and implemented. The Plan will include provisions for the management and monitoring of public health and safety, to be implemented by the Construction Programme HSE Officer, including but not necessarily be limited to the following:

• Mechanisms for making public announcements (e.g. newspaper / radio) about the construction programme and in particular when public roads will be used by heavy transport vehicles;

• Reporting mechanisms for the public to register concerns or complaints regarding perceived risks to their health and safety due to the construction operation;

• Incident recording and reporting protocols;

• Emergency contact details in the event of an accident.

15.5.17 The Plan will be managed by the Construction Programme Environment Officer. All observations will be recorded in accordance with the Construction Programme ESMP.



15.5.18 Community relations issues are best managed proactively. A Community Relations Management Plan will be developed and implemented for the construction programme. The Plan will establish an interactive forum in which local community members and interest groups can raise specific grievances in relation to the Energy Centre project and a formal mechanism for recording these and reporting those issues back to the Government. In addition, a Workforce Code of Conduct will be developed and implemented to ensure that construction worker behavioural standards are maintained at a high level while workers inter-act with the community at large.

15.5.19 Mitigation measures for dust are outlined in Section 9.

15.6 Operational Impacts & Mitigation

15.6.1 The operational phase of the project potentially represents a longer-term positive impact in terms of employment opportunities, albeit of a smaller magnitude to that of the short-term impact of the construction phase. The project operation phase is anticipated to require an average of 78 individuals as staff to work in the Energy Centre.

15.6.2 There is likely to be a direct positive economic impact to entrepreneurs and small and medium enterprises operating in the vicinity of the Energy Centre from business opportunities at the site and in surrounding settlements.

15.6.3 The sponsor is committed to operating the Energy Centre on a day-to-day basis to the highest standards for public health and safety. The terminal will be equipped with all typical and necessary emergency response equipment (e.g. fire fighting) and emergency exit routes will be clearly sign posted. The sponsor will maintain contracts with fire and ambulance / first aid service providers.

15.6.4 In addition, the relocation of the Energy Centre to the Vasilikos site, away from Larnaca brings a positive impact to the inhabitants of Larnaca city, as the Energy Centre will be in a zoned industrial area, removing it from densely residential area, which will have positive impacts in terms of safety.

15.6.5 There are constant concerns on water shortages in Cyprus. Although there has been satisfactory rainfall in the past few years to alleviate concerns, there is the potential for drought to affect the country. There is the possibility that the operation of the Energy Centre may take water away from local communities at time of drought, and this may particularly affect the local farming community. Saying this, the Vasilikos irrigation programme does exist, which supplies irrigation water to the area to the east of the proposed site. The irrigation is for agricultural purposes, which include greenhouses, vegetables and citrus plantations. There is however the potential that the irrigation programme may be affected by water- take from the Energy Centre.

Mitigation and Monitoring

15.6.6 The sponsor will work with the local Chamber of Commerce to ensure that local businesses have an opportunity to realise the maximum benefit available to them arising from the new Energy Centre operations.

15.6.7 All accidents at the terminal involving a member of the public will be responded to immediately by the Centre emergency services team. Full details of the cause of the accident, the individuals involved and the injuries incurred will be recorded. Following the immediate response, a full investigation will be made into the accident and corrective actions developed and implemented to minimise the risk of re-occurrence.



15.6.8 Health monitors will be required if there are hazardous substances on site.

15.7 Decommissioning Impacts and Mitigation

15.7.1 Decommissioning of the Energy Centre will bring about negative impacts for those employed there. There will also be a negative impact upon those parts of the local economy that would have come to rely upon the Energy Centre for trade.

15.7.2 There will however be positive impacts upon the local community if the Energy Centre site is rezoned back to agricultural or residential land upon decommissioning.

15.8 Residual Impacts

15.8.1 Cypriot people have a diverse cultural heritage and history. Indeed, Cyprus is a popular tourist destination and most local people will at some stage or another have had exposure to people of other nationalities and cultures. In this context, it is expected that the local communities will be tolerant of migrant workforce members. Socio-cultural tensions will be further mitigated through the preferential employment of Cypriot nationals to the construction workforce. Residual impacts associated with community relations impacts are considered to be low.

15.8.2 It is assessed that the Energy Centre project will have an overall a positive impact and influence on the socio economic climate. There are however, specific local impacts that do need management in order to reduce their severity from being major impacts.

• the residual impact on the local employment base is expected to be positive;

• the residual impact on public health and safety is considered to be negligible if managed effectively;

• the residual impacts associated with community relations impacts are considered to be low, if managed accordingly. This would require consultation to be carried out during the FEED phase of the project.

SECTION 16

HSE RISK ASSESSMENT

SECTION 16 HSE RISK ASSESSMENT


16 HSE RISK ASSESSMENT

16.1 Introduction

16.1.1 The Vasilikos Energy Centre will have a number of health and safety hazards associated with its construction and operation phases. In this section an evaluation has been made of the potential key occupational health and safety hazards and proposed risk mitigation measures related to dangerous substances and other agents at the site, during the construction and operation phases of the Energy Centre.

16.2 International Requirements, Principles and Guidelines in Project Financing

16.2.1 This section identifies international requirements, principles and guidelines in relation to major project funding. Examples include the Equator Principles, World Bank guidelines and International Finance Corporation (IFC) guidelines.

16.2.2 The Equator Principles require that the EIA has addressed several aspects including:

• Use of Dangerous Substances;

• Occupational Health and Safety;

• Major Hazards;

• Fire Prevention and Life Safety; and

• Human Health Protection.

16.2.3 Each of these aspects is addressed below with reference to the Energy Centre site.

16.2.4 The World Bank Group has issued a Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook, effective July 1998 which provides General Environmental Guidelines and specific guidelines for certain industry sectors (e.g. Oil and Gas Development (Onshore), Petroleum Refining).

16.2.5 The International Finance Corporation (IFC) has issued a series of Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines, which provide general guidance on a range of environmental, health and safety aspects. These guidelines provide advice on best practice for consideration where national legislation may not exist or is not strong. The following IFC guidelines are of most relevance to the Energy Centre site:

• Environmental and Social Guidelines for Occupational Health and Safety, June 24, 2003

• Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Gas Terminal Systems, July 1, 1998

• Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines – Oil and Gas Development (Offshore), December 22, 2000

• Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines for Port and Harbour Facilities, July 1, 1998

• Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines – Hazardous Materials Guidelines, December 2001

• Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines – Life and Fire Safety Guidelines, December 2002



16.2.6 These World Bank and IFC guidelines will need to be reviewed, together with the relevant Cypriot legislation and EU Directives, by those responsible for the construction and operation of the Energy Centre site.

16.3 Health & Safety Legislative Requirements

Health and Safety Legislation in Cyprus

16.3.2 The Government of Cyprus is currently in the process for the harmonisation of Cyprus law with EU Directives. The most important requirements implemented into the law defined in EU directives concerning occupational safety and health are in the Framework Directive (89/391/EEC). More detailed provisions concerning particular aspects of occupational safety and health are laid down in the so-called “daughter” directives adopted within the meaning of Article 16 of the Framework Directive. They include the following Directives: 89/654 (workplaces), 89/655 as amended by 95/63 and 2001/45 (work equipment), 89/656 (personal protective equipment), 90/269 (manual handling of loads), 90/270 (display screen equipment), 90/394 (carcinogenic agents), 96/82/EC (control of major-accident hazards, Seveso II), 98/24 (chemical agents), 2000/54 (biological agents), 2003/10 (noise), 98/37 (machinery), 87/404 (simple pressure vessels), and 99/92 (explosive atmospheres).

16.4 Health and Safety Legislative Requirements Associated with the Construction and Operational Phases at the Site

Health and Safety Regulator in Cyprus

16.4.2 In Cyprus, the Department of Labour Inspection (part of the Ministry of Labour & Social Insurance) is the key regulator for Cypriot health and safety legislation. This department has the following responsibilities:

• Protection of the physical integrity, health and welfare of workers and the safeguarding of conditions and terms of work;

• Control of pollution of the environment from industrial wastes and emissions;

• Control of machinery;

• Protection from ionising radiation; and

• Control of dangerous substances.

16.4.3 Current Cypriot health and safety-related legislation can be downloaded (in Greek language) from the Department of Labour Inspection’s website1.

16.4.4 The legislation is grouped by the following categories (numbers of laws and regulations as of 7th March 2006 shown in brackets):

• Safety and Health at Work (71);

• Machinery (3);

• Equipment (25);

• Non Technical Labour Legislation (11);

• Major Accidents (4);

• Chemical Substances (14);

• Industrial Pollution Control (30);



• Air Quality (13); and

• Radiation Protection (7).

16.4.5 A total of 22 EU safety directives have been mostly directly transcribed into Cyprus law, to supplement the pre-existing Cypriot health and safety laws and regulations. None of these regulations require a specific licence, however several have particular relevance to the construction and operation phases of the Energy Centre, the main topics of interest being:

• Seveso II;

• CE Marking;

• Work Site Licence;

• Tender Documents and Dangerous Substances;

• Fire Risk Assessment;

• Health and Safety Plans and Health and Safety Management Systems;

• Operational Requirements;

• Risk Assessments;

16.4.6 Each of these topics are discussed in more detail below.

Seveso II

16.4.7 On 9 December 1996, Council Directive 96/82/EC on the control of major-accident hazards – the so-called Seveso II Directive - was adopted. Member States had up to two years to bring into force the national laws, regulations and administrative provisions to comply with the Directive.

16.4.8 The aim of the Seveso II Directive is two-fold. Firstly, the Directive aims at the prevention of major-accident hazards involving dangerous substances. Secondly, as accidents do continue to occur, the Directive aims at the limitation of the consequences of such accidents not only for people (safety and health aspects) but also for the environment (environmental aspects).

16.4.9 The scope of the Seveso II Directive is solely focussed on the presence of dangerous substances in establishments. It covers both industrial "activities" as well as the storage of dangerous chemicals. The Directive can be viewed as inherently providing for three levels of proportionate controls in practice, where larger quantities mean more controls. A company who holds a quantity of dangerous substance less than the lower threshold levels given in the Directive is not covered by this legislation but will be proportionately controlled by general provisions on health, safety and the environment provided by other legislation which is not specific to major-accident hazards. Companies who hold a larger quantity of dangerous substance, above the lower threshold contained in the Directive, are covered by the lower tier requirements. Companies who hold even larger quantities of dangerous substance (upper tier establishments), above the upper threshold contained in the Directive, are covered by all the requirements contained within the Directive.

16.4.10 All operators of establishments coming under the scope of the Directive need to send a notification to the competent authority and to establish a Major-Accident Prevention Policy. In addition, operators of upper tier establishments need to establish a Safety Report, a Safety Management System and an Emergency Plan.



16.4.11 Due to the volume of storage of dangerous substances, the Energy Centre would be considered to be an upper tier establishment under the Seveso II Directive. Thus, prior to operation, the Energy Centre will need to establish a Major Accident Prevention Policy, a Safety Report, a Safety Management System and an Emergency Plan.

16.4.12 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that the safety report will be submitted in 2 stages. Before construction is started, a report needs to be produced which shows that the hazards have been identified and that there are methods employed to mitigate against them. In this regard, the initial output is a Quantitative Risk Assessment which will be submitted at the BoD stage for approval by the Department of Labour Inspection.

16.4.13 The first report is not required to include all the details of a full safety report but must include risk assessments of the major accident hazards. As part of the submission a conceptual design must be included. The report must also demonstrate why the particular methodologies were chosen. The quantitative risk assessments will not be made public. Subsequently a full safety report will be required which satisfies the requirements of the Seveso II Directive.

CE Marking

16.4.14 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that CE marking is required for all equipment at the Energy Centre. After installation, the whole system is required to be CE marked and subject to periodic inspection. These various requirements will need to be included in the Invitation to Tender for the engineering procurement and construction (EPC) phase of the Energy Centre project.

Work Site Licence

16.4.15 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that a Work Site Licence is required as part of the mobile construction site safety directive. This will be required prior to construction work at the Energy Centre site and will need to be issued by the Department of Labour Inspection. In order to do this the department requires a minimum of 28 days pre-notification before work is commenced.

Tender Documents and Dangerous Substances

16.4.16 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that it is required that in the tender documents sent to the contractors there should be the caveat stating ‘no dangerous materials shall be used e.g. asbestos’.

Fire Risk Assessment

16.4.17 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that fire certificates are not currently issued but a fire risk assessment is required to be carried out by the owner/operator. In addition, once the Energy Centre site is built, it will need to be registered as a factory.

Health and Safety Plans and Health and Safety Management Systems

16.4.18 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that health and safety plans and management systems for the construction phase are required as per EU Directive 89/391 and that these must be in place so that if an inspector from the Department of Labour Inspection asks for them, they are made available.



Operational Requirements

16.4.19 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that there are no health and safety-related or permitting requirements. Once the process is in operation, specific constraints can be specified.

16.4.20 Numbers of employees on the site during the construction phase, will have to be confirmed by the construction manager to the Department of Labour Inspection. In addition, a safety file is required on site which should be updated by the person in charge of it.

Risk Assessments

16.4.21 On discussion with the Department of Labour Inspection, it was confirmed that health monitoring will only be required if indicated by specific risk assessments, but there is nothing specific in Cypriot regulations which requires health monitoring to be conducted, with the exception of some hazardous substances, such as asbestos and lead. As an example, risk assessments may require other activities, such as noise monitoring, work permits, etc. It is also required that the relationships between operator – contractor – subcontractors are properly defined in an organisation chart, with clearly defined roles, responsibilities and authorities.

16.5 Health ad Safety Aspects

16.5.1 In this section the health and safety aspects of the following are discussed:

• Health Hazards from Dangerous Substances;

• Occupational Health and Safety Hazards;

• Major Hazards;

• Environmental Hazards;

• Human Health Protection; and

• Other Aspects.

Health Hazards from Dangerous Substances

16.5.2 In this section the key occupational health hazards to dangerous substances likely to be held at the Energy Centre during the construction and operational phases, are reviewed and any risk mitigation measures are noted.

Types of Dangerous Substances at the Energy Centre Site

16.5.3 During the Construction Phase of the Energy Centre development, the following range of petroleum products and other substances could be expected to be present at the site:

• Petroleum-based lubrication oils and greases;

• Diesel fuel for vehicles and equipment;

• Paints;

• Solvents;

• Acids; and



• Cleaning Products.

16.5.4 Most of these materials would be expected to be present in small quantities, with only the diesel fuel likely to be present in larger quantities (e.g. 210 litre drums or mobile tanks up to about 5,000 litre capacity).

16.5.5 During the Operational Phase, the Energy Centre has been designed to receive, store and transport the following range of petroleum products and other substances as described in Section 3:

• LNG – predominantly methane (87.8% - Egypt (Idku) or 97.4% Algeria (GL 1Z)) with ethane and other light end aliphatics;

• LPG – propane and butane;

• Gasoline 95 RON and 98 RON;

• Diesel – Low-Sulphur for automotive use and high-Sulphur for industrial and heating use and Marine Bunkers blend stock;

• Kerosene - Jet Fuel and Heating Kerosene;

• Bitumen – 50/70 Grade and cut with kerosene;

• Fuel Oils – LFO, HFO;

• Hot Oil heating Bitumen;

• Petroleum-based lubrication oils and greases;

• Liquid Nitrogen;

• Fire-fighting foam;

• Sodium hypochlorite for water treatment;

• Cleaning Products;

• Laboratory Chemicals; and

• Steam - if used instead of hot oil to heat bitumen.

16.5.6 In addition, Avgas, lube oils, and proprietary Fuel additives have not been included in the scope for the design of bulk storage at the Energy Centre, however, these products will be handled separately by the Oil Industry on the Energy Centre site, generally in quantities up to 210 litre drums.

16.5.7 Of these materials, the main bulk storage of products on the Energy Centre site will be Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG – predominantly methane gas), Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG – a mixture of butane and propane gases), Gasoline, Diesel, Kerosene, Bitumen, and Fuel Oils.

16.5.8 At the Energy Centre site, LNG will be stored within full containment tanks and LPG will be stored in mounded bullets. The remaining bulk petroleum products will be stored in industry-standard designed aboveground tanks, within paved and bunded areas.

Health Hazards Related to the Dangerous Substances at the Energy Centre

16.5.9 The main substances that will be stored at the Energy Centre site will be LNG, LPG, Gasoline, Diesel, Kerosene, Bitumen, and Fuel Oils. A summary of the health hazards associated with these substances is provided in Table 16.1. The data in this table comes, with the exception of fuel oils data, directly from International Chemical



Safety Cards, which are available from the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health2 (NIOSH) and are provided as Appendix H. For fuel oils, health hazard data has been sourced from material safety data sheets from Amerada Hess Corporation3.



Table 16.1 Health Hazards Associated with the Main Substances to be Stored at the Energy Centre Site Material Main Component Hazardous

Properties Vapour/Gas Exposure

Symptoms

Inhalation Risk Effects of Short-Term Exposure

Effects of Long-Term Exposure

Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)

Methane (>87.8%) Extremely flammable; gas/air mixtures are explosive; explosive limits from 5 to 15%

asphyxiant.

Suffocation On loss of containment this gas can cause

suffocation by lowering the oxygen content of

the air in confined areas.

Rapid evaporation of the liquid may cause

frostbite.

-

Butane (0 to 65%) Extremely flammable; gas/air mixtures are explosive; explosive

limits from 1.8 to 8.4% asphyxiant.

Drowsiness, unconsciousness

On loss of containment this liquid evaporates

very quickly displacing the air and causing a

serious risk of suffocation when in

confined areas.


frostbite. The substance may cause effects on the central

nervous system.

- Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

Propane (35 to 100%) Extremely flammable; gas/air mixtures are explosive; explosive

limits from 2.1 to 9.5% asphyxiant.

Drowsiness, unconsciousness

On loss of containment this liquid evaporates

very quickly displacing the air and causing a

serious risk of suffocation when in

confined areas.


frostbite. The substance may cause effects on the central

nervous system.

-

95 RON and 98 RON Gasoline

Gasoline Highly flammable; vapour/air mixtures are

explosive; explosive limits from 2.1 to 9.5%

asphyxiant.

Confusion, cough, dizziness, drowsiness,

dullness, headache

A harmful contamination of the air can be

reached very quickly on evaporation of this

substance at 20° C.

The substance is irritating to the eyes, the skin and the respiratory

tract. If this liquid is swallowed, aspiration

into the lungs may result in chemical pneumonitis. The

substance may cause effects on the central

nervous system.

The liquid defats the skin. The substance

may have effects on the central nervous system

and liver. This substance is possibly

carcinogenic to humans.



Material Main Component Hazardous Properties

Vapour/Gas Exposure

Symptoms



Low-S and High-S Diesel

Diesel Flammable or combustible depending

on the grade, above 52°C explosive

vapour/air mixtures may be formed.

Dizziness, headache, nausea

A harmful contamination of the air will not or will

only very slowly be reached on evaporation

of this substance at 20°C.

The substance is irritating to the eyes, the skin and the respiratory tract. The substance may cause effects on the central nervous

system. If this liquid is swallowed, aspiration

into the lungs may result in chemical

pneumonitis.

The liquid defats the skin.

Aviation Fuel, Avgas, Jet Fuel, Heating

Kerosene

Kerosene Flammable, above 37°C explosive vapour/air

mixtures may be formed.

Confusion, cough, dizziness, headache, sore throat, unconsciousness.

No indication can be given about the rate in which a harmful concentration in the air is reached on evaporation of this substance at 20°C.

The substance slightly irritates the skin and the

respiratory tract. Swallowing the liquid may cause aspiration into the lungs with the

risk of chemical pneumonitis. The

substance may cause effects on the nervous

system.

The liquid defats the skin.

Bitumen, Cut Bitumen Bitumen [cut Bitumen contains kerosene- refer also to health hazards

for kerosene).

Combustible. Cough, shortness of breath

Evaporation at 20°C is negligible; a harmful

concentration of airborne particles can, however, be reached

quickly when dispersed or when heated.

The substance is irritating to the eyes and

the respiratory tract. The substance when

heated causes burns on the skin.

Fumes of this substance are possibly

carcinogenic to humans.



Material Main Component Hazardous Properties

Vapour/Gas Exposure

Symptoms



Light Fuel Oil (LFO) A complex combination of hydrocarbons with carbon numbers in the range C9 and higher produced from the distillation of petroleum crude oil. [No.2 Fuel Oil]

Combustible Moderate fire hazard. Avoid breathing vapours or mists. May cause dizziness and drowsiness. May cause moderate eye irritation and skin irritation. Long-term, repeated exposure may cause skin cancer.

Evaporation at 20°C is negligible. Vapours may be ignited rapidly when exposed to heat, spark, open flame or other source of ignition. When mixed with air and exposed to an ignition source, flammable vapours can burn in the open or explode in confined spaces. Being heavier than air, vapours may travel long distances to an ignition source and flash back.

Excessive exposure may cause irritations to the nose, throat, lungs and respiratory tract. Central nervous system (brain) effects may include headache, dizziness, loss of balance and coordination, unconsciousness, coma, respiratory failure, and death.

Similar products have produced skin cancer and systemic toxicity in laboratory animals following repeated applications.

Heavy Fuel Oil (HFO) A complex combination of heavy (high boiling point) petroleum hydrocarbons [No.4 Fuel Oil]

Combustible Moderate fire hazard. Avoid breathing vapours or mists. May cause dizziness and drowsiness. May cause moderate eye irritation and skin irritation. Long-term, repeated exposure may cause skin cancer.

Because of its low vapour pressure, this product presents a minimal inhalation hazard at ambient temperature. Upon heating, fumes may be evolved.

Inhalation of fumes or mist may result in respiratory tract irritation and central nervous system (brain) effects may include headache, dizziness, loss of balance and coordination, unconsciousness, coma, respiratory failure, and death.

Similar products have produced skin cancer and systemic toxicity in laboratory animals following repeated applications.


Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited Page 223 for MW Kellogg

16.5.10 The health hazards of other substances stored at the site should be sourced from the specific material safety data sheets for each of these materials.

Risk Mitigation Measures for the Dangerous Substances at the Energy Centre

16.5.11 The main risk mitigation measures for dangerous substances at the Energy Centre will be associated with the good engineering design of the facility, with design criteria meeting international standards and codes. Good design, together with cognisance to the findings of the quantitative risk assessment (see below), should insure that exposure to large quantities of dangerous substances are avoided.

16.5.12 For inadvertent exposures to dangerous substances, appropriate exposure control measures should be adopted using the hierarchy of controls, namely, elimination, substitution, engineering controls, administrative controls, and, in the last resort, personal protective equipment. Appropriate risk assessments should be conducted, procedures adopted and personnel training carried out, to ensure that all exposures to dangerous substances are minimised.

Occupational Health and Safety Hazards

16.5.13 In addition to the hazards of dangerous substances at the Energy Centre site, hazards to the occupational health and safety of site workers from other agents should also be considered. Such agents, which may be present during the construction and/or operational phases include dust, noise, vibration, electrical, ionising & non-ionising radiation, thermal stress, lifting equipment, pressurised equipment, slips, trips & falls, as well as general workplace conditions.

16.5.14 Table 16.2 below provides examples of the hazards and potential effects of these agents and also provides examples of risk mitigation measures for each of these agents.



Table 16.2 Examples of the hazards and potential effects of these agents at the Energy Centre

Agent Examples of Hazard/Effect Examples of Risk Mitigation Dust • Irritated airways

• Blocked nose and airways • Lung damage or disease

• Use of local exhaust ventilation • Use of general ventilation • Working upwind of dust source • Wearing respiratory protection

Noise • Noise-induced hearing loss • Restricted communications

• Choosing quieter equipment • Providing noise enclosure around noisy equipment • Wearing hearing protection

Vibration • Hand-wrist ligament strain/damage • Vibration white finger

• Choosing equipment with low vibration characteristics • Wearing hand protection

Electrical • Shock • Electrocution • Burns

• Fixed wiring to electrical codes and standards • Electrical work only conducted by fully qualified personnel • Portable electrical equipment examined regularly • Use of residual current devices, transformers, fuses and circuit

breakers Ionising Radiation • Exposure to radioactivity

• Cell damage • Long-term health effects

• Licensed radioactive sources used by approved and competent personnel only

• Standard operating procedures for the use, storage, transportation and disposal of all radioactive sources

• Provide signage • Other personnel to be kept away from such operations

Non-Ionising Radiation • Exposure to microwaves, infrared, ultraviolet, electromagnetic and other non-ionising radiation sources

• Burns, cell damage, eye damage and/or associated health effects

• Use equipment with sealed sources • Provide signage • Maintenance of equipment only by authorised and competent

persons

Thermal Stress • Hot or cold stress • Hypothermia • Prickly heat • Sunburn • Heat stroke

• Wearing appropriate clothing • Provision of drinking water/fluid replacement drinks • Wearing sun cream • Work/rest regimes • Provision of shaded rest area appropriately heated or cooled

Lifting Equipment • Manual handling injuries • Falls from height • Crush injuries • Traffic accidents

• Regular inspection of equipment • Use by competent and approved persons • Use of signage, barriers and personal safety equipment • Defined traffic routes on-site • Defined pedestrian routes, well-separated from traffic routes



Agent Examples of Hazard/Effect Examples of Risk Mitigation

Pressurised Equipment • Impact from the blast of an explosion or release of compressed liquid or gas

• Impact from parts of equipment that fail or any flying debris

• Contact with the released liquid or gas, such as steam • Fire resulting from the escape of flammable liquids or

gases

• Safe and suitably designed equipment, which is regularly examined and certified

• Maintained by competent, properly trained and approved persons

• Provision of protective devices • Provision of signage

Slips, Trips and Falls • Slips, trips and falls due to workplace conditions • Tidy and ordered workplace • Clean up all spills • Avoid trailing leads across traffic areas • Signage • Secure ladders • Provide barriers • Instruction in safe working practices

General Workplace Conditions

• General injuries from poorly maintained workplace • Work permit systems • Risk assessments



16.6 Major Hazards

16.6.1 There are a number of hazards that are present at the terminal that potentially may result in injury to people or a fatality in more serious cases. Some hazards may even give rise to multiple fatalities. The Quantitative Risk Assessment for the Energy Centre has studied ‘major hazards’, as follows:

• Hydrocarbon fires (jet fires, pool fires, fireballs, flash fires),

• Tank fires and bund fires,

• Others, including BLEVEs, vapour cloud explosions, escalation events, and external events.

16.6.2 Each of these hazards is described in Appendix I,

Conclusions from the Quantitative Risk Assessment for the Energy Centre

16.6.3 Risk mitigation measures for the major accident hazards considered in the quantitative risk assessment have been addressed during the Energy Centre design process, both in the conceptual, basis of design (BoD) phase and the front-end engineering design (FEED) phase. Thus, throughout the design process risk mitigation measures have been implemented, including:

• Adoption of standard codes for the design and construction of the Energy Centre facility e.g. API 650, EN1473, etc.

• Compliance of site layout with Cyprus law and international standards with regard to tank separation distances

• Provision of specific safety features e.g. full containment of the LNG tanks, mounded bullets for LPG storage, etc.

16.6.4 The key conclusions from the Quantitative Risk Assessment are as follows:

• The offsite residential and recreational population is generally well removed from the site and unloading facilities and this keeps the offsite risk profile relatively low. The calculations have been conducted assuming the 2034 throughput and storage conditions and so the risk profile is at its most extensive for the assumptions used. Effectively, there is a ‘buffer zone’ between the facilities and offsite population groups and this should be maintained in the futures and should include the beaches to the south of the facility.

• The plant layout appears to provide good separation distance between the various hazards and personnel. There is also less chance of escalation between the various hazardous areas, in particular between LNG and LPG facilities, due to the proposed layout. Hence, the risk profile to the onsite population is not high.

• The administration block, where most personnel will be housed, is in a suitable location, i.e. well removed from most hazards. It is sensible to keep the LPG bottling plant as far away as possible from the administration block, i.e. the products loading facilities are now the closest plant items to the administration block, their location having been swapped with the LPG bottling plant; this is sensible. The tanker loading should be designed so that the tankers come in to the loading bay from a northerly direction and leave to the south, to keep the loaded tankers as far away from the administration block as possible.

• Administration facilities for the various oil companies would be best kept as far to the north of the site as possible, with the preferred location in the northwest



corner, furthest away from the LPG bottling plant (for the contingency area marked on the site plan, Figure 3.6).

Fire Prevention and Life Safety

16.6.5 Fire prevention and life safety equipment and engineering systems have been included in the basis of the design for the Energy Centre. The following Table 16.3 lists the equipment and engineering systems that have been included in the design4 to address fire prevention and life safety.

Table 16.3 Equipment and Engineering Systems Included in the Design

Equipment Number

Equipment Description

Type Remarks

63-ML01 Firewater Pumps Package

Vendor Package Includes the Main FW Pumps, Diesel Day Tanks, filters and pump controls

63-MZ01 Foam Package for 64-CV01

High Expansion Foam for Impounding Basin

500 : 1 High Expansion Foam. Foam Concentrate used as a 3% solution in fire

water. Located near 64-CV01. 63-MZ02 Foam Package for 64-

CV02 High Expansion Foam for

Impounding Basin 500 : 1 High Expansion Foam. Foam

Concentrate used as a 3% solution in fire water. Located near 64-CV02.




water. Located near 64-CV02. 63-MZ11 Foam Package for 64-

CV11 High Expansion Foam for

Impounding Basin 500 : 1 High Expansion Foam. Foam

Concentrate used as a 3% solution in fire water. Located near 64-CV02.




water. Located near 64-CV02. 63-MZ21 Dry Chemical Package

for 20-MF01 Dry chemical powder with

Nitrogen motive gas For snuffing potential fires on

atmospheric vents & RVs on LNG Storage Tank 20-MF01.

Area 63 Fire Water Supply to Jetty Heads

Piping Run Fire Water Pumps located between Berth #3 and the Shore

Area 63 Fire Water Supply to Jetty Heads

Piping Run Twin feeders to shore.

Area 63 Main Fire Water Ring Mains on Shore (Buried Lines)

Piping Run Refer Plot Plan & BFDs for lengths. Materials based on Hybrid System.

16.7 Human Health Protection

16.7.1 Data from the air quality (section 9), water resources (section 9), socio-economic (section 15), land contamination (section 5) and land use (section 4) sections of the present EA, will be used to evaluate the potential for incremental health risks to offsite or on-site persons.

16.7.2 The EA has assessed the potential emissions from the Energy Centre to the Vasilikos environment.

• Section 9 - Ambient Air Quality concluded that cumulative emissions to air from the proposed facility in combination with those from the nearby industrial facilities will have a negligible impact on regional air quality. The section also concluded that the facility is unlikely to result in emissions of odours which will impact upon sensitive receptors.



• Section 10 - Noise and Vibration concluded that given the site topography and distance from the nearest sensitive receptor that noise and vibration emissions from the facility would have no significant impacts.

• Section 6 - Water Resources concluded that no contaminated surface waters or process wastewaters will be discharged from the site without adequate treatment; and

• Section 5 - Geology, Soils, Contaminated Land & Hydrogeology stated that the area of the site which is currently occupied by the former HCI fertiliser plant will be remedied as a part of the ongoing demolition and remediation contract and that the site will delivered to the project in a suitably “clean” state for commercial activities. The chapter also concluded that the risks of contamination of soils and groundwaters as a result of the facilities operation are low.

16.7.3 On the basis of the above it is concluded that the cumulative effects of these impacts

will have negligible impact upon off-site human heath risks. It is intended to carry out a more detailed humane health risk assessment of the on-site heath risks as a part of the FEED studies.

16.8 Other Aspects

16.8.1 General public at beach by Energy Centre – no access will need to be specified and appropriate security measures taken

16.8.2 Plane strike – site is below flight path to and from Larnaca

16.8.3 On-site pipework protection – LNG and LPG pipework will be aboveground because of the needs to accommodate pipework contraction and visual inspections. Thus all aboveground pipework should be protected from vehicle impact using appropriate measures such as crash barriers, raised bollards, etc.

16.9 HSE Management Plans

16.9.1 HSE management plans will be required during both the construction and the operational phases of the Energy Centre.

16.9.2 The following are examples of the elements that should comprise a HSE management plan, using the Construction Phase as an example.

16.9.3 A similar process should be applied, to develop and implement appropriate HSE management systems and procedures for the operational phase of the Energy Centre. For the operational phase of the Energy Centre, consideration should also be given to accreditation of such HSE management systems and procedures to appropriate international standards, such as ISO 18001 for health and safety management systems and ISO 14001 for environmental management systems.

Develop a Safety and Health File for the Construction Phase

16.9.4 A Safety and Health File should be developed in accordance with the requirements of Directive 92/57/EEC and the Cyprus 2002 Health and Safety Regulations (minimum safety and health requirements at temporary or mobile constructions sites).

16.9.5 Throughout the lifecycle of the project the contractor and employers are responsible for ensuring that all their relevant information for the Safety and Health File is prepared and handed over to the project supervisor for inclusion in the Safety and Health File.



16.9.6 Information contained in the file needs to include that which will assist persons carrying out construction work on the site at any time after completion of the current project and could include:

• Drawings, calculations and plans used and produced throughout the construction process;

• General details of the construction methods and materials used;

• Details of the location and nature of utilities/services and their maintenance/isolation, including emergency and fire-fighting systems, equipment, routes, procedures etc.

• Archaeological data relating to Safety and Health issues.

Assess Significant Environmental Aspects During the Construction Phase

16.9.7 The potential environmental aspects associated with the project should be assessed as part of the construction activities as outlined in section 3 and section 18.

Develop an Environmental Awareness Program for the Construction Phase

16.9.8 An environmental awareness program should be developed at the Energy Centre to train appropriate site personnel to ensure that all environmental regulations and requirements are followed during the construction and operation. All site personnel should be made aware of Corporate HSE policies and requirements during initial orientation. Subsequent awareness training should take place during daily tool box talks. The following topics should be included in orientation and briefing talks:

• Importance of environmental awareness;

• Employee involvement;

• Hazardous waste definition and disposal requirements;

• Non-hazardous waste definition and disposal requirements;

• Recyclable materials;

• Spill prevention;

• Spill control;

• Dust control;

• Odour control;

• Noise control;

• Traffic safety; and

• Non-compliance reporting.

16.9.9 The main contractor should be required to work to a comprehensive Health, Safety and Environmental management system, which provides a series of control plans for emergency response, waste management, training, and HSE auditing throughout construction. An environmental hazard checklist should be developed and used for preventative management and monthly environmental reporting should be undertaken.

16.9.10 Regular environmental inspections should be conducted by both the Company and contractor, and a checklist should be used to record the findings of the joint inspection. An environmental action list should be maintained to track compliance



issues and reporting aspects of the project and all non-compliance issues highlighted should be brought into compliance.

16.9.11 The Energy Centre site management should ensure that HSE management principles are upheld, including:

• The management team has a demonstrable, repeated and progressive commitment to HSE excellence.

• Set continually improving annual HSE goals and targets for the project and for managers/departments.

• Develop and implement an HSE plan which includes the rolling out of prioritised procedures which will eventually form a complete management system.

• Monitor performance of the management system against achievement of plans and goals and report periodically.

• Ensure that site management has the degree of HSE control it desires over all contractors and subcontractors through effective contract wording and management supervision and the pursuit of HSE excellence by all employees.

• Use the ALARP (as low as reasonably practicable) principle to test design and ensure tolerable (or less) risk in the operational facility.

• Use the BATNEEC (best available techniques not entailing excessive cost) principle to test design and ensure minimal environmental impacts compatible with efficient operations.

• Comply as a minimum with legislation and associated codes of practice and, where reasonably practicable, improve on the performance standards they specify.

• Endeavour to have a beneficial effect in the community by engaging with stakeholders.

• Involve and consult employees during the development of policy, procedures and standards.

• Adequately resource HSE functions.

REFERENCES

1. Department of Labour Inspection’s website: http://www.mlsi.gov.cy/mlsi/dli/dli.nsf/dmllegislation_en/dmllegislation_en?OpenDocument

2. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), International Chemical Safety Cards: http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/ipcsneng/neng0000.html

3. Amerada Hess Corporation, Fuel Oils, Health Hazard Data Sheets: http://www.hess.com/ehs/msds.htm)

4. MWKL, Equipment List, Doc. No. PR-00-PR20-001, Rev 1, dated 02-Mar-06, 2006

SECTION 17

SPILL CONTINGENCY AND OIL SPILL RESPONSE

SECTION 17 SPILL CONTINGENCY AND OIL SPILL RESPONSE


17 SPILL CONTINGENCY AND OIL SPILL RESPONSE

17.1 Introduction

17.1.1 Potential environmental impacts associated with potential oil spills are discussed in this section. The objectives of this section area to describe the areas of potential risk, the possible behaviour of oil spills in the area, to recommend protective measures to minimise potential damages to the environment, and to propose an outline of contents for the Oil Spill Response Plan (OSRP) for the proposed Vasilikos Energy Centre.

17.2 Existing Data on Spill Events in Vasilikos Area

17.2.1 The main sources of discharge of potential pollutants into the sea near Vasilikos Bay have been noted to be five beverage industries at Limassol, between old and new Limassol Ports (approximately 30 km to the West of the Energy Centre), from which effects have been observed on the benthic communities in the area at depths up to 30 m and within a 2 km radius of the source1. Other sources of liquid discharges into the sea include the Dhekelia Desalination Plant (approximately 55 km to the north-east of the Energy Centre), the Cyprus Petroleum refinery (approximately 40 km to the north-east of the Energy Centre), and the Larnaca Desalination Plant (approximately 40 km to the north-east of the Energy Centre).

17.2.2 Department of Fisheries records of past events of oil spills (1999-2005) in the Energy Centre area indicate the following incidents in chronological order:

• Sighting of pollution that occurred in the region of Vasilikos in the 17/04/1999.

• Investigation of localised oil spill in the marine region of Abbey of Vasilikos with ship F8 in 10/6/99.

• Sighting of oil spill on Governors Beach on the 28/07/1999.

• Governors Beach pollution notice by Municipal Council Pentakwmoy 5/08/1999.

• Sighting of oil spill in Marine region GSO and Governors Beach 4/9/99.

• Incident of pollution on Governors Beach 26/6/2000.

• Fighting of pollution incident in the marine region of Zygi 21/04/2001.

• Marine pollution with petroleum products in the marine region of Limassol to Zygi Abbey on 1/10/2004-2/10/2004.

• Marine pollution with petroleum products in the marine region of Limassol to Zygi Abbey on 9/10/2004-10/10/2004.

• Marine pollution with petroleum products in the marine region of Limassol to Zygi Abbey on 28//10/2004.

• 13/6/2005 Notice by Naval Base of Vasilikos of petroleum products in the gulf of basil.

• 10/7/2005 Notice by citizen of petroleum products in the marine region of Vasilikos.



17.3 Legislation

European Legislation

17.3.1 As Cyprus is a member of the European Union, compliance with European Directives is reflected in Cypriot regulations. The European legislation applicable to the Energy Centre which is related either directly or indirectly to oil pollution is detailed below.

17.3.2 The Council Directive 96/82/EC on the Control of Major Accident Hazards (Seveso 2 Directive) involving dangerous substances, which requires a safety management system and safety reports for top-tier establishments, as well as the development and implementation of on-site and off-site emergency plans.

• The Council Directive 2002/59/EC on establishing a Community vessel traffic monitoring and information system and repealing Council Directive 93/75/EEC.

• The Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora ("the Habitats Directive").

International Agreements

17.3.3 Cyprus is also party to various international conventions that relate to oil pollution prevention and the marine environment, including the following:

• Convention on the Transboundary Effects of Industrial Accidents, Helsinki, 1992

• Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter (London Convention 1972), London, 1972.

• The Basel Convention for the Transboundary Movement of Hazardous Waste, ratified 17 September 1992.

• The Convention on Environmental Impact Assessment in a Transboundary Context (ESPOO), ratified 20 July 2000.

• Convention for the Protection and Development of the Marine Environment and Coastal Region of the Mediterranean Sea (Barcelona Convention), Barcelona, 1976.

• International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by Protocol of 1978 relation thereto (MARPOL 73/78), London, 1973 and 1978.

• International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage 1969 (1969 CLC), Brussels, 1969, 1976, and 1984.

• International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage 1971 (1971 Fund Convention), Brussels, 1971.

• Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea (HNS), London, 1996.

• International Convention on Oil Pollution Preparedness, Response, and Co-operation (OPRC), London, 1990.

• Protocol on Preparedness, Response and Co-operation to pollution Incidents by Hazardous and Noxious Substances, 2000 (HNS Protocol) which follows the principles of the OPRC Convention for hazardous and noxious substances other than oil.



• International Convention Relation to Intervention on the High Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties (Intervention Convention), Brussels, 1969.

• Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping from Ships and Aircraft (Oslo Convention), Oslo, 1972.

• Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Land-based Sources (Paris Convention), Paris, 1974.

Cypriot Legislation

17.3.4 Responsibility in Cyprus for oil spill prevention has recently moved from the Department of Fisheries to the Ministry of Works – Merchant Marine Shipping Department. Whilst this change occurred in early 2006, the Department of Fisheries still acts in an advisor role for the interim (through 2006 at least).

17.3.5 The following pieces of legislation in Cyprus are relevant to oil spill prevention:

• Seveso II Directive has been transposed through the Regulation (21/2002) for the “Control of major accident hazards involving dangerous substances”, was effective in 2002.

• Summary of the Legal Framework concerning the Coastal Zone (Laws & Regulations) MARINE ENVIRONMENT (Constantinides, 2002).

• Law Concerning the Control of Water Pollution (No. 69/91).

• Consolidated Amending Regulations of 1990 (No. 273/90) adopted on the basis of Article 6 of the Fisheries Law.

• Amendment (No. 170 of 1990) of the Fisheries Law.

• Ratification Law (No. 51 of 1979) of the Barcelona Convention regarding protection of the Mediterranean from pollution as well as its two Protocols:

a. Protocol for the protection against pollution of the Mediterranean by waste from ships or aircraft (Dumping Protocol).

b. Protocol for cooperation in the combating of pollution in the

Mediterranean by petroleum products and other toxic substances (Emergency Protocol).

• Ratification Law (No. 266 of 1987). It ratifies another two Protocols of the Barcelona Convention:

a. Protocol for the protection of the Mediterranean from land-based sources.

b. Protocol concerning protected areas of the Mediterranean.

• Consolidated Amending Regulations (No. 273/90) enacted under the Fisheries Law (Chapter 135).

• Ratification Law (No. 57 of 1989). It ratified the International Convention regarding prevention of pollution of the sea by ships of 1973 and the relevant Protocol of 1978 and the Amendments of 1984.

• Regulations concerning undersea pipelines for carrying oil and other products (No. 151/1995).



• Ratification Law (No. 63 of 1989), ratifying the International Convention concerning civil liability for damage from oil pollution of 1969, and its protocol of 1976 and provisions regarding related matters.

• Ratification Law (No. 14 (III) of 1997).

• Law Regarding the Ratification of the Protocol of 1992 which amends the international Convention regarding civil liability for damages from pollution.

• Ratification Law (No. 109 of 1989). Ratifies the International Convention concerning the establishment of an international fund for compensation for oil pollution of 1971 and its protocol of 1976 and provisions regarding related matters.

• Ratification Law (No. 9 (III) of 1995) Ratifies the Agreement related to the application of the part of the XI Convention for maritime justice of December 10, 1982.

• Ratification Law No. 20(III) / 2001 ratifies the amended Convention for the Protection of Mediterranean Sea from Pollution and the related Protocols.

• Ratification Law No. 19(III) / 2001 ratifies the Protocol from the Protection of the Mediterranean Sea from Land-based activities.

• The Law No. 21(III) ratifies the Agreement betweem Cyprus, Israel, and Egypt for the cooperation in cases of major pollution accidents in the Mediterranean.

17.4 Oil Products at the Energy Centre

Type of Oil Products

17.4.1 During the Construction Phase of the Energy Centre, a range of petroleum products and other substances could be expected to be present at the site as described on section 16.5.

17.4.2 At the Energy Centre site, LNG will be stored within full containment tanks and LPG will be stored in mounded bullets. Should there be a LNG or LPG spill, it would be expected that the liquefied gases would vapourise rapidly and disperse, and also, if in contact with water, the liquefied gas may cause temporary and localised freezing of water.

17.4.3 The remaining bulk petroleum products will be stored in industry-standard designed above ground tanks, within paved and bunded areas. Bitumen requires heating so that it maintains in a liquid form and thus any bitumen spills would be expected to solidify relatively quickly and not migrate further than short distances. Depending on the type and grade of bitumen and the salinity of the seawater, if bitumen is spilled on seawater it may sink or float and may be dispersed2,3. Some of the bitumen at the Energy Centre site may also be cutback with kerosene, and thus if such cutback bitumen is spilled on water, the kerosene components may separate out, float and disperse.

17.4.4 For the other bulk petroleum products, the following typical characteristics when spilled on water, have described by the United States Environmental Protection Agency4:

• Gasoline, a lightweight material that flows easily, spreads quickly, and may evaporate completely in a few hours under temperate conditions. It poses a risk of fire and explosion because of its high volatility and flammability, and is more toxic than crude oil. Gasoline is amenable to biodegradation, but the use of



dispersants is not appropriate unless the vapours pose a significant human health or safety hazard.

• Kerosene, a lightweight material that flows easily, spreads rapidly, and evaporates quickly. Kerosene is easily dispersed, but is also relatively persistent in the environment.

• No. 2 Fuel Oil, a lightweight material that flows easily, spreads quickly, and is easily dispersed. This fuel oil is neither volatile nor likely to form emulsions, and is relatively non-persistent in the environment.

• No. 4 Fuel Oil, a medium weight material that flows easily, and is easily dispersed if treated promptly. This fuel oil has a low volatility and moderate flash point, and is fairly persistent in the environment.

• No. 5 Fuel Oil (Bunker B), a medium weight to heavyweight material with a low volatility and moderate flash point. Preheating may be necessary in cold climates, and this fuel oil is difficult, if not impossible, to disperse.

• No. 6 Fuel Oil (Bunker C), a heavyweight material that is difficult to pump and requires preheating for use. This fuel oil may be heavier than water, is not likely to dissolve, is difficult or impossible to disperse, and is likely to form tar balls, lumps, and emulsions. It has a low volatility and moderate flash point.

• Lubricating Oil, a medium weight material that flows easily and is easily dispersed if treated promptly. This oil has a low volatility and moderate flash point, but is fairly persistent in the environment.

17.4.5 Thus, during the Operational Phase at the Energy Centre site there is the potential for

petroleum products to disperse, either through floating on or sinking in water, and some products can be persistent in the environment.

17.5 Sensitive Ecological Areas in the Vicinity of the Energy Centre

17.5.1 This report has identified several ecological areas in the vicinity which could be potentially sensitive in the event of a spill of petroleum products at or from the Energy Centre site, including the following:

• Seagrass/Eelgrass;

• Beaches;

• Seawater and fisheries;

• Fish farms; and

• Potential existing archaeological relics.

17.5.2 Each of these issues is discussed further in section 14.

17.6 Behaviour of Oil Products

17.6.1 As noted earlier, petroleum products can acquire diverse phases when in contact with water. Such products can appear as a surface-floating slick, which may disperse into the water column in the form of droplets due to the action of waves, and after a few days of a spill, petroleum products may come into contact with sand and other particles to give rise to semi-solid lumps. Floating petroleum products may also volatilise to some extent, and the resulting weathered floating material may be dispersed on the surface and eventually be biodegraded. Alternatively, the petroleum product may sink and drop to the sea bottom, with limited dispersal.



17.7 Spill Modelling Studies

17.7.1 The Oil Spills Environmental Impact Assessment produced by WL Delft Hydraulics5 (1998) for the Vasilikos Power Station development, describes the results of a hydrodynamic modelling analysis and the offshore trajectory and behaviour of spilled oil during transport. The modelling results were obtained using NOAA’s oil fate model ADIOS under different meteorological conditions.

17.7.2 The modelling study used the following data:

• Statistical data gathered by the international Tanker Owner Pollution Federation6 on registered oil spills from tankers all over the world during the period 1974-1985.

• Statistical data from the large port of Rotterdam, and a classification of tanker oil spills by cause/operation taking into account the number of vessels and oil volume transported.

• Statistical data on the spill occurring at sea form tankers worldwide and in-port spills.

• Wind speed and direction data measured at Limassol meteorological station to model spills trajectory.

• Oil type (HFO or Distillate), volume, air and water temperature and slick size to simulate weathering.

17.7.3 The conclusions from the trajectory spill modelling analysis were that floating spills can reach specific locations in the area (e.g. fish farms), and that different flow and wind conditions gave similar risks for all locations in the area. Therefore, oil transport simulations were considered to be not very useful for the Vasilikos area, and hence the modelling was concentrated on predicting the type of floating and submerged oil likely to be found under specific meteorological conditions within a certain time frame. The modelling results showed that spills of moderately-viscous HFO may turn into a highly viscous surface oil or emulsified oil slick causing important impacts on the marine environment.

17.7.4 It was recommended that a floating boom and recovery equipment for low-viscous and moderately-viscous oil should be installed. The jetty and shoreline areas should be protected by deploying a floating boom in the case of a spill emergency and recovery equipment should be made available which would be effective for low and high oil viscosities.

17.8 Risk Assessment

17.8.1 Offshore unloading facilities are considered areas of significant risk, since operational errors and rupture of pipelines may produce spills. In addition, failures associated with storage vessel, pipework and related equipment onshore at the Energy Centre, may also release potentially polluting substances.

17.8.2 Small spills may occur by operational errors in loading procedures and damage to offshore pipelines, whilst major accidents may occur due to storage tank major ruptures, fires, bund fires and running liquid fires from spillages at loading racks.

17.8.3 Potential causes of accidents are classified as follows:



• Operational failures, for example, loading/unloading operations and overfilling of vessels.

• Small releases that result in major cascade events.

• Third party incidents

• Generic causes that may occur at any installation, such as corrosion and seal failures

• Site wide events (e.g. earthquakes)

17.8.4 Data relating to oil pipeline spillages in Europe7 indicate that the main causes of pipeline spillage incidents are mechanical failures and third party activities, due to both accidental and malicious damages. Other causes of spillage have been observed during previous years (1999-2002), such as operational incidents, natural hazards (subsidence, flooding), and corrosion (internal and external). Other potential causes outlined in the Cypriot National Contingency Plan are: explosions, leaking valves, collisions and bursts.

17.8.5 Meteorological conditions in Vasilikos will determine the oil spreading direction and the location of possible affected areas. Wave roses for the Vasilikos area indicate that the annual average inshore wave direction is south-west to north-east. Offshore wind roses show that the annual average wind direction is predominantly west to east.

17.9 Environmental Impact Assessment

17.9.1 WL Delft Hydraulics EIA4 evaluated possible environmental impacts from oil pollution. Special importance was given to the damage of oil spills on seagrass, which are mentioned in the Habitats Directive. The significance of impacts of an oil spill on seagrass was considered to depend on the size of the spill, depth of seagrass, environmental conditions and frequency of pollution. Therefore impacts were assessed according to the source of pollution. Chronic oil spillages were noted to be the most common source of pollution of past events in Cyprus. They were noted to be usually small spills from ships and oil tanker operations.

17.9.2 This type of pollution did not seem to affect seagrass located at great depths, as the oil dissolved sufficiently enough into the water column; however it was considered to affect seagrass located in shallow areas. If the level of pollution was too high seagrass were likely to die. In the case of ‘one time exposure’, major effects appeared when sediments mixed with oils, affecting seagrass, fauna associated with seagrass habitats and the planktonic larvae life cycle. Dispersed oil caused higher mortality of seagrass when increasing the time of exposure.

17.9.3 In Vasilikos Bay, the potential for damaged areas will depend on the location of the spill. Generally the rupture of a pipeline would produce small size spills that potentially would affect intertidal and shallow areas. The effect of oil spills on Posidonia beds would also depend on meteorological conditions which may encourage oil dissolution and allow reaching depths of 10 m where seagrass are located. Dispersed oil would be likely to cause mortality of seagrass, the recovery of which may take several years.

17.9.4 Fisheries may also be affected by oil spills in different ways8. Oil spills may cause lethal or sublethal effects on fish, tainting fisheries, disturbance of fisheries activities, and affect plankton larvae and eggs thus interfering with the fish food chain. Seagrass has also been noted to play an important role on the productivity of local fisheries9.



17.9.5 Onshore oil spills may also affect soil properties and groundwater resources. As addressed in the geology and geology section 5, the regional groundwater table is at a depth of 70 to 150 metres below ground level, although occasionally groundwater may be found in the near-surface gravels at about 2 to 3 metres depth. Groundwater is not currently in use in the Vasilikos area, and deep aquifers are unlikely to be affected by inland oil spills.

17.9.6 The proposed location of the Energy Centre is currently an industrialised (as described in section 4) area which, according to baseline studies, does not contain terrestrial fauna or flora species of importance (section 7).

17.9.7 Large oil spills may produce high visual impact affecting the nearest tourist areas such as Governors Beach, and indirectly affect the local tourism economy. Landscape recovery activities may last several years in the case of large oil spill events, and therefore efficient clean-up and containment systems should ensure a rapid response to prevent or reduce the oil spreading onto the sea and/or ground surface.

17.9.8 Effects of oil spills on human health are likely to arise either directly, by inhaling or touching oil products, or indirectly by ingesting contaminated seafood10. Staff working on oil clean-up should use protective clothing and respiratory protection. Access to the Energy Centre should be controlled by surveillance camera systems and restricted by fencing the site to reduce the risk of third party accidents.

17.10 Mitigation Measures

17.10.1 A spill prevention, containment and countermeasure action plan will need to be developed for the Construction Phase and Operational Phase of the Energy Centre development. This will need to include a monitoring plan of containment areas, valves, tanks and pipelines for spills. If a spill occurs, immediate action will need to be taken in accordance with the Local and National Contingency Plans. Any spills/leakage identified will need to be addressed immediately and their cause remedied.

17.10.2 The following protective structures and measures to prevent spills from reaching ground and sea are recommended during the Construction Phase and Operational Phase of the Energy Centre development.

Construction Phase

• Secondary containment systems for petroleum products storage tanks, spill clean up absorbent material available, soil covers, concrete paving and bunding, drain covers, designated loading/unloading areas and drain plugs.

• Fences and gates surrounding containment areas.

• Pipelines should have isolation valves, overpressure protection devices, pipeline protective measures such as crash barriers and/or bollards.

• Pipelines corrosion protection measures:

• External corrosion can be prevented by using cathodic protection and coated pipelines which avoid direct contact soil-pipeline.

• The use of inhibitors and internal coatings could prevent internal corrosion.

• Ensure that equipment conforms with the appropriate technical specification of quality and control during construction.



Operational Phase

17.10.3 In addition to the provisions noted above for the Construction Phase, which should be also included in the Operational Phase, the Energy Centre basis of design includes the following spill prevention or containment design features:

• Paved and bunded areas for groups of storage tanks, sufficient to retain at least 110% by volume of the largest tank within the bunded area;

• Settling basin for the site surface water drainage system;

• Corrugated plate interceptor on the outlet side of the settling basin, prior to discharge to Vasilikos Bay;

• Any automatic shutoff valve on discharge to bay; and

• Full containment tanks for LNG storage.

17.10.4 In addition to these specific measures for the Energy Centre, CONCAWE11 has proposed more general measures for spill prevention and response during operational phases at petroleum products storage facilities, including the creation of a control room to manage surveillance systems, computers and monitors, pressure monitoring systems, and automatic alarms. The use of intelligent pigs is also proposed to detect leaks and metal loss due to corrosion. Patrols should be carried out to detect maintenance requirements, potential leaks and spillage.

17.10.5 Additional recommendations from CONCAWE12 include a description of safety devices and located to detect releases. This may include electronic spill detectors, visual supervision of activities (cameras), kerbs and bunds, fire water network, double equipment, instrument protection systems and emergency systems. Resources and equipment, communication and organisation procedures, testing of emergency plans and training of personnel should also be described. A monitoring plan would allow checking the state of installations and maintenance activities.

17.10.6 Emergency containment systems and fire fighting strategies should also be provided.

17.11 Oil Pollution Prevention Plans

17.11.1 Cyprus developed a National Contingency Plan13 (NCP) in 1983, which was last reviewed in 1997. The Plan allows for a tiered response to oil spills around the coast of Cyprus. A regional oil spill contingency plan has also been established with Egypt and Israel. Up until early 2006, in the case of major incidents, sub-regional contingency arrangements would be activated, and the Emergency Response Centre (ERC) would be located at the Fisheries Department Headquarters in Nicosia, with the director of the Department of Fisheries taking the role of the National On-Scene Commander (NOSC).

17.11.2 Small spills occurring on sites would be treated with local available resources under the surveillance of the Department of Fisheries. Furthermore, if an incident occurred, an ERC would be set up at the corresponding district office (Larnaca, Famagusta, Pafos, or Limassol) to coordinate the spill response.

17.11.3 Currently, the Department of Fisheries still acts in an advisor role, with the oil spill prevention responsibility having been transferred from the Department of Fisheries to the Ministry of Works (Merchant Marine Shipping Department).

17.11.4 This is the first response plan for the site until the commissioning of the Energy Centre.



17.11.5 The National Contingency Plan for Oil Pollution describes the properties of oil products likely to be spilled in the Cypriot marine environment. HFO and LFO are currently handled at Vasilikos Cement Factory, Vasilikos Power Station, Moni Cement Factory, Dhekelia Power Station, BP installations and Larnaca Oil Refinery. The NCP also describes the antipollution equipment and products available for the Department of Fisheries and Marine Research including vessels, dispersant spraying units, skimmers, oil dispersants, pressure steam cleaners, oil/water separators, water pumps, and vacuum cleaners.

17.11.6 The NCP lists coastal installations and sites needing special protection classified in four categories: bathing places, water intakes, marinas and fishing shelters, fish farms/hatcheries, and sensitive areas of special protection. Sites located near the Vasilikos area, and therefore of relevant importance to be considered during the elaboration of the OSRP, are:

• Governors Beach, a bathing area located approximately 2 km to the west of the Energy Centre.

• Installations that have water intakes in Vasilikos area and should be informed in case of an accident: Vasilikos Power Station, located next to the Energy Centre; Kitiana Fisheries Ltd. and Telia Aqua marine public Ltd hatchery discussed in section 14;

• Fisheries located at Zygi: Lapertas Fisheries Ltd, Blue Island Fish Farming Ltd, Seawave Fisheries Ltd, Kingfisher Aquaculture Ltd and Alkioni discussed in section 14;

• The Archirodon port shelter is located around 500 m west of the Energy Centre; and

• Special Sensitive Areas in the southern coast of Cyprus (Larnaca Lake Nature Reserve and Limassol (Akrotiri) Lake Nature Reserve) are not likely to be affected by small oil spills, but should be considered in case of major events.

17.11.7 The National Monitoring Program of Cyprus14 (2004) for controlling pollution in the Mediterranean, describes the compliance monitoring methodology, state and trends of marine pollution for bathing water, industrial effluents, aquaculture activities and shellfish/aquaculture waters. Industrial effluents from breweries are monitored by measuring BOD5, COD4, TSS, nitrates, phosphates and total phosphorus; effluents from the desalination plants and the petroleum refinery plant are controlled by monitoring for Total Suspended Solids (TSS), metals, conductivity and chlorides.

17.11.8 Currently, Vasilikos Power Station (EAC) does not have an oil spill prevention plan in use. Potentially, there is the possibility of combining the Energy Centre’s plan with any spill contingency arrangements made by the Vasilikos Power Station. Such integration of spill contingency plans should be considered during both the Construction Phase and Operational Phase of the Energy Centre.

17.12 Oil Spill Response Plan (OSRP)

17.12.1 Associated with the transfer of the responsibilities for the National Contingency Plan13 from the Department of Fisheries to the Ministry of Works (Merchant Marine Shipping Department) has also come a change in the arrangements for the provision of spill response in Cyprus. The operational oil spill prevention and response will now be the responsibility of the private sector, with the spill response service being subject to a tender process, the aim of which is to have the service in place by the end of 2006. It has been agreed that different operating companies will fund the plan. Currently, it is considered that EAC will contribute 65% (approximately) of the estimated cost of the service, with additional contributions from the refineries (estimated at 10%) and oil



companies and others that may require oil spill clean up services (estimated at 25% of the cost).

17.12.2 During both the Construction Phase and Operational Phase of the Energy Centre, oil spill response plans (OSRPs) will need to be developed and implemented.

17.12.3 The aim of each OSRP should be to:

• Control potential oil releases during construction, operation, and possible residual impacts.

• Minimise the volume and movement of the spill.

• Minimise the environmental impacts.

• Maximise the response depending on oil release type and equipment.

• Maximise the effectiveness of the response by assigning responsibilities, and establishing callout procedures and staff training.

17.12.4 Each OSRP should contain the following sections:

• Description of the site context;

• An overview of the political, legislative framework and existing response plans;

• Emergency Management Plan;

• Description of containment and clean up equipment and location;

• Inland, marine and transboundary tiered response plans;

• Resources, roles and responsibilities;

• Staff training approaches; and

• Schedules, manuals, documents and procedures and plan implementation.

References

1. Argyrou, M. and Loizides, L., Programme for the Assessment and control of Pollution in the Mediterranean Region. Report of the National Monitoring Programme of Cyprus. Department of Fisheries and Marine Research, Ministry of Agriculture Natural Resources and Environment. Nicosia, 2005

2. Considine M., Courtheyn J., Decleer J., Fontaine M., Kaitale T., Mauger P., Santos R., and Martin D.E., The Seveso 2 directive and the oil industry. Prepared by the CONCAWE Safety Management Group’s Special Task Force on the Seveso 2 Directive (S/STF-8). Reproduction permitted with due acknowledgement. Brussels,. Report No 7/98. December 1998

3. Constantinides, G., CAMP Cyprus Diagnostic – Feasibility Report. Report prepared for MAP – PAP/RAC, 2002

4. Davis, P.M., Dubois J., Olcese A., Uhlig F., Larivé J-F. and Martin D.E., Performance of European cross-country oil pipelines statistical summary of reported spillages. Prepared by the CONCAWE Oil Pipelines Management Group’s Special Task Force on oil pipeline spillages (OP/STF-1), 2003



5. Department of Fisheries and Marine Research, The National Contingency Plan For Oil Pollution Combating. Ministry of Agriculture Natural Resources and Environment, 2005

6. Global Marine Oil Pollution Information Gateway, Effect of Marine Oil Pollution on Economy and Human Health. http://oils.gpa.unep.org/facts/economy-health.htm, 2005

7. Hvidbak, F. and Gunter, P.A., An Initial Evaluation of Underwater Remote Detection and Monitoring of Spilled Orimulsion® Using Sonar, ID No. 37, 3rd R&D Forum on High-density Oil Spill Response, International Maritime Organisation, Brest, France, 11-13 March 2002

8. IPIECA Biological Impacts of Oil Pollution: Fisheries. International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Association. IPIECA Report Series, volume 8. London, UK, 2000

9. Loizides, L., Review of Pollution Hotspots in the Mediterranean. Updated report for Cyprus. Department of Fisheries, 2001

10. Martin D.E., Methods of Prevention, Detection and Control of Spillages in European Oil Pipelines. Prepared for CONCAWE’s Oil Pipelines Management Group. Brussels. Report 1/98, 1998

11. United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), Review of Orimulsion in Freshwater, http://www.epa.gov/oilspill/pdfs/orimuls.pdf, 2006

12. United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), Types of Refined Petroleum Products, http://www.epa.gov/oilspill/refined.htm, 2004

13. Vega, M., Ecotoxicology and other issues for the Mediterranean Sea. Era Consult, Madrid. Spain, 2002

14. WL Delft Hydraulics, Oil Spills. Environmental Impact Assessment. Vasilikos Power Station, Cyprus. Prepared for Archirodon Construction (Overseas) Co. Volume 2, 1998

SECTION 18

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SUMMARY TABLE

SECTION 18 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SUMMARY TABLE


18 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SUMMARY TABLE

Table 18.1 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase

Aspect Predicted Impact Proposed Mitigation

Marine

Site Run off - the release of suspended material in site drainage may cause adverse secondary effects on biota due to smothering resulting from increased turbidity. This will interfere with feeding apparatus.

Suspended Material - A programme agreed with the construction contractor to minimise potential impacts. Some of the runoff will be controlled by a drainage system passing through a settling and retention pond to reduce suspended solids loadings to satisfactory levels. Discharges will be located to maximise dispersion, and suspended solid levels in site discharges to the coastal waters will be controlled so as not to exceed 150 mg/l, except for exceptional circumstances when a maximum of 350 mg/l may apply. Elevated levels of a range of organic and inorganic compounds due to the previous contamination. Land where there is evidence to suggest that residual contamination may be present will be tested for the presence of dangerous substances and identified material will be removed from the site and disposed of appropriately.

Release of seabed sediment. When conducting marine construction activities, which have the potential to mobilise marine sediments, the contractor will implement a marine water quality-monitoring program. As a result of this program if suspended solid concentrations rise above 100% of background levels at a location between the construction operations and the sensitive receptor, construction will be suspended.

General

General Marine construction will be scheduled, as far as possible, to reduce the movement of water containing suspended solids towards sensitive locations such as the licensed aquaculture sites and seagrass beds. The proximity of the construction to the sensitive sites suggests that this may be very difficult to achieve, and further work on this issue will be undertaken during the FEED stage.

Flora Fauna and Fisheries

Destruction of the seagrass population A marine habitat plan will be devised to reduce the impacts of vehicle movements and operations on the existing seagrass population.

Geology, Geomorphology, Physical Characteristics

Dewatering during construction of foundations - Potential impacts to the marine environment

Use of settlement ponds would allow sediment to drop out. Water could then be recycled as far as practicable or allowed to flow to sea via silt fences and/or hay bale dykes and tested to ensure they meet minimum discharge standards.

Archaeological Loss, damage or disturbance to marine archaeology Although no marine archaeological features have been identified in a close proximity to the site a watching brief will be undertaken during construction dredging operations if any archaeology is encountered.




Terrestrial

NOx, PM10 emissions from traffic Truck numbers are to be minimised and routes through small villages avoided wherever possible in accordance with the Construction Traffic Management Plan discussed below.

NOx, SO2 emissions from ships Compliance with EU Directives on sulphur content of fuels; maximise shipment sizes so as to minimise the number of ship movements.

Air Quality

Construction dust Implementation of best practicable means (INDUSTRY BEST PRACTICE CONSTRCUTION PROACTICES AS A PART OF THE CONTRACTORS CONSTRCUTION EMS) controls as a part of the construction contractor EMS. Frequent visual monitoring with cessation of activities if INDUSTRY BEST PRACTICE CONSTRCUTION PROACTICES AS A PART OF THE CONTRACTORS CONSTRCUTION EMS insufficient to control dust. Vehicles to be hosed down before leaving site and roads wetted during the months when there is an increase in dust levels.

Archaeology Destruction of important archaeological artefacts A walk over survey to be conducted during the FEED stage by a qualified archaeologist to determine any potential sensitivities which may exist on the site and recommend appropriate actions should any find of value be discovered. The construction contractor is to develop a procedure, which documents action to be taken if any artefacts are found during any part of the project. The procedure will recommend consultation with the Antiquities Department.

Loss of important habitats A site walkover to be undertaken by an ecologist to identify any habitats that are of ecological value to flora and fauna. Where identified as a requirement, translocation is to be undertaken. A construction habitat management plan to be developed and implemented by the construction contractor, which identifies how vegetation clearance will be undertaken to reduce any potential impacts.

Ecology

Damage to habitats, flora and fauna on adjacent sites. Habitat degeneration and indirect disturbance.

The site boundary is to be clearly defined before construction begins, a site fence shall be established as a part of the preliminary site works program and construction personnel to be advised that all works and storage are to stay within the site boundary. Noise and dust levels to be kept to a minimum. The construction programme environment office to undertake regular site inspections and routine monitoring to ensure that all requirements are being met.

Breaking out of foundations: Waste generation – loss of landfill void space

Use of concrete breakers will allow reuse of material and avoids need to import additional aggregates.

Geology, Soils, Contaminated Land and Hydrogeology

Piling for tank foundations: May cause arisings of deep contamination, e.g. in the lagoon area and naturally occurring arsenic.

All pile arisings to be assessed for contaminants before decision made as to reuse or appropriate disposal.




Excavation of materials Clean excavated materials to be reused on site, as a part of the cut and fill balance minimising the need to import clean fill material.

Cliff face and slope stability improvements including and production of additional waste materials

Stabilisation of unstable land and reuse of materials.

Presence of exposed un-vegetated earthworks Works shall be designed to avoid unnecessary land take and earth removal. On completion, reseeding and planting should occur where necessary.

Use of construction plant, temporary road and path diversions and use of construction plant

Maintenance of a tidy and contained site compound during the construction phase is required along with temporary hoarding to screen adverse impacts from view.

Light Pollution Control of night time lighting during construction phase.

Landscape and Visual

Flaring To be restricted to as short periods as possible.

Construction Noise Use of Best Practicable Means (INDUSTRY BEST PRACTICE CONSTRCUTION PROACTICES AS A PART OF THE CONTRACTORS CONSTRCUTION EMS) as a part of the contractors construction EMS to control noise levels where possible.

Noise and Vibration

Noise disturbance due to increased traffic flow Traffic movement is to be restricted to predefined routes, which will be away from sensitive receptors as a part of the Traffic Management Plan discussed below. When vehicles are not in use their engines are to be switched off.

Socio-economic Construction Employment Construction contractors are required to keep records on employment of local labour. Consider establishing a Recruitment Centre to encourage / assist local residents with the relevant skills to apply for construction jobs and other positions within the Vasilikos Energy Centre. Compensation should be provided and relocation packages offered to those employed in fisheries and agriculture who may be displaced as a result of the construction of the Energy Centre.




Public Health and Safety during Construction A Construction Public Health and Safety Plan to be developed and implemented. The Plan to include provisions for the management and monitoring of public health and safety, to be implemented by the Construction Programme HSE Officer, including but not necessarily be limited to the following:

- Mechanisms for making public announcements (e.g. newspaper / radio) about the construction programme and in particular when public roads will be used by heavy transport vehicles; - Reporting mechanisms for the public to register concerns or complaints regarding perceived risks to their health and safety due to the construction operation; - Incident recording and reporting protocols; and - Emergency contact details in the event of an accident.

The Plan will be managed by the Construction Programme Environment Officer. All observations to be recorded in accordance with the Construction Programme plan.

Community relations during construction A Community Relations Management Plan is to be developed and implemented prior to the commencement of the construction programme by the construction contractor. The Plan should establish an interactive forum, in which local community members and interest groups can raise specific grievances in relation to the Energy Centre project; and a formal mechanism for recording these and reporting those issues back to the Government. In addition, a Workforce Code of Conduct is to be developed and implemented to ensure that workers interaction with the community at large and on site is acceptable.

Construction methods affect public safety The Energy Centre’s emergency services team (e.g. onsite first aiders) are to respond immediately to all accidents at the Energy Centre involving a member of the public. Full details of the cause of the accident, the individuals involved and the injuries incurred are to be recorded. Following the immediate response, a full investigation is to be made into the accident and corrective actions developed and implemented to minimise the risk of reoccurrence.

Traffic & Infrastructure

Oversized deliveries of equipment and materials disruption to road networks

Where there are going to be oversized or large quantities of construction equipment and/or material brought to the site, other transportation mechanisms should be identified, for example barges can use the Archirodon dock to deliver supplies. Where it is necessary to transport oversized material to the site by road vehicles to be accompanied by escort cars equipped with flashing yellow warning lights while in transit on public roads. Where practical, traffic will be scheduled to avoid peak hours on the road network.




Increase traffic volumes disruption to road networks An agreement of transport routes to and from the construction site with the local authorities prior to commencement of the construction programme to avoid sensitive areas, traffic control measures (e.g. traffic lights or flagmen) to be deployed at all intersections of site access routes and main roads. There should be strict speed controls implemented for all transport vehicles both on and off site. Where possible, all vehicles turning to be conducted in areas off the main road network.

Increase accidents/collisions All permanent drivers associated with the Energy Centre to undertake accident prevention training. Delivery of construction plant, equipment and goods are to be planned so as to minimise the total number of required trips.

Disruption to sensitive receptors and degradation of the road network Delivery of construction plant, equipment and goods are to be scheduled outside of peak hour traffic times and during hours, which will not disrupt local sensitive receptors. Dust will be minimised through road wetting and vehicle washing before they leave site and a series of rumble grids will be put on all exit points to the site, which will be cleaned weekly. Checks of site deliveries will ensure that the appropriate traffic control measures are being implemented. Surveys of selected transport routes should be undertaken routinely by the contractor to identify any degradation of public road surfaces and any monitoring that is required by specific legislation.

Lack of documented control of traffic and traffic movements A Construction Traffic Management Plan is to be developed and implemented by the construction contractor in conjunction with local and national legislative requirements.

Sedimentation of receiving waters during construction. Installation and management of stabilised drainage channels and attenuation ponds.

Contamination of receiving waters due to spills/leaks due to storage, refuelling, handling of fuels, oils, lubricants, and any other materials.

Storage tanks are to be located within impervious bunded areas up to 110% of the largest tanks volume. Drainage waters will be passed through oil/grit interceptors prior to discharge. Refuelling and maintenance of vehicles and equipment to be undertaken within designated areas that contain bunds and under control of appropriate operating procedures. A licensed company will, on a regular basis empty portable chemical toilets and sewage holding tanks placed onsite for the workforce.

Increase in impervious surface area increasing surface water runoff and drainage requirements.

Design and operation of ‘clean water system’ to drain areas unlikely to be contaminated by oil, to be discharges straight to the receiving environment.

Water Resources

Potential contamination of surface water runoff. Drainage systems will be designed and operated to drain storage and handling areas where product spills may occur to ensure oils and other contaminates are collected and removed prior to discharge to the receiving environment. Spill management plans are to be implemented for the site and maintained at all times.




Waste Construction Waste A Construction Waste Control and Disposal Plan to be developed by the construction contractor prior to the commencement of enabling works on site with the aim to Reduce, Re-use, Recycle to include:

- Where possible wastes will be split into waste streams and where possible they will be minimisation / collection / storage / treatment / re-use / disposal strategy for each waste stream in accordance with European and local requirements e.g. a strategy for returning packaging waste (containers, plastic wrapping, pallets etc. to their point of origin);

- Identify potential third party re-users; and duty-of-care requirements;

- Methods for properly management (e.g. training, storing, containerising, labelling, transporting and disposing) wastes identified; and - A description of the transition of control from the construction contractors to the operator.

HSE Risk Assessment

Lack of control of HSE issues leading to non-compliance and hazards HSE management plans to be required during the construction phase of the project. The main components of this plan to include the following:

- A Safety and Health File should be developed in accordance with the requirements of Directive 92/57/EEC and the Cyprus 2002 Health and Safety Regulations; - An environmental awareness program should be developed at the energy centre to train appropriate site personnel to ensure that all environmental regulations and requirements are followed during the construction phase. This should be undertaken in the initial orientation and subsequently in the daily tool box talks; - The main contractor will be required to work to a comprehensive Health, Safety and Environmental management system, which provides a series of control plans for emergency response, waste management, training, and HSE auditing throughout construction. An environmental hazard checklist should be developed and used for preventative management; and - A monitoring schedule to include HSE audits that will be undertaken to check compliance with the plan and legal requirements.




Lack of employee knowledge leading to accidents and HSE incidents Training to include information on the following: - Importance of environmental awareness; - Employee involvement; - Hazardous waste definition and disposal requirements; - Non-hazardous waste definition and disposal requirements; - Recyclable materials; - Spill prevention; - Spill control; - Dust control; - Odour control; - Noise control; - Traffic safety; and - Non-compliance reporting

Personnel harming themselves through misuse or lack of PPE (personal protective equipment) and knowledge on how to use the PPE correctly

As a minimum all contractor employees to wear a hardhat, overalls, steel toed shoes, protective glasses and gloves. Where required specialist PPE will be provided by the contractor to employees after a risk assessment of the task has been undertaken. Possible specialist equipment that maybe required includes ear protectors, face marks and harness. Training to be provided to all employees on correct use of PPE required for their individual task.

Spills of substances on site A spill prevention, containment and countermeasure action plan will need to be developed for the construction phase of the Energy Centre development. This will need to include a monitoring plan of containment areas, valves, tanks and pipelines for spills. If a spill occurs, immediate action will need to be taken in accordance with the Local and National Contingency Plans. Any spills/leakage identified will need to be addressed immediately and their cause remedied.

Spill Contingency and Oil Spill Response

Spill Kits Spill kits will be placed in various strategic locations around site along with the procedures for minor spills.



Table 18.2 Mitigation Measures for Operation Phase


Marine

Flora Fauna and Fisheries

Destruction of the seagrass population Impacts mitigated at the construction phase.

Loss of containment of hydrocarbons within the site, which may reach the sea via the site drainage water outfall

The site will use an automatic PID to monitor level changes in vessels during all transfers of high volume hydrocarbon/hazardous material storage facilities. Operational areas will be protected by impervious bunding and site surface drainage will be protected by remotely operated shut off valves, CPI oil/water interceptors and off specification drainage water retention capability sufficient to contain fire fighting water under the most likely fire scenario.

Geology, Geomorphology, Physical Characteristics

Propeller wash from moving vehicles Defined turning basin for berthing of ships.

Terrestrial

Increased NOx emissions from testing of diesel pumps (firewater pumps and emergency generators)

Testing to be limited to the daytime (preferably between 10:00 and 16:00) and the testing of pumps to occur sequentially for a maximum of 5 minutes each

Increased NOx emissions from Submerged Condensation Vaporiser Use of this will be limited to as few months as practicable during the year

Ships and increased air emissions Where possible larger ships will be used so as to reduce the overall ship movements

Flare emissions Flare stack are to be at minimum height of 50 m to ensure pollutants dispersal. Flaring is to be minimised.

Increased VOC and odour emissions from storage tanks All tanks except Bitumen tank are to be white in colour. Internal Floating roof tanks will be used for storing gasoline products, and will be fitted with secondary seals.

Increased VOC and odour emissions from product loading operations The facility will be provided with a vapour recovery unit which will treat vapours produced on gasoline loading at the road tanker fill stands.

Air Quality

Monitoring compliance with Air Discharge permit conditions. The operator will undertake regular emissions compliance monitoring for each of the point source discharges at the facility including the SCV’s, the VRU and the diesel fire pumps.

Ecology Flora and Fauna Habitats will be degraded Impacts mitigated at the construction phase.




Geology, Soils, Contaminated Land and Hydrogeology

Contamination of groundwater through spills on the surface All hazardous materials which have the potential to pollute groundwaters will be stored in a bunded are constructed of a material which is impervious to the material stored within the bund. The facility operator will develop a system of groundwater monitoring boreholes to monitor for potential contamination.

Increased visual impact of the facility on the surrounding area A limited amount of landscaping should be undertaken at the site. The facility will implement good housekeeping practices.

Landscape and Visual

Nighttime lightning Where possible nighttime lighting will be at a minimal level.

Noise and Vibration

Operational Noise Equipment which has significant noise emissions should be regularly maintained to minimise tonal or temporal noise emissions. A programme of continual noise monitoring, including a noise survey shortly following the commissioning of the new plant, should be agreed if required by the Local Authority. All planned ‘non-normal operations’ that would lead to an increase is noise levels will be carried out between 0900 and 1700 hours during the weekdays wherever possible.

Employment in the area Where possible local residents will be employed to work at the energy centre.

Increased unpleasant odour See Air Quality

Increased number of accidents All accidents at the terminal involving a member of the public to be responded to immediately by the centres emergency services team, a full investigation will be made into the accident and corrective actions developed and implemented to minimise the risk of reoccurrence.

Socio-economic

Local businesses effected by centre The operator is to work with the local Chamber of Commerce to ensure that local businesses have an opportunity to realise the maximum benefit available to them arising from the new Energy Centre operations.




Degradation of road network Some work will need to be undertaken to upgrade and improve the coastal road (which is going to be used for export of black products from the facility).

Increased traffic on the road network A pipeline could be built from the Energy Centre to Larnaca airport which would significantly reduce the HGV numbers However the proposed pipeline is not a part of the project scope at this stage. Trucks routes will be identified by the Operational Traffic Management Plan, which will be developed by each contractor and agreed with the Department of Roads and Public Works. A Traffic Monitoring Programme will be developed and implemented for the terminal operations. The primary purpose of the plan will be to monitor traffic flows in and out of the immediate vicinity and to assess whether any problems relating to traffic congestion arise.

Increased accidents All permanent drivers associated with the Energy Centre will undertake accident prevention training; this will be the responsibility of each individual oil company.

Traffic & Infrastructure

Increased noise and reduced air quality relating to numbers of vehicles Vehicles will undergo regular maintenance to ensure that they are not exceeding recommended noise levels. When vehicles are not in use their engines will be switch off. All complaints will be fully investigated noting time of complaint and causes of disturbance by the onsite environment officer. Traffic will be directed away from sensitive receptors and the middle of major towns where possible to reduce impacts on the air quality.

High consumption of potable water Consumption of potable water is to be monitored by tank level measurements.

Septic tanks reaching capacity too quickly Levels in site septic tanks will be monitored on a regular basis. Where the full time equivalent personnel present at the terminal in any given day exceeds 78 e.g. maintenance shutdowns, then either the frequency of emptying will have to increase, or additional temporary facilities will be installed.

Contamination of water through oil spills Oily wastewater drainage system will drain all areas where oil spillages could occur. The design will incorporate oil interceptors and traps. The operator will maintain a monitoring system to measure and ensure compliant with discharge limits.

Water Resources

Products spill Where there are tanks that have the potential to spill there will be a designed bunded area, at 110% capacity of the largest container. Any spills will be collected and will either be pumped back into the tank or sent to the relevant separator.

Bunds will leak Bunds will be leak proofed as follows: - The bund walls will be constructed in concrete; - The bund floor will incorporate an impermeable membrane covered with a layer of sand and finished with a layer of gravel.




Waste Legislative requirements are not met, waste streams are mixed and there is bad management of waste products produced

The facility operator will maintain a single bunded waste storage area where waste material will be consolidated and stored prior to removal from site by an appropriately licensed waste contractor. A minimisation / collection / storage / treatment / re-use / disposal strategy for each waste stream in accordance with European and local requirements e.g. a strategy for returning packaging waste (containers, plastic wrapping, pallets etc. to their point of origin);

- Identify potential third party re-users; and duty-of-care requirements; - Methods for properly management (e.g. training, storing, containerising, labelling, transporting and disposing) wastes identified; and - A description of the transition of control from the construction contractors to the operator.

Lack of high level control Each company using the site will need as a minimum the following: - Major Accident Prevention Policy; - Safety Report; - Health, Safety and Environmental Management System; and - Emergency Plan

HSE Risk Assessment

Lack of knowledge which will lead to accidents and injuries A HSE induction will be carried out for all personnel employed at the site. It will include as a minimum details on the emergency response procedures, how to report HSE incidents, what PPE needs to be worn, how to interpret safety signs, and all the HSE legislation relevant to individuals jobs.

Spills of substances on site The same as in the Construction Phase (Table 18.1).

Spill Contingency and Oil Spill Response

Spill Kits The same as in the Construction Phase (Table 18.1).

APPENDIX A

FIGURES AND PLATES

Vasilikos BayVasilikos BayVasilikos BayVasilikos BayVasilikos BayVasilikos BayVasilikos BayVasilikos BayVasilikos Bay

LarnacaLarnacaLarnacaLarnacaLarnacaLarnacaLarnacaLarnacaLarnaca

Cape ZevgariCape ZevgariCape ZevgariCape ZevgariCape ZevgariCape ZevgariCape ZevgariCape ZevgariCape Zevgari

Buffer ZoneBuffer ZoneBuffer ZoneBuffer ZoneBuffer ZoneBuffer ZoneBuffer ZoneBuffer ZoneBuffer Zone

Cape GrecoCape GrecoCape GrecoCape GrecoCape GrecoCape GrecoCape GrecoCape GrecoCape Greco

LimassolLimassolLimassolLimassolLimassolLimassolLimassolLimassolLimassol

NicosiaNicosiaNicosiaNicosiaNicosiaNicosiaNicosiaNicosiaNicosia

THIS DRAWING WAS PRODUCED USING MAPINFO AND SHOULD ON NO ACCOUNT BE AMENDED BY HAND

Parnell House, 25 Wilton Road, London, SW1V 1LW, United KingdomParsons Brinckerhoff

Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401

Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:

Copyright Parsons Brinckerhoff

Figure 3.1

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale

Cyprus Energy Centre BoD EA96539A - Cyprus LNG EIA\Z Drawings\1 Current\GIS

AK

WB

REProject:

Topographic Map of CyprusTitle:

Project Location Overview:

41 Themistokli Dervi Str. HAWAII NICOSIA TOWER, Off.705, Nicosia, CY-1066Tel: +357 22875707, Fax: +357 22757778

AEOLIKI

LegendBuffer Zone

Location of the Energy Centre

Archirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon Port

Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)

Vasilikos PortVasilikos PortVasilikos PortVasilikos PortVasilikos PortVasilikos PortVasilikos PortVasilikos PortVasilikos Port

Junction 15Junction 15Junction 15Junction 15Junction 15Junction 15Junction 15Junction 15Junction 15

Proposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm Location(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)



Power StationPower StationPower StationPower StationPower StationPower StationPower StationPower StationPower Station

Governors BeachGovernors BeachGovernors BeachGovernors BeachGovernors BeachGovernors BeachGovernors BeachGovernors BeachGovernors Beach


BBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater StationBBC Repeater Station

ZygiZygiZygiZygiZygiZygiZygiZygiZygi

Cement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantNaval BaseNaval BaseNaval BaseNaval BaseNaval BaseNaval BaseNaval BaseNaval BaseNaval Base

Mari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari Village

A1A1A1A1A1A1A1A1A1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 3.2

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

Site BoundaryTitle:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend

Key Features

Old Fertilizer Plant Boundary

Energy Centre Boundary

Berth

Jetty

Power Station Boundary


Aerial Photograph

Project:

Cyprus Energy Centre BoD EA

Client:

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos River

Vasilikos RiverB1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)B1 (Old Limassol-Nicosia Road)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

A1 (L

imas

sol/N

icos

ia H

ighw

ay)

Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power Vasilikos Power StationStationStationStationStationStationStationStationStation

Proposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm LocationProposed Wind Farm Location(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)(8 turbines)

Cement Plant QuarryCement Plant QuarryCement Plant QuarryCement Plant QuarryCement Plant QuarryCement Plant QuarryCement Plant QuarryCement Plant QuarryCement Plant Quarry

Mari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari VillageMari Village

Old Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer PlantOld Fertilizer Plant

QuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarry

Small Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterNavy BaseNavy BaseNavy BaseNavy BaseNavy BaseNavy BaseNavy BaseNavy BaseNavy Base


Archirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon Port Cement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement PlantCement Plant


Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)Oil Storage Tanks (Cement Plant)

QuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarryQuarry


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend



Power Station

Main RoadSecondary Road

Berth

JettyKey Features

Project Location Overview: Drawing number

Figure 3.3

Title

Aerial Photograph taken in 2003. Reproduced with the permission of Aeoliki.


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 3.4

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

WB

REProject:

Vasilikos Energy Centre Overview

Title:


REPRODUCED WITH THE PERMISSION OF MWK


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Ship Turning CircleShip Turning CircleShip Turning CircleShip Turning CircleShip Turning CircleShip Turning CircleShip Turning CircleShip Turning CircleShip Turning Circle

Vassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading BuoyVassilikos Power Station Unloading Buoy

Exclusion ZoneExclusion ZoneExclusion ZoneExclusion ZoneExclusion ZoneExclusion ZoneExclusion ZoneExclusion ZoneExclusion Zone


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 3.5

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

WB

REProject:

Vasilikos Marine FacilitiesConceptual DesignOption 7, Base Case

Title:


REPRODUCED WITH THE PERMISSION OF HR WALLINGFORD


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Vasilikos Marine FacilitiesConceptual Design, Option 7A

LPG BulletsLPG BulletsLPG BulletsLPG BulletsLPG BulletsLPG BulletsLPG BulletsLPG BulletsLPG Bullets

Road Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill StandsRoad Tanker Fill Stands

Bitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel StandBitumen + LFO Road Tanker Fuel Stand

Jetty LandingJetty LandingJetty LandingJetty LandingJetty LandingJetty LandingJetty LandingJetty LandingJetty Landing

FlareFlareFlareFlareFlareFlareFlareFlareFlare

LNG TanksLNG TanksLNG TanksLNG TanksLNG TanksLNG TanksLNG TanksLNG TanksLNG Tanks


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 3.6

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

WB

REProject:

Vasilikos Energy Centre Plot Plan

Title:




Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 3.7

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

Jetty Overall PlanTitle:




Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 3.8

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

WB

REProject:

Project ScheduleTitle:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI



Parnell House, 25 Wilton Road, London, SW1V 1LW, United Kingdom

Parsons Brinckerhoff

Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401

Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 4.1

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

Land UseTitle:

Project Location Overview:LegendB2 - Industrial ZoneWater

r3, Z2, Z3 - Agricultural AreaZ1 - Reserved Area for Archaeological Findings, Sites of Natural Beauty, Hydro Res

H2 - Residential AreaA1 - Animal Grazing

Parcels


Mari Village

Zygi


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 5.1

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

Geological MapTitle:


DATA OBTAINED FROM THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY DEPARTMENT (CYPRUS), "THE GEOLOGY AND MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE PHARMAKAS-KALAVASOS AREA" BY PANTAZIS TH. (1967) AND "THE GEOLOGY AND MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE PANO LEFKARA-LARNACA AREA" BY BAGNALL, P.S.(1975)


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Koronia Formation

Marina Alluvium

Terrace deposits

Moni Formation

Lapithos Group

Pakhna Group

Athalassa Formation Superficial DepositsLegend

GypsumMarine Sands & Gravels of 40 foot Raised Beach

Marine Sands & Gravels of 120 foot Raised Beach

Beach Sand and GravelWell Rounded Pebbles and Sands mostly of Igneous origin

Melange including Clays and Blocks of Older Blocks

Chalks (usually flaggy) interbeded with Chert

Thick bedded Chalks and Marly Chalks almost devoid of Chert bands

Paper Shales, Calcareous Shales, Gypsiferous Marls & Red Ferruginous Shales & Marls

Flaggy yellowish Marly Chalks interbedded with Marls

Yellow Brown Marls, Khaki Sands & Limestone

Terrace & Flood Plain Alluvium

Well Rounded Fossiliferous Pebblesand Sands mostly of Igneous origin

Superficial Deposits (Havana and Kafkalla capping)

Energy Cente Boundary


BerthJetty


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 5.2

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

Site Map showing Greenfield and Brownfield Sites

Title:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend:



Berth

Jetty

SINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOONSINTER LAGOON

LAGOONLAGOONLAGOONLAGOONLAGOONLAGOONLAGOONLAGOONLAGOON

Softades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquiferSoftades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquifer

Vasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquiferVasilikos Riverbed aquifer

Western Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquiferWestern Edge aquifer

Maroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquiferMaroni Riverbed aquifer


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 5.3

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

Local AquifersTitle:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend

Softades-Zygi Coastal Riverbed aquifer

Maroni Riverbed aquifer

Vasilikos Riverbed aquifer

Western Edge aquifer

BerthJettyEnergy Centre Boundary

444444444

555555555

888888888

777777777999999999222222222

333333333

666666666

111111111


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 8.1

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

LandscapeViewpoints Location

Title:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend:

Viewpoint and Plate Number


Berth

Jetty

LEGEND

Number of Visible Tanks


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 8.2

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

WB

REProject:

Zone of Visual ImpactTitle:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Wind Roses for Larnaca

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Project Location Overview:Drawing number

Figure 9.1

Title


Discrete Receptor Locations

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.2

Title


Annual Mean Volatile Organic Compounds, 2010

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.3

Title


Annual Mean Volatile Organic Compounds, 2035

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.4

Title


98th Percentile of Hourly Mean Diesel Odours, 2035

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.5

Title


98th Percentile of Hourly Mean Gasoline Odours, 2035

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.6

Title


Maximum Hourly Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from the Firewater Pump Testing

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.7

Title


Maximum Hourly Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from Operation of SCV

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.8

Title


Annual Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from Shipping Emissions

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.9

Title


99.8th Percentile Hourly Mean Nitrogen Dioxide from Flaring

Project:


Client:


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Figure 9.10

Title


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 10.1

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AW

AK

WB

REProject:

Noise Contours: Existing and Predicted Noise Sources

Title:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend:


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 10.2

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AW

AK

WB

REProject:

Noise ContoursProposed Noise Sources

Title:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend:


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 10.3

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AW

AK

WB

REProject:

Noise ContoursCumulative Noise

Title:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend:

LNG Regasifiers Proposed Wind Farm

Pumps

LNG Tanks

Power Station

Proposed Energy Centre


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 10.4

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AW

AK

WB

REProject:

Noise Contours3D

Title:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend:

Ayios DhimitriosAyios DhimitriosAyios DhimitriosAyios DhimitriosAyios DhimitriosAyios DhimitriosAyios DhimitriosAyios DhimitriosAyios Dhimitrios

Chirokitia and TentaChirokitia and TentaChirokitia and TentaChirokitia and TentaChirokitia and TentaChirokitia and TentaChirokitia and TentaChirokitia and TentaChirokitia and Tenta

Mari-AsprousMari-AsprousMari-AsprousMari-AsprousMari-AsprousMari-AsprousMari-AsprousMari-AsprousMari-AsprousZygi-PetriniZygi-PetriniZygi-PetriniZygi-PetriniZygi-PetriniZygi-PetriniZygi-PetriniZygi-PetriniZygi-Petrini

Tochni-LakkiaTochni-LakkiaTochni-LakkiaTochni-LakkiaTochni-LakkiaTochni-LakkiaTochni-LakkiaTochni-LakkiaTochni-Lakkia


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 13.1

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

ArchaeologyTitle:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI

Legend:

Archaeological Sites


Berth

Jetty


Vasilikos Bay Aerial Photograph

Project:


Client:

Power Station FrontagePower Station FrontagePower Station FrontagePower Station FrontagePower Station FrontagePower Station FrontagePower Station FrontagePower Station FrontagePower Station Frontage

Reclaimed AreaReclaimed AreaReclaimed AreaReclaimed AreaReclaimed AreaReclaimed AreaReclaimed AreaReclaimed AreaReclaimed Area

Small Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel ShelterSmall Vessel Shelter

Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Location of the Navy Base HarbourBase HarbourBase HarbourBase HarbourBase HarbourBase HarbourBase HarbourBase HarbourBase Harbour


Archirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon PortArchirodon Port


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Aerial Photograph taken in 2003. Reproduced with the permission of Aeoliki

Drawing number

Figure 14.1

Title


Fish Farms Location

Project:


Client:

Energy CentreBoundary

20 m

200 m

100 m

50 m

30 m

10 m

Illegal Fish Farm(To be relocated)

Telia Aqua Marine Public LtdProposed Fishery

Kingfisher

Telia Aqua Marine Public LtdProposed Fishery

KitianaProposed Fishery Seawave

AlkioniBlue Island


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Data obtained from the Department of Fisheries and Marine Research.

Drawing number

Figure 14.2

Title

Legend

Existing FisheriesIllegal FisheriesProposed Fisheries

Land

Bathymetry


Vasilikos Bay Marine Biotopes

Project:


Client:

20m

2m

10m

3841000

3842000

3843000

384000053

0000

5290

00

5280

00

5270

00

5260

00

5m


Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI


Data obtained from "Marine Environmental Sensitivities", HR Wallingford (2006). Co-ordinate system: UTM Zone 36N (ED50 Datum)

Drawing number

Figure 14.3

Title

Legend

Sand Depressions on Sea Bed

Silt Frequent Mounds or Ridges probablycolonised by eel-grass

Gravel/Cobbles

Occasional Mounds probably colonised by eel-grass

Mega-ripples

Rock/Boulders

Coastline Bathymetry

Berth

Jetty


Other Structures

TochniTochniTochni

KalavasosKalavasosKalavasos

PsematismenosPsematismenosPsematismenos

ChoirokoitiaChoirokoitiaChoirokoitia

MariMariMari

ZygiZygiZygi

MaroniMaroniMaroniLIMASSOL DISTRICT LARNACA DISTRICT


Date:

Drawing number

Produced by:

Checked by:

Approved by:

Drawn by:


Figure 15.1

14/03/06Client:

Scale:

GIS Ref:

Not to Scale


AK

AK

WB

REProject:

Socio Economic Assessment Area of Interest

Title:



Tel: +44 (0)20 7798 2400 Fax: +44 (0)20 7798 2401


AEOLIKI--------- District Boundary

Legend:

Settlements


Berth

Jetty

Plate 8.1: View from road to north of site

Plate 8.2: View from south west corner of the site

Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited March 2006 for M.W. Kellogg Limited

Plate 8.3: View from Governors Beach headland

Plate 8.4: View from old Limassol/Nicosia Road


Plate 8.5: View from western edge of Zygi on road to Vassilikos

Plate 8.6: View of the area to the north of the site


Plate 8.7: View from eastern edge of the site

Plate 8.8: View of the Archirodon Port and the access road to the proposed Bitumen Products loading area.


late 8.9: Panoramic view of the surrounding area from the headland that forms the eastern boundary of the site

EAC POWER STATION

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES

NAVAL

GOVERNORS BEACH

FISHERIES EAC MONOBOY

FISHERIES

VASILIKOS PORT

ARCHIRODON PORT SHELTER

P


APPENDIX B

REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND PROTOCOLS

APPENDIX B REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND PROTOCOLS

Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited April 2006 for MW Kellogg

Appendix B - Republic of Cyprus International Conventions and Protocols

London Dumping: Convention on Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping Wastes and Other Matter, (London 1972) which regulates disposal of potentially hazardous materials at sea;

Marpol Protocol to International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (1973) and includes, oil, chemical, sewage requiring adequate provision of port reception facilities to deal with such waste and includes reducing pollutants from ships' exhausts, etc;

Washington The Convention on the International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna (CITES) (1975);

Ramsar Convention for the protection of wetlands of international importance (1975);

Cultural Heritage The UNESCO Convention concerning the protection of the work cultural and natural heritage (1975);

Bonn The Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals and on Wetlands of International Importance (1983);

Barcelona Convention for the Protection of the Mediterranean Sea (ratified 1979, and revised in 2003);

Mediterranean The Protocol concerning Mediterranean specially protected areas (1987);

Berne Convention (Convention on European Wildlife and Natural Habitats) in 1988 (Law no. 24/88), and according to this law all non-game birds are strictly protected fauna species;

Basel Convention for the Transboundary Movement of Hazardous Waste (1992);

Rio de Janeiro Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) 1992 enunciating the principles of sustainable development;

Desertification The United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (1996);

Aarhus Convention on access to information, public participation in decision-making and access to justice in environmental matters (1998);

Espoo The Convention on Environmental Impact Assessment in a Transboundary Context (2000);

APPENDIX C

REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS GOVERNMENT MINISTERIAL AND DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBILITIES

APPENDIX C REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS GOVERNMENT MINISTERIAL AND DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited for MW Kellogg

Appendix C - Republic of Cyprus Government Ministerial and Departments Responsibilities Ministry Roles and Responsibilities Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and Environment (MANRE)

Has prime responsibility for many aspects of the environment.

Department Environment Service (ES)

Co-ordinating role advising and ensuring implementation on environmental policy, including co-ordination of the adoption of the environmental acquits. The ES co-ordinates the Environmental Inspectorates in Cyprus for waste management and various aspects of water quality. The ES is also the Technical Committee on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and deals specifically with the enforcement of the Law on the Control of Water Pollution and promotion of environmental awareness and training.

The Water Development Department (WDD)

Responsible for the implementation of water policy and the management of water resources in Cyprus, including planning, design, construction and operation of water supply infrastructure, sewage and wastewater treatment and the monitoring of water quantity and quality.

The Department of Agriculture (DoA)

Responsible for the policy implementation and enforcement of aspects relating to agriculture, specifically, nitrate discharges, sludge use in agriculture, biological products and biocides. The DoA also has an important role in relation of Integrated Pollution Prevention Control (IPPC).

The Mines and Quarries Service (MQS)

Responsible for the licensing of the exploitation of mineral resources.

The Geological Survey Department (GSD)

Responsible for mineral and groundwater exploration, in particular, the impacts of pollution on groundwater, including impacts of hazardous waste, land-filling and geotechnical investigations and monitoring of nitrates and PCB contamination.

The Department of forests (DoF)

Responsible for the management and exploitation of forests, including the impacts associated with atmospheric pollution. Declares nature reserves and national forests.

The Department of Fishery and Marine Resources (DFMR)

Responsible for the sustainable development and management of marine and inland waters fisheries and aquaculture and the protection of the aquatic environment. This is put into effect mainly by the application of measures for the sound management and national exploitation of fishery resources and by enforcing the Fisheries Legislation but also by undertaking research, monitoring and control of aquatic pollution and the protection of endangered aquatic species and habitants.

The Department of Veterinary Service (DVS)

Responsible for the control of export and import of animals and their use for experiments purposes.

Ministry Roles and Responsibilities The Ministry of the Interior (MoI)

Responsible for Town and Country Planning

Department The Department of Town Planning and Housing (DTPH)

Planning authority for areas outside the four major municipalities of Nicosia, Larnaca, Limassol and Pafos. Participates in the EIA Technical Committee.

The Department of Waste

Responsible for policy implementation and enforcement of aspects relating to waste management (excluding hazardous waste) including planning, design, and construction of waste management infrastructure

Ministry Roles and Responsibilities The Ministry of Finance (MoF)

Responsible for all aspects of financial planning, budget control and management of financial resources.

Department The Planning Bureau (PB)

Responsible for assuring that the accession targets are met.

APPENDIX C REPUBLIC OF CYPRUS GOVERNMENT MINISTERIAL AND DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Limited for MW Kellogg

The Customs and Exercise Department (CED)

Responsible for controlling exports and imports.

Ministry Roles and Responsibilities The Ministry of Labour and Social Insurance (MLSS)

Responsible for environmental issues in industry, covering environmental emissions as well as health, safety and dangerous substances.

Department The Department of Labour Inspection (DLI)

Responsible for the implementation of the Atmospheric Pollution Control Law and part of the Water Pollution Control Law.

Ministry Roles and Responsibilities The Ministry of Health (MoH)

Responsible for assessing the environment and general health impacts, supported by the Public Health Service and the State General Laboratory.

Department The Public Health Service (PHS)

Responsible for the monitoring of the quality of drinking water and groundwater. Also responsible for the public health aspects of waste management (landfill inspection), seawater quality and swimming pools.

The State General Laboratory (SGL)

The main Government laboratory in Cyprus, supporting the various departments with their monitoring activities (air quality, water quality, effluents etc.)

Ministry Roles and Responsibilities The Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Tourism (MCIT)

Responsible for industrial development and energy issues, including energy conservation, new and renewable source and grant support for the installation of wastewater treatment and air pollution control systems.

Department The Competition and Consumer Protection Division (CCPD)

Responsible for environment related aspects of consumer protection.

Ministry Roles and Responsibilities The Law Office of the Republic (LOR)

Works with the ES and other departments on the drafting of environmental legislation. The LOR also provides specialist support to the Inspectorate and on the enforcement of environmental legislation.

The Ministry of Communication and Works (MCW)

Responsible for shoreline defence, noise from aircraft, merchant shipping and vehicle inspection and licensing.

Other Government Agencies Roles and Responsibilities The Cyprus Tourism Organisation (CTO)

Promotes agrotourism and is the co-ordinator of the ‘blue flag’ scheme is Cyprus.

The Cyprus Ports Authority (CPA Deals specifically with oily waters and refuse from ships in port areas. The Cyprus Game Fund (CGF) Responsible for the enforcement of the Game and Wild Birds Law and

for the regulation of hunting. The Cyprus Electricity Authority (CEA) Responsible for power generation and CO2 reduction targets. The Cyprus Organisation for Standards and the Control of Quality (COSCQ)

The Cypriot quality assurance accreditation organisation.

APPENDIX D

SAMPLE PERMIT APPLICATION FORMS

AIR EMISSIONS APPLICATION FORM

WASTE WATER DISCHARGES APPLICATION FORM

_______________________________________________________________ Αίτηση για Άδεια Απόρριψης Αποβλήτων Σελίδα 1 από 31

YΠΟΥΡΓΕΙΟ ΓΕΩΡΓΙΑΣ, ΦΥΣΙΚΩΝ ΠΟΡΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΟΣ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΑ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΟΣ

Ο περί Ελέγχου της Ρύπανσης των Νερών Νόμος

ΥΠΟΒΟΛΗ ΑΙΤΗΣΗΣ ΓΙΑ ΑΔΕΙΑ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗΣ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ1 (Σύμφωνα με το άρθρο 9 του Νόμου)

(Η ΑΙΤΗΣΗ ΥΠΟΒΑΛΛΕΤΑΙ ΣΕ 10 ΠΛΗΡΗ ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΑ)

ΟΝΟΜΑ ΦΟΡΕΑ ΕΚΜΕΤΑΛΛΕΥΣΗΣ2 (ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑΣ / ΟΡΓΑΝΙΣΜΟΥ)

………………………………………………………………………………………..................

Τύπος διεργασίας :………………………………….…………………………………….............. Διεύθυνση Εγκατάστασης (να επισυναφθεί επίσημο τοπογραφικό σχέδιο/χάρτη όπου θα υποδεικνύεται το/τα τεμάχιο/α με κίτρινο χρώμα) Οδός :……......………………………………………………………………………………………………………….............. Αριθμός:…...........Πόλη/Χωριό:…………….…………………………………Επαρχία:….......……………………............. Τοποθεσία:…..…………………… Αρ. Φύλλου / Σχεδίου:………Αρ. Τεμαχίου/ων:………….………………................ Ταχ. Κώδικας:……………. Ταχ. Θυρίδα:……………... Αρ. Τηλεφώνου:……………………………………….............. …………..………………..Αρ. Τηλεομοιοτύπου:……..……….. Ηλεκτρ. Διεύθυνση:…………………….………............ Διεύθυνση Αλληλογραφίας (αν ειναι διαφορετική) Οδός: ……………………………...................………………………………………....…………………………….............. Αριθμός:………...Πόλη/Χωριό:……...………………………………..…Επαρχία:…………………………………............ Ταχ. Κώδικας:……………..Ταχ. Θυρίδα:……………….Ταχ. Κώδικας (ταχ. Θυρίδας)…………………………………. Ηλεκτρονική Διεύθυνση:.………..………..………………………............

Πρόσωπο για επικοινωνία Όνομα Υπευθύνου για διαχείριση των αποβλήτων της εταιρείας:.....................…………………………………... ......... Αρ. Τηλεφώνου:…...……….........Ημερ. υποβολής αίτησης:.....................…Υπογραφή:……....….....…….________________________________________________________________________ 1Αίτηση για άδεια απόρριψης αποβλήτων : Το έντυπο αυτό πρέπει να είναι πλήρως συμπληρωμένο, διαφορετικά δε θα παραλαμβάνεται για αξιολόγηση. Υποβάλλεται σε 10 πλήρη αντίγραφα περιλαμβανομένων και των σχεδίων/ διαγραμμάτων/ πιστοποιητικών. Όπου κριθεί αναγκαίο υποβάλλονται και σχετικά παραρτήματα. Προκειμένου για εγκατάσταση/ διεργασία που εμπίπτει στις ειδικές διατάξεις για Ολοκληρωμένη Πρόληψη και Έλεγχο της Ρύπανσης (σύμφωνα με το Δεύτερο Πίνακα του Νόμου), μαζί με την αίτηση υποβάλλεται Μελέτη Εκτίμησης των Επιπτώσεων στο Περιβάλλον ή Έντυπο Έκθεσης Προκαταρκτικής Εκτίμησης των Επιπτώσεων στο Περιβάλλον. 2ΦΟΡΕΑΣ ΕΚΜΕΤΑΛΛΕΥΣΗΣ είναι το φυσικό ή νομικό πρόσωπο που εκμεταλλεύεται ή ελέγχει την εγκατάσταση ή στο οποίο έχει ανατεθεί αποφασιστική οικονομική εξουσία αναφορικά με την τεχνική λειτουργία της σύμφωνα με το Νόμο. Σημ. : Όπου δεν αρκεί ο χώρος συμπλήρωσης, μπορούν να επισυνάπτονται περισσότερα αντίγραφα της ίδιας σελίδας

ΚΥΠΡΙΑKH ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ


Α. ΠΕΡΙΓΡΑΦΗ ΤΗΣ ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΗΣ ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑΣ

Περιγράψετε σε συντομία την εγκατάσταση, και τη φύση και έκταση των δραστηριοτήτων της. Περιγράψετε λεπτομερώς την παραγωγική διαδικασία κάνοντας ιδιαίτερη αναφορά στα υγρά και στερεά απόβλητα, τις αέριες εκπομπές και τα σημεία της παραγωγικής διαδικασίας από όπου προέρχονται. Επισυνάψετε Διάγραμμα Ροής Παραγωγικής Διαδικασίας όπου σε αυτό θα υποδείξετε και την πηγή, τυχόν επεξεργασία, διάθεση των ρευμάτων υγρών και στερεών αποβλήτων όπως και των αέριων εκπομπών. Επίσης να υποδείξετε πού εισάγονται στην παραγωγική διαδικασία οι πρώτες και οι βοηθητικές ύλες, το νερό και οποιοδήποτε είδος ενέργειας που χρησιμοποιείται ή παράγεται στη διεργασία. Επισυνάψετε, επίσης, Σχέδιο Διάταξης Μηχανημάτων και κατάλογο κυριοτέρων μηχανημάτων. Σε περίπτωση κτηνοτροφικής μονάδας, αναφέρετε και τον αριθμό των εκτρεφόμενων ζώων (π.χ. για χοιροστάσιο, αναφέρετε τις χοιρομητέρες και τους χοίρους πάχυνσης).

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..


Β. ΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΧΕΙΡΙΣΗ ΝΕΡΟΥ ΓΙΑ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά την προέλευση του νερού, τη χρήση και την ποσότητα που χρησιμοποιείται στην εγκατάσταση. Αν υπάρχουν σχετικές χημικές αναλύσεις, να επισυναφθούν με διευκρίνιση σε ποιά πηγή αναφέρονται. Σε περίπτωση ιδιωτικής ή άλλης πηγής αυτή να υποδειχθεί σε τοπογραφικό χάρτη / σχέδιο.

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ* ΠΡΟΕΛΕΥΣΗ

ΝΕΡΟΥ

ΧΡΗΣΗ ΣΤΗ ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ

m3/ημέρα m3/μήνα

m3/έτος

1)………………………….….……..…

…………………………………………

………..

………...

………

2)…………………………………..

……………………………………..

………..

………...

………

ΙΔΙΩΤΙΚΗ

ΓΕΩΤΡΗΣΗ/ΠΗΓΑΔΙ Διευκρινίστε τον υδρολ.αριθμό:……………................………………………….

Επεξεργασία νερού**

3)………………………………………

………………………………

………..

………...

………

1)………………………….….………

…………………………………

………..

………...

………

2)………………………………………

……………………………….

………..

………...

………

ΥΔΑΤΟΠΡΟΜΗΘΕΙΑ / ΚΟΙΝΟΤΙΚΟ ΔΙΚΤΥΟ Διευκρινίστε………

……………………

……………………

…………………. Επεξεργασία νερού**

3)………………………………

……………………………………..

………..

………...

………

1)………………………………………

……………………………….............

………..

………...

………

ΑΛΛΗ ΠΗΓΗ Διευκρινίστε………

………………….

……………………

………………….. Επεξεργασία νερού**

2)………………………………………

………………………..……..............

………..

………...

………

ΣΥΝΟΛΙΚΗ ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ

* Να αναφέρετε την εποχικότητα χρήσης νερού: ................................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................................................... ** Επεξεργασία νερού: Να σημειωθεί οποιαδήποτε επεξεργασία εφαρμόζεται στο νερό πριν από τη χρήση του. Στο αριστερό τετραγωνάκι σημειώστε τον κωδικό επεξεργασίας όπου Α: Χημική Επεξεργασία, Β: Ιοντοεναλλαγή, Γ: Αντίστροφη Όσμωση, Δ: Φιλτράρισμα Ε:Άλλη.Διευκρινίστε………………………………………………………………. Στο δεξί τετραγωνάκι αναφέρετε τις ποσότητες νερού που επεξεργάζεται.

m3

m3

m3


•Αν υπάρχει υπόγειο νερό (γεώτρηση/εις ή / και πηγάδι/α ) στην περιοχή της διεργασίας να αναφέρετε πόσες είναι αριθμητικά οι ιδιωτικές αυτές πηγές και το βάθος τους; Αριθμός γεωτρήσεων Bάθος (σε μέτρα)……………………………………………. Ποιότητα υπόγειου νερού: Αλμυρό Υφάλμυρο Κατάλληλο για ύδρευση Κατάλληλο για άρδευση Όλες οι γεωτρήσεις έχουν την ίδια ποιότητα νερού; ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ Αν όχι διευκρινίστε………………………………………………………………………………………….. Επισυνάψετε πρόσφατη πλήρη ιοντική ανάλυση της ποιότητας, της αγωγιμότητας και του pH του νερού των γεωτρήσεων. Να σημειωθεί η θέση τους σε τοπογραφικό σχέδιο.

Γ. ΓΕΝΙΚΕΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΕΣ

Γ1. Ποιά είναι η ζώνη της περιοχής γύρω από την εγκατάσταση; (σημειώστε aόπου εφαρμόζεται).

ΑΠΟΣΤΑΣΗ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΣΕ

ΧΙΛΙΟΜΕΤΡΑ

ΒΙΟΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗ

ZΩΝΗ

ΟΙΚΙΣΤΙΚΗ

ZΩΝΗ

ΓΕΩΡΓΙΚΗ

ZΩΝΗ

ΚΤΗΝΟ- ΤΡΟΦΙΚΗ

ZΩΝΗ

ΤΟΥΡΙΣΤΙΚΗ

ZΩΝΗ

ΑΛΛΗ

Διευκ.:...........................

0-1 1-2 2-5

Η ζώνη στην περιοχή της εγκατάστασης είναι…………………………………… Γ2. Ποια είναι η απόσταση από την πιο κοντινή οικιστική ζώνη; (σημειώστε aόπου εφαρμόζεται). 0-50m 50-100m 100-500m 500-1000m >1000m Γ3. Ποια είναι η απόσταση από την πιο κοντινή βιομηχανική ή κτηνοτροφική δραστηριότητα; (σημειώστε aόπου εφαρμόζεται). 0-50m 50-100m 100-500m 500-1000m >1000m Γ4. Ποιο είναι το μέγεθος του πληθυσμού στην περιοχή γύρω από την εγκατάσταση; (σημειώστε aστον πίνακα που ακολουθεί όπου εφαρμόζεται). ΑΠΟΣΤΑΣΗ ΑΠΟ

ΤΗΝ ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΣΕ ΧΙΛΙΟΜΕΤΡΑ

0-100 ΚΑΤΟΙΚΙΕΣ

100-1000 ΚΑΤΟΙΚΙΕΣ

>1000 ΚΑΤΟΙΚΙΕΣ

0-1 1-2

Γ5. Σε ακτίνα ενός χιλιομέτρου από την εγκατάσταση υπάρχουν (σημειώστε aόπου εφαρμόζεται): Σχολεία Νοσοκομεία Πάρκα Γήπεδα Χώροι Πρασίνου Ξενοδοχεία Χώροι απόρριψης αποβλήτων Διευκρινίστε: ...........................................................................................................................


Γ6. Ποιά είναι η μορφολογία της περιοχής της εγκατάστασης (σημειώστε aόπου εφαρμόζεται); Λοφώδης Πεδιάδα Κοιλάδα ποταμού Ορεινή Παραλιακή , Άλλη Διευκρινίστε……………………………………………………………………………… Γ7. Ποιος είναι ο αριθμός των εργαζομένων στη συγκεκριμένη εγκατάσταση; ………… Γ8. Ποιες είναι οι εργάσιμες περίοδοι; Ώρες / ημέρα Μέρες / εβδομάδα Εβδομάδες / χρόνο Εποχικότητα:...................................................................................................................... Γ9. Εφαρμόζετε Σύστημα Περιβαλλοντικής Διαχείρισης; ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ Εάν ΝΑΙ, αναφέρετε το σύστημα. ISO14001 EMAS Επισυνάψετε τα πιστοποιητικά / έντυπα διαπίστευσης. Γ10. Επεκτάσεις και άλλες αλλαγές στην παραγωγική διεργασία που προγραμματίζεται να γίνουν στην εγκατάσταση. Αν προγραμματίζεται μεταφορά της διεργασίας σε νέα υποστατικά, σε άλλη περιοχή, παρακαλώ να αναφερθεί. Κτιριακές Εγκαταστάσεις Παραγωγική Διαδικασία ΒΡΑΧΥΠΡΟΘΕΣΜΑ (έως 2 χρόνια)

…………………………….…………

………………………………………..

……………………………………….

……………………………………….

……………………………………….

…………………………………

………………………………..

………………………………..

…………………………………

………………………………..

ΜΕΣΟΠΡΟΘΕΣΜΑ

(έως 5 χρόνια)

………………………………………..

……………………………………….

……………………………………….

………………………………………

…………………………………

………………………………..

………………………………..

…………………………………

ΜΑΚΡΟΠΡΟΘΕΣΜΑ

(μετά τα 5 χρόνια)

………………………………………..

……………………………………….

……………………………………….

………………………………………

…………………………………

………………………………..

………………………………..

…………………………………


Δ. ΠΕΡΙΓΡΑΦΗ ΠΡΩΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΒΟΗΘΗΤΙΚΩΝ ΥΛΩΝ, ΤΩΝ ΟΥΣΙΩΝ, ΤΗΣ ΕΝΕΡΓΕΙΑΣ ΚΑΘΩΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΩΝ ΠΡΟΪΟΝΤΩΝ ΠΟΥ ΧΡΗΣΙΜΟΠΟΙΟΥΝΤΑΙ Ή ΠΑΡΑΓΟΝΤΑΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ

ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ

Δ1. ΠΡΩΤΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΒΟΗΘΗΤΙΚΕΣ ΥΛΕΣ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά την ποσότητα και την αντίστοιχη διεργασία όπου χρησιμοποιείται το κάθε είδος πρώτης και βοηθητικής ύλης. Να υποβληθούν, επίσης, πλήρη πρόσφατα τεχνικά φυλλάδια (material safety data sheets) του παρασκευαστή / παραγωγού .

ΠΡΩΤΗ ΚΑΙ ΒΟΗΘΗΤΙΚΗ ΥΛΗ

ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΟΠΟΥ ΧΡΗΣΙΜΟΠΟΙΕΙΤΑΙ

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ (ΜΟΝΑΔΕΣ ΜΑΖΑΣ Ή

ΟΓΚΟΥ / ΕΤΟΣ)

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

.....................

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

.....................

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

....................

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

....................

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

....................

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

....................

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

....................

………………………………..

………………………………..

………………………………………….

…………………………………………

....................


Δ2. ΤΕΛΙΚΑ ΠΡΟΪΟΝΤΑ / ΑΛΛΑ ΠΡΟΪΟΝΤΑ ΠΟΥ ΠΑΡΑΓΟΝΤΑΙ ΚΑΤΑ ΤΗΝ

ΠΑΡΑΓΩΓΙΚΗ ΔΙΑΔΙΚΑΣΙΑ - ΔΥΝΑΜΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑΣ. Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά την ποσότητα των τελικών προϊόντων που παράγονται από την υφιστάμενη διεργασία καθώς και άλλων προϊόντων που παράγονται κατά τη διεργασία (π.χ. ατμός, απιονισμένο νερό, πλαστικές, γυάλινες ή άλλες συσκευασίες, κ.α) και για τη μέγιστη ποσότητα που δύναται να παραχθεί από τη διεργασία (δυναμικότητα).

ΤΕΛΙΚΑ ΠΡΟΪΟΝΤΑ

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ

ΠΟΥ ΠΑΡΑΓΕΤΑΙ (ΜΟΝΑΔΕΣ ΜΑΖΑΣ Ή


ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΠΟΥ ΔΥΝΑΤΑΙ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΑΧΘΕΙ

(ΜΟΝΑΔΕΣ ΜΑΖΑΣ Ή ΟΓΚΟΥ / ΕΤΟΣ)

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

ΑΛΛΑ ΠΡΟΪΟΝΤΑ ΠΟΥ ΤΥΧΟΝ

ΠΑΡΑΓΟΝΤΑΙ ΚΑΤΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡΑΓΩΓΙΚΗ ΔΙΑΔΙΚΑΣΙΑ

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ

ΠΟΥ ΠΑΡΑΓΕΤΑΙ (ΜΟΝΑΔΕΣ ΜΑΖΑΣ Ή


ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΠΟΥ ΔΥΝΑΤΑΙ ΝΑ ΠΑΡΑΧΘΕΙ

(ΜΟΝΑΔΕΣ ΜΑΖΑΣ Ή ΟΓΚΟΥ / ΕΤΟΣ)

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

....................................................................

.............................

...........................

....................................................................

.............................

...........................


Δ3. ΕΝΕΡΓΕΙΑ ΠΟΥ ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΩΝΕΤΑΙ Ή ΠΑΡΑΓΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΗΝ ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσο αφορά την ενέργεια (π.χ. ηλεκτρική, χημική, πυρηνική, ηλιακή, θερμική, κ.α. ) που καταναλώνεται ή παράγεται κατά τη διεργασία.

A) ΕΙΔΟΣ ΚΑΥΣΙΜΟΥ ΠΟΥ ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΩΝΕΤΑΙ

ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ

ΟΠΟΙΑ ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΩΝΕΤΑΙ

ΣΥΝΤΕΛΕΣΤΗΣ ΑΠΟΔΟΣΗΣ (%)

ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΩΣΗ

/ ΕΤΟΣ

..................................................

....................................

.......................

.......................

..................................................

....................................

.......................

.......................

Β) ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΩΣΗ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΙΣΜΟΥ




KWh / έτος

....................................

.......................

.......................

Γ) ΑΛΛΟ ΕΙΔΟΣ ΕΝΕΡΓΕΙΑΣ ΠΟΥ ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΩΝΕΤΑΙ




ΚΑΤΑΝΑΛΩΣΗ

/ ΕΤΟΣ

..................................................

....................................

.......................

.......................

Δ) ΕΙΔΟΣ ΕΝΕΡΓΕΙΑΣ ΠΟΥ ΠΑΡΑΓΕΤΑΙ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΤΙΘΕΤΑΙ

ΣΤΗΝ ΑΓΟΡΑ

ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΣΤΗΝ ΟΠΟΙΑ ΠΑΡΑΓΕΤΑΙ

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΠΟΥ

ΠΑΡΑΓΕΤΑΙ / ΕΤΟΣ

..................................................

....................................

.......................

......................

..................................................

....................................

.......................

.......................

Ε) MΕΓΙΣΤΗ ΖΗΤΗΣΗ

ΗΛΕΚΤΡΙΚΗΣ ΕΝΕΡΓΕΙΑΣ ΣΕ kVA

………………………..

ΣΤ) ΜΗΝΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΩΡΑ MΕΓΙΣΤΗΣ ΖΗΤΗΣΗΣ

ΗΛΕΚΤΡΙΚΗΣ ΕΝΕΡΓΕΙΑΣ

.......................................

.......................................


Δ4. OYΣΙΕΣ / ΑΛΛΑ ΥΛΙΚΑ Δ4.Α. Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά την ποσότητα, και τη διεργασία όπου χρησιμοποιείται, κάθε είδους ουσίας και άλλων υλικών εκτός από εκείνα που χρησιμοποιούνται για σκοπούς παραγωγής (π.χ. υγρά εκπλύσεως, απολυμάνσεως, ορυκτέλαια, λάδια ψύξης, κ.α). Αναφέρετε, επίσης, την ενεργό/ές, ουσία/ες των υλικών αυτών. Να υποβληθούν τεχνικά φυλλάδια (material safety data sheets) του παρασκευαστή / παραγωγού (όπου αυτά υπάρχουν), για την επικινδυνότητά τους, για την ασφαλή χρήση και αποθήκευσή τους και σχετικά με την απόρριψή τους στο περιβάλλον.

ΟΥΣΙΑ / ΥΛΙΚΟ

(περιγραφή, εμπορική επωνυμία)

ΕΝΕΡΓΟΣ ΟΥΣΙΑ

ΚΑΙ ΣΥΓΚΕΝΤΡΩΣΗ ΤΗΣ


ΟΠΟΙΑ ΧΡΗΣΙΜΟΠΟΙΕΙΤΑΙ

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ (ΜΟΝΑΔΕΣ ΜΑΖΑΣ Ή ΟΓΚΟΥ / ΕΤΟΣ)

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................

..............................................

..........................

..............................

..................


Δ4.Β. Αναφέρετε κατά πόσον αναμένετε να περιέχονται στα υγρά ή / και στερεά απόβλητά ή / και στις αέριες εκπομπές οι πιο κάτω ουσίες, ενώσεις, ή στοιχεία. ΟΥΣΙΑ, ΕΝΩΣΗ, ΣΤΟΙΧΕΙΟ

Σημειώστε όπου υπάρχει

ΔΙΕΥΚΡΙΝΙΣΤΕ ΑΝ ΠΕΡΙΕΧΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΥΓΡΑ Ή/ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΑ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΑ Ή/ΚΑΙ

ΣΤΙΣ ΑΕΡΙΕΣ ΕΚΠΟΜΠΕΣ Ψευδάργυρος ( Zn)

Χαλκός (Cu)

Νικέλιο (Ni)

Χρώμιο (Cr)

Μόλυβδος (Pb)

Σελήνιο (Se)

Αρσενικό (As)

Αντιμόνιο (Sb)

Μολυβδένιο (Mo)

Τιτάνιο (Ti)

Κασσίτερος (Sn)

Βάριο (Ba)

Βηρύλλιο (Be)

Βόριο (B)

Ουράνιο (U)

Βανάδιο (V)

Κοβάλτιο (Co)

Θάλλιο (Tl)

Τελλούριο (Te)

Άργυρος (Ag)

Υδράργυρος (Hg)

Κάδμιο (Cd)

Βιοκτόνα και τα παράγωγά τους


ΟΥΣΙΑ, ΕΝΩΣΗ, ΣΤΟΙΧΕΙΟ Σημειώστε

όπου υπάρχει

ΔΙΕΥΚΡΙΝΙΣΤΕ ΑΝ ΠΕΡΙΕΧΕΤΑΙ ΣΤΑ ΥΓΡΑ Ή/ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΑ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΑ Ή/ΚΑΙ ΣΤΙΣ ΑΕΡΙΕΣ ΕΚΠΟΜΠΕΣ

Ουσίες οργανοπυριτικές, τοξικές ή ανθεκτικές και ουσίες που είναι δυνατόν να παράγουν τέτοιου είδους ενώσεις μέσα στα νερά, εξαιρουμένων των βιολογικά αβλαβών, που μετατρέπονται γρήγορα μέσα στα νερά σε αβλαβείς ουσίες

......................................................

......................................................

......................................................

Ανόργανες ενώσεις του φωσφόρου και φώσφορος

Ορυκτέλαια και υδρογονάνθρακες πετρελαϊκής προέλευσης, που δεν είναι ανθεκτικοί στο περιβάλλον

......................................................

Κυανιούχες ενώσεις Φθωριούχες ενώσεις Ουσίες που ασκούν δυσμενή επίδραση στην ισορροπία του οξυγόνου όπως η αμμωνία και τα νιτρώδη

......................................................

Τετραχλωράνθρακας DDT Πενταχλωροφαινόλη Αλδρίνη, διελδρίνη, ενδρίνη και ισοδρίνη Εξαχλωροβενζόλιο Εξαχλωροβουταδιένιο Χλωροφόρμιο 1,2-διχλωροαιθάνιο (ΕDC) Tριχλωροαιθυλένιο (ΤRI) Τετραχλωροαιθυλένιο (PER) Τριχλωροβενζόλιο (TCB) Αλογονούχες οργανικές ενώσεις και ουσίες από τις οποίες είναι δυνατόν να προκύψουν τέτοιου είδους ενώσεις μέσα στο υδάτινο περιβάλλον

......................................................

.....................................................

Οργανοφωσφορικές ενώσεις Οργανοκασσιτερικές ενώσεις Ουσίες που έχουν αποδεδειγμένα καρκινογόνο ιδιότητα μέσα στο υδάτινο περιβάλλον ή μέσω αυτού

......................................................

Κάδμιο και οι ενώσεις του Ανθεκτικά ορυκτέλαια και ανθεκτικοί υδρογονάνθρακες πετρελαϊκής προέλευσης

......................................................

Ανθεκτικές συνθετικές ύλες, που είναι δυνατόν να αιωρούνται ή να ρέουν όπως και να καθιστούν δυσχερή κάθε χρήση νερού.

......................................................

......................................................

Πολυχλωριωμένα διφαινύλια (PCBs) ή Πολυχλωριωμένα τριφαινύλια (PCTs)

Άλλη. (Διευκρινίστε)..............................................


Ε. ΥΓΡΑ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΑ Ε1. ΠΗΓΗ, ΕΙΔΟΣ, ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΠΡΙΝ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ EΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ Ή / ΚΑΙ ΑΝΑΜΕΙΞΗ ΤΟΥΣ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά το είδος, την πηγή και ποσότητα των υγρών αποβλήτων (περιλαμβανομένων μεταχειρισμένων μηχανελαίων ) που προέρχονται από τη διεργασία για κάθε ρεύμα υγρού αποβλήτου ξεχωριστά, πριν την τυχόν ανάμειξή τους με άλλο/α ρεύμα/τα.

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΑΡ.

ΡΕΥΜΑΤΟΣ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟΥ

ΕΙΔΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΕΛΕΥΣΗ ΥΓΡΟΥ

ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟΥ m3/ημέρα m3/μήνα m3/έτος

Υ1

………………………….….………………

……………………………………………..

................................................................

………….

…………

……….

Υ2

………………………………………..…..

……………………………………………...

…………

…………..

...………

Υ3

……………………………………………

……………………………………….........

................................................................

………….

…………..

………..

Υ4

………………………….….………………

…………………………...........................

...............................................................

…………

…………

………

Υ5

……………………………………………

………………………….........................

.............................................................

…………..

…………

………

Υ6

……………………………………………

………………………………………….

..............................................................

…………..

………..…

……...…

ΣΥΝΟΛΙΚΗ ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ

ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

.................

.................

..............


Ε2. ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

Περιγράψετε λεπτομερώς το/α είδος/η και τους τρόπους επεξεργασίας των υγρών αποβλήτων της εγκατάστασης για κάθε ρεύμα αποβλήτου. Σε περίπτωση ανάμειξης δύο ή περισσοτέρων ρευμάτων υγρών αποβλήτων αυτό να αναφερθεί όπως και η κατά όγκο αναλογία ανάμειξης. Να επισυναφθούν, επίσης, τεχνικές μελέτες, προδιαγραφές και άλλες πληροφορίες για τον τρόπο επεξεργασίας (π.χ. βαθμός βιολογικής επεξεργασίας, χημική, μηχανική, κλπ). Αν δε θα γίνεται καμιά επεξεργασία, αυτό να αναφερθεί.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………….


Ε3. ΕΙΔΟΣ, ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΤΩΝ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ ΜΕΤΑ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΤΟΥΣ

Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά το είδος, προέλευση και ποσότητα των υγρών αποβλήτων που προέρχονται από τη διεργασία για κάθε ρεύμα υγρού αποβλήτου ξεχωριστά, μετά την τυχόν επεξεργασία τους ή / και ανάμειξη δύο ή / και περισσοτέρων ρευμάτων.

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΑΡ. ΡΕΥΜΑΤΟΣ ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣ. ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟΥ

ΕΙΔΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΟΕΛΕΥΣΗ ΥΓΡΟΥ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟΥ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ

m3/ημέρα m3/μήνα m3/έτος

ΕΥ1

………………………….….………………

…………………………………………….

………….

…………

……….

ΕΥ2

………………………………………..…..

……………………………………………...

…………

…………..

...………

ΕΥ3

……………………………………………

………………………………………......

………….

…………..

………..

ΕΥ4

………………………….….………………

…………………………...........................

…………

…………

………

ΕΥ5

……………………………………………

………………………….........................

…………..

…………

………

ΕΥ6

……………………………………………

………………………………………….

…………..

.

………..…

……...…

ΣΥΝΟΛΙΚΗ ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΣΕ ΚΥΒ. ΜΕΤΡΑ

ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΜΕΝΩΝ Ή / ΚΑΙ ΑΝΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΤΩΝ

ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ

.................

.................

..............


Ε4. ΠΟΙΟΤΙΚΑ ΧΑΡΑΚΤΗΡΙΣΤΙΚΑ ΤΩΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά τα ποιοτικά χαρακτηριστικά (φυσικά, χημικά, βιολογικά) των επεξεργασμένων ή / και ανεπεξέργαστων υγρών αποβλήτων που πρόκειται να απορριφθούν. Σε περίπτωση που χρησιμοποιούνται τα υγρά απόβλητα για άρδευση, να επισυναφθεί πλήρης ιοντική ανάλυση.

ΤΙΜΕΣ ΠΑΡΑΜΕΤΡΩΝ

ΡΕΥΜΑΤΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ*

ΧΗΜΙΚΗ , ΦΥΣΙΚΗ

ΒΙΟΛΟΓΙΚΗ

ΠΑΡΑΜΕΤΡΟΣ

ΡΕΥΜΑ ΕΥ1

ΡΕΥΜΑ ΕΥ2

ΡΕΥΜΑ ΕΥ3

ΡΕΥΜΑ ΕΥ4

ΡΕΥΜΑ ΕΥ5

ΡΕΥΜΑ ΕΥ6

pH

Θερμοκρασία, σε °C Χρώμα Οσμή

BOD5, σε mg/L COD, σε mg/L

Aιωρούμενα στερεά (SS), σε mg/L Ολικά στερεά (ΤS), σε mg/L Ηλ.Αγωγιμότητα, σε μS/cm

Οργανικά στερεά (VS), σε mg/L Bαρέα μέταλλα

Διευκρινίστε…….………………….. σε mg/L

Διευκρινίστε…….…………………..

σε mg/L

Διευκρινίστε…….…………………..

σε mg/L

Οργανικοί Διαλύτες σε mg/L Ολικός Φωσφορος, σε mg/L

Ολικό Αζωτο, σε mg/L Λίπη και έλαια, σε mg/L

Εντερικά κολοβακτηρίδια, σε αριθμό εντ. κολ. / 100mL

Ολικά κολοβακτηροειδή, σε αριθμό ολικών κολ. / 100mL

…………………………………..

…………………………………..

Εργαστήριο/α που διεξήγαγε/αν τις χημικές αναλύσεις…………………………..……………………. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Ημερομηνία / ες………………………………………..…………………………………………………… _____________________________________________________________________________ Σημείωση: * Οι συμβολισμοί ΕΥ1-ΕΥ6, των ρευμάτων αποβλήτων προκύπτουν από τη χρήση του πίνακα της παραγράφου Ε3.


Ε5. ΤΕΛΙΚΗ ΔΙΑΘΕΣΗ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά το χώρο και τρόπο απόρριψης των υγρών αποβλήτων, επεξεργασμένων ή ανεπεξέργαστων, όπως και για τις ποσότητες των ρευμάτων των υγρών αποβλήτων που απορρίπτονται στους διάφορους χώρους απόρριψης. Να υποδειχθεί σε τοπογραφικό χάρτη 1:5000 ή 1:2500 οi χώροι διάθεσης των υγρών αποβλήτων.

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΕΣ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΠΟΥ

ΑΠΟΡΡΙΠΤΟΝΤΑΙ ΣΤΟΥΣ ΔΙΑΦΟΡΟΥΣ ΧΩΡΟΥΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗΣ

( ΣΕ ΚΥΒΙΚΑ ΜΕΤΡΑ, m³/έτος)

ΡΕΥΜΑΤΑ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

ΧΩΡΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΡΟΠΟΣ ΔΙΑΘΕΣΗΣ

ΕΥ1

ΕΥ2

ΕΥ3

ΕΥ4

ΕΥ5

ΕΥ6

Επιφανειακά στο έδαφος χωρίς άρδευση

Επιφανειακά στο έδαφος με άρδευση

Είδος καλλιεργειών........................................................

.......................................................................................

Υπεδαφικά σε απορροφητικό λάκκο/ τάφρο / γεώτρηση Ποτάμι ή ρυάκι ή λίμνη ή αργάκι

Διευκρινίστε…………………………..…………………….

Θάλασσα. Μήκος αγωγού…………..

Να δηλωθεί η θαλάσσια περιοχή………………….

Δεξαμενές Εξάτμισης, στεγανοποιημένες

Αριθμός Δεξαμενών…….Χωρητικότητα…………..

Δεξαμενές Εξάτμισης, απορροφητικές

Αριθμός Δεξαμενών…….Συν. Χωρητικότητα…….

Σε λεκάνη απορροής φράγματος

Να δηλωθεί το φράγμα………………….………….

Κεντρικό Αποχετευτικό Σύστημα

Να δηλωθεί το Απ. Σύστημα……………………….

Σύστημα Επεξεργασίας Βιομηχ. Αποβλήτων

Να δηλωθεί ..............………..……..……………….

Σε άλλο χώρο (π.χ λυματότοπο, συλλέκτη

αποβλήτων, σκυβαλότοπο).

Διευκρινίστε…………………………..………………

Εξαγωγή σε άλλη χώρα

Να δηλωθεί η χώρα…………………………………

Προσωρινή Αποθήκευση

Να δηλωθεί ο χώρος………………………………..

Σημ. : Οι συμβολισμοί ΕΥ1-ΕΥ6 των ρευμάτων αποβλήτων προκύπτουν από τη χρήση του πίνακα στην παράγραφο Ε3.


Ε6. ΠΕΡΙΟΧΗ ΔΙΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ – ΓΕΝΙΚΕΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΕΣ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες για την περιοχή/ες διάθεσης των υγρών αποβλήτων (π.χ. Φύλλο / Σχέδιο, αριθμός τεμαχίου, τοποθεσία). Eπίσης, να δηλωθεί άν υπάρχουν υδάτινες μάζες στη γύρω περιοχή ή λεκάνη απορροής φράγματος, ή / και έκταση που καλύπτεται με δασική ή δενδρώδη βλάστηση ή δενδρώδεις καλλιέργειες ή άγρια χαμηλή βλάστηση, κλπ.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Σημ. Ε1 Αν η διάθεση των υγρών αποβλήτων γίνεται ή προτείνεται να γίνεται επιφανειακά στο έδαφος χωρίς ή με άρδευση καλλιεργειών, να επισυναφθούν μαζί με τα τοπογραφικά σχέδια των χώρων αυτών και τα πιστοποιητικά εγγραφής ακίνητης ιδιοκτησίας. Στην περίπτωση που τα τεμάχια δεν ανήκουν στο φορέα εκμετάλλευσης, να επισυναφθεί συμφωνητικό έγγραφο με τον ιδιοκτήτη/ες του τεμαχίου/ων ότι αποδέχεται/χονται την απόρριψη υγρών αποβλήτων στο τεμάχιο/α αυτό/ά . Επίσης, να αναφέρεται η ποσότητα απόρριψης του υγρού αποβλήτου σε κυβικά μέτρα ανά δεκάριο ανά έτος όπως και το είδος του. Το συμφωνητικό έγγραφο πρέπει να είναι πιστοποιημένο από τον κοινοτάρχη, δικηγόρο ή πιστοποιούντα λειτουργό. Αν η απόρριψη γίνεται επιφανειακά στο έδαφος με άρδευση καλλιεργειών τότε να επισυναφθεί επιπλέον σχέδιο / μελέτη συστήματος άρδευσης με αναφορά στο είδος της καλλιέργειας και το ισοζύγιο παραγόμενου και χρησιμοποιούμενου νερού. Σημ. Ε2 Αν η διάθεση των υγρών αποβλήτων γίνεται ή προτείνεται να γίνεται στο υπέδαφος με οποιοδήποτε τρόπο, τότε να υποβληθούν μαζί με την αίτηση λεπτομέρειες για τα ακόλουθα: α) Λιθολογική περιγραφή του υπεδάφους μετά από εδαφολογική έρευνα στη θέση απόρριψης. β) Απορροφητικότητα του υπεδάφους στη συγκεκριμένη θέση και βάθος απόρριψης. γ) Υδρογεωλογική μελέτη/έρευνα που να περιλαμβάνει και περιγραφή της περιοχής απόρριψης (ύπαρξη ελεύθερου ή αρτεσιανού υδροφορέα, βάθος και χημική σύσταση του υπόγειου νερού με πλήρη ιοντική ανάλυση). Nα αναφερθούν τα στοιχεία του πρόσωπου/ων και η ιδιότητα αυτού/αυτών που διεξήγαγαν τις μελέτες / έρευνες.


Ε7. ΔΕΞΑΜΕΝΕΣ ΑΠΟΘΗΚΕΥΣΗΣ Ή ΚΑΙ ΕΞΑΤΜΙΣΗΣ ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΜΕΝΩΝ Ή ΑΝΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΤΩΝ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά τις διαστάσεις, τις κλίσεις και χωρητικότητα των υφιστάμενων δεξαμενών αποθήκευσης των υγρών αποβλήτων. Να αναφερθεί αν είναι στεγανές ή όχι, το υλικό κατασκευής ή επένδυσης, αν είναι υπέργειες ή υπόγειες, καθώς και το είδος του αποβλήτου που δέχονται η κάθε μια ξεχωριστά και να επισυναφθούν τα σχέδια των δεξαμενών.

Αρ. δεξ.

Είδος

αποβλήτου / ρεύμα

Μήκος (μέτρα)

Πλάτος (μέτρα)

Βάθος (μέτρα)

Ακανόνιστου Σχήματος; Ναι ή Όχι

Όγκος/ Χωρητικ. (κυβ.μέτρα)

Στεγανή/ Μη στεγανή

Υπέργεια ή

υπόγεια

Υλικό

Κατασκ. ή

επένδυσης

Να χρησιμοποιηθούν οι προηγούμενοι συμβολισμοί ΕΥ1-ΕΥ6, για το είδος / ρεύματα αποβλήτων όπως χρησιμοποιήθηκαν σε προηγούμενους πίνακες.

ΣΤ. ΣΤΕΡΕΑ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΑ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΕΣ

ΣΤ1. ΠΗΓΗ, ΕΙΔΟΣ, ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ* ΠΡΙΝ

ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΤΟΥΣ

Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά το είδος, την πηγή και ποσότητα της λάσπης από ιδιωτικό ή κεντρικό βιολογικό σταθμό ή / και από δεξαμενές καθίζησης, τις σκόνες από συστήματα ελέγχου της ατμοσφαιρικής ρύπανσης, τα στερεά από σφαγή ζώων, τα στερεά απόβλητα που περιέχουν αμίαντο, τα στερεά διαχωριστήρων αποβλήτων, τις λάσπες από λίμνες τελμάτων, τις πάστες με οξείδια μετάλλων.

*Να εξαιρεθούν από την αναφορά τα πιο κάτω στερεά απόβλητα:

Συσκευασίες, μπαταρίες, χρησιμοποιημένα ελαστικά, στερεά απόβλητα οικιακού τύπου από το προσωπικό, στάχτη από καυστήρες, καθώς και άλλα στερεά απόβλητα από την παραγωγική διαδικασία που δεν αναφέρονται στην προηγούμενη παράγραφο.


ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΣΤΕΡΕΟ

ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟ

ΕΙΔΟΣ / ΠΗΓΗ ΣΤΕΡΕΟΥ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟΥ

kg/ημέρα kg/μήνα Tόνοι /έτος

Λάσπη

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Απόβλητα που

περιέχουν αμίαντο

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Σκόνες από

φίλτρα

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Κοπριά από

διαχωρι-στήρες

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Στερεά διαχωρι-στήρων

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Στερεά σφαγής ζώών

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Λάσπες από λίμνες

τελμάτων

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Πάστες με οξείδια

μετάλλων

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Άλλα (διευκρινί-

στε): ..................

..................

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............


ΣΤ2. ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΔΙΑΘΕΣΗ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

Περιγράψετε λεπτομερώς το/α είδος/η και τους τρόπους επεξεργασίας των

στερεών αποβλήτων της εγκατάστασης για κάθε είδος αποβλήτου (π.χ. καύση επί τόπου σε ειδικό κλίβανο, ανάκτηση υλικών, ανακύκλωση ή επαναχρησιμοποίηση υλικών, επεξεργασία λάσπης εντός της μονάδος, μεταφορά για διαχείριση σε άλλη μονάδα, κομποστοποίηση). Να υποβληθούν οι τεχνικές μελέτες και οι προδιαγραφές των συστημάτων επεξεργασίας στερεών αποβλήτων.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………...

ΣΤ3. ΕΙΔΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΩΝ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

ΠΡΟΣ ΤΕΛΙΚΗ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ ΜΕΤΑ ΤΗΝ ΤΥΧΟΝ ΕΠΕΞΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ ΤΟΥΣ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά το είδος και την ποσότητα της λάσπης και των άλλων στερεών αποβλήτων που προέρχονται από τη διεργασία για κάθε είδος στερεού αποβλήτου ξεχωριστά, μετά την επεξεργασία τους.


ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΑ

ΣΤΕΡΕΟ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟ

ΕΙΔΟΣ / ΠΗΓΗ ΣΤΕΡΕΟΥ

ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟΥ kg/ημέρα kg/μήνα Tόνοι

/έτος

Λάσπη

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Απόβλητα που

περιέχουν αμίαντο

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Σκόνες από

φίλτρα

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Κοπριά από

διαχωρι-στήρες

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Στερεά διαχωρι-στήρων

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............


................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Λάσπες από λίμνες

τελμάτων

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Πάστες με οξείδια

μετάλλων

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............

Άλλα (διευκρινί-

στε): ..................

..................

................................................................

................................................................

................

................

..............


ΣΤ 4. ΠΟΙΟΤΙΚΑ ΧΑΡΑΚΤΗΡΙΣΤΙΚΑ ΤΩΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά τα ποιοτικά χαρακτηριστικά (φυσικά και χημικά) των στερεών αποβλήτων που πρόκειται να απορριφθούν.

ΤΙΜΕΣ ΠΑΡΑΜΕΤΡΩΝ

ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΠΡΟΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ*

ΕΙΔΟΣ ΣΤΕΡΕΟΥ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ

ΧΗΜΙΚΗ ΚΑΙ ΦΥΣΙΚΗ

ΠΑΡΑΜΕΤΡΟΣ

ΛΑΣΠΗ

Κοπριά από διαχωρι- στήρες


Σκόνες από φίλτρα

Απόβλητα

που περιέχουν αμίαντο

Στερεά διαχω ριστή- ρων

Άλλο

(διευκρινίστε) :

...............................

............................... Κάδμιο (Cd)

Χαλκός (Cu)

Νικέλιο (Ni) Μόλυβδος (Pb) Ψευδάργυρος

(Zn)

Υδράργυρος

(Hg)

Χρώμιο (Cr)

Βόριο (B)

Αρσενικό (As)

Βανάδιο (V)

Τιτάνιο (Ti)

Ολικό Άζωτο

Ηλεκτρική

Αγωγιμότητα

Εργαστήριο/α που διεξήγαγε/αν τις χημικές αναλύσεις………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………..……Ημερομηνία ………………………….….…………


ΣΤ5. ΤΕΛΙΚΗ ΔΙΑΘΕΣΗ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ

Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες όσον αφορά το χώρο και τρόπο απόρριψης των στερεών αποβλήτων όπως και των ποσοτήτων των στερεών αποβλήτων που απορρίπτονται στους διάφορους εγκεκριμένους χώρους απόρριψης. Να δειχθεί σε τοπογραφικό χάρτη 1:5000 ή 1:2500 ο/οι χώρος/οι διάθεσης των στερεών αποβλήτων.

ΠΟΣΟΤΗΤΕΣ ΑΝΑ ΕΙΔΟΣ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ

ΠΟΥ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΠΤΟΝΤΑΙ ΣΤΟΥΣ ΔΙΑΦΟΡΟΥΣ ΧΩΡΟΥΣ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗΣ

( ΣΕ ΤΟΝΟΥΣ) ΕΙΔΟΣ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ

ΧΩΡΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΡΟΠΟΣ ΔΙΑΘΕΣΗΣ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

ΛΑΣΠΗ

Κοπριά από διαχωρι- στήρες


Σκόνες από φίλτρα

Από- βλητα αμι- άντου

Στερεά διαχω ριστή- ρων

Άλλο. (διευκριν.): ................... ...................

Μεταφορά για καύση σε ειδικό κλίβανο

άλλης διεργασίας ή εγκατάστασης.

Διευκρινίστε...................................................

.....................................................................

Μεταφορά για καύση σε ειδικό κλίβανο άλλης διεργασίας. Διιευκρινίστε………………....................... ………….……………………………………

Σε κοινοτικό ή δημόσιο εγκεκριμένο χώρο

τελικής απόρριψης αποβλήτων

Να δηλωθεί ο χώρος……………………….

……………………………………………….

Σε μη εγκεκριμένο χώρο απόρριψης

/διαχείρισης αποβλήτων.(Διευκρινίστε) :

..................................................................

..................................................................

Σε κεντρικό ή ιδιωτικό σύστημα

επεξεργασίας/ διαχείρισης αποβλήτων

Να δηλωθεί το Σ.Ε Α.................................

………………………………..………………

Εξαγωγή σε άλλη χώρα

Να δηλωθεί η χώρα…………………………

Προσωρινή αποθήκευση

Να δηλωθεί ο χώρος………………………..

…………………………….............................

Άλλος χώρος ή τρόπος

(Διευκρινίστε): ……………………………….

...................................................................

Χρήση ως εδαφοβελτιωτικό

Είδος/η καλλιέργειας/ών….……………….

...................................................................

Ποσότητα ενπόθεσης / έτος………………..

(να επισυναφθούν πιστοποιητικά εγγραφής

ακίνητης ιδιοκτησίας τεμαχίων)


Ζ. ΠΡΟΛΗΨΗ Ή ΜΕΙΩΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΠΑΡΑΓΩΓΗΣ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ, ΑΞΙΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΑΡΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΗΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΕΩΝ ΤΩΝ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΚΑΙ

ΥΓΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ

Ζ1. ΤΕΧΝΟΛΟΓΙΑ / ΤΕΧΝΙΚΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΡΑΚΤΙΚΕΣ ΠΡΟΛΗΨΗΣ Ή ΜΕΙΩΣΗΣ ΤΗΣ ΠΑΡΑΓΩΓΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ

Περιγράψετε τις υφιστάμενες όπως και τις προβλεπόμενες τεχνολογίες και τις άλλες τεχνικές και πρακτικές που χρησιμοποιούνται ή προβλέπονται να χρησιμοποιούνται για την πρόληψη ή μείωση των απορρίψεων στερεών και υγρών αποβλήτων και λάσπης που προέρχονται από την εγκατάσταση.

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………….…………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………….…………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….……..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………...


Ζ2. ΑΞΙΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ Περιγράψετε τα υφιστάμενα και προβλεπόμενα μέτρα για την αξιοποίηση των υγρών και των στερεών αποβλήτων και λάσπης που παράγονται από τη διεργασία.

………………………………………………………………………………….…………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………..………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….……………..

………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………….……..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………...

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Ζ3. ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΠΑΡΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΗΣΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΕΩΝ ΥΓΡΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΛΑΣΠΗΣ Περιγράψετε το υφιστάμενο ή/και προβλεπόμενο πρόγραμμα και τα μέτρα για την παρακολούθηση των απορρίψεων των υγρών και στερεών αποβλήτων και της λάσπης που παράγει η εγκατάσταση (πχ. θέσεις δειγματοληψίας, χημικές και μικροβιολογικές αναλύσεις αποβλήτων και επεξεργασμένου νερού ή/και νερού υπογείου ή επιφανειακού που βρίσκεται κοντά στους χώρους απόρριψης, ή νερού όταν οι αποδέκτες είναι υδάτινοι, εδάφους στους χώρους απόρριψης αποβλήτων, μετρήσεις ροής υγρών αποβλήτων και παραμέτρων ποιότητας σε σταθμούς επεξεργασίας και συχνότητα δειγματοληψιών ). Να επισυναφθούν έγγραφα από το τελευταίο πρόγραμμα παρακολούθησης που διεξήχθηκε.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….


Η. ΕΚΤΙΜΗΣΗ ΤΩΝ ΕΠΙΠΤΩΣΕΩΝ ΣΤΟ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝ Αναφέρετε σε συντομία οτιδήποτε αφορά τις επιπτώσεις στο περιβάλλον ως αποτέλεσμα της λειτουργίας της εγκατάστασης. Σε περίπτωση που ετοιμάστηκε Μελέτη Εκτίμησης των Επιπτώσεων στο Περιβάλλον σύμφωνα με τον Νόμο 57 (Ι) / 2001 να επισυναφθεί η Γνωμάτευση της Περιβαλλοντικής Αρχής.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Θ. ΡΥΠΟΙ ΣΤΗΝ ΑΤΜΟΣΦΑΙΡΑ Να δοθούν λεπτομέρειες, κατά πόσο η τεχνολογία ή άλλες τεχνικές αντιρρύπανσης και τα μέτρα που εφαρμόζονται ή θα εφαρμοστούν για τον έλεγχο της ρύπανσης της ατμόσφαιρας θα έχει ως αποτέλεσμα τη δημιουργία υγρών αποβλήτων. ………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….


Ι. ΕΛΕΓΧΟΣ ΑΝ Η ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΕΜΠΙΠΤΕΙ ΣΕ ΑΛΛΕΣ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΣΙΕΣ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΣΤΑΣΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΟΣ

Σημειώστε a όπου εφαρμόζεται:

Η ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΕΜΠΙΠΤΕΙ ΣΤΙΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΟΥ ΠΕΡΙ ΕΛΕΓΧΟΥ ΤΗΣ ΡΥΠΑΝΣΗΣ ΤΗΣ ΑΤΜΟΣΦΑΙΡΑΣ

ΝΟΜΟΥ ΤΟΥ 2002

ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ

Διευκρινίστε…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Η ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΕΜΠΙΠΤΕΙ ΣΤΙΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΟΥ ΠΕΡΙ ΣΥΣΚΕΥΑΣΙΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΣΥΣΚΕΥΑΣΙΩΝ

ΝΟΜΟΥ ΤΟΥ 2002

ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ

Διευκρινίστε…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………

Η ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΕΜΠΙΠΤΕΙ ΣΤΙΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΟΥ ΠΕΡΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΕΠΙΚΙΝΔΥΝΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΝΟΜΟΥ

ΤΟΥ 2002

ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ

Διευκρινίστε…………………………………………………………………………………………….…………………..

………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Η ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΕΜΠΙΠΤΕΙ ΣΤΙΣ ΔΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΟΥ ΠΕΡΙ ΟΛΟΚΛΗΡΩΜΕΝΟΥ ΕΛΕΓΧΟΥ ΚΑΙ

ΠΡΟΛΗΨΗΣ ΤΗΣ ΡΥΠΑΝΣΗΣ ΝΟΜΟΥ ΤΟΥ 2003

ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ

Διευκρινίστε………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Η ΕΓΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΕΜΠΙΠΤΕΙ ΣΤΟΥΣ ΠΕΡΙ ΑΝΤΙΜΕΤΩΠΙΣΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΚΙΝΔΥΝΩΝ ΑΤΥΧΗΜΑΤΩΝ ΜΕΓΑΛΗΣ

ΚΛΙΜΑΚΑΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΖΟΜΕΝΩΝ ΜΕ ΕΠΙΚΙΝΔΥΝΕΣ ΟΥΣΙΕΣ ΚΑΝΟΝΙΣΜΟΥΣ ΤΟΥ 2001

(σύμφωνα με τον περί Ασφάλειας και Υγείας στην Εργασία Νόμο του 1996)

ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ

Διευκρινίστε…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..


Κ. ΑΛΛΕΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΕΣ Δώστε οποιεσδήποτε άλλες πληροφορίες κρίνετε απαραίτητες σε σχέση με την παρούσα αίτηση (πχ. για τη διαχείριση των αποβλήτων)

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

……………………………………………………………………………………………........

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………………….......

.......................................................................................................................................


Λ. ΣΥΝΗΜΜΕΝΑ (όπου εφαρμόζεται) Η αίτηση πρέπει να συνοδεύεται με τα ακόλουθα έντυπα / σχέδια / διαγράμματα / πιστοποιητικά, τα οποία πρέπει να επισυνάπτονται με τη σειρά που αναγράφονται στον πιο κάτω πίνακα.

Σημειώστε με a στην τρίτη στήλη του πίνακα για όσα έντυπα επισυνάψατε.

α/α

Είδος εντύπου

Επισυνάφ

θηκαν;

Παρατηρήσεις

1 Επίσημο τοπογραφικό κτηματικό σχέδιο/χάρτη της

περιοχής της εγκατάστασης στον οποίο να είναι

σημειωμένες οι ιδιωτικές πηγές προμήθειας νερού.

2 αντίγραφα. Ένα με υπόδειξη της

εγκατάστασης και της πηγής (με κίτρινο

χρώμα) και το άλλο χωρίς υπόδειξη.

2

Διάγραμμα Ροής Παραγωγικής Διαδικασίας που να

περιλαμβάνει τη ροή των ρευμάτων υγρών αποβλήτων και

των πηγών των στερεών αποβλήτων, τις πρώτες και

βοηθητικες ύλες, την ενέργεια που χρησιμοποιείται ή

παράγεται.

Βλέπε παράγραφο Α του εντύπου

3 Σχέδιο Διάταξης Μηχανημάτων. Βλέπε παράγραφο Α του εντύπου

4 Περιγραφή ή / και κατάλογος κυριοτέρων μηχανημάτων της

εγκατάστασης.

Βλέπε παράγραφο Α του εντύπου

5 Χημικές και μικροβιολογικές αναλύσεις υπόγειου ή

επιφανειακού νερού πλησίον της εγκατάστασης ή των

χώρων απόρριψης.

Βλέπε παράγραφο B του εντύπου

6 Χημικές και μικροβιολογικές αναλύσεις επεξεργασμένων

υγρών αποβλήτων .

Βλέπε παράγραφο Ζ3 του εντύπου

7 Χημικές και μικροβιολογικές αναλύσεις επεξεργασμένων

στερεών αποβλήτων.


8 Χημικές και μικροβιολογικές αναλύσεις εδάφους. Βλέπε παράγραφο Ζ3 του εντύπου

9 Χημικές κι μικροβιολογικές αναλύσεις λάσπης. Βλέπε παράγραφο Ζ3 του εντύπου

10 Πιστοποιητικό ISO14001. Βλέπε παράγραφο Γ9 του εντύπου

11 Έντυπο Διαπίστευσης ΕΜΑS. Βλέπε παράγραφο Γ9 του εντύπου

12 Τεχνικά φυλλάδια του παρασκευαστή / παραγωγού των

πρώτων και βοηθητικών υλών (Material Safety Data

Sheets).

Βλέπε παράγραφο Δ1 του εντύπου

13 Τεχνικά φυλλάδια του παρασκευαστή / παραγωγού των

άλλων υλικων (Material Safety Data Sheets).

Βλέπε παράγραφο Δ4.Α του εντύπου

14 Τεχνικές μελέτες και προδιαγραφές των συστημάτων

επεξεργασίας υγρών αποβλήτων.

Βλέπε παράγραφο Ε2 του εντύπου


α/α

Είδος εντύπου

Επισυνάφ

θηκαν;

Παρατηρήσεις

15 Επίσημο κτηματικό/τοπογραφικό σχέδιο/ χάρτη 1:5000 ή

1:2500 της περιοχής απόρριψης των υγρών αποβλήτων.

2 αντίγραφα. Ένα με υπόδειξη της περιοχής

απόρριψης με κίτρινο χρώμα και το άλλο

χωρίς. Βλέπε παράγραφο Ε5 του εντύπου

16 Επίσημο κτηματικό τοπογραφικό σχέδιο/ χάρτη 1:5000 ή

1:2500 της περιοχής απόρριψης των στερεών αποβλήτων.

Βλέπε παράγραφο ΣΤ5 του εντύπου

17

Πιστοποιητικά Εγγραφής ακίνητης ιδιοκτησίας των

τεμαχίων όπου απορρίπτονται υγρά απόβλητα,

επιφανειακά με ή χωρίς άρδευση ( στην περίπτωση που

δεν ανήκουν στο φορέα εκμετάλλευσης).

Βλέπε σημείωση Ε1 του εντύπου

18

Πιστοποιητικά Εγγραφής ακίνητης ιδιοκτησίας των

τεμαχίων όπου απορρίπτονται στερεά απόβλητα, για

σκοπούς εδαφοβελτίωσης ( στην περίπτωση που δεν

ανήκουν στο φορέα εκμετάλλευσης) που να είναι

πιστοποιημένα από τον κοινοτάρχη.


19 Συμφωνητικά έγγραφα με τον ιδιοκτήτη/τες των τεμαχίων

με πιστοποίηση από τον κοινοτάρχη ότι αποδέχονται την

απόρριψη υγρών ή στερεών αποβλήτων στα τεμάχιά τους.


20

Σχέδιο συστήματος και τρόπου άρδευσης με αναφορά στο

είδος καλλιέργειας (στην περίπτωση που γίνεται απόρριψη

υγρών αποβλήτων επιφανειακά με άρδευση) και στο

ισοζύγιο επεξεργασμένου νερού / αποβλήτου. Να

επισυναφθεί επίσης πλήρης ιοντική ανάλυση.

Βλέπε σημείωση Ε1 του εντύπου και

παράγραφο Ε4

21 Λιθολογική περιγραφή του υπεδάφους στη θέση

απόρριψης ( αν η απόρριψη γίνεται στο υπέδαφος).


22 Μελέτη απορροφητικότητας του υπεδάφους στη θέση

απόρριψης και αναφορά στο βάθος απόρριψης ( αν η

απόρριψη γίνεται στο υπέδαφος).


23 Υδρογεωλογική μελέτη της περιοχής απόρριψης ( αν η

απόρριψη γίνεται στο υπέδαφος).


24 Σχέδια των δεξαμενών αποθήκευσης υγρών αποβλήτων

(αν υπάρχουν δεξαμενές).

Βλέπε παράγραφο Ε7 του εντύπου

25 Τεχνικές μελέτες και προδιαγραφές των συστημάτων επεξεργασίας στερεών αποβλήτων ( αν υπάρχουν συστήματα).


26 Να επισυναφθούν έντυπα από το τελευταίο πρόγραμμα παρακολούθησης των απορρίψεων υγρών και στερεών αποβλήτων που διεξήχθηκε.


27 Γνωμάτευση της Περιβαλλοντικής Αρχής στην περίπτωση που ετοιμάστηκε Μελέτη Εκτίμησης των Επιπτώσεων στο Περιβάλλόν

Βλέπε παράγραφο Η του εντύπου

28 Άλλo/α έντυπο/α. Διευκρινίστε............................................................................................................................................................


ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ Το έντυπο αίτησης για χορήγηση άδειας απόρριψης αποβλήτων όπως και τα

επισυναπτόμενα σε αυτό έντυπα υποβάλλονται σε 10 (δέκα) πλήρη αντίγραφα στο

Υπουργείο Γεωργίας Φυσικών Πόρων και Περιβάλλοντος (Υπηρεσία Περιβάλλοντος). Για

οποιαδήποτε απορία ή και διευκρίνιση για τη συμπλήρωση του εντύπου ή παραλαβή

εντύπων αίτησης, οι ενδιαφερόμενοι μπορούν να απευθύνονται στην Υπηρεσία

Περιβάλλοντος στα τηλέφωνα 22303854, 22303841, 22303857. O αριθμός

τηλεομοιοτύπου είναι 22774945. Η ταχυδρομική διεύθυνση της Υπηρεσίας είναι :

Διευθυντή Υπηρεσίας Περιβάλλοντος Υπουργείο Γεωργίας, Φυσικών Πόρων και Περιβάλλοντος,

1411 Λευκωσία. .

Υπενθυμίζεται ότι, σε περίπτωση που ήδη έχει χορηγηθεί άδεια απόρριψης αποβλήτων

πρέπει να υποβάλλεται νέο έντυπο αίτησης 6 ( έξι ) μήνες πριν από τη λήξη της

υφιστάμενης Άδειας.

Για υπηρεσιακή χρήση Αύξων αριθμός Αίτησης……..……. Αριθμός Φακέλλου……....…….Ημερ. Λήψεως της Αίτησης….……………… Hμερομηνία Καταχώρησης στο αρχείο αδειών απόρριψης …...………………. Εγκατάσταση που εμπίπτει σε κατηγορία η οποία υπόκειται στις ειδικές διατάξεις για Ολοκληρωμένη Πρόληψη

και Έλεγχο της Ρύπανσης; Ναι Όχι Σημειώστε b όπου εφαρμόζεται Έκδοση 16/5/2003

Όνομα και ειδικότητα του προσώπου που συμπλήρωσε το έντυπο αίτησης για

άδεια απόρριψης αποβλήτων:

...................................................................................................................................

Υπογραφή: ..................................................Ημερομηνία: .....................................................


NON-HAZARDOUS SOLID WASTE APPLICATION FORM

(Υ.Π. )

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ Ι

ΥΠΟΥΡΓΕΙΟ ΓΕΩΡΓΙΑΣ, ΦΥΣΙΚΩΝ ΠΟΡΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΟΣ

ΑΙΤΗΣΗ ΓΙΑ ΑΔΕΙΑ ΔΙΑΧΕΙΡΙΣΗΣ ΜΗ ΕΠΙΚΙΝΔΥΝΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ (που δεν εμπίπτουν στο Παράρτημα VI του Νόμου)

(Άρθρο 11 του Περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων Νόμου (Αρ.215(I)/2002))

(Η ΑΙΤΗΣΗ ΠΡΕΠΕΙ ΝΑ ΥΠΟΒΛΗΘΕΙ ΣΕ ENTEKA ΑΝΤΙΤΥΠΑ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΗΤΟ ΚΑΙ ΣΕ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΝΙΚΗ ΜΟΡΦΗ) 0.01 Επωνυμία Επιχείρησης

0.02 Τύπος Διεργασίας

0.03 Διεύθυνση Εγκατάστασης (Οδός και Αριθμός)

0.04 Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας

0.05 Πόλη

0.06 Αριθμός Τηλεφώνου

0.07 Αριθμός fax

0.08 Διεύθυνση Ηλεκτρονικού Ταχυδρομείου (E-mail)

0.09 Όνομα διαχειριστή

0.10 Αριθμός Εργαζομένων στην Εγκατάσταση (σύνολο)

0.11 Αριθμός Ανδρών Εργαζομένων στην Εγκατάσταση

0.12 Αριθμός Γυναικών Εργαζομένων στην Εγκατάσταση

0.13 Εργάσιμες ώρες / Ημέρα

0.14 Εργάσιμες ημέρες / Εβδομάδα

0.15 Εργάσιμες εβδομάδες / Χρόνο

0.16 Γεωγραφικός Κώδικας

0.17 Στοιχεία ιδιοκτησίας σε σχέση με την οποία υποβάλλεται η αίτηση:

Αρ.Τεμαχίου/ων: Φύλλο/Σχέδιο: Τοποθεσία/Ενορία: Σύμπλεγμα: Διοικητική Περιοχή:

0.18 Υπάρχουν άλλες αιτήσεις που έχουν υποβληθεί ή πρόκειται να υποβληθούν για την ίδια ιδιοκτησία: ΝΑΙ / ΟΧΙ Αν ΝΑΙ, δώστε σύντομη περιγραφή της ανάπτυξης: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

ΔΗΜΟΚΡΑΤΙΑ ΚΥΠΡΙΑΚΗ

ΑΡΜΟΔΙΑ ΑΡΧΗ Για επίσημη χρήση μόνο Αρ.Αίτησης: ……………………Ημερομηνία Λήψης:…………...Δικαιώματα:……………………

2

ΜΕΡΟΣ Α

ΠΕΡΙΓΡΑΦΗ ΤΗΣ ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑΣ ΔΙΑΧΕΙΡΙΣΗΣ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

Α.01 Περιγράψτε με συντομία το είδος της διεργασίας διαχείρισης

αποβλήτων, και περιγράψτε τα κυριότερα σημεία από τα οποία αναμένεται να προκαλούνται οποιουδήποτε είδους ρύποι στο περιβάλλον. Επισυνάψτε σχετικό Διάγραμμα της Παραγωγικής Διαδικασίας και περιγράψτε τη μέθοδο συλλογής, μεταφοράς, διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης των αποβλήτων. Για τις εργασίες διάθεσης ή ανάκτησης αποβλήτων, συμπληρώστε τον αντίστοιχο κωδικό που καθορίζεται στα αντίστοιχα Παραρτήματα ΙΙΑ και ΙΙΒ του Περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων Νόμου

3

Α.02 Η αιτούμενη εγκατάσταση ή επιχείρηση εμπίπτει στις εγκαταστάσεις του Παραρτήματος VIτου περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων Νόμου; ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ

Α.03 Στοιχεία Αποβλήτων που θα διαχειρίζονται στην επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση (εκτίμηση κατ’ έτος) Α/Α (1) Είδος Αποβλήτων (2) Διψήφιος

Κωδικός (3) Τετραψήφιος Κωδικός (4)

Εξαψήφιος Κωδικός (5)

Ποσότητα Αποβλήτων (τόνοι/ έτος) (6)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.(7)

(1) Αύξων αριθμός των αποβλήτων που θα συλλέγονται, μεταφέρονται, διαθέτονται ή αξιοποιούνται από την αιτούσα επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση. (2) Σύντομη περιγραφή του είδους και της ποιότητας των αποβλήτων. (3) Διψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί στερεών και επικινδύνων αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (4) Τετραψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί στερεών και επικινδύνων αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (5) Εξαψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί στερεών και επικινδύνων αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (6) Συμπληρώνεται η ποσότητα των αποβλήτων που θα συλλέγεται, μεταφέρεται, διαθέτεται ή αξιοποιείται από την επιχείρηση κατά έτος. (7) Στην περίπτωση που συλλέγονται, μεταφέρονται, διαθέτονται ή αξιοποιούνται, περισσότερα διακριτά είδη αποβλήτων, να χρησιμοποιηθούν και συρραφούν όσες επιπλέον φόρμες απαιτούνται περαιτέρω.

4

ΜΕΡΟΣ Β

Β.01 Αναφέρεται τον αριθμό του επιστημονικού και τεχνικού προσωπικού

που προβλέπεται να απασχοληθεί στην επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση, καθώς και την θέση, επιστημονική κατάρτιση και αρμοδιότητες του καθενός. Επισυνάψτε σχετικό Οργανόγραμμα της Επιχείρησης.

5

ΜΕΡΟΣ Γ

Γ.01 Δώστε οποιεσδήποτε άλλες πληροφορίες κρίνετε απαραίτητες σε

σχέση με την παρούσα αίτηση

6

ΜΕΡΟΣ Δ

ΣΥΝΗΜΜΕΝΑ

Η αίτηση πρέπει να συνοδεύεται από τα ακόλουθα:

1. Τοπογραφικό χάρτη/σχέδιο της τοποθεσίας της εγκατάστασης 2. Πολεοδομική άδεια 3. Περιβαλλοντική έγκριση 4. Οποιαδήποτε άλλη άδεια απαιτείται βάσει της εκάστοτε ισχύουσας νομοθεσίας

καθώς και αντίγραφα των σχετικών αιτήσεων και των συνημμένων δικαιολογητικών που έχουν κατατεθεί για την χορήγηση των αδειών αυτών

5. Μελέτη της κατασκευής, οργάνωσης, λειτουργίας και, εφόσον απαιτείται, αποκατάστασης και μετέπειτα φροντίδας του χώρου της εγκατάστασης

6. Διάγραμμα (i) Παραγωγικής Διαδικασίας και Διάταξης Μηχανημάτων (ii) Ρευμάτων παραγόμενων υγρών και στερεών αποβλήτων καθώς και

αέριων εκπομπών 7. Περιγραφή ή κατάλογο των κυριότερων μηχανημάτων και εξοπλισμού της

εγκατάστασης 8. Περιγραφή ή κατάλογο καθώς και τεχνικά σχέδια των συστημάτων διαχείρισης

των παραγόμενων υγρών και στερεών αποβλήτων καθώς και των συστημάτων μείωσης αέριων ρύπων

ΗΜΕΡΟΜΗΝΙΑ:............................... (ΥΠΟΓΡΑΦΗ)...................................... Διαχειριστής

HAZARDOUS SOLID WASTE APPLICATION FORM

(Υ.Π. )

ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΙΙ

ΥΠΟΥΡΓΕΙΟ ΓΕΩΡΓΙΑΣ, ΦΥΣΙΚΩΝ ΠΟΡΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΟΣ

ΑΙΤΗΣΗ ΓΙΑ ΑΔΕΙΑ ΔΙΑΧΕΙΡΙΣΗΣ ΕΠΙΚΙΝΔΥΝΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ (Άρθρο 19 του Περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων Νόμου (Αρ.215(Ι)/2002))

(Η ΑΙΤΗΣΗ ΠΡΕΠΕΙ ΝΑ ΥΠΟΒΛΗΘΕΙ ΣΕ ENTEKA ΑΝΤΙΤΥΠΑ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΗΤΟ ΚΑΙ ΣΕ ΗΛΕΚΤΡΟΝΙΚΗ ΜΟΡΦΗ) 0.01 Επωνυμία Επιχείρησης

0.02 Τύπος Διεργασίας

0.03 Διεύθυνση Εγκατάστασης (Οδός και Αριθμός)

0.04 Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας

0.05 Πόλη

0.06 Αριθμός Τηλεφώνου

0.07 Αριθμός fax

0.08 Διεύθυνση Ηλεκτρονικού Ταχυδρομείου (E-mail)

0.09 Όνομα Διαχειριστή

0.10 Αριθμός Εργαζομένων στην Εγκατάσταση (σύνολο)

0.11 Αριθμός Ανδρών Εργαζομένων στην Εγκατάσταση

0.12 Αριθμός Γυναικών Εργαζομένων στην Εγκατάσταση

0.13 Εργάσιμες ώρες / Ημέρα

0.14 Εργάσιμες ημέρες / Εβδομάδα

0.15 Εργάσιμες εβδομάδες / Χρόνο

0.16 Γεωγραφικός Κώδικας

0.17 Στοιχεία ιδιοκτησίας σε σχέση με την οποία υποβάλλεται η αίτηση:

Αρ.Τεμαχίου/ων: Φύλλο/Σχέδιο: Τοποθεσία/Ενορία: Σύμπλεγμα: Διοικητική Περιοχή:

0.18 Υπάρχουν άλλες αιτήσεις που έχουν υποβληθεί ή πρόκειται να υποβληθούν για την ίδια ιδιοκτησία: ΝΑΙ / ΟΧΙ Αν ΝΑΙ, δώστε σύντομη περιγραφή της ανάπτυξης: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………


ΑΡΜΟΔΙΑ ΑΡΧΗ Για επίσημη χρήση μόνο Αρ.Αίτησης: ……………………Ημερομηνία Λήψης:…………...Δικαιώματα:……………………

2

ΜΕΡΟΣ Α

ΠΕΡΙΓΡΑΦΗ ΤΗΣ ΔΙΕΡΓΑΣΙΑΣ ΔΙΑΧΕΙΡΙΣΗΣ

ΕΠΙΚΙΝΔΥΝΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ Α.01 Περιγράψτε με συντομία το είδος της διεργασίας διαχείρισης

επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, και περιγράψτε τα κυριότερα σημεία από τα οποία αναμένεται να προκαλούνται οποιουδήποτε είδους ρύποι στο περιβάλλον. Επισυνάψτε σχετικό Διάγραμμα της Παραγωγικής Διαδικασίας και περιγράψτε τη μέθοδο συλλογής, μεταφοράς, διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων. Για τις εργασίες διάθεσης ή ανάκτησης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, συμπληρώστε τον αντίστοιχο κωδικό που καθορίζεται στα αντίστοιχα Παραρτήματα ΙΙΑ και ΙΙΒ του Περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων Νόμου

3

Α.02 Η αιτούμενη εγκατάσταση ή επιχείρηση εμπίπτει στις εγκαταστάσεις του Παραρτήματος VI του περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων Νόμου; ΝΑΙ ΟΧΙ

Α.03 Στοιχεία Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων που θα διαχειρίζονται στην επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση (εκτίμηση κατ’ έτος) Α/Α (1) Είδος Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων (2)

Διψήφιος Κωδικός (3)

Τετραψήφιος Κωδικός (4)


Ποσότητα Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων (τόνοι/ έτος) (6)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15. (7)

(1) Αύξων αριθμός των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που θα συλλέγονται, μεταφέρονται, διαθέτονται ή αξιοποιούνται από την αιτούσα επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση. (2) Σύντομη περιγραφή του είδους και της ποιότητας των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων. (3) Διψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί στερεών και επικινδύνων αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (4) Τετραψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί στερεών και επικινδύνων αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (5) Εξαψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί στερεών και επικινδύνων αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (6) Συμπληρώνεται η ποσότητα των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που θα συλλέγεται, μεταφέρεται, διαθέτεται ή αξιοποιείται από την επιχείρηση κατά έτος. (7) Στην περίπτωση που συλλέγονται, μεταφέρονται, διαθέτονται ή αξιοποιούνται, περισσότερα διακριτά είδη επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, να χρησιμοποιηθούν και συρραφούν όσες επιπλέον φόρμες απαιτούνται περαιτέρω.

4

ΜΕΡΟΣ Β

Β.01 Αναφέρεται τον αριθμό του επιστημονικού και τεχνικού προσωπικού

που προβλέπεται να απασχοληθεί στην επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση, καθώς και την θέση, επιστημονική κατάρτιση και αρμοδιότητες του καθενός. Επισυνάψτε σχετικό Οργανόγραμμα της Επιχείρησης.

5

ΜΕΡΟΣ Γ

Γ.01 Περιγράψτε συνοπτικά τα προβλεπόμενα μέτρα για την αντιμετώπιση

περιπτώσεων έκτακτης ανάγκης ή σοβαρού κινδύνου στην εγκατάσταση.

6

ΜΕΡΟΣ Δ

Δ.01 Δώστε οποιεσδήποτε άλλες πληροφορίες κρίνετε απαραίτητες σε

σχέση με την παρούσα αίτηση

7

ΜΕΡΟΣ Ε

ΣΥΝΗΜΜΕΝΑ

Η αίτηση πρέπει να συνοδεύεται από τα ακόλουθα:

1. Τοπογραφικό χάρτη/σχέδιο της τοποθεσίας της εγκατάστασης 2. Πολεοδομική άδεια 3. Περιβαλλοντική έγκριση 4. Οποιαδήποτε άλλη άδεια απαιτείται βάσει της εκάστοτε ισχύουσας νομοθεσίας

καθώς και αντίγραφα των σχετικών αιτήσεων και των συνημμένων δικαιολογητικών που έχουν κατατεθεί για την χορήγηση των αδειών αυτών

5. Μελέτη κατασκευής, οργάνωσης, λειτουργίας, και εφόσον απαιτείται αποκατάστασης και μετέπειτα φροντίδας του χώρου της εγκατάστασης

6. Ασφαλιστήριο συμβόλαιο, ή τουλάχιστον προσχέδιο ασφαλιστηρίου συμβολαίου για κάλυψη ζημιών προς τρίτους

7. Διάγραμμα (i) Παραγωγικής Διαδικασίας και Διάταξης Μηχανημάτων (ii) Ρευμάτων παραγόμενων υγρών και στερεών αποβλήτων καθώς και

αέριων εκπομπών 8. Περιγραφή ή κατάλογο των κυριότερων μηχανημάτων και εξοπλισμού της

εγκατάστασης 9. Περιγραφή ή κατάλογο καθώς και τεχνικά σχέδια των συστημάτων διαχείρισης

των παραγόμενων υγρών και στερεών αποβλήτων καθώς και των συστημάτων μείωσης αέριων ρύπων

ΗΜΕΡΟΜΗΝΙΑ:............................... (ΥΠΟΓΡΑΦΗ)...................................... Διαχειριστής

HAZARDOUS SOLID WASTE

PRODUCTION MATRIX

Ο ΠΕΡΙ ΣΤΕΡΕΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΕΠΙΚΙΝΔΥΝΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ ΝOΜΟΣ ΤΟΥ 2002 (ΑΡ.215(Ι)/2002)

Διάταγμα με βάση τα άρθρα 14(2) και 23(1)(α) (Κ.Δ.Π.158/2003)

ΤΥΠΟΣ VIII NO: ΜΗΤΡΩΟ ΠΑΡΑΓΩΓΗΣ – ΚΑΤΟΧΗΣ ΕΠΙΚΙΝΔΥΝΩΝ ΑΠΟΒΛΗΤΩΝ

1. Στοιχεία Παραγωγού ή Κατόχου (1) Επωνυμία

Διεύθυνση (Οδός & Αριθμός) Ταχ. Κώδικας

Πόλη Αριθμός τηλεφώνου

Αριθμός Fax Διεύθυνση Ηλεκτρονικού Ταχυδρομείου

Δραστηριότητα

Νόμιμος Εκπρόσωπος Επιχείρησης

Ονοματεπώνυμο: Θέση στην Επιχείρηση:

2. Στοιχεία Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων Α/Α (2)




Ποσότητα επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων (τόνοι) (7)

Είδος Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων (3):

Ημερομηνία Παραγωγής επικ. αποβλήτων (8)

Είδος διαχείρισης (10)

1.

Προέλευση επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων (9):




Ποσότητα επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων (τόνοι) (7)

Είδος Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων (3):

Ημερομηνία Παραγωγής επικ. αποβλήτων (8)

Είδος διαχείρισης (10)

2. (11)

Προέλευση επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων (9):

3. Προσωρινή Αποθήκευση Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων (12)

Χρονική Διάρκεια (13) Α/Α επικ. αποβλήτων(14) Περιγραφή Προσωρινής Αποθήκευσης (15) 4. Παράδοση Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων (16) Α/Α επικ. αποβλήτων

(17)

Ποσότητα επικ. αποβλήτων (18)

Ημερομηνία Παράδοσης (19)

Επωνυμία (20) Διεύθυνση Επιχείρησης (20)

Αριθμός Τηλεφώνου

(20)

Όνομα Υπευθύνου Παραλαβής (21)

Μέσο Μεταφοράς (22)

(22.1) (22.2)

(22.1) (22.2)

5. Διάθεση ή Αξιοποίηση Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων (23)

Παραλήπτης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων (24)

Ονοματεπώνυμο Υπευθύνου Παραλαβής(25)

Κωδικός Εργασίας Διάθεσης (26)

Α/Α επικ. αποβλήτων (27)

Κωδικός Εργασίας Ανάκτησης (28)

Α/Α επικ. αποβλήτων (29)

Ημερομηνία Συμπλήρωσης Μητρώου (30):

Ονοματεπώνυμο και Υπογραφή Υπευθύνου Συμπλήρωσης Μητρώου (31):


ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ: (1) Στο τμήμα αυτό του Μητρώου συμπληρώνονται τα στοιχεία της επιχείρησης ή εγκατάστασης η οποία παράγει ή έχει στην κατοχή της επικίνδυνα απόβλητα. Στην περίπτωση που βρίσκεται αλλού η έδρα ή τα γραφεία μίας επιχείρησης και αλλού η εγκατάσταση της επιχείρησης αυτής η οποία παράγει ή κατέχει τα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα, θα συμπληρώνονται τα στοιχεία της συγκεκριμένης εγκατάστασης και όχι τα στοιχεία της έδρας της επιχείρησης. (2) Αύξων αριθμός των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που παράγονται ή βρίσκονται στην κατοχή της συγκεκριμένης επιχείρησης ή εγκατάστασης. (3) Σύντομη περιγραφή του είδους και της ποιότητας των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων. (4) Διψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος Αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (5) Τετραψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος Αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (6) Εξαψήφιος Κωδικός αποβλήτων σύμφωνα με τον Κατάλογο Αποβλήτων του Παραρτήματος του περί Στερεών και Επικινδύνων Αποβλήτων (Κατάλογος Αποβλήτων) Διατάγματος του 2003. (7) Συμπληρώνεται η ποσότητα των συγκεκριμένων επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που παράγονται ή βρίσκονται στην κατοχή της επιχείρησης ή εγκατάστασης. (8) Συμπληρώνεται η ημερομηνία παραγωγής της συγκεκριμένης ποσότητας επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που έχει καταχωρηθεί στο προηγούμενο κελί. Στην περίπτωση που υπάρχει συνεχής παραγωγή επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, θα συμπληρώνεται το χρονικό εύρος κατά το οποίο παρήχθη η συγκεκριμένη ποσότητα επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων (π.χ. 2/5 έως 23/6). (9) Συμπληρώνεται το τμήμα και είδος της παραγωγικής διαδικασίας από την οποία παρήχθησαν τα συγκεκριμένα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα, εφόσον πρόκειται για παραγωγική/μεταποιητική επιχείρηση, το είδος και ο τύπος του εξοπλισμού από τον οποίο προήλθαν τα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα και εν γένει η δραστηριότητα από την οποία δημιουργήθηκαν/ προέκυψαν τα συγκεκριμένα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα. (10) Στην περίπτωση που τα συγκεκριμένα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα διαθέτονται ή αξιοποιούνται εντός του χώρου της επιχείρησης από την ίδια την επιχείρηση, σημειώνεται η λέξη «ΕΝΤΟΣ». Στην περίπτωση που τα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα παραδίδονται σε επιχείρηση διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, σημειώνεται η λέξη «ΕΚΤΟΣ». (11) Στην περίπτωση που η συγκεκριμένη επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση παράγει ή έχει στην κατοχή της περισσότερα διακριτά είδη επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, να χρησιμοποιηθούν και συρραφούν όσες επιπλέον φόρμες του συγκεκριμένου Μητρώου απαιτούνται περαιτέρω. (12) Στο τμήμα αυτό του Μητρώου συμπληρώνονται στοιχεία σχετικά με τις εργασίες προσωρινής αποθήκευσης των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που λαμβάνουν χώρα εντός της επιχείρησης ή εγκατάστασης που παράγει ή κατέχει τα εν λόγω επικίνδυνα απόβλητα, έως ότου τα απόβλητα αυτά είτε συλλεχθούν και μεταφερθούν προς διάθεση ή αξιοποίηση σε αδειοδοτημένη επιχείρηση είτε διατεθούν ή αξιοποιηθούν ενδοεπιχειρησιακά. (13) Χρονικό διάστημα εκφρασμένο σε ώρες, ημέρες ή μήνες κατά το οποίο τα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα βρίσκονται αποθηκευμένα προσωρινά εντός της επιχείρησης ή εγκατάστασης που παράγει ή κατέχει τα εν λόγω απόβλητα. (14) Αύξων αριθμός των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που έχουν καταχωρηθεί στο δεύτερο τμήμα του Μητρώου, τα οποία αποθηκεύονται προσωρινά. (15) Συνοπτική περιγραφή του είδους και των κύριων τεχνικών χαρακτηριστικών των εργασιών προσωρινής αποθήκευσης που πραγματοποιούνται για τα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα (π.χ. χύδην ή συσκευασμένα, είδος περιέκτη αποβλήτων, θέση και είδος χώρου αποθήκευσης κλπ.). (16) Στο τμήμα αυτό του Μητρώου συμπληρώνονται τα στοιχεία της επιχείρησης συλλογής και μεταφοράς επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, στην οποία παραδίδονται τα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα από την επιχείρηση που τα παράγει ή τα κατέχει. (17) Αύξων αριθμός των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που έχουν καταχωρηθεί στο δεύτερο τμήμα του Μητρώου, τα οποία παραδίδονται σε επιχείρηση συλλογής και μεταφοράς επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων.

(18) Συμπληρώνεται η ποσότητα (σε τόνους) των συγκεκριμένων επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων τα οποία παραδίδονται σε επιχείρηση συλλογής και μεταφοράς επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων. (19) Συμπληρώνεται η ημερομηνία παράδοσης των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων στην επιχείρηση συλλογής και μεταφοράς επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων. (20) Συμπληρώνεται η επωνυμία της επιχείρησης συλλογής και μεταφοράς επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων στην οποία παραδίδονται τα εν λόγω επικίνδυνα απόβλητα. (21) Ονοματεπώνυμο του Υπευθύνου εκ μέρους της επιχείρησης συλλογής και μεταφοράς επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, για την παραλαβή των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων από την επιχείρηση που τα παράγει ή τα έχει στην κατοχή της. (22) Είδος (22.1) του μέσου που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για τη μεταφορά των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων και αριθμός κυκλοφορίας του (22.2). (23) Στο τμήμα αυτό του Μητρώου συμπληρώνονται στοιχεία σχετικά με τη διάθεση ή αξιοποίηση που πραγματοποιείται στα συγκεκριμένα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα από αδειοδοτημένη επιχείρηση διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, στην οποία τα απόβλητα αυτά μεταφέρονται. (24) Επωνυμία της αδειοδοτημένης επιχείρησης ή εγκατάστασης διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, στην οποία μεταφέρονται τα συγκεκριμένα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα. (25) Ονοματεπώνυμο του Υπευθύνου εκ μέρους της επιχείρησης ή εγκατάστασης διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, για την παραλαβή των συγκεκριμένων επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων από την επιχείρηση συλλογής και μεταφοράς. (26) Κωδικός της εργασίας διάθεσης που πραγματοποιείται στα συγκεκριμένα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα, βάσει του Παραρτήματος IIΑ (Εργασίες Διάθεσης) του περί στερεών και επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων Νόμου του 2002. (27) Αύξων αριθμός των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που έχουν καταχωρηθεί στο δεύτερο τμήμα του Μητρώου, τα οποία υπόκεινται στις συγκεκριμένες εργασίες διάθεσης στην επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση διάθεσης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων όπου έχουν μεταφερθεί. (28) Κωδικός της εργασίας ανάκτησης που πραγματοποιείται στα συγκεκριμένα επικίνδυνα απόβλητα, βάσει του Παραρτήματος IIΒ (Εργασίες Ανάκτησης) του Νόμου. (29) Αύξων αριθμός των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων που έχουν καταχωρηθεί στο δεύτερο τμήμα του Μητρώου, τα οποία υπόκεινται στις συγκεκριμένες εργασίες ανάκτησης στην επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση ανάκτησης επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων όπου έχουν μεταφερθεί. (30) Το παρόν Μητρώο θα συμπληρώνεται κάθε φορά που συγκεκριμένη ποσότητα επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, είτε παραδίδεται από την επιχείρηση που τα παράγει ή τα κατέχει σε επιχείρηση συλλογής και μεταφοράς επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων προκειμένου να μεταφερθούν σε επιχείρηση διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης, είτε διατίθεται ή αξιοποιείται από την ίδια την επιχείρηση που τα παράγει ή τα κατέχει. Στην περίπτωση που το χρονικό διάστημα της προσωρινής αποθήκευσης των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων εντός των εγκαταστάσεων της επιχείρησης που τα παράγει ή τα κατέχει, υπερβαίνει τον 1 (έναν) μήνα, τότε η συμπλήρωση του Μητρώου θα ξεκινάει με την παραγωγή και έναρξη της προσωρινής αποθήκευσης των επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων και θα ολοκληρώνεται είτε κατά την παράδοση των αποβλήτων σε επιχείρηση μεταφοράς είτε κατά την διάθεση ή αξιοποίηση τους από την ίδια την επιχείρηση. Στην περίπτωση που επιχείρηση ή εγκατάσταση η οποία παράγει ή κατέχει επικίνδυνα απόβλητα, πραγματοποιεί η ίδια εντός του χώρου της, εργασίες διάθεσης ή αξιοποίησης του συνόλου ή μέρους των παραγόμενων επικίνδυνων αποβλήτων, τότε υποχρεούται να συμπληρώνει επιπλέον του παρόντος Μητρώου και το Μητρώο Ενδοεπιχειρησιακής Διάθεσης – Αξιοποίησης Επικίνδυνων Αποβλήτων. (31) Ονοματεπώνυμο και υπογραφή του Υπευθύνου εκ μέρους της επιχείρησης, για την συμπλήρωση του Μητρώου. Στο σημείο αυτό τοποθετείται η επίσημη σφραγίδα της επιχείρησης.

APPENDIX E

AIR EMISSIONS MODELLING ASSUMPTIONS

APPENDIX E AIR EMISSIONS MODELLINGASSUMPTIONS


APPENDIX E – Air Emissions Modelling Assumptions This report details the assumptions used in the estimation of emission rates for the Cyprus Energy Centre. Gasoline Storage Tanks: Internal Floating Roof The vapour release rate for the gasoline storage tanks was calculated using US EPA Emissions Factors as published in AP 42, Fifth Edition, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources Chapter 7 Organic Liquid Storage. Storage for RON 95 gasoline Product Gasoline RVP 7.8 (50%) Gasoline RVP 9 (50%) Tank Diameter 53.5 m Tank Working Volume 41590 m3 Welded Tank Self Supported Roof Primary Rim Seal Mechanical Shoe Secondary Seal Rim Mounted Internal Shell Gunite Lining Roof and External Shell Colour White Deck Fittings (Typical configuration) 1 x Access Hatch 1 x Automatic Gauge Float Well 75 x Roof Legs/Hanger Wells 1 x Sample Well 1 x Vacuum Breaker 2010 Demand

Total Throughput of product 426612 m3 Number of Tanks 5 Net throughput per tank 85322 m3 Tank Turnovers 2.1

2035 Demand


Storage for RON 98 gasoline Product Gasoline RVP 7.8 (50%) Gasoline RVP 9 (50%) Tank Diameter 17.5 m Tank Working Volume 3850 m3 Welded Tank Self Supported Roof Primary Rim Seal Mechanical Shoe Secondary Seal Rim Mounted Internal Shell Gunite Lining Roof and External Shell Colour White Deck Fittings (Typical configuration) 1 x Access Hatch 1 x Automatic Gauge Float Well



17 x Roof Legs/Hanger Wells 1 x Sample Well 1 x Vacuum Breaker 2010 Demand


2035 Demand Total Throughput of product 107861 m3 Number of Tanks 3 Net throughput per tank 35954 m3 Tank Turnovers 9.3

Diesel Storage Tanks: Fixed Roof The vapour release rate for the all fixed roof storage tanks, except Bitumen, was calculated using US EPA Emissions Factors as published in AP 42, Fifth Edition, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter 7: Organic Liquid Storage. Storage for Low Sulphur Diesel Product Distillate Fuel Oil No 2 Tank Height 20 m Maximum Liquid Height 19.5 m Average Liquid Height 9.5 m Tank Diameter 49 m Tank Working Volume 34850 m3 Roof Cone, 1:30 Vacuum Setting -0.002 barg Shell Colour 0.002 barg 2010 Demand



Storage for High Sulphur Diesel Product Distillate Fuel Oil No 2 Tank Height 20 m Maximum Liquid Height 19.5 m Average Liquid Height 9.5 m Tank Diameter 26 m Tank Working Volume 9820 m3 Roof Cone, 1:30 Vacuum Setting -0.002 barg Shell Colour 0.002 barg



2010 Demand



Jet Fuel Storage Tanks: Fixed Roof The vapour release rate for the all fixed roof storage tanks, except Bitumen, was calculated using US EPA Emissions Factors as published in AP 42, Fifth Edition, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter 7: Organic Liquid Storage. Storage for Jet Fuel Product Jet Kerosene Tank Height 20 m Maximum Liquid Height 19.5 m Average Liquid Height 9.5 m Tank Diameter 50.5 m Tank Working Volume 37055 m3 Roof Cone, 1:30 Vacuum Setting -0.004 barg Shell Colour 0.004 barg 2010 Demand



Storage for Kerosene Product Jet Kerosene Tank Height 12.5 m Maximum Liquid Height 12 m Average Liquid Height 6 m Tank Diameter 12.5 m Tank Working Volume 1350 m3 Roof Cone, 1:30 Vacuum Setting -0.004 barg Shell Colour 0.004 barg 2010 Demand

Total Throughput of product 17688 m3 Number of Tanks 2



Net throughput per tank 8844 m3 Tank Turnovers 6.6


Fuel Oils Storage Tanks: Fixed Roof The vapour release rate for the all fixed roof storage tanks, except Bitumen, was calculated using US EPA Emissions Factors as published in AP 42, Fifth Edition, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter 7: Organic Liquid Storage. Storage for Light Fuel Oil Product Distillate Fuel Oil No 2 Tank Height 20 m Maximum Liquid Height 19.5 m Average Liquid Height 9.5 m Tank Diameter 20 m Tank Working Volume 5810 m3 Roof Cone, 1:30 Vacuum Setting -0.002 barg Shell Colour 0.002 barg 2010 Demand



Storage for Heavy Fuel Oil Product Residual Fuel Oil No 62 Tank Height 20 m Maximum Liquid Height 19.5 m Average Liquid Height 9.5 m Tank Diameter 20 m Tank Working Volume 5810 m3 Roof Cone, 1:30 Vacuum Setting -0.002 barg Shell Colour 0.002 barg 2010 Demand


2035 Demand Total Throughput of product 228495 m3



Number of Tanks 5 Net throughput per tank 45699 m3 Tank Turnovers 7.9

Diesel Firewater Pumps The following data are taken from, or calculated from US EPA Emissions Factors as published in AP 42, Fifth Edition, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, Volume 1: Stationary Point and Area Sources, Chapter 3: Stationary Internal Combustion Sources Power Rating (consumed power) 1.1 MW Average brake specific fuel consumption (BSFC) for diesel 7000 Btu/hp-hr Fuel Usage 73 gal/hr Air to Fuel Ratio 34 Exhaust temperature 450 ºC Actual Exhaust Flow Rate 4.5 m3/s Emission Factors

NOx 0.031 lb/hp-hr SO2 2.05e-3 lb/hp-hr CO 6.68e-3 lb/hp-hr

Assuming a maximum of 35 minutes firing per hour, hourly average emission rates are

NOx 3.1 g/s SO2 0.20 g/s CO 0.66 g/s

Ship Emissions The following data are estimated from data in the Vasilikos Offsites Design Basis Report, or calculated from data in the US EPA Report on Analysis of Commercial Marine Vessels Emissions and Fuel Consumption Data, 2000. Shipping requirements.

Product Delivery Estimated

number per year

Berth Max Ship size

Deadweight tonnage

Ship Power

kW

LNG Weekly 52 1 145000 m3 72000 30000

LPG Weekly 52 3 8000 MT 10000 7366

Gasoline Weekly 52 2 55000 MT 60000 11282

Jet Fuel/Kerosene Weekly 52 2 55000 MT 60000 11282

Diesel Weekly 52 2 55000 MT 60000 11282

Light Fuel Oil Weekly 52 3 8000 MT 10000 7366

Heavy Fuel Oil Monthly 12 3 8000 MT 10000 7366

Bitumen Monthly 12 3 8000 MT 10000 7366 The ship power rating was calculated from the results of linear regression of ship power versus deadweight tonnage. The deadweight tonnage for LNG shipping was taken from design specifications for 125000+m3 tankers.



Activity Duration per ship

Fuel Sulphur content

Manoeuvring 5.5 Heavy Fuel Oil 2.7

Hotelling/Unloading 18.5 Marine Gas Oil 0.1

Tugs 3 Heavy Fuel Oil 2.7

APPENDIX F

GLOSSARY OF ACOUSTICS TERMINOLOGY

APPENDIX F GLOSSARY OF ACOUSTICS TERMINOLOGY


Appendix F - Glossary of Acoustics Terminology Decibel (dB) The decibel scale is used in relation to sound because it is a logarithmic rather

than a linear scale. The decibel scale compares the level of a sound relative to another. The human ear can detect a wide range of sound pressures, typically between 2x10-5 and 200 Pa, so the logarithmic scale is used to quantify these levels using a more manageable range of values.

Sound Pressure Level (SPL)

The Sound Pressure Level has units of decibels, and compares the level of a sound to the smallest sound pressure generally perceptible by the human ear, or the reference pressure. It is defined as follows: SPL (dB) = 20 Log10(P/Pref) where P = Sound Pressure (in Pa) Pref = Reference Pressure 2x10-5 Pa An SPL of 0dB suggests the Sound Pressure is equal to the reference pressure. This is known as the threshold of hearing. An SPL of 140dB represents the threshold of pain.

Loudness The loudness of a sound is subjective, and differs from person to person. The human ear perceives loudness in a logarithmic fashion, hence the suitability of the decibel scale. Generally, a perceived doubling or halving of loudness will correspond to an increase or decrease in SPL of 10dB. Note that a doubling of sound energy corresponds to an increase in SPL of only 3dB.

Sound Power Level (SWL)

The Sound Power Level defines the rate at which sound energy is emitted by a source, and is also expressed in dB. It is defined as follows: SWL (dB) = 10 Log10(W/Wref) where W = Sound Power (in Watts) Wref = Reference Power 1 picoWatt

A-Weighting The human ear can detect a wide range of frequencies, from 20Hz to 20kHz, but it is more sensitive to some frequencies than others. Generally, the ear is most sensitive to frequencies in the range 1 to 4 kHz. The A-weighting is a filter that can be applied to measured results at varying frequencies, to mimic the frequency response of the human ear, and therefore better represent the likely perceived loudness of the sound. SPL readings with the A-weighting applied are represented in dB(A).

Equivalent Continuous Level (Leq,T)

The Equivalent Continuous Level represents a theoretical continuous sound, over a stated time period, T, which contains the same amount of energy as a number of sound events occurring within that time, or a source that fluctuates in level. For example, a noise source with an SPL of 80 dB(A) operating for two hours during an eight-hour working day, has an equivalent A-weighted continuous level over eight hours of 74 dB, or LAeq,8hrs = 74 dB. The time period over which the Leq is calculated should always be stated.

Maximum Sound Level (Lmax)

The maximum sound level, Lmax (or LAmax if A-weighted) is the highest SPL that occurs during a given event or time period.

Minimum Sound Level (Lmin)

Similarly, the minimum sound level, Lmin (or LAmin if A-weighted) is the lowest SPL that occurs during a given event or time period.

APPENDIX F GLOSSARY OF ACOUSTICS TERMINOLOGY


L90 or LA90 and other percentile measures

This represents the SPL which is exceeded 90% of the time, expressed in dB or dB(A). LA90 is used to quantify background noise levels (see below). Other percentiles exist and are used for various types of noise assessment. These include L01, L10, L50, L99.

Noise A noise can be described as an unwanted sound. Noise can cause nuisance.

Ambient Noise The totally encompassing sound in a given situation, at a given time, including noises from any source in any direction.

Specific Noise A component of the ambient noise, associated with the specific source under investigation.

Initial Noise Ambient prevailing noise in an area before any changes to the existing noise climate

Residual Noise This is the ambient noise minus the specific noise, i.e. the remaining noise when the specific noise source is removed.

Background Noise This is defined as the LA90 of the residual noise.

Noise Sensitive Receptors (NSR's)

Any identified receptor likely to be affected by noise. These are generally human receptors, which may include residential dwellings, work places, schools, hospitals, and recreational spaces.

Octave In reference to the frequency of a sound, an octave describes the difference between a given frequency and that which is double that frequency, e.g. 125Hz to 500Hz, or 4kHz to 8kHz.

Octave/Third Octave Bands

A sound made up of more than one frequency can be described using a frequency spectrum, which shows the relative magnitude of the different frequencies within it. The possible range of frequencies is continuous, but can be split up into discrete bands, often an octave or third-octave in width. Each octave band is referred to by its centre frequency, generally 63Hz, 125Hz, 250Hz, 500Hz, 1kHz etc.

Point Source A theoretical source of sound, with zero size and mass, often used as an approximation to model small sources. Sound from a point source radiates spherically in all directions.

Line Source A theoretical source of sound, with length only, often used to model long, thin sound sources, such as roads.

Area source A real or theoretical source that radiates as a plane. Sound from an area source radiates plane waves rather than spherical waves, particularly if the area source is large relative to the wavelength of the sound produced.

APPENDIX G

FLORA IN THE SURROUNDING AREA TO THE ENERGY CENTRE

APPENDIX G FLORA IN THE SURROUNDING AREA TO THE ENERGY CENTRE


Appendix G - Flora in the surrounding area to the Energy Centre No. LATIN NAME OBSERVATIONS 1 Aegilops peregrina Gradual 2 Aethiorniza buibosa Gradual 3 Allium neapolitanum Gradual 4 Anagallis arvensis van arvensis Gradual 5 Anagallis arvensis van arvensis Gradual 6 Anthemis palaestina Gradual 7 Anthemis tricolor Gradual ENDEMIC 8 Asperula cypria Gradual ENDEMIC 9 Asphodelus aestivus Gradual 10 Aster squamatus Gradual 11 Astragalus cyprius Gradual ENDEMIC 12 Atractylis cancellata Gradual 13 Avena sp. Common 14 Beta vulgaris ssp.maritima Gradual 15 Biscutella dicyma vanleiccarea Gradual 16 Briza maxima Gradual 17 Bromus rubens Gradual 18 Carendula arvensis Gradual 19 Caiycotome viilosa Gradual 20 Carcopacium corymposum Gradual 21 carcuus pyonocaonarus ssp. Aibicus Gradual 22 cartina involucrata ssp.cyprica Gradual ENDEMIC 23 Carthamus sp. Gradual 24 Centaurea nvaioiepis Gradual 25 Chenopoaium muraie Gradual 26 Chrysanthemum corpnarium ven ceronanum Gradual 27 Chrysanthemum segetum Gradual 28 Cistus parviflorus Gradual 29 Cistus salviifolius Gradual 30 Convivios aithaecices Gradual 31 Convolvulus arvensis Gradual 32 Convolvulus pinifolius van pleurotus Gradual 33 Conyza bonariensis Gradual 34 Crucianella sp. Gradual 35 Crupina crupinastrum Gradual 36 Cynodon dactylon Gradual 37 Dactylis glomerata Gradual 38 Daucus carota ssp.carota Gradual 39 Echinops spinosissimus Gradual 40 Echium angustifolium Gradual 41 Emex spinosa Gradual 42 Erodium gruinum Gradual 43 Erodium malacoides Gradual 44 Erucaria hispanica Gradual 45 Eryngium creticum Gradual 46 Fagonia cretica Gradual 47 Ferula communis Gradual 48 Filago pyramidata Gradual 49 Fumana arabica Gradual 50 Fumana trymifolia Gradual 51 Fumaria densiflora Gradual



No. LATIN NAME OBSERVATIONS 52 Genista sphacelata ssp.sphacelata Gradual 53 Hedypnois rhagadioloides Gradual 54 Hedysarum spinosissimum Gradual 55 Helianthemum obtusifolium Gradual ENDEMIC 56 Helianthemum salicifolium Gradual 57 Helichrysum conglobata Gradual 58 Herniaria cinirea Gradual 59 Hippocrepis unisiliquosa ssp.unisiliquosa Gradual 60 Hydnocarpus cincinnatus Gradual 61 Inula viscosa Gradual 62 Juniperus phoenicea Gradual 63 Lagcecia cuminoides Gradual 64 Lathyrus annuus Gradual 65 Lathyrus aphaca Gradual 66 Linum strictum Gradual 67 Lithodora hispidula ssp.versicolor Gradual 68 Lolium sp. Gradual 69 Lotus halophilus Gradual 70 Maivia parviflora van.parviflora Gradual 71 Malva sylvestris van.sylvestris Gradual 72 Mancragora officinarum Gradual 73 Medicago minima Gradual 74 Medicago polymorpha Gradual 75 Medicago turbinata Gradual 76 Melilotus indians Gradual 77 Mellitus sulcatus Gradual 78 Micromeria nervosa Gradual 79 Noaa mucronata Gradual 80 Notapasis syriaca Common 81 Olea europaea Gradual 82 Onobrychis venosa Gradual ENDEMIC 83 Ononis reclinata van minor Gradual 84 Ononis ectin ssp. Breviflora Gradual 85 Onopordum cycrium Gradual ENDEMIC 86 Orchis fragrans Gradual 87 Oryzopsis miliacea Gradual 88 Oxalis pes-caprae Common 89 Pallenis spinosa Gradual 90 Papaver hybridum Gradual 91 Papaver rhoeas van. Oblongatum Gradual

92 Parapholis incurva Gradual RELATIVELY INFREQUENT

93 Phagnalon rupestre ssp. Graecum Gradual 94 Physanthyllis tetraphylla Gradual 95 Pinus brutia Gradual 96 Pistacia lentiscus Gradual 97 Plantago afra Gradual 98 Plantago albicans Gradual 99 Plantago amplexicaulis Gradual 100 Plantago cretica Gradual 101 Polygonum equisetiforme Gradual 102 Prasium majus Gradual 103 Raphanus raphanistrum Gradual



No. LATIN NAME OBSERVATIONS 104 Scandix ectin-veneris Gradual 105 Scolymus sp. Gradual 106 Scorpiurus muricatus van subvalcsus Gradual 107 Scorzonera jacquinia van.subintegra Gradual 108 Senecio vulgaris Gradual 109 Sinacis alba Gradual 110 Soncnus oleraceus Gradual 111 Sonchus tenerrimus Gradual 112 Stepterhamenus tuberosus Gradual 113

Stipa capensis Gradual

114 Teucrium divaricatum ssp. Canescens Gradual 115 Thesium humile Gradual 116 Thymus capitatus Gradual 117 Torills purpurea Gradual 118 Torularia torulosa Gradual 119 Tragopogon sinuatum Gradual 120 Trifciium angustifolium Gradual 121 Trifciium camcestre ssp.camcestre Gradual 122 Trifollum steilatum Gradual 123 Tricilum tomentosum Gradual 124 Urginea maritima Gradual 125 Uroscermum picroices Gradual 126 Valentia hiscica Gradual

APPENDIX H

INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL SAFETY CARDS

International Chemical Safety Cards METHANE ICSC: 0291

Methyl hydride CH4

Molecular mass: 16.0 (cylinder)

ICSC # 0291 CAS # 74-82-8 RTECS # PA1490000 UN # 1971 EC # 601-001-00-4 October 02, 2000 Peer reviewed

TYPES OF HAZARD/

EXPOSURE

ACUTE HAZARDS/ SYMPTOMS PREVENTION FIRST AID/

FIRE FIGHTING

FIRE

Extremely flammable. NO open flames, NO sparks, and NO smoking.

Shut off supply; if not possible and no risk to surroundings, let the fire burn itself out; in other cases extinguish with water spray, powder, carbon dioxide.

EXPLOSION Gas/air mixtures are explosive. Closed system, ventilation,

explosion-proof electrical equipment and lighting. Use non-sparking handtools.

In case of fire: keep cylinder cool by spraying with water. Combat fire from a sheltered position.

EXPOSURE

•INHALATION Suffocation. See Notes. Ventilation. Breathing protection if

high concentration. Fresh air, rest. Artificial respiration if indicated. Refer for medical attention.

•SKIN ON CONTACT WITH LIQUID: FROSTBITE.

Cold-insulating gloves. ON FROSTBITE: rinse with plenty of water, do NOT remove clothes. Refer for medical attention.

•EYES

ON CONTACT WITH LIQUID: FROSTBITE.

Safety goggles. First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contact lenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING Evacuate danger area! Consult an expert! Ventilation. Remove all ignition sources. Personal protection: self-contained breathing apparatus. NEVER direct water jet on liquid.

Fireproof. Cool. Ventilation along the floor and ceiling.

F+ symbol R: 12 S: 2-9-16-33 UN Hazard Class: 2.1

SEE IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON BACK

ICSC: 0291 Prepared in the context of cooperation between the International Programme on Chemical Safety & the Commission of the European Communities (C) IPCS CEC 1994. No modifications to the International version have been made except to add the OSHA PELs, NIOSH RELs and NIOSH IDLH values.

International Chemical Safety Cards

Page 1 of 2ICSC:NENG0291 International Chemical Safety Cards (WHO/IPCS/ILO) | CDC/NIOSH

07/03/2006http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/ipcsneng/neng0291.html

METHANE ICSC: 0291

I

M

P

O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: COLOURLESS, COMPRESSED OR LIQUEFIED GAS , WITH NO ODOUR. PHYSICAL DANGERS: The gas is lighter than air. CHEMICAL DANGERS: OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV: Simple asphyxiant (ACGIH 2000). MAK not established.

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation. INHALATION RISK: On loss of containment this gas can cause suffocation by lowering the oxygen content of the air in confined areas. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: Rapid evaporation of the liquid may cause frostbite. EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE:

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: -161°C Melting point: -183°C Solubility in water, ml/100 ml at 20°C: 3.3 Relative vapour density (air = 1): 0.6

Flash point: Flammable Gas Auto-ignition temperature: 537°C Explosive limits, vol% in air: 5-15 Octanol/water partition coefficient as log Pow: 1.09

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA

N O T E S

Density of the liquid at boiling point: 0.42 kg/l. High concentrations in the air cause a deficiency of oxygen with the risk of unconsciousness or death. Check oxygen content before entering area. Turn leaking cylinder with the leak up to prevent escape of gas in liquid state. After use for welding, turn valve off; regularly check tubing, etc., and test for leaks with soap and water. The measures mentioned in section PREVENTION are applicable to production, filling of cylinders, and storage of the gas. Other UN number: 1972 (refridgerated liquid), Hazard class: 2.1. Card has been partly updated in October 2005. See section Emergency Response.

Transport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-20G1F

NFPA Code: H 1; F 4; R 0;

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ICSC: 0291 METHANE (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:

Neither NIOSH, the CEC or the IPCS nor any person acting on behalf of NIOSH, the CEC or the IPCS is responsible for the use which might be made of this information. This card contains the collective views of the IPCS Peer Review Committee and may not reflect in all cases all the detailed requirements included in national legislation on the subject. The user should verify compliance of the cards with the relevant legislation in the country of use. The only modifications made to produce the U.S. version is inclusion of the OSHA PELs, NIOSH RELs and NIOSH IDLH values.



International Chemical Safety Cards PROPANE ICSC: 0319

n-Propane C3H8 / CH3CH2CH3 Molecular mass: 44.1

(cylinder) (liquefied)

ICSC # 0319 CAS # 74-98-6 RTECS # TX2275000 UN # 1978 EC # 601-003-00-5 November 27, 2003 Peer reviewed

TYPES OF HAZARD/

EXPOSURE


FIRE FIGHTING

FIRE


Shut off supply; if not possible and no risk to surroundings, let the fire burn itself out; in other cases extinguish with powder, carbon dioxide .

EXPLOSION

Gas/air mixtures are explosive. Closed system, ventilation, explosion-proof electrical equipment and lighting. Prevent build-up of electrostatic charges (e.g., by grounding) if in liquid state. Use non-sparking handtools.


EXPOSURE

•INHALATION Drowsiness. Unconsciousness. Closed system and ventilation. Fresh air, rest. Artificial respiration

may be needed. Refer for medical attention.


Cold-insulating gloves. Protective clothing.

ON FROSTBITE: rinse with plenty of water, do NOT remove clothes. Refer for medical attention.

•EYES


Face shield. First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contact lenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING Evacuate danger area! Consult an expert! Remove all ignition sources. Ventilation. NEVER direct water jet on liquid. (Extra personal protection: self-contained breathing apparatus.)

Fireproof. Cool. F+ symbol R: 12 S: 2-9-16 UN Hazard Class: 2.1


ICSC: 0319 Prepared in the context of cooperation between the International Programme on Chemical Safety & the Commission of the European Communities (C) IPCS CEC 1994. No modifications to the International version have been made except



to add the OSHA PELs, NIOSH RELs and NIOSH IDLH values.

International Chemical Safety Cards PROPANE ICSC: 0319

I

M

P

O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: ODOURLESS, COLOURLESS COMPRESSED LIQUEFIED GAS. PHYSICAL DANGERS: The gas is heavier than air and may travel along the ground; distant ignition possible, and may accumulate in low ceiling spaces causing deficiency of oxygen. As a result of flow, agitation, etc., electrostatic charges can be generated. CHEMICAL DANGERS: OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV: 2500 ppm as TWA; (ACGIH 2003). MAK: 1000 ppm, 1800 mg/m³; Peak limitation category: II(2); Pregnancy risk group: IIc; (DFG 2003). OSHA PEL: TWA 1000 ppm (1800 mg/m3) NIOSH REL: TWA 1000 ppm (1800 mg/m3) NIOSH IDLH: 2100 ppm 10%LEL See: 74986

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation. INHALATION RISK: On loss of containment this liquid evaporates very quickly displacing the air and causing a serious risk of suffocation when in confined areas. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: Rapid evaporation of the liquid may cause frostbite. The substance may cause effects on the central nervous system . EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE:

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: -42°C Melting point: -189.7°C Relative density (water = 1): 0.5 Solubility in water, g/100 ml at 20°C: 0.007 Vapour pressure, kPa at 20°C: 840

Relative vapour density (air = 1): 1.6 Flash point: -104°C Auto-ignition temperature: 450°C Explosive limits, vol% in air: 2.1-9.5 Octanol/water partition coefficient as log Pow: 2.36

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA

N O T E S

Check oxygen content before entering area. Turn leaking cylinder with the leak up to prevent escape of gas in liquid state. High concentrations in the air cause a deficiency of oxygen with the risk of unconsciousness or death.

Transport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-20S1978

NFPA Code: H1; F4; R0


ICSC: 0319 PROPANE (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:




International Chemical Safety Cards BUTANE ICSC: 0232

n-Butane C4H10

Molecular mass: 58.1 (cylinder) (liquefied)

ICSC # 0232 CAS # 106-97-8 RTECS # EJ4200000 UN # 1011 EC # 601-004-00-0 November 27, 2003 Peer reviewed

TYPES OF HAZARD/

EXPOSURE


FIRE FIGHTING

FIRE


Shut off supply; if not possible and no risk to surroundings, let the fire burn itself out; in other cases extinguish with powder, carbon dioxide.

EXPLOSION

Gas/air mixtures are explosive. Closed system, ventilation, explosion-proof electrical equipment and lighting. Prevent build-up of electrostatic charges (e.g., by grounding) if in liquid state. Use non-sparking handtools.


EXPOSURE

•INHALATION Drowsiness. Unconsciousness. Closed system and ventilation. Fresh air, rest. Artificial respiration

may be needed. Refer for medical attention.


Cold-insulating gloves. Protective clothing.

ON FROSTBITE: rinse with plenty of water, do NOT remove clothes. Refer for medical attention.

•EYES


Face shield. First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contact lenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING Evacuate danger area! Consult an expert! Remove all ignition sources. Ventilation. NEVER direct water jet on liquid. Personal protection: self-contained breathing apparatus.

Fireproof. Cool. Note: C F+ symbol R: 12 S: 2-9-16-33 UN Hazard Class: 2.1


Prepared in the context of cooperation between the International Programme on Chemical Safety & the Commission of



ICSC: 0232 the European Communities (C) IPCS CEC 1994. No modifications to the International version have been made except to add the OSHA PELs, NIOSH RELs and NIOSH IDLH values.

International Chemical Safety Cards BUTANE ICSC: 0232

I

M

P

O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: ODOURLESS , COLOURLESS COMPRESSED LIQUEFIED GAS. PHYSICAL DANGERS: The gas is heavier than air and may travel along the ground; distant ignition possible, and may accumulate in low ceiling spaces causing deficiency of oxygen. As a result of flow, agitation, etc., electrostatic charges can be generated. CHEMICAL DANGERS: OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV: 800 ppm as TWA; (ACGIH 2003). MAK: 1000 ppm, 2400 mg/m³; Peak limitation category: II(4); Pregnancy risk group: IIc; (DFG 2003). OSHA PEL†: none NIOSH REL: TWA 800 ppm (1900 mg/m3) NIOSH IDLH: N.D. See: IDLH INDEX

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation. INHALATION RISK: On loss of containment this liquid evaporates very quickly displacing the air and causing a serious risk of suffocation when in confined areas. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: Rapid evaporation of the liquid may cause frostbite. The substance may cause effects on the central nervous system . EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE:

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: -0.5°C Melting point: -138°C Relative density (water = 1): 0.6 Solubility in water, g/100 ml at 20°C: 0.0061 Vapour pressure, kPa at 21.1°C: 213.7

Relative vapour density (air = 1): 2.1 Flash point: -60°C Auto-ignition temperature: 365°C Explosive limits, vol% in air: 1.8-8.4 Octanol/water partition coefficient as log Pow: 2.89

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA

N O T E S

Check oxygen content before entering area. Turn leaking cylinder with the leak up to prevent escape of gas in liquid state. Information except physical properties also apply for Isobutane (CAS 75-28-5). High concentrations in the air cause a deficiency of oxygen with the risk of unconsciousness or death. Card has been partly updated in October 2005. See section Physical properties.


NFPA Code: H1; F4; R0;


ICSC: 0232 BUTANE (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:






International Chemical Safety Cards GASOLINE ICSC: 1400

Benzin ICSC # 1400 CAS # 86290-81-5 RTECS # DE3550000 UN # 1203 EC # 649-378-00-4 October 18, 2001 Peer reviewed

TYPES OF HAZARD/

EXPOSURE


FIRE FIGHTING

FIRE Highly flammable. NO open flames, NO sparks, and NO smoking.

Powder, AFFF, foam, carbon dioxide.

EXPLOSION

Vapour/air mixtures are explosive. Closed system, ventilation, explosion-proof electrical equipment and lighting. Prevent build-up of electrostatic charges (e.g., by grounding).

In case of fire: keep drums, etc., cool by spraying with water.

EXPOSURE

•INHALATION Confusion. Cough. Dizziness. Drowsiness. Dullness. Headache.

Ventilation, local exhaust, or breathing protection.

Fresh air, rest. Refer for medical attention.

•SKIN MAY BE ABSORBED! Dry skin. Redness.

Protective gloves. Protective clothing.

Remove contaminated clothes. Rinse and then wash skin with water and soap.

•EYES

Redness. Pain. Safety spectacles or eye protection in combination with breathing protection.

First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contact lenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION Nausea. Vomiting. (See Inhalation).

Do not eat, drink, or smoke during work.

Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting. Give plenty of water to drink. Refer for medical attention.

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING Evacuate danger area! Consult an expert! Remove all ignition sources. Cover the spilled material with dry earth, sand or non-combustible material. Do NOT wash away into sewer. Do NOT let this chemical enter the environment. Personal protection: self-contained breathing apparatus.

Fireproof. Marine pollutant. Note: H, P T symbol R: 45-65 S: 53-45 UN Hazard Class: 3 UN Packing Group: I



International Chemical Safety Cards



GASOLINE ICSC: 1400

I

M

P

O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: MOBILE LIQUID PHYSICAL DANGERS: The vapour is heavier than air and may travel along the ground; distant ignition possible. The vapour mixes well with air, explosive mixtures are easily formed. As a result of flow, agitation, etc., electrostatic charges can be generated. CHEMICAL DANGERS: OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV: 300 ppm as TWA, 500 ppm as STEL; A3 (confirmed animal carcinogen with unknown relevance to humans); (ACGIH 2004).

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation of its vapour, through the skin and by ingestion. INHALATION RISK: A harmful contamination of the air can be reached very quickly on evaporation of this substance at 20°C. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: The substance is irritating to the eyes , the skin and the respiratory tract . If this liquid is swallowed, aspiration into the lungs may result in chemical pneumonitis. The substance may cause effects on the central nervous system . EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE: The liquid defats the skin. The substance may have effects on the central nervous system and liver . This substance is possibly carcinogenic to humans.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: 20-200°C Relative density (water = 1): 0.70 - 0.80 Solubility in water, g/100 ml: none Relative vapour density (air = 1): 3 - 4

Flash point: <-21°C Auto-ignition temperature: about 250°C Explosive limits, vol% in air: 1.3-7.1 Octanol/water partition coefficient as log Pow: 2-7

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA

The substance is harmful to aquatic organisms.

N O T E S

Depending on the degree of exposure, periodic medical examination is suggested. The product may contain additives which may alter the health and environmental effects.Card has been partly updated in April 2005. See section Physical properties.

NFPA Code: H1; F3; R0; Transport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-30S1203


ICSC: 1400 GASOLINE (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:




International Chemical Safety Cards KEROSENE ICSC: 0663

Kerosine Light petroleum

Lamp oil Fuel oil no°1

ICSC # 0663 CAS # 8008-20-6 RTECS # OA5500000 UN # 1223 EC # 649-404-00-4 November 26, 1998 Peer reviewed

TYPES OF HAZARD/

EXPOSURE


FIRE FIGHTING

FIRE Flammable. NO open flames, NO sparks, and NO smoking.

Powder, AFFF, foam, carbon dioxide.

EXPLOSION

Above 37°C explosive vapour/air mixtures may be formed.

Above 37°C use a closed system, ventilation, and explosion-proof electrical equipment. Prevent build-up of electrostatic charges (e.g., by grounding).


EXPOSURE PREVENT GENERATION OF MISTS!

•INHALATION Confusion. Cough. Dizziness. Headache. Sore throat. Unconsciousness.

Ventilation. Fresh air, rest. Artificial respiration if indicated. Refer for medical attention.

•SKIN

Dry skin. Roughness. Protective gloves. Remove contaminated clothes. Rinse and then wash skin with water and soap. Refer for medical attention.

•EYES

Redness. Safety spectacles. First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contact lenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION Diarrhoea. Nausea. Vomiting. Do not eat, drink, or smoke during work.

Do NOT induce vomiting. Rest. Refer for medical attention.

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING Collect leaking liquid in sealable containers. Absorb remaining liquid in sand or inert absorbent and remove to safe place. Do NOT let this chemical enter the environment. (Extra personal protection: self-contained breathing apparatus).

Fireproof. Separated from strong oxidants. Cool.

Note: H Xn symbol R: 65 S: 2-23-24-62 UN Hazard Class: 3 UN Packing Group: III





International Chemical Safety Cards KEROSENE ICSC: 0663

I

M

P

O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: LOW VISCOSITY LIQUID , WITH CHARACTERISTIC ODOUR. PHYSICAL DANGERS: As a result of flow, agitation, etc., electrostatic charges can be generated. CHEMICAL DANGERS: Reacts with oxidants. OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV not established. OSHA PEL: none NIOSH REL: TWA 100 mg/m3 NIOSH IDLH: N.D. See: IDLH INDEX

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation of its vapour and by ingestion. INHALATION RISK: No indication can be given about the rate in which a harmful concentration in the air is reached on evaporation of this substance at 20°C. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: The substance slightly irritates the skin and the respiratory tract. Swallowing the liquid may cause aspiration into the lungs with the risk of chemical pneumonitis. The substance may cause effects on the nervous system. EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE: The liquid defats the skin.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: 150-300°C Melting point: -20°C Relative density (water = 1): 0.8 Solubility in water: none

Relative vapour density (air = 1): 4.5 Flash point: 37-65°C Auto-ignition temperature: 220°C Explosive limits, vol% in air: 0.7-5

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA


N O T E S

Physical properties vary, depending on the composition. Ingestion of kerosene (lamp oil) is a major cause of accidental poisoning in children.

Transport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-551 NFPA Code: H 0; F 2; R 0;


ICSC: 0663 KEROSENE (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:




International Chemical Safety Cards DIESEL FUEL No. 2 ICSC: 1561

Fuels, Diesel, No. 2 Diesel oil No. 2

Gasoil - unspecified ICSC # 1561 CAS # 68476-34-6 RTECS # LS9142500 UN # 1202 EC # 649-227-00-2 October 26, 2004 Peer reviewed

TYPES OF HAZARD/

EXPOSURE


FIRE FIGHTING

FIRE Flammable. Gives off irritating or toxic fumes (or gases) in a fire.

NO open flames. Water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry powder, carbon dioxide.

EXPLOSION Above 52°C explosive vapour/air mixtures may be formed.

Above 52°C use a closed system, ventilation, and explosion-proof electrical equipment.


EXPOSURE

•INHALATION Dizziness. Headache. Nausea. Ventilation, local exhaust, or breathing protection.

Fresh air, rest. Refer for medical attention.

•SKIN Dry skin. Redness. Protective gloves. Rinse and then wash skin with water and soap.

•EYES

Redness. Pain. Safety goggles, or eye protection in combination with breathing protection.

First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contact lenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION (See Inhalation). Do not eat, drink, or smoke during

work. Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting. Refer for medical attention.

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING Collect leaking and spilled liquid in sealable containers as far as possible. Absorb remaining liquid in sand or inert absorbent and remove to safe place. Personal protection: filter respirator for organic gases and vapours.

Well closed. Note: H Xn symbol R: 40 S: 2-36/37 UN Hazard Class: 3 UN Packing Group: III



International Chemical Safety Cards DIESEL FUEL No. 2 ICSC: 1561



I

M

P

O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: BROWN SLIGHTLY VISCOUS LIQUID , WITH CHARACTERISTIC ODOUR. PHYSICAL DANGERS: CHEMICAL DANGERS: OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV: 100 ppm as TWA; (skin); A3; (ACGIH 2004).

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation of its aerosol. INHALATION RISK: A harmful contamination of the air will not or will only very slowly be reached on evaporation of this substance at 20°C. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: The substance is irritating to the eyes , the skin and the respiratory tract . The substance may cause effects on the central nervous system. If this liquid is swallowed, aspiration into the lungs may result in chemical pneumonitis. EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE: The liquid defats the skin.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: 282-338°C Melting point: -30 - -18°C Density: 0.87 - 0.95 g/cm³ Solubility in water, g/100 ml at 20°C: 0.0005 Flash point: 52°C c.c.

Auto-ignition temperature: 254-285°C Explosive limits, vol% in air: 0.6 - 6.5 Octanol/water partition coefficient as log Pow: > 3.3

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA


N O T E S

Additives to Diesel fuel in winter may change physical and toxicological properties of the substance. This card does not address Diesel exhaust.


NFPA Code: H0; F2; R0;


ICSC: 1561 DIESEL FUEL No. 2 (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:




International Chemical Safety Cards ASPHALT ICSC: 0612

Bitumen Petroleum bitumen

ICSC # 0612 CAS # 8052-42-4 RTECS # CI9900000 UN # 1999 October 29, 2004 Peer reviewed

TYPES OF HAZARD/

EXPOSURE


FIRE FIGHTING

FIRE Combustible. Dry powder, carbon dioxide, foam. NO water.

EXPLOSION

EXPOSURE AVOID ALL CONTACT!

•INHALATION Cough. Shortness of breath. Ventilation. Local exhaust or breathing protection.

Fresh air, rest.

•SKIN On contact with heated material serious skin burns.

Heat-insulating gloves. Protective clothing.

Rinse with plenty of water, do NOT remove clothes. Refer for medical attention.

•EYES

Redness. Pain. Safety goggles. First rinse with plenty of water for several minutes (remove contact lenses if easily possible), then take to a doctor.

•INGESTION Do not eat, drink, or smoke during work. Wash hands before eating.

SPILLAGE DISPOSAL STORAGE PACKAGING & LABELLING Let solidify. Sweep spilled substance into containers.

R: S: UN Hazard Class: 3 UN Packing Group: III



International Chemical Safety Cards ASPHALT ICSC: 0612

I

M

P

PHYSICAL STATE; APPEARANCE: DARK BROWN OR BLACK SOLID. PHYSICAL DANGERS:

ROUTES OF EXPOSURE: The substance can be absorbed into the body by inhalation of fumes. INHALATION RISK:



O

R

T

A

N

T

D

A

T

A

CHEMICAL DANGERS: OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMITS: TLV: asphalt (bitumen) fume as benzene-soluble aerosol, 0.5 mg/m³ as TWA; A4 (not classifiable as a human carcinogen); (ACGIH 2004). MAK: (vapour and aerosol) skin absorption (H); Carcinogen category: 2; (DFG 2004). OSHA PEL: none NIOSH REL: Ca C 5 mg/m3 15-minute See Appendix A NIOSH IDLH: Ca N.D. See: IDLH INDEX

Evaporation at 20°C is negligible; a harmful concentration of airborne particles can, however, be reached quickly when dispersed or when heated. EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE: The substance is irritating to the eyes and the respiratory tract . The substance when heated causes burns on the skin. EFFECTS OF LONG-TERM OR REPEATED EXPOSURE: Fumes of this substance are possibly carcinogenic to humans.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Boiling point: above 300°C Melting point: 54-173°C Relative density (water = 1): 1.0-1.18

Solubility in water: none Flash point: above 200°C c.c Auto-ignition temperature: above 400°C

ENVIRONMENTAL DATA

N O T E S

Do NOT take working clothes home. Card has been partly updated in October 2005. See section Occupational Exposure Limits. Transport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-30GF1-III (only for the hot product)


ICSC: 0612 ASPHALT (C) IPCS, CEC, 1994

IMPORTANT LEGAL

NOTICE:




APPENDIX I

QRA MAJOR HAZARDS CONSIDERED

APPENDIX I QRA MAJOR HAZARDS CONSIDERED


APPENDIX I - QRA MAJOR HAZARDS CONSIDERED

Hydrocarbon Fires

Hydrocarbon fires may be jet fires, pool fires, fireballs, or flash fires. These are described below.

Jet Fires

Jet fires result from ignited continuous releases of pressurised flammable gas or superheated/ pressurised liquid (where a two-phase/high velocity aerosol release would occur). The momentum release carries the material forwards in a long plume entraining air to give a flammable mixture. Jet fires have a high flame temperature and can produce very high intensity thermal radiation. The high temperatures pose a hazard not only from direct effects of heat on human beings, but also from the possibility of event escalation; if a jet flame impinges upon a target such as a vessel, pipe or structural member, it can cause the target to fail within a few minutes.

Releases of LNG and the downstream vapour, following pressurisation, may result in jet fires. LPG releases that are immediately ignited will form jet fires due to the relatively high saturated vapour pressure (SVP) of the LPG at atmospheric temperature. Ignited releases of white oil products will only form jet fires if there is sufficient pressure to drive the liquid through a failure and form a liquid spray.

Pool Fires

If a liquid release has time to form a pool and is then ignited before the pool evaporates, then a pool fire results. Because they are less well aerated, pool fires tend to have lower flame temperatures and produce lower levels of thermal radiation than jet fires. Although a pool fire can still lead to structural failure of items within the flame, this will take several times longer than in a jet fire. An additional hazard of pool fires is their ability to move. A burning liquid pool can spread along a horizontal surface or run down a vertical surface to give a running fire.

Pool fires at the terminal may result from releases of LNG and white oil products. Only catastrophic releases of LPG could result in a pool fire, as for small leaks, the release will be two-phase and rain-out will be minimal. A flash fire or vapour cloud explosion (VCE) (see below) is likely to be a more dangerous outcome than a pool fire for LPG releases.

Flash Fires

If a gas release or evaporating pool is not immediately ignited then a vapour cloud may be formed. If the vapour is unconfined and is less dense than air then it will disperse upwards, as will be the case with natural gas. However, a cloud that is denser than air, such as an LPG release, will slump and will move downwind at ground level. Any unconfined flammable vapour cloud that is ignited will burn very rapidly with a sudden flash, the combustion of the cloud being complete in a few seconds. If the source of material which created the cloud (a gas or liquid jet or a liquid pool) is still present then the fire will flash back to the source giving a jet fire or pool fire which will continue after the flash fire.

Releases of LNG/natural gas and LPG may result in flash fires. The main aim in modelling flash fires is to estimate the size of the vapour cloud. Inside the cloud, direct contact with the burning vapours will cause fatalities, but the short duration of the fire means that thermal radiation effects are not significant outside the cloud. Thus, escalation from a flash fire is unlikely to occur.

Fireballs

Immediate ignition of vertical releases, following the failure of a vessel or pipe containing a flammable gas or a superheated liquid, may result in a fireball. With regard to gases, leaks are generally modelled as jet fires. Fireballs have very high thermal radiation, similar to jet fires, although the duration of the event is short. (In general, jet fires have more severe consequences than fireballs.) One type of fireball is a BLEVE, which is discussed below.



In the case of all hydrocarbon fires, people who are indoors will have some degree of protection, unless the building that they are in is set on fire, or is filled with smoke, so that they are asphyxiated.

Tank Fires

Tank Roof Fires

Ignition at the roof of an atmospheric storage tank containing a (white oil) petroleum product will result in a tank fire. Ignition is most likely due to lightning. Most tank fires of floating roof tanks will start as a ‘rim fire’ and then escalate to a ‘full surface fire’ if the rim fire cannot be extinguished. For fixed roof tanks, fires generally start around the area of the vent. Tank roof fires at the Energy Centre are unlikely to result in fatalities as the height of the tanks ensures that the radiation levels are reduced at ground level. Also, as floating roof tank fires start with a ‘rim fire’ then there is sufficient time for persons to move away to safe positions. (A rim seal foam protection system should limit damage to the rim seal area only.)

Tank Bund Fires

Fires may also occur in the confines of a bund surrounding a storage tank. Bund fires are generally more dangerous than tank roof fires as the bund fires are at grade and will result in much higher radiation levels to adjacent people. The fires may occur due to ignited leaks of white oil products from the tanks or from the pipework to and from the tanks.

At the Energy Centre the bund is designed with channels to a remote catchment area, in line with the NFPA 30 standard. The channels run at the mid-point of the tanks with a slope of at least 1:100. Thus ‘running’ pool fires are directed away from the tanks to reduce the amount of radiation on the tank walls and hence reduce the likelihood of escalation.

In the worst instance, following the remote event of catastrophic tank failure, the wave of released petroleum product may have sufficient momentum so that it overtops the bund wall and forms a large pool of flammable liquid outside the bund. In such a case, it has the potential to form an extremely large pool fire.

Boilovers

A boilover is a major hazard mechanism that may occur during a full surface tank fire, if there is a water layer at the bottom of the tank. During the fire, hot incandescent soot particles gradually travel down through the liquid mass, heating the liquid as they pass through. As the fire continues over an extended period, these particles will be at a temperature above the boiling point of water as they reach the water layer. Eventually the water will boil and expand. This expansion will result in hot liquid product being ‘sprayed’ out of the tank and it will form a massive fireball as the flames on the surface of the oil ignite it.

It should be noted, however, that a boilover will occur several hours after a full surface tank fire has started, with approximately an eight hour delay as a reasonable assumption. Hence, there is sufficient time for personnel to move away from the hazardous area before a boilover may occur and the potential for a boilover will be monitored by emergency personnel. Also, boilovers are unlikely for tank fires of petroleum products, as there will be minimal water at the tank bottom (compared to crude tanks, for example). Hence, so long as the emergency services do not spray firewater / cooling water into a tank, a boilover should not occur. Therefore, boilovers were not included in the quantitative risk assessment.

BLEVES

If a flame from a jet fire or pool fire impinges on a pressurised vessel containing a flammable liquid then the steel of the vessel wall will become hot. This heat will be transferred to the liquid, which will start to boil, venting vapours through the relief valve. If the flame remains in contact with a part of the vessel containing liquid then the heat is transferred into the liquid and is dissipated through the effect of boiling, preventing the steel from overheating to the point of failure. However, if the flame is in contact with the vessel alongside the vapour space, then the steel will rapidly overheat and fail,



causing a sudden release of the material in the vessel. This liquid will then ignite to form a large fireball rising up over the vessel and producing high levels of thermal radiation. This type of fire is called a Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion (BLEVE). In addition to heat, a BLEVE will also generate high velocity missiles from the fragments of pressure vessel and may generate overpressure. The greatest BLEVE danger arises when a jet fire impinges on a vessel; in this situation, a BLEVE may occur within a few minutes.

There is also a blast wave associated with a BLEVE, however, the effects of such a wave tend to be superseded by the radiation effects and the effects of high velocity missiles.

At the Energy Centre, BLEVEs may occur if there is flame impingement on the LPG road tankers.

Vapour Cloud Explosions (VCEs)

If the generation of heat in a flash fire is accompanied by the generation of pressure then the resulting effect is a vapour cloud explosion. The amount of overpressure produced in a VCE is determined by the reactivity of the gas, the degree of confinement of the vapour cloud, the number of obstacles in and around the cloud and the location of the point of ignition with respect to the escape path of the expanding gases. In most VCEs the expanding flame front travels more slowly than the pressure wave; this type of explosion is called a ‘deflagration’ and the maximum overpressure is determined by the expansion ratio of the burning gases. If the flame front travels fast enough to coincide with the pressure wave then the explosion is called a ‘detonation’ and very severe overpressures can be produced. However, detonation is more likely to occur with more reactive gases such as hydrogen and acetylene. A deflagration is far more likely than a detonation for a release of natural gas (given an explosion).

Effects on people may be primary, secondary or tertiary. Primary effects are injury to the body as a result of the pressure change (overpressure). Secondary effects are injury as a result of fragments or debris produced by the overpressure impacting on the body, e.g. due to building collapse. Tertiary effects are injury as a result of the body being thrown bodily by the explosion and impacting on stationary objects or structures.

As LPG is more reactive than natural gas, VCEs are more likely for LPG.

External Events

External events considered in the quantitative risk assessment were those that may result in the catastrophic failure of equipment and process lines. These may be either natural hazards or an aircraft crash. Natural hazards include earthquakes, flooding and high winds. In particular, the Energy Centre is in an area of high seismic activity and the frequency of catastrophic failures due to earthquake events is taken into consideration (although seismic activity is taken into account in the LNG tank design).

It is anticipated that offloading of an LNG carrier will not occur during high winds and when there are

high waves.

APPENDIX J

SCOPING REPORT

MW KELLOGG LTD

March 2006

Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Ltd Parnell House 25 Wilton Road London SW1V 1LW

Prepared for MW Kellogg Ltd Kellogg Tower Greenford Road Greenford Middlesex UB6 0JA

CYPRUS ENERGY CENTRE SCOPING REPORT

Report Title : Cyprus Energy Centre Scoping Report Report Status : Issue 1 Job No : FSE96539A Date : March 2006

Prepared by : ............................................................................ Emily Spearman

Checked by : ............................................................................ Wayne Bergin Check Cat :

Approved by : ............................................................................ Robert Evans

CONTENTS Page

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 General 1 1.2 Project Parties 1 1.3 EIA Consultancy Team 2 1.4 Document Structure 2 1.5 EIA Deliverables 3

SECTION 2 4

PROJECT DESCRIPTION 4 2.1 Project Description 5

SECTION 3 6

SECTION DETAILS 7 3.1 Introduction 7 3.2 The Marine Environment 7 3.3 Air Quality 8 3.4 Terrestrial Archaeology 9 3.5 Ecology 9 3.6 Geology, Soils, Contaminated Land and Hydrology 10 3.7 Land Use 11 3.8 Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment 11 3.9 Noise and Vibration 12 3.10 Traffic & Infrastructure 13 3.11 Water Resources 14 3.12 Socio-Economic Issues 15 3.13 Waste 15 3.14 HSE Risk Assessment 16 3.15 Spill Contingency and Oil Spill Response 17 3.16 Environmental Management Plan 17

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION


Cyprus Energy Centre EIA Scoping Report Prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff Ltd March 2006 Page 1 for MW Kellogg

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 General

1.1.1 This scoping report for the Cyprus Energy Centre has been prepared by Parsons Brinckerhoff following a scoping meeting held with Kostas Papastavros of the Environmental Services Division of the Ministry of Agriculture, Natural Resources and the Environment on Tuesday 24th January 2006. The meeting was attended by representatives of the Environmental Services, the Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Tourism, MW Kellogg, KBR, PB and Aeoliki.

1.1.2 The document also includes information received by PB in meetings held from 24th – 26th January 2006 with the following governmental departments and organisations:

• Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Tourism;


• Department of Fisheries;

• Water Development Department;

• Electricity Authority of Cyprus;

• Department of Labour;

• Department of Roads and Public Works; and

• Department of Town Planning.

1.2 Project Parties

1.2.1 The project proponent is:

Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Tourism 13-15 Araouzou Str. 1421 Nicosia Cyprus

Project Director: Solon Kassinis.

1.2.2 The project co-ordinators are:

MW Kellogg Limited Kellogg Tower Greenford Road Greenford Middlesex UB6 0JA United Kingdom

Project Manager: Phil Bointon

Health, Safety and Environmental Engineering Manager: Sean Steer



1.2.3 The EIA consultancy team consists of the following:

Parsons Brinckerhoff Ltd 25 Wilton Road Victoria London SW1V 1LW United Kingdom

Project Manager: Robert Evans

Aeoliki 41 Themistokli Dervi Str. Hawaii Nicosia Tower, Off 705 Nicosia, Cyprus-1066

In-Country Manager: Ioannis Gelakis

1.3 EIA Consultancy Team

1.3.1 Within the EIA consultancy, the division of responsibilities is as follows:

• Parsons Brinckerhoff Ltd (PB) (an international environmental and engineering consultancy) have responsibility for liaising with the engineering team, key environmental impact assessment and mitigation work, managing the overall EIA process, writing the overall EIA report and submitting the finalised EIA; and

• Aeoliki (a team of local Cypriot experts) are responsible for assisting PB with the

collection of local data, the management of various studies, writing key chapters within the EIA report and managing additional work from local experts as needed.

1.4 Document Structure

1.4.1 It is proposed that the EIA will cover the following sections:

General a. Non Technical Summary b. Legislative & Policy

Framework; c. Project Description; d. Project Need and

Alternatives; The Marine Environment e. Archaeology; f. Flora Fauna and

Fisheries; g. Geology, Geomorphology,

Physical Characteristics; The Terrestrial Environment h. Air Quality; i. Archaeology;

j. Ecology; k. Geology, Soils,

Contaminated Land and Hydrology;

l. Land use; m. Landscape and Visual; n. Noise and Vibration; o. Socio-Economic; p. Traffic & Infrastructure; q. Water Resources; r. Waste; s. HSE Risk Assessment; t. Spill Contingency and Oil

Spill Response; and u. Environmental

Management Plan and Monitoring Program.



1.4.2 For each of the above sections the following areas will be addressed:

• Introduction; • Assessment methodology; • Baseline conditions; • Impacts of the ‘do nothing’ option; • Construction impacts and proposed mitigation; • Operation impacts and proposed mitigation; • Non-normal impacts and proposed mitigation; • Decommissioning impacts and proposed mitigation; • Residual impacts; and • Summary.

1.5 EIA Deliverables

1.5.1 The proposed work will result in the production of two EIA reports:

• the first, to be completed by the end of the Basis of Design (BoD) work at the end of March 2006, will use desk-based data reviews to highlight potential key issues that require addressing during the project design stage; whilst

• the second, to be completed by the end of the Front End Engineering Design (FEED) stage, in the third quarter of 2006, will involve more detailed studies and will provide a full Environmental Statement (ES) for the project.

1.5.2 The BoD EIA, will rely to a large extent on existing baseline data collated from other projects in the area, and appropriate levels of impact modelling (see section 3) to identify potential showstopper issues for compliance with local, national and EU legislation and the potential requirements of funding organisations. The report will highlight any major issues, which have the potential to affect the project progression, as well as any areas that will need more detailed study as part of the FEED EIA.

1.5.3 The FEED EIA will be to Equator Principal standards, and as such will ensure that international best practice requirements, such as those of the IFC and World Bank standards are addressed.

SECTION 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION



2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Project Description

2.1.1 Following the implementation of European Union Directives 98/93/EC and 68/414/EEC Cyprus has committed to maintaining 60 days of fuel reserves until 1st January 2008, and 90 days of reserves thereafter. To meet these expectations, and the expected growth in energy demand, the Government of the Republic of Cyprus is planning to build a new Energy Centre at Vassilikos.

2.1.2 Currently Cyprus has existing fuel terminal facilities located in Larnaca. At present each oil company has their own depot, which is run individually. The existing facilities have over the course of time been enveloped by the fast growing Larnica city and are currently located on valuable seaside land with clear potential for tourist development. The proposed site at Vassilikos will not only provide the strategic energy reserves required by EU legislation but will also consolidate the oil companies in one defined area.

2.1.3 The proposed facility will cater for Liquid Natural Gas (LNG), Liquid Propane Gas (LPG), gasoline, kerosene, aviation fuel, diesel, fuel oil and bitumen, and is currently referred to as the Cyprus Energy Centre.

2.1.4 The products will be imported to the energy centre from ships, which will berth at a new marine unloading facility from where the products will be pumped to on shore storage facilities for subsequent distribution around the island of Cyprus.

2.1.5 The site chosen for the Energy Centre is immediately adjacent to the Vassilikos Power Station, located on the southern coast of Cyprus, approximately 25km to the east of Limassol and 30km to the south-west of Larnaca.

2.1.6 The broad concept for the energy centre is to receive bulk shipments of finished, and generally refined products into bulk storage for distribution across Cyprus via road tankers and other means. There will be no “processing” of the feedstock’s as received in order to make finished products other than the addition of certain performance enhancing additives and colouring agents. A limited number of finished products will also be made through the blending of the imported products.

2.1.7 Generally products such as gasoline, kerosene, diesel, fuel oil and bitumen will be stored in atmospheric tanks at the energy centre from where they can be pumped to road tanker loading bays for distribution around the island by road tanker.

2.1.8 LPG however will be stored as a liquid under pressure and will be pumped to an LPG bottling facility, which will allow the distribution of bottled LPG, by road around the island.

2.1.9 Natural gas will be imported as a liquid under cryogenic conditions. The Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) will be stored as a liquid at about negative 160oC at atmospheric pressure. The LNG will be re-gassified, by heating it, and in the short to medium term will be supplied exclusively as a fuel for the generation of electricity at nearby power plants. In the longer term there is the potential for a transmission system to convey natural gas to locations elsewhere in Cyprus.

2.1.10 Additionally it is proposed that, as a part of a linked project, aviation fuel may be shipped to the Larnaca airport by pipeline, thereby reducing the need for road tankers, which currently transport the material from the existing terminal facilities to the Larnaca airport.

SECTION 3

SECTION DETAILS

SECTION 3 SECTION DETAILS


3 SECTION DETAILS

3.1 Introduction

3.1.1 This section provides an overview of the proposed technical sections of the BoD EIA report. An updated scoping report will be issued relative to the FEED in August.

3.2 The Marine Environment

3.2.1 An analysis of existing conditions of the marine environment will be carried out in the form of a ‘desktop’ study to review available information on marine geology and geomorphology, ecology, archaeology.

Geology, geomorphology and physical characteristics

3.2.2 As part of this section the following information will be included

• Geology/Soils description; • Location maps of existing of jetties/manmade structures, and if they are likely to

influence on shoreline variations, describe possible effects; • Oceanographic data: bathymetry, sea bed morphology, tides, currents, sea water

temperature, water quality and salinity; • Existing contaminated areas due to previous activities of the fertilizer plant; • Existing and potential sources of turbidity, e.g. dredging activities; • Existing and potential discharges of cooling water: sources, temperature, water

recirculation, waves behaviour, wind speed, flows direction; • Data on shipping movements both existing and predicted;

Ecology (flora, fauna and fisheries)

3.2.3 This section will take into consideration the following:

• Existing marine habitats likely to be affected by the project; habitats distribution, identification of existing/potential protected areas and fauna and flora;

• Seagrass presence: species (e.g. Posidonia beds), distribution according to bathymetry and distance to the shore; levels of protection at local, national and international scale, fauna associated (species and importance); interaction or conflict with fisheries. Physical requirements including salinity, tide range, light, nutrients, turbidity tolerance, etc) and potential disturbing activities (e.g. oil spills). Where information is not available for the BoD EIA it will be interpolated from the information from the surrounding areas;

• Immigrant algae’s will be identified and their existence and conflict with other species if conditions change studied; and

• Existing fisheries location, fishing areas, number of boats, fishing methods and fish species will be included.

Marine Archaeology

3.2.4 A review of the historical data and records of ancient relics in Vassilikos Bay will be undertaken.



Other

3.2.5 An assessment of the international, national and local regulations regarding to the marine environment will ensure that activities meet environmental standards and thresholds. This will include Equator Principles, World Bank guidelines and International Finance Corporation (IFC) Guidelines.

3.2.6 A gap analysis will identify potential sources of information (e.g. Department of Fisheries) and will determine the need of further marine surveys, which may be undertaken as part of the FEED EIA.

3.2.7 Significant environmental impacts during construction and operation will be identified and appropriate mitigation measures proposed.

3.3 Air Quality

3.3.1 The air quality impact assessment will consider potential impacts of the project during both construction and operation. Construction impacts will be considered on a qualitative basis; operational impacts will be considered, where appropriate, on a quantitative basis.

3.3.2 The following pollutants will be considered:

Operational: • Nitrogen oxides (NOx, including nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2)); • Particulates with aerodynamic diameters less than 10μm (PM10); • Total Non-Methane Volatile Organic Compounds (NMVOC); • Benzene; • Sulphur Dioxide (SO2); and • Odours. Construction: • Dust.

3.3.3 The assessment will cover the operation of the Energy Centre from the project-opening year to its design capacity.

3.3.4 The study area for the project will be broadly defined as the region within a 10km radius of the proposed facility. This includes the villages of Mari to the north and Zygi to the east.

3.3.5 The local air quality assessment criteria used in this study will be based on the EU limit values for the concentration of pollutants in ambient air. Total emissions of NMVOCs will be assessed in relation to the relevant national emissions ceilings for the pollutants. Odour generation potential will be assessed in relation to published odour thresholds.

3.3.6 The assessment of construction impacts simply involves the identification of those activities, which are likely to result in the generation of dust, and the identification of potential receptors in the vicinity of those activities. Vehicle emissions during construction will not be assessed.

3.3.7 Emissions sources considered for this assessment include:

• Storage tank related emissions (NMVOC);



• Working losses from floating roof tanks; • Breathing losses from fixed roof tanks; • Loading/Unloading related emissions (NMVOC); • Losses from fittings and minor leaks; • Vapour return unit exhausts; • Spillage; • Diesel generators (NOx, PM10, NMVOC, SO2); • Power backup (1 x 0.5 MW); • Submerged Combustion Vaporised (SCV) – single backup; • Pumps (3 x 0.5 MW) ; • Flare (NOx); and • Traffic Emissions (to include NOx, PM10, Benzene).

3.3.8 Emissions of NMVOCs will be assessed on an annual basis for both their regional impact and their local air quality impact. Emissions from the diesel generators and the flare will be assessed at their maximum emissions, with the likely period of operation taken into account.

3.3.9 AERMOD Prime will be used to carry out the dispersion modelling for the assessment of site emissions. Detailed dispersion modelling will be carried out using 4 years of meteorological data collected at Larnaca Airport for 1994 to 1997.

3.4 Terrestrial Archaeology

3.4.1 A desk-based assessment will be undertaken using information from past EIA’s, historic maps, survey data from the Antiques Department, aerial photography, and topographical maps.

3.4.2 The study will ensure that all known protected archaeological sites are identified and research will be undertaken to:

• Identify any other known archaeological constraints in the area; • Identify previously unidentified archaeological sites; • Establish the potential of the study area to contain air crash sites and terrestrial

archaeology; • Look at past impacts in the area and discuss the likely survival of sites; and • Comment on the relative importance of the known and potential sites.

3.4.3 In order to judge effectively any potential impacts, a 1 km study area around the edge of the development area will be set to help place it into its archaeological context and potential.

3.4.4 Where any archaeology is identified, mitigation measures will be identified for the construction and operational phases of the energy centre.

3.5 Ecology

3.5.1 The ecological study area will be centred on the site of the proposed development and its wider environs as potential impacts may have unforeseen indirect effects.

3.5.2 The assessment methodology will take into account the two phase nature of the development namely that of construction and operation and the likely effects on sensitive receptors which will be identified through the baseline studies.



3.5.3 Little information is currently available about the existing area, however, it is anticipated that a study will be made to identify such issues that are highlighted below:

• Any potential important habitats that would be affected by the proposed development;

• Any protected or otherwise potentially important species of flora and fauna that may have colonised the site during its 15 years of non-operation;

• Any landscape features that maybe of importance to flora and or fauna. • Potentially damaging impacts and features likely to be affected; • Vulnerable timing/seasons; • Lifespan of impacts; • Cumulative impacts; • Likelihood of impacts; and • Significance of impacts (e.g. value of features affected and the scale/magnitude

of impacts).

3.5.4 An evaluation will be undertaken of the importance and status of any identified features on the site and/or in the surrounding area e.g. statutorily protected sites, protected species, priority biodiversity habitats and species, local non-statutory sites, together with a description of the criteria used to evaluate the importance of any nature conservation features in a national, regional and local context.

3.5.5 The identification of any conservation measures during the constructional and operational phases, to avoid, reduce and compensate for impacts and/or to secure the enhancement and long-term sustainable management of habitats, species and features to be retained and/or created on or around the site will be sought, in the light of the following parameters:

• Avoidance of impacts; • Nature conservation during the construction process; • Management or reduction of impacts; • Compensation for features to be lost or damaged; • Opportunities for environmental enhancement or gain; • Management and monitoring of nature conservation features.

3.5.6 The applicable legislation to be applied will be based on Cyprus’s International Obligations and EU legislative criteria in the light of World Bank Equator Principles relating to development.

3.6 Geology, Soils, Contaminated Land and Hydrology

3.6.1 The soils and geology study area will be centred on the site of the proposed development and its wider environs as potential impacts may be wide ranging as by their very nature soils, geology and hydrology are a continuum and are not restricted to the immediate area.

3.6.2 A desk study will be undertaken reviewing all existing information including available maps as well as information on the geology, soils, contaminated land and hydrology.

3.6.3 Site investigations have been undertaken previously to assess the potential of ground problems and soil contamination, such as that resulting from the past industrial use of the site to assess current site conditions. These will be reviewed as a part of the impact assessment.



3.6.4 The assessment criteria used in this study shall be based on the EU legislative requirements and will take into consideration World Bank and IFC guidelines.

3.6.5 The EIA will include an assessment of how the proposed project would impact on local geological, soil and hydrological conditions. Any impacts identified will be assessed for significance and mitigation measures will be proposed as appropriate.

3.7 Land Use

3.7.1 A baseline land use assessment will be undertaken to include a review of land use maps, current land usage in the surrounding areas and an indication made of where any future expansion of the site may occur, if required.

3.7.2 The assessment will identify if there will need to be any change the land classification in line with its current land classification.

3.7.3 Potential and significance of impacts during construction and operational phases of the project on the surrounding land uses will be assessed.

3.7.4 Potential mitigation measures will be developed in line with the impact assessment

3.8 Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment

3.8.1 A visual envelope will be defined to enable the landscape and visual impacts of the development of Cyprus Energy Centre at Vassilikos to be assessed. The visual envelope will include the extent of the area from which the scheme would be visible, subject to topography, structures, vegetation and other important factors that are identified.

3.8.2 As part of the visual and landscape assessment, a description with the use of photos, will be supplied to establish the existing baseline conditions across the proposed site and within the defined visual envelope to be marked on a map together with any other information required as part of the EIA.

3.8.3 The assessment will generally cover the following conditions:

• Landscape character;

• Scenic attractiveness of the area;

• Concern levels which will outline the degree of public importance placed on the landscape as viewed from transit points and fixed view points;

• Landscape visibility;

• Scenic quality;

• Scenic integrity.

3.8.4 As part of the constructional and operational phases the cumulative effects of the

works will be assessed in conjunction with other proposed projects in the area e.g. the proposed wind farm to the east on top of the cliff.

3.8.5 If it is found suitable, photomontages will be produced to aid the assessment.

3.8.6 Any impacts that are identified will be assessed for their significance and appropriate mitigation will be proposed.



3.8.7 The legislative criteria to be used in this study shall be based on EU legislation and in the light of World Bank Equator Principles relating to development.

3.9 Noise and Vibration

3.9.1 The assessment will estimate the effects that the construction and operation of the proposed energy centre will have on the noise climate to the surrounding area.

3.9.2 The assessments will undertaken with regard to and in accordance with the following:

• BS 5228 1997 Parts 1 & 2: Noise & vibration control on construction and open sites;

• BS 6472 (1992) Evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings (1Hz-80Hz);

• BS 7385 Part 1 (1990) & Part 2 (1992): Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings;

• World Bank and other relevant limits if applicable; • British and International Standards, particularly BS4142, BS7445 & EEMUA; and • The IEMA / IOA Guidelines for Noise Impact Assessment.

3.9.3 A review of the national and other relevant legislation in relation to noise will be undertaken.

3.9.4 Noise calculations will be carried out using the Cadna computer program developed by datakustik. This program incorporates a graphical representation of the methodology set out in ISO 9613. The use of Cadna involves the creation of “Noise Models” representative of the noise sources, site layout and geometry, ground topography, buildings and barriers.

3.9.5 It is predicted that the following impacts will occur during the construction phase:

• Changes in noise levels at residential, commercial, industrial and community facilities;

• Changes in noise levels for users of facilities; and • Vibration: airborne induced and ground-borne.

3.9.6 A review of the EIA for the adjacent power station will be used to determine baseline noise levels, the noise sensitive receptors, and the contribution of the power station to noise levels in the study area (due to the fact that the baseline data used in the most recent EIA at the Vassilikos Power Station is still in fact relevant as the Vassilikos Phase IV development has not as yet been commissioned and there have been no additional significant developments in the area).

3.9.7 Further details such as construction phases/proposed activities and their proximity to noise sensitive receptors will be assessed in accordance with BS 5228 to identify any significant impacts, and appropriate mitigation measures.

3.9.8 Vibration assessments will also be required during the construction phase if any sensitive receptors fall within 100m of the proposed scheme.

3.9.9 It is predicted that the impacts during operation will include:

• Changes in noise levels at residential, commercial, industrial and community facilities;

• Changes in noise levels for users of facilities; and



• Vibration: airborne induced and ground-borne.

3.9.10 A review of the EIA for the adjacent power station will be used to determine baseline noise levels, the noise sensitive receptors, and the contribution of the power station to noise levels in the study area.

3.9.11 The previous EIA considered the following to represent the closest affected locations:

• Location 1: Governor’s Beach Resort. Adjacent to Kalymnos Campsite, approximately 1.5 km Southwest of the Power Station. (In the line of sight of existing exhaust stack and turbine hall.);

• Location 2: Road Junction. At entrance to field close to house and road junction between old Limassol / Nicosia Road and the spur road leading to Governor’s Beach, approximately 1.5 km southwest of the Power Station. (In the line of sight of existing exhaust stack top and upper turbine hall.);

• Location 3: Zygi Village. Opposite plant nursery on main road into Zygi, approximately 4 km East of the Power Station. (In the line of sight of existing exhaust stack top.);

• Location 4: Telecoms Centre. On dirt track through field opposite Telecoms Centre 10 m from main road, approximately 4 km from the Power Station;

• Location 5: Mari Village. On outskirts of Mari Village along the road leading into Mari from the old Limassol/Nicosia Road. Screened from the Power Station by topography and approximately 4 km from the Power Station.

It is the intention that these will remain the same as part of this EIA.

3.9.12 Where impacts with a high significance are identified a corresponding mitigation measure will be proposed.

3.10 Traffic & Infrastructure

3.10.1 The assessment will review the effects of traffic levels and infrastructure over the entire area over which the proposed development might be expected to have a material traffic impact, whether during the construction or operational phases of the development.

3.10.2 To establish baseline conditions a desk study will be undertaken with a review of data currently available from existing EIA’s and will include:

• Data obtained from the Department of Road and Public Works on 25 January 2006;

• Accident data, available from the local police to determine whether specific problems exist that should be considered by the TA;

• Collation, review and utilisation of existing data regarding current traffic movements at key links and junctions around the proposed site;

• Contact with the oil companies may occur in order to establish the number of HGV’s and other vehicles travelling from their sites to specified locations around the country.

3.10.3 A further review will be undertaken of any other developments within the study area that currently has received permission, or are otherwise ‘ahead’ of the proposed



development in the planning process. The traffic impact associated with each of these should be explicitly taken into account as part of the Traffic Assessment (TA) process.

3.10.4 The proposed method for the calculation of likely traffic generation and distribution will include:

• An assessment of the predicted numbers of vehicles • The use of other sites as a proxy, or calculation from first principles; • Traffic forecasts for the agreed appropriate number of years of operation

incorporating both construction and operational phases.

3.10.5 Based upon the trip generation and distribution results, an assessment of highway impacts will be made to cover all key links and junctions identified within the study area and will also include a suitably detailed capacity analysis of the effects of the worst traffic case when comparing the construction and operational phase of the development proposals.

3.10.6 Should it be the case that the highway impact of the development will cause capacity concerns within the study area, for example at the first point of access onto the A1 highway, appropriate mitigation measures will be developed to a level of preliminary design detail suitable for consideration by the assessing authorities.

3.10.7 In the event of that the results of the highway impact assessment indicate traffic impact at a point where road safety is already an issue, any safety-related improvements will be determined to mitigate these effects.

3.10.8 All proposed mitigation schemes will be reviewed against current Safety Audit guidelines to reduce the risk that they might contribute to a worsening in road safety.

3.10.9 A review will be carried out of existing transport policies identified in relevant EU and local documentation.

3.11 Water Resources

3.11.1 Potential site runoff, groundwater protection, deep well disposal and wastewater discharge will be identified along with any information on the wastewater drainage / treatment systems that are proposed for the site.

3.11.2 If chemicals are going to be used to treat water prior to discharge to surface waters or seawaters then they will be identified along with their type and quantity. The legal limits of chemicals to the water bodies outlined above will be included.

3.11.3 The following assessments for both construction and operational phases will be undertaken unless otherwise stated:

• Proposed monitoring programmes. • A description of plans for waste minimisation, recycling, and management over

the life of the project with methods and technologies to reduce waste quantities to the lowest practical levels, as well as technologies and methods designed to eliminate or reduce to solid waste storage, handling and disposal requirements; and

• For all of the above site drainage plans and other diagrams will be used.



3.11.4 Mitigation of all the waste sources sought which will include the recycling of the heated water discharged from the adjacent power station to be use to heat the LNG rather than using fresh seawater.

3.11.5 All the information will cover the requirements of local, national and EU legislation as well as World Bank Equator Principle standards and IFC guidelines.

3.12 Socio-Economic Issues

3.12.1 A desktop socio-economic assessment will be undertaken to establish current conditions within the study area.

3.12.2 Baseline information will be obtained and utilised to assess the implications of the development on the local economy and will include information such as up to date census data, tourist and employment levels.

3.12.3 As part of the impact assessment process the number of direct and indirect jobs produced during the construction and operational phases will be calculated. This assessment will also look at the numbers currently employed at the oil refineries and consider the effects of moving the site to Vassilikos. Direct impacts on Larnaca to be examined including the potential increases to other industries.

3.12.4 This assessment will take into consideration mitigation measures that have already been proposed / undertaken by the Ministry of Commerce, Trade and Tourism.

3.12.5 Prior to public consultation, key project stakeholders, both statutory and non-statutory will be identified.

3.12.6 All work will be undertaken to ensure it meets Equator Principles’ compliance standards and support to the process supplied as requested by the experts.

3.13 Waste

3.13.1 The assessment will review and assess the management of the likely waste streams resulting from the proposed development in both the construction and operational phases of the development.

3.13.2 Legislative restraints on the disposal of both excavated and dredged waste likely to be produced during the construction phase on land or at sea will be identified. Where it is clear that these operations will be undertaken this section will assess the impacts of their disposal and where possible will suggest that wastes are re-used or recycled.

3.13.3 The solid waste information that will be reviewed will include the identification and description of various waste streams and a description of containment and other environmental protection measures for all products that to be used or stored on site.

3.13.4 Licensed waste disposal companies will be identified that are equipped to deal with all the various waste arisings on site and included in this study.

3.13.5 The review will also include the development of plans for waste minimisation, recycling, and management throughout the project lifetime coupled with methods and technologies to reduce waste quantities to the lowest practical levels, and technologies and methods designed to eliminate or reduce to solid waste storage, handling and disposal requirements.



3.13.6 The power station facilities will be reviewed and the potential for integrating systems will be identified.

3.13.7 All the information will cover the requirements of local, national and EU legislation as well as World Bank Equator Principle standards and IFC guidelines.

3.14 HSE Risk Assessment

3.14.1 This work, which will primarily be undertaken for the FEED EIA, will comprise of the following elements:

3.14.2 International Requirements, Principles and Guidelines in Project Financing

• Identification and evaluation of the project in relation to international requirements, principles and guidelines in major project funding. Examples include the Equator Principles, World Bank guidelines and International Finance Corporation (IFC) guidelines.

3.14.3 The Equator Principles require that the EIA has addressed several aspects including:

• Human Health Protection; • Use of Dangerous Substances; • Occupational Health and Safety; • Major Hazards; and • Fire Prevention and Life Safety

3.14.4 Each of these aspects will be addressed in more detail:

• Human Health Protection – data from the air quality, water resources, socioeconomic, land contamination and land use sections of the EIA, will be used to evaluate the potential for incremental health risks to offsite or on-site persons.

• Dangerous Substances – the key occupational health hazards to dangerous substances proposed to be held at the site during construction and operational phases, will be reviewed and any risk mitigation measures will be noted.

• Occupational Health and Safety - the key occupational health hazards to other agents at the site during construction and operational phases, such as general dust, noise, vibration, electricity, ionising & non-ionising radiation, thermal stress, lifting equipment, pressurised equipment, slips, trips & falls, as well as general workplace conditions, will be reviewed and any risk mitigation measures will be noted.

• Major Hazards – information from the Quantitative Risk Assessment will be summarised in this section.

• Fire Prevention and Life Safety - information from the Quantitative Risk Assessment, together with the fire prevention aspects in the design and emergency response aspects, will be summarised in this section.

3.14.5 The relevant EU and Cyprus health & safety legislative requirements associated with the construction and operational phases at the site will be identified.

3.14.6 The needs for and contents of the Health, Safety and Environmental management plans for both the construction and operational phases will be considered.



3.15 Spill Contingency and Oil Spill Response

3.15.1 An Spill Contingency and Oil Spill Response Plan will be developed to ensure that appropriate procedures are in place to appropriately respond to oil spill incidents at the Vassilikos Energy Centre facility, and to integrate these procedures with those of both adjacent facilities but also into the Cypriot national systems.

3.16 Environmental Management Plan

3.16.1 An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be developed to ensure that specific environmental protective and monitoring measures are carried out during the construction and operation activities of the Vassilikos Energy Centre.

3.16.2 The EMP will include a brief description of the project, staff organisation and responsibilities and indicative procedures for auditing and reporting. It will also include a number of indicative management plans and systems such as:

• Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP - Onshore) for onshore activities;

• Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP - Offshore) for offshore activities;

• Health, Safety & Environmental (HSE) Management System and Spill Response; • Traffic and Monitoring Plans;

Date post:	13-Apr-2017
Category:	Data & Analytics
Upload:	andy-varoshiotis
View:	273 times
Download:	2 times

Esia Cyprus vassilikos_energy_centre

Data & Analytics